Hafele 2017 The Complete Hafele Architectural Hardware Catalog Compressed

Architectural Hardware
www.hafele.com/us
Contents
Sliding Door Hardware

Contents________________________ 1.2–1.5
1 Wood
Top Hung Systems___ 1.6–1.93, 1.134–1.145
Glass
Top Hung Systems__________ 1.204–1.285
Barn Door Hardware__________ 1.94–1.133 Barn Door Hardware_________ 1.292–1.319
Bottom Rolling Systems______ 1.146–1.153 Top Hung and
Bi-folding Door Application___ 1.154–1.157 Bottom Rolling Systems______ 1.320–1.334
Sliding/Folding Sliding/Folding for Partitions__ 1.335–1.345
for Interior Partitions_________ 1.158–1.179 Metal Fittings_______________ 1.346–1.351
Sliding/Folding Accessories____ 1.286–1.291, 1.352-1.357
for Exterior Partitions________ 1.180–1.188 Mortise Locks______________ 1.358–1.362
Pocket Door Framing Kit_____ 1.189–1.193 Flush Pulls_________________ 1.363–1.374
Accessories________________ 1.194–1.203
Door Handles and Locks

Contents_____________________________________________________________________ 2.2
2 Lever Sets and Latches____________________________________________________ 2.3-2.9
Pull Handles____________________________________________________________ 2.10-2.32
Door Accessories
Contents___________________________ 3.2 Key Cabinet_______________________ 3.10
3 Push and Pull Plates_________________
Protective Kick Plate_________________
3.3
3.4
Door Stops________________________ 3.11
House Numbers___________________ 3.12
Door Silencer/Astragal_______________ 3.5 Wall Stops________________________ 3.13
Door Seals_________________________ 3.6 Floor Stops____________________ 3.14-3.16
Door Guard________________________ 3.7 Door Holders__________________ 3.17-4.20
Door Viewers_______________________ 3.8 Door Controlling Devices________ 3.21-3.24
Door Knockers and Hooks___________ 3.9 Flush Bolts____________________ 3.25-3.28
Door Hinges
Contents_____________________________________________________________________ 4.2
4 Full Mortise Hinges________________________________________________________ 4.3-4.8
Concealed Hinges – Startec®______________________________________________ 4.9-4.15
Concealed Hinges – TECTUS_____________________________________________ 4.16-4.27
Heavy Duty Magnetic Push Latch_______________________________________________ 4.28
Pivots_________________________________________________________________ 4.29-4.39
Power Transfer Device________________________________________________________ 4.40
Concealed Jamb Door Closers____________________________________________ 4.41–4.42
AH i www.hafele.com/us
Contents
Access Control
Contents___________________________ 5.2 Wall Terminal 2000 Tag-it™_________ 5.29
5 Overview________________________ 5.3-5.7
DT 750 Door Terminal___________ 5.8-5.13
Wall Terminal Set
WT 100 Tag-it™___________________ 5.30
WT 200 Wall Terminal___________ 5.14-5.17 Keys and Accessories__________ 5.31-5.32
WT 210 Wall Terminal__________ 5.18–5.20 Wall Terminal System 55_______ 5.33–5.35
Power Supplies________________ 5.21-5.22 Dialock® Complete
Software__________________________ 5.23 Programming_________________ 5.36-5.41
Programming__________________ 5.24-5.26 Dialock® Online Solutions________ 5.42-5.43
User Keys_____________________ 5.27-5.28 Electric Door Locks_____________ 5.44-5.46
Glass Door Fittings

Contents_____________________________________________________________________ 6.2
6 Overview_____________________________________________________________________ 6.3
Patch Fittings_____________________________________________________________ 6.4-6.9
Patch Locks_____________________________________________________________ 6.9–6.10
Door Rails______________________________________________________________ 6.11–6.12
Shower Door Hinges____________________________________________________ 6.13-6.14
Glass Clamps__________________________________________________________ 6.15-6.16
Pull Handles, Rails____________________________________________________________ 6.17
Back to Back Knobs___________________________________________________________6.18
Seals__________________________________________________________________ 6.19–6.20
Bathroom Accessories
Contents_____________________________________________________________________ 7.2
7 HEWI–805 Series_________________________________________________________ 7.3-7.7
HEWI–801 Series________________________________________________________ 7.8-7.28
Architectural Hardware American Standard

Overview_________________________________________________________________ 8.1-8.2
8
www.hafele.com/us AH ii
How to Use the Catalog
HOW TO FIND WHAT YOU’RE LOOKING FOR

Product Group Sections
Door Handles and Locks This catalog is organized into eight product group
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 sections. The groups are indicated by tab color and
2 Lever Sets and Latches. . . . . . . . . 2.3-2.9
Pull Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10-2.32
section number. There is a Table of Contents at the
beginning of each section.
Catalog Page Numbers

The section number is always shown first, followed
by the page number within that section.
Example: 1.5 refers to Section 1, Page 5.
Pages in the Furniture/Cabinetry Hardware catalog
begin with FC.
Pages in the Architectural Hardware catalog begin
with AH.
Häfele Item Numbers

Every Häfele item has a unique eight-digit item number with separating decimal points after the 3rd and 5th digit.
Example: 263.20.805
Index Search
Looking for something specific? Use an index to search by keyword or Item number. Indexes are located in the back of the catalog.
Index by Product Type Pages a1–a3
Index by Catalog Number Pages n1–n9
ORDERING IS EASY AND CONVENIENT

Whether you prefer the speed and convenience of online ordering or would rather speak with one of our knowledgeable
customer service representatives, we are committed to helping you find the best hardware solutions to meet your needs.
Online and Live Chat: www.hafele.com/us

Phone: 800-423-3531 | Fax: 800-325-6197 | Email: sales@hafele.us
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
Flat Head
#7
Häfele-to-Order customization Mounting screws and materials Indicates Soft Close

is available for any product in this Unless otherwise indicated, mounting screws are not included feature.
catalog featuring this symbol. and must be ordered separately. The symbols shown next to
the product drawing indicate the type and size of screw required.
Mounting screws and materials are shown in The Furniture/Cabinetry
Hardware catalog Section 11, beginning on page 11.140.
AH iii www.hafele.com/us
EXTENDING
YOUR EXPERTISE
Here at Häfele America Co., we work with you every step
of the way to ensure your project runs as smoothly as
possible—from specification to installation and beyond.
Our Project Sales and Technical Support group is
comprised of specially trained individuals who know our
products and are only a phone call or email away from
getting you the information and support you need.
For more information call one of our Project Specialists at

1-888-437-7477 or email us at projects@hafele.us.
READY-TO-INSTALL COMPONENTS
FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS.
Häfele-to-Order components are sized, finished, assembled and packaged to your precise specifications. Sliding door tracks
are pre-cut, de-burred and ready to install. Silent Aluflex door panels arrive ready to go. There’s no minimum requirement
and ordering is fast and easy. Your materials arrive ready-to-install at your jobsite, either in a box or on a pallet. All hardware
is included. There’s no cutting, labor, cleanup or waste. Materials are delivered quickly and on your schedule so there’s
never an inventory or warehousing issue.
Commercial & Architectural Special Services

• Sliding door tracks • Sub assembly
• Glass door rails • Special packaging
www.hafele.com/us AH iv
THE WORLD’S RESOURCE FOR HARDWARE
THINKING AHEAD
The hardware store founded in 1923 by Adolf Häfele is now
one of the leading international companies for architectural
and furniture hardware, electronic access control systems and
LED lighting. Worldwide, more than 7,300 employees support
approximately 160,000 customers in over 150 countries.
The headquarters of the family-operated company is still in
Nagold, Germany where it all began.
Häfele America Co. is a company with a global presence,
focused on local results. Our people and our business are
driven by an entrepreneurial spirit that allows us to have close
relationships with our customers, to know what they need,
to understand their requirements and to quickly identify new
opportunities. We are a company who believes in always
looking ahead and in sharing our creativity and long-term
vision with customers.
AH v www.hafele.com/us
PRODUCT ASSORTMENT
With us you’ll find the best variety of furniture hardware,
architectural components and LED lighting solutions. And
we continue to work on your behalf each day to make that
selection even better.
MANUFACTURING EXPERTISE
One of the greatest advantages is our own product lines,
including Slido door hardware, Loox LED lighting, Free lift-up
fittings, ixconnect connectors, MX drawer systems, Dialock
access control systems and many more. These are all
superior products engineered by Häfele for you.
EXPERT ADVICE AND ASSISTANCE

We are proud to join with our customers on projects to ensure
your continued and brilliant success.
WORLD CLASS DISTRIBUTION

Häfele’s reputation for a unique and comprehensive product
selection is well-earned. And with our state-of-the-art U.S.
distribution centers it’s also easily available and at a
competitive price.
www.hafele.com/us AH vi
YOUR ULTIMATE ONLINE

HARDWARE RESOURCE
NOT JUST A BETTER WEBSITE—

A BETTER WAY TO DO BUSINESS
Häfele’s website is your source for the latest,
up-to-date catalogs, new product announcements,
current product information and much more.
AH vii www.hafele.com/us
CUSTOMIZED INFORMATON
Your Häfele online account gives you the information you
need everyday to make decisions including instant pricing,
product availability and more.
COMPLETE PRODUCT INFORMATION

Sort by finish, size, style and many other attributes to easily
find exactly the right item. Product accessories are also
conveniently displayed.
INSPIRATION
Designers, architects and millworkers often come to
us for inspiration. You may be looking for that one unique
addition to your next project to really set it apart from the
rest. Let our website be your muse.
www.hafele.com/us AH viii
SLIDO. THE NAME TO REMEMBER IN

ARCHITECTURAL SLIDING SOLUTIONS.
The Slido family of architectural hardware by Häfele offers a diverse array of options for commercial and residential
applications. Whether planning for more space or additional convenience, Slido hardware offers the optimum solutions
for sliding doors, walls and room partitioning. Slido hardware is available for glass, wood or Ecoresin panels and offers
a variety of options such as integrated soft close and synchronized opening.
SLIDO DESIGN 80-M FOR GLASS: SLIDO CLASSIC RANGE:

FLOATING AND INVISIBLE. SLEEK AND SOFT CLOSING.
An inspired, minimalist design that skillfully conceals both A wide range of options which combine high quality track
the track and running gear behind the door as it moves— and running gear with either optional single or double sided
making it appear as if the door is floating. soft closing. Can be ceiling or wall mounted.
AH ix www.hafele.com/us
SLIDO POCKET DOOR FRAME KIT: SILENT ALUFLEX 40-80:

NO HASSLE INSTALLATION. FRAMED AND ELEGANT.
NATURALLY SPACE-SAVING. A soft closing, framed panel solution that provides design
This system easily installs into any standard 2 x 4 wood or steel freedom in partitioning rooms. Wood, glass, mirror or
constructed interior wall. Specially designed hardware includes Ecoresin panels offer numerous design possibilities.
a removable track meaning all components can be serviced
without the need to open a wall or sacrifice your design vision.
www.hafele.com/us AH x
EVERYTHING IS POSSIBLE.
EVERYTHING IS EASY.
DIALOCK ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:
DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM CONVENIENCE.
EASY TO CONFIGURE.
Open doors and cabinets, operate elevators and
other devices. Organize any number of access
points and users in locking plans. Select and
combine technical standards and functionality.
Dialock is as individual as your requirements.
EASY TO NETWORK.
Dialock terminals can be connected to each
other with cables, wirelessly, or not at all and
receive all the important access data. At the
same time, Dialock can be easily networked with
your management software, time and attendance
system, building services or billing systems.
EASY TO OPERATE.
Pass the Dialock card over a sensor without
contact—operation is as simple as this for the
user. Organizing locking authorizations for users
or user groups is just as easy for employees.
Information such as the overview of all locking
processes is provided by the system in a simple
and clear form.
EASY DOES IT.

Your Dialock system operates reliably. This is
taken care of not only by the high quality of the
components but also the remote maintenance.
Also, extending the existing system is simple.
Whatever you want to do with Dialock—
it remains easy.
AH xi www.hafele.com/us
DIALOCK COMPONENTS
Dialock makes locking and unlocking amazingly easy. Using a single key card opens all doors, cabinets and areas you want—
or don’t want—to open.
From planning to operation, Häfele is a pioneer in RFID technology and provides you with the experienced advice and solutions
to make your project a success.
SEE THE COMPLETE SELECTION

OF DIALOCK COMPONENTS
BEGINNING ON PAGE 5.1
NEW
DT 750 DOOR TERMINAL: DIALOCK WITH RFID

• Utilizes RFID–Compatible with Mifare, Tag-It® and BLE Technology
• 1,000 event audit trail
• For use on internal doors
• Emergency egress to release deadbolt and latch at the same time
• Do Not Disturb (DND) function
WT 200: WRU200 READER WT 200: WTC 200 WT 210

• Indication of locking/unlocking CONTROLLER • Compact wall terminal
with easy-to-see LED • Housing with control unit (controller and reader in one)
• Capable of reading data from or • Actuation of surveillance • Indication of locking/unlocking
writing data to a key cameras possible with easy-to-see LED
• Waterproof with IP65 level • Multiple readers and • Waterproof with IP65 level
protection element control protection
• For use on internal and • For use on internal and
external doors external doors
www.hafele.com/us AH xii
TO SPECIFICATION,
WITH CARE AND ADMIRATION
It is my great honor to welcome you to this, the latest version of The Complete Häfele for Architectural Hardware. Here at Häfele,
we’re in a unique position to support you in planning, executing and servicing all your architectural and design projects—from
installing a single sliding door in a residential building, all the way up to equipping an entire building such as a hotel with hardware,
LED lighting solutions, access control systems and more.
Häfele is a company that has always been about the details—

whether it be the design and function of a seemingly simple
“We use our global reach
accent LED light or a massive sliding door system used in luxury
homes and commercial projects. We use our global reach to to build relationships
at the local level…”
build relationships at the local level and we are your partner in
the project business—a responsibility that we take on with the
utmost determination and purpose. For you, we offer:
• An unparalleled product selection so that you can do exactly what you’re looking to do.
• Expert project planning, design and installation advice. With more than 90 years of global experience and expertise, we have
the industry knowledge and advice that will support every phase of your project development and execution.
• Reliable customer care every step of the way through our Project Sales and Technical Support and Lighting Design teams—
dedicated specialists in architectural planning and construction, LED lighting and project logistics.
Additionally, we are proud to offer our all-new

New York City Showroom location as a
hardware destination for people all over the
world to admire, appreciate and experience
all that Häfele uniquely has to offer. The space
is truly a powerful presentation of how our
company’s global reach and brand directly
supports projects large and small.
Here at Häfele, we build strong, lasting

relationships with the customers we’re lucky
enough to serve and work with on a daily
basis. Your challenges are our challenges.
And from the moment you say, “Go!” we’re
ready to get to work right alongside you.
Sincerely,
Häfele’s New York City Showroom, located at,

20 West 22nd Street, Suite 201, New York, NY 10010 Paul K. Smith
President, Häfele America Co.
AH xiii www.hafele.com/us
SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE
AH 1.1
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood
Contents
Top Hung System

Slido Classic
1 40-I to 120-I__________________________ 1.6-1.9
40-P to 120-P______________________ 1.10-1.12
Tracks and Accessories______________ 1.16-1.21
160-P and 160-O___________________ 1.22-1.23
40-O to 120-O______________________ 1.13-1.15 240-P and 240-O___________________ 1.24-1.25
Slido Design 80-M__________________ 1.26-1.27
EKU
Porta 60/100 H_____________________ 1.28-1.29 Divido 100 H_______________________ 1.40-1.41
Porta 60/100 HC____________________ 1.30-1.31 Divido 100 H Synchro________________ 1.42-1.43
Porta 60/100 H/HC Synchro__________ 1.32-1.33 Divido 100 HM______________________ 1.44-1.45
Porta 60/100 HM___________________ 1.34-1.35 Soft and Self Close_______________________ 1.46
Porta 60/100 HMD__________________ 1.36-1.37 Divido Lower Guide Application____________ 1.47
Porta 60/100 HMT__________________ 1.38-1.39 Stacking___________________________ 1.48-1.49
HAWA Junior 160/B_______________________ 1.80-1.81

Junior 40/Z_________________________ 1.52-1.53 Junior 250/A_______________________ 1.82-1.83
Junior 40/B________________________ 1.54-1.55 Junior 250/B_______________________ 1.84-1.85
Media 70__________________________ 1.56-1.57 Super 250/A_______________________ 1.86-1.87
Junior 80/Z_________________________ 1.58-1.59 Super 350/A_______________________ 1.88-1.89
Junior 80/B________________________ 1.60-1.61 Super 500/A_______________________ 1.90-1.91
Junior 80/B (mod.)__________________ 1.62-1.63 Super 500/B_______________________ 1.92-1.93
Junior 80/Inox______________________ 1.64-1.65 Alu 80
Telescopic 40/4_____________________ 1.66-1.67 Alu 80/A_________________________ 1.134-1.135
Telescopic 80/2 and 80/3____________ 1.68-1.69 Alu 80/A with Softmaster___________ 1.136-1.137
Symmetric 80/Z_____________________ 1.70-1.71 Straightaway
Junior 120/A_______________________ 1.72-1.73 50______________________________ 1.138-1.139
Junior 120/B_______________________ 1.74-1.75 100_____________________________ 1.140-1.141
Silenta 150/B_______________________ 1.76-1.77 320_____________________________ 1.142-1.145
Junior 160/A_______________________ 1.78-1.79
Barn Door Hardware

Solid Rod Stainless Steel Tracks Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Tracks
Flatec I____________________________ 1.94-1.95 Flatec IV_________________________ 1.108-1.109
Flatec II____________________________ 1.96-1.97 Flatec V__________________________ 1.110-1.111
Unotec Home______________________ 1.98-1.99 Project__________________________ 1.112-1.113
Dimensional data not binding. We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
Tritec____________________________ 1.100-1.101 Antra I___________________________ 1.114-1.115
Bi-Parting Applications__________________ 1.102 Antra II__________________________ 1.116-1.117
Accessories______________________ 1.103-1.107 Bi-Parting Applications__________________ 1.118
Accessories______________________ 1.119-1.123
Runway__________________________ 1.124-1.125
Flat Track System #BD100_________ 1.126-1.127
Bottom Rolling System

EKU Straightaway
Divido 80 H________________________ 1.50-1.51 115__________________________________ 1.146
180__________________________________ 1.147
400_____________________________ 1.148-1.149
500__________________________________ 1.150
1000_________________________________ 1.151
Silent Woodflex 80________________ 1.152-1.153

Dimensions in mm
Inches are approximate
AH 1.2 www.hafele.com/us
Contents
Bi-Folding Door Applications

Slido Classic Bifold 30_____________ 1.154-1.155 HAWA Bifold 30__________________ 1.156-1.157
1
Sliding/Folding for Interior Partitions

HAWA
Variofold 80/H____________________ 1.158-1.160 Variotec 150/H___________________ 1.176-1.177
Centerfold 80/H___________________ 1.161-1.163 Separo 103/H 400 and 112H/400___ 1.178-1.179
20-c Folding Wall 120_____________ 1.164-1.165
Sliding/Stacking for Cabinet Applications

HAWA
220 Planfront 70_______________________ 1.166 Aperto 60/H______________________ 1.170-1.175
Aperto 40/F______________________ 1.167-1.169
Sliding/Folding for Exterior Partitions

Al Fresco Summit_________________ 1.180-1.188
Pocket Door
Futura___________________________ 1.189-1.191 Slido____________________________ 1.192-1.193
Accessories
Häfele Smuso AD______________________ 1.194 HAWA Confort Guides__________________ 1.198
HAWA Softmove 80____________________ 1.195 Lower Guides_________________________ 1.199
HAWA Angle Profile____________________ 1.196 Lower Guide Channel___________________ 1.200
HAWA SoundEx_______________________ 1.197 Sealing and Buffer Profile________________ 1.200
HAWA Assembly Wedge________________ 1.197 HAWA Doorfix____________________ 1.201-1.203
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 1.3
Sliding Door Hardware-Glass
Contents
Top Hung System

Slido Classic
1 80-L to 120-L____________________ 1.204-1.209
EKU
Porta 100 G______________________ 1.210-1.211 Divido ___________________________ 1.226-1.227
Porta 100 GF_____________________ 1.212-1.213 Divido 80 GR_____________________ 1.228-1.229
Porta 100 GFO___________________ 1.214-1.216 Divido 100 GR____________________ 1.230-1.231
Porta 100 GU____________________ 1.217-1.219 Divido GR Synchro________________ 1.232-1.233
Porta 100 GW____________________ 1.220-1.221 Divido 100 GRM__________________ 1.234-1.235
Porta 100 GWF___________________ 1.222-1.223 Divido 100 Stacking_______________ 1.236-1.237
Porta 100 GW/GWF Synchro_______ 1.224-1.225
HAWA
Junior 40/GS_____________________ 1.238-1.239 Purolina-Plus 80__________________ 1.262-1.265
Junior 40/GP_____________________ 1.240-1.243 Junior 120/GP____________________ 1.266-1.269
Ordena 70/F______________________ 1.244-1.245 Junior 120/G_____________________ 1.270-1.271
Ordena 70/P_____________________ 1.246-1.247 Junior for Fixed Glass______________ 1.272-1.273
Junior 80/GS_____________________ 1.248-1.249 Junior 160/GP____________________ 1.274-1.277
Junior 80/GP_____________________ 1.250-1.253 Junior 160/G_____________________ 1.278-1.279
Junior 80/G______________________ 1.254-1.255 Junior 250/G_____________________ 1.280-1.281
Symmetric 80/G__________________ 1.256-1.257 Super 250/G_____________________ 1.282-1.283
Telescopic 80/G__________________ 1.258-1.259 Super 400/G_____________________ 1.284-1.285
Junior 80/G Fixed Panel____________ 1.260-1.261
Accessories
Special Suspension Profile_______________ 1.286 HAWA Assembly Wedge________________ 1.289
Smuso AD____________________________ 1.287 Individual Components_____________ 1.290-1.291
HAWA Angle Profile____________________ 1.288
Barn Door Hardware

Solid Rod Stainless Steel Tracks Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Tracks
Flatec I__________________________ 1.292-1.293 Flatec IV_________________________ 1.304-1.305
Unotec Home____________________ 1.294-1.295 Project__________________________ 1.306-1.307
Tritec____________________________ 1.296-1.297 Antra I___________________________ 1.308-1.309
Bi-Parting Applications__________________ 1.298 Bi-Parting Applications__________________ 1.310
Accessories______________________ 1.299-1.303 Accessories______________________ 1.311-1.317
Runway__________________________ 1.318-1.319
Dimensions in mm
Contents

Silent Aluflex 40___________________ 1.320-1.324 Silent Aluflex Tools and Infill Panels__ 1.332-1.334
Silent Aluflex 80___________________ 1.325-1.331 1
Sliding/Folding for Partitions

HAWA
Variofold 80/GV________________________ 1.335 Variotec 150/GR__________________ 1.342-1.343
Centerfold 80/GV_________________ 1.336-1.337 Shopfront 103/G400 and
Aperto 60/GL_____________________ 1.338-1.339 112G/400________________________ 1.344-1.345
Variotec 150/GV__________________ 1.340-1.341
Metal Fittings
HAWA
Junior 80/M______________________ 1.346-1.347 Super 500/M_____________________ 1.350-1.351
Super 250/M_____________________ 1.348-1.349
Accessories
HAWA Toplock___________________ 1.352-1.356 Locks________________________________ 1.357

Mortise Locks_____________ 1.358-1.362, 1.374 Sliding Door Locks________________ 1.364-1.367
Flush Pulls________________ 1.363, 1.371-1.373 Pocket Door Locks________________ 1.368-1.370
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I

• Door weight: 40 – 120 kg (88 – 264 lbs.) per door
1 •
•
For 1 and 2 sliding wood doors
Door height adjustable +/–3 mm (1/8”)
• With integrated suspension
• Door thickness: minimum 32 mm (1 1/4”)
Ceiling installation and wall mounting

51
2” 53
3"
2 32
31 33
7" 5"
1 32 1 16
33
5"
1 3"
35
1 16
33
5"
8
1 16
3" ± 1"
8
5±3
3" ± 1"
8
5±3
16
16
5 32
32 3" 1 1"
4
1 1"
4
16
15 56
19" 7"
32 2 32 64
217"
32
31 33
7" 5"
1 32 1 16
33
5"
1 16
3" ± 1"
8
5±3
3" ± 1"
8
5±3
16
16
33.5 32
5" 28
1 16
3"
1 1"
4
32 1 32
1 1"
4
Rattle-free floor guide 12
15"
32
9.5 9.5
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
3" 3"
8 8
7"
7"
11
11
16
16
30 30
3" 3"
1 16 1 16
Without guide channel With guide channel
Slido Classic I Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track
40-I 80-I 120-I
Soft Close Version Door width/weight
40 kg (88 lbs.) 80 kg (176 lbs.) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
Without A – 940.43.081 940.82.148 941.25.005
>594 mm (23 3/8”)
40 – 80 kg (88 – 176 lbs.)
On one side B 940.43.082 940.82.560 941.25.006
>683 mm (26 7/8”)
120 kg (264 lbs.)
>920 mm (36 1/4”)
40 – 80 kg (88 – 176 lbs.)
On both sides E 940.43.084 940.82.561 941.25.007
>1098 mm (43 1/2”)
120 kg (264 lbs.)
Note
Please order track, fascias and accessories separately.
For bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets per opening. Sliding door locks pages 1.357, 1.364-1.368
Flush pulls pages 1.363, 1.371-1.373
Pull handles pages 2.10-2.32
Tracks, fascias and accessories pages 1.8-1.9
Track stopper page 1.8
Track cleaner page 1.37
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I Versions overview

Version A without soft close

1
94 94 94
11"
152 3 16 311"
16 311"
16
6” 94
For Classic
94 40-I – 120-I 94
11"
152 3 16 311"
16 311"
16
6”
For Classic 40-I – 120-I
5"
32
4
Version B with soft close on one side

5"
32
4
60
2 3"
8
60
2 3" 60 440 94
8 5"
Section guide and trolley hanger 2 3"
8 594 17 16 311"
16
5"
60 23 8 440 94
2 3" 594 5"
17 16 311"
8 16
5"
23 8
Routing dimensions for carrier profile
60 529 94
24 2 3"
8 683 20 13"
16 311"
16
7"
15" 60 26 8 529 94
16
152 For Classic 120-I 20 13"
24 2 3"
8 683 16 311"
16
6”
15" 7"
20 26 8
16
25"
152 For Classic 120-I
32 6”
20
25"
32
40-I
Version E with soft close on both sides
Version E with soft close on both sides
25
60 800 60
31"
32 1"
152 2 3" 920 31 2 2 3"
8 8
25 6” 1"
60 36 4 800 60
31"
32 22 For3"Classic 40-I – 80-I 31 1"
2 3"
152 28 920 2 8
7"
8 6” 36 1"
4
22 For Classic 40-I – 80-I
7"
8
80-I and 120-I
60 978 60
1"
2 3"
8 1098 38 2 2 3"
8
1"
60 43 4 978 60
For Classic 120-I 1"
2 3"
8 1098 38 2 2 3"
8
1"
43 4
For Classic 120-I
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I Components

Description Material Finish For Version Qty. Item No.
1 Floor guide, rattle-free Plastic black A, B, E 1 pc. 940.42.030
A for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 2 pcs.

940.42.040
Track stopper with retaining spring Plastic/ B for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 1 pc.
–
and rubber bumper Rubber A for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 2 pcs.
940.42.041
B for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 1 pc.
B for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 1 pc.
940.42.042
E for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 2 pcs.
Release device with stopper Steel galvanized
B for 120 kg (264 lbs.) 1 pc.
940.42.082
E for 120 kg (264 lbs.) 2 pcs.
Note
Item numbers are valid only for 1 piece, when ordering individual components, please state the desired amount.
Upper Tracks
Description For door weights Material Finish Length Item No.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.921
mill 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.931
Single upper track, pre-drilled 40 – 120 kg 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.961
1 Aluminum
W x H: 31 x 33 mm (1 1/4” x 1 5/16”) (88 – 264 lbs.) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.922
clear
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.932
anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.962
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.02.920
Double upper track, pre-drilled 40 – 120 kg clear
3 Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.02.930
W x H: 70 x 33 mm (2 3/4” x 1 5/16”) (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.02.960
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.02.820
4 Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.02.830
W x H: 81 x 33 mm (3 3/16” x 1 5/16”) (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.02.860
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.25.920
40 – 120 kg clear
5 Single upper track, wall mounted Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.25.930
(88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.25.960
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.25.821
Mounting rail, width 19 mm (3/4”), for 40 – 120 kg clear
16 Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.25.831
track #5 (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.25.861
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.25.820
Mounting rail, width 8 mm (5/16”), for 40 – 120 kg clear
17 Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.25.830
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.25.860
Note
Aluminum mill finish upper track cannot be used in combination with a clip-on fascia. Please order threaded end insert for upper track and
mounting rail separately, refer to page 1.9.
Installation Reference
Slide in threaded end insert at rail ends. When the running track and the mounting rail are installed between walls the threaded end inserts
cannot be used; instead use glue points to fix the running track to the mounting rail.
Dimensions in mm
4/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I

Mounting Brackets and Accessories
Description Area of application Material Finish
Wall distance
Length Item No.
1
track center
16 – 25 mm
36 mm (17/16”) 940.42.061
(5/8” – 1”)
26 Length Mounting bracket, For upper 18 – 33 mm
10 (1”) Steel galvanized 44 mm (1 3/4”) 940.62.061
with screw and nut track 1 (11/16” – 1 5/16”)
33 – 55 mm
64 mm (2 1/2”) 940.42.063
(1 5/16” – 2 3/16”)
For upper track 5

- Threaded end insert and mounting rails Steel galvanized – 1 set 941.25.090
16 and 17
Note
Install wall mounting brackets 10 every 400 mm (15 3/4”).
Fascias and Accessories

Description Material Finish Length Width Item No.
Clip-on fascia, 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.43.620

For upper tracks
G for integration in Aluminum clear anodized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 940.43.630
1, 3 and 4
suspended ceilings 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.43.660
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 941.25.620
Clip-on fascia
For upper tracks 1, 3, 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 941.25.630
Q Height: 33 mm Aluminum clear anodized
4 and 5
(1 5/16”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 941.25.660
For upper track 1 and
fascia Q or for upper
Plastic silver colored – 50 mm (2”) 941.25.040
track 5, mounting rail
End cap set 17 and fascia Q
For upper track 5
mounting rail 16 Plastic silver colored – 61 mm (2”) 941.25.041
and fascia Q
For running track 1

End cap set Plastic silver colored – 51 mm (2”) 941.25.042
and 2x fascia Q
1 m (39 3/8”) – 940.42.050

Guide track, For rattle-free
19 Plastic black
bottom, press-fit floor guide
1.5 m (59 1/16”) – 940.42.051
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-P to 120-P

1 •
•
Door height adjustable +/–5 mm (3 /16”)
• Suspension fitting with screw-mounted support flange

56 55
7" 5"
2 32 2 32
33 31
5" 7"
1 16 68 1 32
68
211"
16 70 28±5
28±5 2 11"
16
3" ± 3" 3" ± 3"
1 32 16 2 3"
4
1 32 16
2.5 2.5 3
3" 3"
5
32 32 3" 1"
16 8
40 ( 28) 40 ( 28)
9" 9" 3")
1 16 3")
( 132 1 16 ( 132
Rattle-free floor guide 12

15"
32
9.5 9.5
3" 3"
8 8
7" 25"
7" 25"
11 20
11 20
16 32
16 32
30 30
3" 3"
1 16 1 16
Slido Classic P Set

40-P 60-P 80-P 120-P
Soft Close Version Door width
40 kg (88 lbs.) 60 kg (132 lbs.) 80 kg (176 lbs.) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
Without A – 940.42.113 940.60.113 940.82.108 941.02.119
On one side B ≥592 mm (23 5/16”) 940.43.115 – 940.82.562 941.02.114
≥727 – 846 mm
C (28 5/8 – 33 5/16”) 940.43.116 – 940.82.125 –
recommended max. width
On both sides ≥847 – 966 mm
D (33 3/8 – 38 1/16”) 940.43.117 – 940.82.563 –
recommended max. width
E ≥916 mm (36”) 940.43.118 – 940.82.564 941.02.115
Note
End cap for ceiling installation with fascia on both sides is not available. Sliding door locks pages 1.357, 1.364-1.368
One pair of end caps can be glued vertically in the center of the upper Flush pulls pages 1.363, 1.371-1.373
track (optional). Please order track, fascias and accessories separately.
For bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets per opening.
Track stopper page 1.8
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-P to 120-P Versions overview

1
≥94 ≥94
11" 11"
≥316 ≥316
No minimum door width
96 (40 - 60kg) 112 (80 - 120kg) ≥94 ≥94
7" 11" 11"
3 3"
4 (88 - 132 lbs.) 4 16 (176 - 264 lbs.)
≥316
Version B without
A with softsoft
close on one side
close ≥316
11"
No minimum
≥94 door width ≥94
94 316 11" 11"
≥3 ≥316
Version16 A without soft close
No minimum
Version B withdoor
softwidth
close on one side
≥94 ≥94
≥58 11" ≥440 ≥94
11"
≥3
5" 16 5" ≥316
11"
≥2 16
Version B with soft close on one≥592 side ≥1716 ≥316
No minimum
≥94 door width ≥2316 5"
≥94
11" 11"
≥316 door width is 592 mm (23 5/16").
Minimum ≥440 ≥3
≥58 ≥94
16
5"
32
5"
4
No 5
Version " B withdoor
softwidth
close on one≥592 side ≥1716 11"
≥2minimum
16 ≥316
5"
≥58 ≥23 16 ≥440 ≥94
Version
5" C door 5" mechanism)
60
Minimum
Version
≥2 16 B with
with soft
soft close
width
close on
is 592 both
onmm sides
(23
one≥592
side (twin
5/16").
≥17 16
11"
≥316
5"
≥2316
2 3"
8 ≥58
Minimum door width is 592 mm (23 5/16"). ≥440 ≥94
Section guide and trolley hanger 5"
≥2 16
Version C with soft close on both≥592 sides≥17
5"
(twin
16 mechanism)
11"
≥316
5"
≥58 ≥2316 ≥611
≥58
5"
≥440 1" ≥94≥58 5"
Minimum
5" C door
≥2 16 width is 592
on mm (23 5/16").5"
≥24
≥727 ≥316≥2 16
Version with soft close both≥592
sides ≥17
(twin 11"
≥2 16 16 mechanism)
16
5 " 5"
≥2316≥28 8
For ≥58
doors door
Minimum 727-846 mmis(28
width 5925/8"-33
mm (23 5/16"). ≥611
5/16"). ≥58
5" C with soft close on both sides (twin mechanism)
Version 1" 5"
≥2 16 ≥727 ≥24 16 ≥2 16
Version ≥28 58"(double
≥58 D with soft close on both sides ≥611 mechanism) ≥58
For 5"
≥2doors
Version 727-846 mm (28 5/8"-33 5/16").
16 C with soft close on both sides
≥727(twin
1"
≥24 mechanism)
16
5"
≥2 16
5"
≥28 8
For ≥58
doors
Version 727-846 mm (28 5/8"-33 5/16"). ≥611 mechanism) ≥58
5" D with soft close on both sides (double 1" 5"
≥2 16 ≥727 ≥24 16 ≥2 16
≥58 5 " ≥731 ≥58
5"
≥2≥58 ≥28 ≥28 43"mechanism) ≥2 5"
Version ≥847
16 D with soft close on both sides
8 ≥611
(double ≥58
16
For
≥2doors
5" 727-846 mm (28 5/8"-33 5/16").
≥33 3" 1" 5"
16 ≥7278 ≥24 16 ≥2 16
For ≥58
doors 847-966 mm (33 3/8"-38"). ≥28 58" ≥731 ≥58
For
≥2doors 727-846
5" D with
Version softmm (28on
close 5/8"-33 5/16").
both sides ≥28 43"mechanism)
≥847(double
5"
≥2 16
16
≥58 ≥33 38" ≥731 ≥58
Version
For 5" E with
≥2doors
Version D with twomm
847-966
soft soft(33
closeclose
on (one
both for each
3/8"-38").
≥847
sides ≥28side)
(double 3"
mechanism)
5"
≥2 16
16 4
≥33 38"
For ≥58
doors 847-966 mm (33 3/8"-38"). ≥731 ≥58
5" 3" 5"
Version
≥2 16 E with two soft close (one ≥847
for each
≥28side)
4 ≥2 16
3"
≥58 ≥33 ≥800
8 ≥731 ≥58
≥58
5" 1" ≥58
5"
For
≥2doors
Version 847-966
5" E with twomm
soft(33 3/8"-38").
close (one ≥847
for each
≥916 ≥31
side)
3 "2 ≥2516
"
≥2 16
16 ≥28 4 ≥2 16
≥33≥36"
3"
8
Minimum
doors door
For ≥58 width
847-966 mm916(33mm (36").
3/8"-38"). ≥58
≥800
5" E with two soft close (one for each side)
Version 1" 5"
≥2 16 ≥916 ≥31 2 ≥2 16
≥58 ≥36" ≥800 ≥58
Minimum
5"
≥2 16
Version E door width
with two 916
soft mm (one
close (36").for each≥31 1"
side)
5"
≥2 16
≥916 2
≥36"
Minimum
≥58 door width 916 mm (36"). ≥800 ≥58
5" 1" 5"

≥2 16 ≥916 ≥31 2 ≥2 16
≥36"
≥58 ≥800 ≥58
Minimum
5" door width 916 mm (36"). 1" 5"
≥2 16 ≥916 ≥31 2 ≥2 16
≥36"
Minimum door width 916 mm (36").
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Set Components for Slido Classic 40-P to 80-P

Slido Classic 40-P
1 Description Material Finish For Version Qty. Item No.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, A 2 pcs.

support flange for screw mounting, Steel galvanized 940.42.013
without soft close B 1 pc.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, B 1 pc.

support flange for screw mounting, Steel galvanized 940.42.017
soft close on one side E 2 pcs.
Running gear, suspension screws with nut,

support flanges for screw mounting,
Steel galvanized C 1 pc. 940.43.012
soft close on both sides
(twin mechanism)

support flanges for screw mounting, Steel galvanized D 1 pc. 940.42.016
soft close on both sides (double mechanism)
Slido Classic 60-P

Description Material Finish Qty. Item No.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut,

support flange for screw mounting, without Steel galvanized 2 pcs. 940.60.016
soft close
Slido Classic 80-P

Running gear, suspension screw with nut, A 2 pcs.
support flange for screw mounting, without Steel galvanized 940.82.012
soft close B 1 pc.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, B 1 pc.

support flange for screw mounting, soft close Steel galvanized 940.82.018
on one side E 2 pcs.

support flanges for screw mounting, soft close Steel galvanized C 1 pc. 940.82.019
on both sides (twin mechanism)
support flanges for screw mounting, soft close Steel galvanized D 1 pc. 940.82.015
on both sides (double mechanism)
Slido Classic 40-P to 120-P Components

Floor guide, rattle-free Plastic black A, B, C, D, E 1 pc. 940.42.030
A for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 2 pcs.

940.42.040
Track stopper with retaining spring B for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 1 pc.
Plastic gray
and rubber bumper A for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 2 pcs.
940.42.041
B for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 1 pc.
B for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 1 pc.
940.42.042
C, D, E for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 2 pcs.
B for 120 kg (264 lbs.) 1 pc.
940.42.082
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-O to 120-O Ceiling installation and wall mounting

For 40-0, 60-0, 80-0
56 55
• Recessed door connection
1
7"
2 32 5"
• For 1 and 2 sliding wood doors 2 32
• Height adjustable: +/-3 mm (1/8")
• Suspension with recessed flange clip (without tools)
33 31
5" 7" 56
1 16 56 58 1 32 7"
7" 5" 2 32
2 32 2 16
10.5±3
10.5±3
7" ± 1"
7" ± 1"
8
8
2.5 2.5
3" 3" 3
16
16
32 32 5
3" 1"
16 8
40 ( 28) 40 ( 28)
9" 3") 9" 3")
1 16 ( 132 1 16 ( 132
For 120-0
56 55
7"
2 32 5"
2 32
33 31
5" 7" 56
1 16 56 58 1 32 7"
7" 5" 2 32
2 32 2 16
13.5 + 3
-1
1"
1"
- 32
13.5 + 3
-1
17" + 8
2.5
1"
1"
- 32
17" + 8
32 2.5 3"
5 3
32
32
3" 3" 1"
32 16 8
40 ( 28) 40 ( 28)
9" 3") 9" 3")
1 16 ( 132 1 16 ( 132
Rattle-free floor guide

12
15"
32
9.5 9.6
3" 3"
8 8
7" 25"
7" 25"
11 20
11 20
16 32
16 32
30 30
Slido Classic O Set 3"
1 16 3"
1 16
40-O 60-O 80-O 120-O

Soft Close Version Door width
40 kg (88 lbs.) 60 kg (132 lbs.) 80 kg (176 lbs.) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
Without A – 940.42.114 940.60.118 940.82.145 941.02.120
On one side B ≥592 mm (23 5/16”) 940.43.119 – 940.82.565 941.02.116
On both sides E ≥916 mm (36”) 940.43.004 – 940.82.566 941.02.117
Note
End cap for ceiling installation with fascia on both sides is not available. One pair of end caps can be glued vertically in the center of the upper
track (optional). Please order track, fascias and accessories separately. For bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets per opening.
Sliding door locks pages 1.357, 1.364-1.368

Dimensions in mm
10/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 40-O to 120-O
1 Versions overview
94 94
311"
16 311"
16
For Classic 40-0 - 80-0
68.5 43.5
211"
16 123"
32
11"
94 316
58 440 94
5"
5"
2 16 592 17 16 3 11"
16
5"
23 16
5"
32
4
Version E with two soft close (one for each side)
60
2 3"
8
58 800 58
Section guide and trolley hanger 5" 1"
31 2 5"
2 16 916 2 16
36"
Routing dimensions
Routing dimensions 20 Version B with soft close one side
592
25" 5"
32 58 23 16 440 94
5" 5"
2 16 17 16 311"
16
112
4 13
32
"
150
29 "
5 32
10 min. 2.6 10
11" 43.5 11"
32
3" 112 32
11" 32 13"
1 16 112 4 32 43.5
13"
max. 5.6 11"
4 32 7" 1 16
32
For Classic 120-0
Version E with two soft close (one for each side)
916
36"
58 798 58
7" 5"
5"
2 16 31 16 2 16
For Classic 120-0
S D
Left Flange Right Flange
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Set Components for Slido Classic 40-O to 80-O

Slido Classic 40-O Set
Description Material Finish Mounting For Version Qty. Item No. 1
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, flange left A 940.42.014
clip for hooking in (without tools), without soft Zinc nickel-plated 1 pc.
close right A and B 940.42.015
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, left B and E 940.42.018

support flange for hooking in (without tools), soft Zinc nickel-plated 1 pc.
close on one side right E 940.42.019
Slido Classic 60-O

Description Material Finish Mounting Qty. Item No.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, flange left 940.60.017

clip for hooking in (without tools), without soft Steel galvanized 2 pcs.
close right 940.60.018
Slido Classic 80-O

Description Material Finish Mounting For Version Qty. Item No.
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, flange left A 940.82.013

clip for hooking in (without tools), Zinc nickel-plated 1 pc.
without soft close right A and B 940.82.014
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, flange left B and E 940.82.016
clip for hooking in (without tools), Zinc nickel-plated 1 pc.
soft close on one side right E 940.82.017
Slido Classic 40-O to 120-O Components

Floor guide, rattle-free Plastic black A, B, E 1 pc. 940.42.030
A for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 2 pcs.

940.42.040
Track stopper with retaining spring B for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 1 pc.
Plastic gray
and rubber bumper A for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 2 pcs.
940.42.041
B for 80 – 120 kg (176 - 264 lbs.) 1 pc.
B for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 1 pc.

940.42.042
C, D, E for 40 and 80 kg (88 - 176 lbs.) 2 pcs.
B for 120 kg (264 lbs.) 1 pc.
940.42.082
Note
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic
Upper Tracks
1 Description For door weights Material Finish Length/Qty. Item No.
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.921
mill 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.931
Single upper track, pre-drilled 40 – 120 kg 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.961
1 Aluminum
W x H: 31 x 33 mm (1 1/4" x 1 5/16") (88 – 264 lbs.) 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.922
clear
3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.932
anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.962
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.920
Single upper track, pre-drilled
40 – 120 kg clear
2 W x H: 47.5 x 47 mm (1 7/8" x 1 27/32"), Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.930
wall mounted
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.960
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.02.920
3 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.02.930
W x H: 70 x 33 mm (2 3/4" x 1 5/16") (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.02.960
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.02.820
4 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.02.830
W x H: 81 x 33 mm (3 3/16" x 1 5/16") (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.02.860
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.602
40 – 120 kg clear
5 Single upper track, wall mounted Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.603
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.606
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.821
Mounting rail, width 19 mm (3/4"), for 40 – 120 kg clear
16 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.831
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.861
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.820
Mounting rail, width 8 mm (5/16"), for 40 – 120 kg clear
17 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.830
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.860
Note
Aluminum mill finish upper track cannot be used in combination with clip fascia. Please order threaded end insert for upper track 5 and
mounting rails 16 and 17 separately, below.
Installation Reference
Slide in threaded end insert at rail ends. When the running track and the mounting rail are installed between walls the threaded end inserts
cannot be used; instead use glue points to fix the running track to the mounting rail.
Description Area of application Material Finish Length Item No.
36 mm (1 7/16") 940.42.061
26 Length Mounting bracket, For upper
10 (1") Steel galvanized 44 mm (1 3/4") 940.62.061
with screw and nut track 1
64 mm (2 1/2") 940.42.063
– Wrench for height adjustment – Steel galvanized – 940.43.032
For upper track 5

– Threaded end insert and mounting rails Steel galvanized 1 set 941.25.090
16 and 17
Note
Install wall mounting bracket 10 every 400 mm (15 3/4")
Dimensions in mm
7/20
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Fascias and Accessories

Description Area of application Material Finish Length Item No.
Clip on fascia, For upper tracks silver colored

2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.123 1
F Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.133
height 56 mm (2 7/32”) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.163
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.120
C Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.130
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.160
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.220
D Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.230
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.260
Clip on fascia, 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.620
For upper tracks silver colored
G for integration in Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.630
1, 3 and 4 anodized
suspended ceilings 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.660
End cap set For upper track 1 Plastic silver colored – 940.43.066
For upper track 1 and fascia C Plastic silver colored – 940.43.031
For upper track 2

Plastic silver colored – 940.43.020
and fascia C
For upper track 5,
mounting rail 17 and fascia C
For upper track 5,

mounting rail 16 and fascia C
For upper track 1 and fascia D Plastic silver colored – 940.43.030

End cap set
For upper track 2
Aluminum silver colored – 941.62.020
and fascia D
For upper track 5,
mounting rail 16 and fascia D
For upper track 1 and fascia F,
for upper track 5, mounting rail Plastic silver colored – 940.43.028
17 and fascia F
For upper track 5,

mounting rail 16 and fascia F
20 Floor guide For 1 sliding door Plastic gray – 940.42.031
18 Floor guide, rattle-free – Plastic black – 940.42.030
1 m (39 3/8”) 940.42.050

Guide channel,
19 For rattle-free guide 18 Plastic black
bottom, press-fit
1.5 m (59 1/16”) 940.42.051
Fixing clip, For upper tracks

O Aluminum mill – 940.43.070
for wood fascia 1, 2, 4 and 5
Adjustable wall mounted

guide
Steel bronze – 940.40.073
L x H: 64 x 68 mm
(2 1/2” x 2 11/16”)
Note
Install fixing clip O every 400 mm (15 3/4”)
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Synchro Additional Set Impact Dampener

For Slido Classic 40-P, 60-P and 80-P For Slido Classic 40-P, 60-P and 80-P
1 • For 2 bi-parting wood doors • Replaces the pocket door edge pull
• For symmetrical opening of 2 door panels • For proper function of the impact dampener, a clearance of
• Door width ≥ 600 and ≥ 1500 mm ( 23 5/8" and 59 1/16”) 20 mm (25/32") between the edge of the door and the structure
must be provided
18 11"
16
125 20
29" 25"
4 32
Additional Fitting Set 32
Item No.
940.44.000 Door weight Item No.
Note 40 kg (88 lbs.) 940.42.070
The additional set can only be used in combination with standard
equipment consisting of two sets for 1 sliding door 80 kg (176 lbs.) 940.42.071
(Classic 40-P, 60-P, or 80-P) and upper track. Not suitable for 120 kg (264 lbs.) 940.42.072
versions with soft close.
Installation
Individual Components Simply press on the edge of the sliding door and the spring of the
impact dampener will push the sliding door far enough out so you can
Description Qty. Item No. reach the flush pulls.
The impact dampener is simply inserted on one end of the upper
Track stopper with track and fixed in place with a set screw
2 pcs. 940.44.070
deflection roller
Note
Not suitable for use in combination with soft close mechanism.
Cable fixing block 2 pcs. 940.44.073
Cable with plastic

sheathing 1 pc. 940.44.079
10 m (393 11/16”)
Note
Item numbers refer to 1 pc.
Please specify required quantity when ordering individual
components.
Dimensions in mm
5/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Additional Set for Stacking

For Slido Classic 40-P to 120-P, 40-O to 120-O and 40-I to 120-I
• For stacking 2 – 4 sliding wood doors 1
• Door width ≥ 700 mm ( 27 9/16")
28-50 10 28-50 10 28-50 10 28-50

3" - 2" 13"1 3" - 2" 13"1 3" - 2" 13" 1 3" - 2"
1 32
64.5 32 32 32 32 32 32
9"
2 16
20 7 6 6 6
13" 9" 1" 1" 1"
16 32 4 4 4
13 16
5"
8
1"
6
15"
4
32
TB = door width, LM = internal width, B = total width
2 doors: TB = (LM + 129 mm (5 1/6”))/2
3 doors: TB = (LM + 193.5 mm (7 5/8”))/3
4 doors (see drawing): TB = (LM + 258 mm (10 5/32”))/4
Note
The additional set can only be used in combination with the
respective number of door sets (see cross reference), respective
number of running tracks and panels (optional).
The use for versions with soft close is only suitable to a limited
extent as a smooth opening and closing action cannot be ensured.
Stacking Sets
Description For 2 doors For 3 doors For 4 doors Item No.
2 stoppers and 1 floor guide

1 set 2 sets 3 sets 940.44.001
with bracket
Floor guide, plastic 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 942.35.400
Upper Tracks and Fascias

Description Area of application Material Finish Length/Qty. Item No.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.922

Single upper track, pre-drilled 40 – 120 kg silver colored
Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.932
W x H: 31 x 33 mm (1 1/4” x 1 5/16”) (88-264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.962
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.123
Clip on fascia For upper track 1, silver colored
Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.133
height 56 mm (2 7/32”) 2, 3, 4 and 5 anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.163
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.43.120
Clip on fascia For upper track 1, silver colored
Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.43.130
height 68 mm (2 11/16”) 2, 3, 4 and 5 anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.43.160
Note
End cap set is not available.
Classic 40-P to 120-P pages 1.10–1.12

Classic 40-O to 120-O pages 1.13–1.15
Dimensions in mm
1/18
Top Hung System
81
81
31
31 31
31 3"
3 16
3" 31
1" 1" 3 16
31
1 1" 1
1 1" 1 1"
Slido Classic Ceiling Mounting Options44
1 4
4 1 1"
4
4
For 40-P, 60-P, 80-P and 120-P 81
1 31
1 1"
4
1
33
33
5"
5"
31
1 1"
4
33
33
5"
1 16
5"
3"
3 16 33
33
5"
1 16
1 5"
16
31
1 1"
4
33
33
5"
1 16
5"
1 16
16 1 16 1 16
28 ±5
28 ± 5
28 ±
28 ±55 28 ±
28 ±55 3" 3"
3" 3" 3" 3" 132
1 ± 16
3" ± 3"
132
1 3" ± 3"
± 16 33 1 132
3" ± 3"
± 16 32 16 ±3
10.5 ± 3
33 33 32 16 5" 32 16 33 10.5 31
5" 5" 1 16 5" 13" 1"
13" ± 1" 31
1 16 1 16 1 16 32 ± 8
32 8 1 7"
7"
1 32
32
28 ± 5
28 ± 5 28 ± 5 3" ± 3" 15
3" ± 3" 3" ± 3" 132
132 16
132 16
16
10.5 ± 3
19"
32
13" ± 1" 31
32 8 7"
1 32
44
44 6 44
44
6
1 3"
1 3"
4
1"
1" 1
3"
1 3"
4
4 4
4 4
35
35 44
44 35 15 35 44
35 15 35 44
1 3"
1 3" 1 3"
1 3" 3"
1 3" 19"
1 3"
3"
1 3"
8
8 4
4 1 8
19"
32 1 3"
8 1 4
4
8 32 8
44 6 44
1 3"
4
1" 1 3"
4
4
35 44 35 15 35 44
1 3"
8 1 3"
4 1 3" 19"
1 3" 1 3"
8 32 8 4
P Version 1 3/8” door with P Version 1 3/4” door with P Version bypassing 1 3/4” 106
ceiling mounted track 1 ceiling mounted track 1 and 1 3/8” doors with ceiling 106
3"
81
81 4 3"
4 16
16
81 For 40-O, 60-O, and 80-O mounted track 4 3"
3 16
3 3"
3" 31 31 31 16 31
3 16 31 31 50
1 1" 1 1" 50 1 1"
1 1" 1 1"
4 1 1"
4 106 15"
1 16
15" 4
4 4 4
3"
1 16
81 4 16
3"
3 16
31 33 31 33 50 33 33
33 33 33 33
5" 1 1"
4 1 5"
5" 1 1"
4 1 5"
5" 15"
1 16 1 5"
5" 5"
1 16
1 16 1 16
16 1 16
16 1 16
16
15 15
15
19"
19"
13.5 + 3
19"
10.533
±3 32 33 10.5
10.5 ±
±33 33 10.5 ±
10.5 ±33 10.5 ±
10.5 ±33 31
32
32 31
31 31 -1
1 5"
13" ± 1" 7"
5" 13"
1 16 ± 1"
13" ±
32
1"
8
5"
1 16 13" ± 1"
13" ± 1"
8
13"
13" ± 1"
± 1"
8 1 7"
7" 1" 7"
1 32
32 16 8 32 32
1 32 32 8 32 8 32 8 1 32
32 17" + 8
32 1"
15 - 32
19"
10.5 ± 3 10.5 ± 3 10.5 ± 3 31
32
13" ± 1" 13" ± 1" 13" ± 1"
32 8 32 8 32 8 7"
1 32
44 6 44
1 3"
4
1" 1 3"
4
4
44 35
35 44
44 44 44 44
35 15 35 44 7
7 44
19" 1 3" 1 3"
1 3" 1 3"
1 3" 3"
1 3" 3"
1 3" 1 3"
1 3"
8 32 1 3"
8 4 8
8 4
4 1 4
4
1"
1"
4
1 4
4
4
4
O Version 1 3/4” door with O Version 1 3/8” door with O Version 1 3/4” door with O Version bypassing 1 3/4”
ceiling mounted track 1 and ceiling mounted track 1 and ceiling 44
mounted 44 1 and doors with ceiling mounted
7 track
35 44
1 3"
drop 8ceiling trim G
3"
floor1 mounted guide floor track 4, drop ceiling trim G
4 mounted guide
4 1 3" 1" 1 3"
4 4 and floor mounted guides
106 106
For 120-O 3"
4 16
81
3"
4 16 81
3"
3"
3 16 3 16
31 31 31 50
50 1 1" 1 1" 1 1" 15"
15"
1 16
4 4 4 1 16
33 33 33 33
5" 5" 5" 5"
1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16
15 15 15
19" 19"
19"
32 13.5 + 3 31 32 13.5 + 3 13.5 + 3 13.5 + 3 31
32
31 -1 -1 -1 -1
7" 7"
1 32
7" 1" 1 32 1" 1" 1"
1 32 17" + 8 17" + 8 17" + 8 17" + 8
32 1" 32 1" 32 1" 32 1"
- 32 - 32 - 32 - 32
44 35 44 44 44
44 7 44 7
1 3" 1 3" 1 3" 1 3" 1" 1 3"
1 3"
4
1" 1 3"
4
4 8 4 4 4 4
4
O Version 1 3/4” door with O Version 1 3/8” door with O Version 1 3/4” door with O Version bypassing 1 3/4”
ceiling mounted track 1 and ceiling mounted track 1 and ceiling mounted track 1 and doors with ceiling mounted
drop ceiling trim G floor mounted guide floor mounted guide track 4, drop ceiling trim G
and floor mounted guides
106 Classic 40-P to 120-P pages 1.10–1.12
3"
81 4 16 Classic 40-O to 120-O pages 1.13–1.15
3"
3 16 Dimensions in mm
50 Inches are approximate
15"
1 16
15
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Wall Mounting Options

For 40-P, 60-P, 80-P and 120-P
1
32 28
24 28 1 1" 1 1"
35 38 4 8
1 3" 1 1"
15"
16
1 1"
8
8 2
8
19 5" 47
3" 16
4 1 7"
8
68
33 31 11"
5" 1 1" 33 31 2 16
1 16 4
5" 1 1"
68 71 1 16 4
28 ± 5 68
2 11" 13"
16 2 16 11"
28 ± 5
3" ± 3"
132 28 ± 5 2 16 3" ± 3"
16 3" ± 3"
132 16
132 16
10 44 6
13 44 11 3" 1"
1" 7" 7 35 11 1 3"
2 1 3"
4 16
8 4 4
9" 7"
32 1 3"
8 16
1 3/4” door with wall 1 3/4” door with wall
mounted track 5, fascia D 1 3/8” door with wall mounted track 2 and
and mounting rail 16 mounted track 5, fascia clip fascia clip O
35 28 C and mounting rail 17 31 38
1 3"
8 1 1"
8 1 1" 1 1"
4 2
50
19 32 28
2"
19 3"
4
1 1"
4
1 1"
8
3"
4
47
27"
1 32
33 31 47 19 32 28
5" 1 1"
1 16 1 7"
3"
4
1 1"
4
1 1"
8 28 ± 5
4 8
68 3" ± 3"
132
28 ± 5 11" 68 16
2 16 11"
3" ± 3"
132 2 16
16 47
1 7"
8
68
11"
2 16
28 ± 5
3" ± 3"
132 16
10 44 11
3" 7"
18 35 11 28 ± 5 8 1 43" 16
11" 7" 3" ± 3" 19 10
132 44 7
1 3" 16
16 8 16 3"
4
3" 1 3"
4
9"
32
1 3/4” door with wall
8
18 35 95 with wall
mounted track 2 and
11" 1 3" 1 3/4” door fascia clip D
16 8 3 3"
4track 2 and
mounted
19 10 70 44 7 16
3" fascia
19 10 3" O
clip
44 9" Min
3" 3" 1 3" 5"

3"
4 3"
8 2 1 4 32 8
12.5 4 8 4 4 12.5
7 95
39
9"
1"
2 3"
1"
2
30 Max 25
32 3 9"
1 4
3"
1 16 1"
16
19 10 70 447
3" 3" 2 3" 1"3"
17 12.5 4 8 4 144 12.5 33
68 5"
11"
11" 1" 39 1" 1 16
2 16 16 2 9" 2
1 16 68
7
11"
214 28 ± 5
16 3" ± 3"
1" 5" 132 16
4 16
11 68 18
13 4 4 11" 11" 9
64 1"
7"
5" 5"
214
16 16 5"
16
2 1"
2
2 32 32 5" 16
6 16
1 3/8” door with wall

1"
4 3035 18
11 35 3"
4 1116
3"
4 11"
mounted track 5, mounting 7"
16 5" 1 3"
8
8
5" 16
rail 16, fascia clip O and wall 32 32
mounted guide 6
1"
4 3035
35 3" 35
1116
3"
8
1 3"
8 1 3"
8
1 3/8” bypassing doors with 1 3/8” door with
ceiling mounted track 3 and wall mounted track 1
fascia clip C and mounting bracket 10
Classic 40-P to 120-P pages 1.10–1.12
Dimensions in mm
1/18
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 160-P and 160-O

• Door weight up to: 160 kg (353 lbs.) per door
1 • For 1 and 2 sliding wood doors
• Door height adjustable: 160-P: +/-5 mm (3/16”)
37
1 1"
2
160-O: +/-3 mm (1/8”)
• 160-P: Suspension fitting with support flange for screw mounting
• 160-O: Suspension fitting with flange clip for hooking in
without tools 37
112
1 1"
2 7"
4 16 120
4 43"
26 - 36
1"- 7"
1 16 1 16
4
45 5"
32
1 34"
Ceiling installation
with wood door 60
2 38"
Section hanger and trolley guide
37
7"
1 16
37
7"
1 16
69 44
11 2 11"
16 1 3"
4 94
7" 11"
16 3 16
4
5"
32
45
1 3"
4
60
2 38"
Section guide and trolley hanger
Slido Classic 160-P and 160-O Sets
• For 1 sliding door without upper track and soft close
6 15 6 15
Fitting 1"
4
Item No. 9"
16
1"
4
9"
16
160-P 941.62.004
160-O 941.62.006
3" 9"
3" 9"
3" 9"
3" 9"
10 15
10 15
10 15
10 15
8 16
8 16
8 16
8 16
13"
13"
11"
11"
20
20
18
18
16
16
16
16
Note
For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets.
30 14 30 14
3" 9" 3" 9"
1 16 16 1 16 16
Floor guide without Floor
With guide
guide with U-shaped
channel Floor guide
Without guidewithout
channel Floor guide with U-shaped
channel guide channel and floor channel guide channel and floor
guide roller guide roller

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 160-P and 160-O Set Components

Description Material Finish Mounting 160-P 160-O Item No.
Running gear, suspension screw 1

with nut, flange clip for hooking in Steel galvanized – 2 pcs. – 941.62.013
(without tools), without soft close
Running gear, suspension screw with left – 2 pcs. 941.62.016

nut, support flange for hooking in Zinc nickel-plated
(without tools), without soft close right – 2 pcs. 941.62.017
Floor guide Plastic gray – 1 pc. 1 pc. 940.42.034
Track stopper with retaining spring

Plastic gray – 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 941.62.042
and rubber bumper
Note
Item numbers are valid only for one piece, when ordering individual components, please state the desired amount.
Upper Tracks and Accessories

Description Material Finish Length Item No.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.62.200
mill 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.62.300
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.62.600
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.62.201
clear
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.62.301
anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.62.601
13
58 1"
5"
2 16 2
Floor guide roller, Ø10 mm (3/8”) Steel galvanized – 940.42.032

14 6.5
9"
16 1"
4
U-shaped guide track

Aluminum bright 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.42.602
15 x 15 x 1.5 mm (5/8” x 5/8” x 1/16”)
26
(1") Wall mounting bracket, with screw and nut
Steel galvanized – 940.62.061
L x H: 18 – 33 mm (11/16” – 1 5/16”) x 26 (1”)
Note
Install wall mounting brackets every 400 mm (15 3/4”).
Routing dimensions 20
13"
Versions overview
16
112 ≤ 120 ≤ 120

7"
4 16 ≤ 4 3"
150 4 ≤ 4 3"
4
5 78 " Version A – without Soft Close Classic 160-P
10
13"
32
≤94 ≤ 94
11" 11"
≤3 16 ≤ 3 16
Version A – without Soft Close. No minimum door width. Classic 160-O
58
440
94 Dimensions in mm
5"
5" 17 16 11"
3 16 Inches are approximate
2 16 592
5"
www.hafele.com/us
23 16
Version B – with Soft Close on one side AH 1.23
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood Ceiling installation and wall mounting
Top Hung System Ceiling installation and wall mounting
131"
Ceiling
installation and
and wall
wall mounting
50
32
Slido Classic 240-P to 240-O mounting
131"
32 50
32
131"
70
2 3"
50
32
3" 4
131"
4 70
131"
32 50
50
32
• Door weight up to: 240 kg (530 lbs.) per door
215"
24
75
15"16
1
16 75
2 16
• For 1 and 2 sliding wood doors
131"
70
2 3"
50
215"
• Door height adjustable
75
30
31"
50
32
5"
3 3
±131"
5"32
3"30
26±4 26±4 50
• 240-P: Suspension fitting with support flange for screw mounting
32
30 1 16
1" ± 5" 1"31"

50
1 1132
1" 3 1" 3
32 32
26±4
3"
31"
70
3"3"
1" ± 5" 1" 5"
3"30 301 16
50
32
32
26±4 26±4
4244
131"
• 240-O: Suspension with flange clip for hooking in without tools
70
50
1"32
±
8 1" 8 1"
32
1 16
31"
70
223"
5"
32
1 50 ±
15"
32
26±4
5 3 3 8 3
75
26±4 132 32
3"
16
8
±1
3"
215"
301 16 1 16
75
16
1"32
1
15"
3" 5 1" 3
1
75
16
1" 1"
32
22
132
16 3" 3" 8 1" 8 8
1 16 5030
5 16 3 8
30
50
26±4 132
5"5"
3 131" 3
32
5030
3" 1" 3 1303" 3
32 3232
26±4
32 3"
31"
1"±5"
30 3 501 3
16 8 16
±
50 1116
26±4
1" 3" 1"
5"
131" 30
32
1" 32 1"
±5"
3"
3232
8 16 8
1"1"±
26±4
1
32 31" 1" 1"
1"±5"
3"
3232
1116 8 8
26±4
5 3 31"
1
Classic 5 50 3"
32
16
1 16 3 8 1 32 8
11
240-P
13232
1"1"±
5
3" 31" 3
1"
Classic 240-P
1 32
32
3"
16 1"
8
11
3" 16 1"
8 50
16 8 50
Classic 240-P 50 150
31"
50 131"
32
150
31" 131"
32
32
131"
32
131"
32
32
Classic
Classic 240-P
240-P
Classic 240-P
9±3 131" 5031"

50
31"32
5" 55 5"
5"32
55
1
1 32
131"
50
2
2 32
32
3"
131"
60
8 602 8
32 50
50
32
32
2 3"
8
2 32
55
131"
50
2 3"
3 3
11"± 1"11" 1"

60
8
1" 3 1" 3
±321"
31"
±
8
50
5 3
9±3
11"± 1"11" 1"
31"
50
32 1" 8
32
8 1" 8 1"
5"5"5"
32
9±3 9±3
31"
23232
9±350
55
1
3" 5 1" 3
32
11"
3 8 3
50±
55
±31"8
32 181
8
32
89±3
2232
32
131"
55
50
3"3"
16 3" 8 1"
32
60
31"
8288
1" 1"
32 50
32
111"
5 16 3 8
60
223"
32
1
8 8
60
3" 1" 50
16 8 3 3
±1"1"
3 50 3
32 8 88
131"
9±3
50 3 3
±±1"
9±3
1" 32 31" 1"
5 3
±1"1"
50 501 32
9±3
1" 1"
11"
131"
32 8 88
5 3 8 8
9±3
11"
1"
8 1"
8
5 3
3232
±±1"
9±3
32 31"
11"
3" 1" 8 8
9±3 3" 1 32 1" 131"
11"
Classic 16 50 8
11"
240-O
3"
16 1"
8 32
3232
11" 16 240-O
Classic 8
131"
32
50
50
Classic 240-O 50
31"
Floor guide with5050zero clearance
50
31"
1
131"
32
131"
32
Floor guide with
1 32 zero clearance
131" 12
32
131"
32
32
Classic
Floor guide
Classic 240-O
with
240-O zero clearance 15"12
Classic9.5
240-O 32 15"
3"9.5 12
9.632
8 3" 3"9.6
9.5 8 15"
328 3"
7" 25"7"2025"
Floor guide with zero clearance

11 2011 20
7"16 25"32
Floor
Floor guide
3"
guide with
with zero
zero clearance
clearance
16 32 9.6 8
7" 25"7"2025"
11 2011 20
7"16 25"32
8 3" 12
8 12
16 32
12
16 11
32
9.5 15"
9.5 15"
32
15"
16 11
9.5
32
3" 32
30 3"
8
9.6
32
9.6
3"
8 3"
9.6
3"30
8 3"
8
30 3"
25"
20
1 16 3"
32
8
25"
20
163232
3"30
8
7"7"7"25"
301 16
1120
25"
1 16 3"
20
32
25"
20
163232
7"7"7"25"
301 16
1120
11
1616
3"
1 16
11
11
1616
3"
Floor guide, optional 1 16
11
30
Floor guide,
30 optional
130
3" 30
Floor guide,
1 3"
optional 30
71 16
3"
16 15130
3"
Overview 16
1" 7
3"
115
15"
16
24
3"
15"16
19"
1 16
4 1" 16
32 19"
16 24
16
7 4 15 32
7" 25" 7"2025"
Floor guide, optional 1519"

11 2011 20
10 15 10 15
7"1625"32
19"32
3" 4 15"
Floor guide, optional

24
3"
1" 19"
3"16
2025"
4
Floor guide, optional

20
16 32
32 32
25"32
1013"
130 130 4 32 13"32
16
32
130 130
5 1"
13" 19"
16 11
5 1"
32
32 32
123 8 1" 8 1" 123 7 15

2416
7
25"
15
4
1305 8
20
1305 8
32
123 123 7
15"
413" 413" 1" 15

16
19"
15"
24
1"
16 1616
16 13" 16 13" 19"

3"3"3" 15"
4 32
1419"
444 24
4 16 1" 31 1"
123
Classic 240-P 5 1" 5 8 1234 16 4
4
32
8 9"14
32
25"
19"
1"31
20
15
32
32
25"
19"
20
15
Classic
413" 240-P 413" 1 4 1"
163232
3232
7"7"7"25"
16 9"
25"
19"
1120
20
15
32
1616
13"
25"
16 130 130 16
311 channel
20
With guide14
10
32
3232
13"
130 16
25"
130 Without guide 4 channel

20
10
3232
11
13"
1616
Classic 240-P 130 130

10
5 1"
11
1" Without guide channel With guide

9" channel
123
123 5
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 123
123 1 1" 16
123
13" 5 1"
8
8
5 1"
8
8 12313"
4
1234 413"
16 1234413"
16 Without guide channel With guide channel
14
413"
123
16
16 413"
123
16
16 31
31 14
Classic13"240-P
4 16 240-P
Classic 13"
4 16 13" 31
1" 14
9"
Classic4240-P
13" 1 9"
123
Classic 240-O
16 4
123 16 1 1"
4
1"
4
16
9"
16
1
Without guide
guide
4 channel guide 16
With guide channel
Classic
413" 240-O 413" Without channel With channel
16 16 Without guide channel With guide channel
Classic 240-O
123
123 123
123
123
4 13" 12313"
413"
16
13"
16
204
413"
16
13"
16
Classic 4240-O
16 420
25" 16
Classic 240-O 32 25"
Classic 240-O 150
150 20 32
529"
32 29" 25"
1505 32 32
4 112
5" 4 529"
32 112 20
20
32 5" 413"
32 13" 20
25"
4 32 1124 32
25"
32 68.5
43.5
150
150
25"
32 68.5
43.5
5" 10 150 413"
32 211"
111"
32 529"
29" 16 11"
16 11" 123
68.52 16
43.51 16
32
13" 5
10 32
529"
32 123
60 32 13" 32 413"
60 4
4 10 32 112 211"
111" 16 13"
2 3"
8 3" 45" 112
112
13"
16 16 1234 16
Section60 28
guide 5" 13"
Routing 4
413"
32
5"
32 32 dimensions for 32
13"
32
13"
43.5 4hanger
68.5 section trolley
Section3"guide 32 Routing dimensions4for
32 Classic 240-O
68.5 43.5 16
28 support flange Classic 68.5
240-O
11" section43.5
trolley hanger
11"
Dimensions
Section in mm
guide
10
support
10 flange
Routing dimensions for
2 11"
211"
16
16
1 11"
111"
16
16 123
10 2 16 section trolley
1 16 hanger123
60
13"
13"
support flange
32
Classic 240-O 123
4 13"
60 13"
32 413"
16
2603" 32 413"
16
1.24 2 3"
8 16
3"
8
2guide
AH Section
Section 8
guide
Section guide
Routing
Routing dimensions
dimensions for
for
Routing dimensions for Classic
Classic 240-O
240-O section
section trolley
trolley hanger
hanger
www.hafele.com/us
support
support flange
flange Classic 240-O section trolley hanger
support flange
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 240-P and 240-O Sets
• For 1 sliding door without upper track and soft close 1

Fitting Item No.
240-P 942.35.002
240-O 942.35.003
Note
Set Components
Description Material Finish 240-P 240-O Item No.

Steel galvanized 2 pcs. – –
support flange for screw mounting

support flange for hooking in Zinc nickel-plated – 2 pcs. –
(without tools), without soft close
Floor guide, 60 mm (2 3/8”) Plastic black 1 pc. 1 pc. –
Track stopper with retaining spring Plastic gray 2 pcs. 2 pcs. –
Note
Item numbers are valid for only 1 pc., when ordering individual components, please state the desired amount.
Upper Tracks and Accessories

3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.35.630
Single upper track, pre-drilled 40 x 50 mm
7 Aluminum clear anodized
(1 9/16” x 1 31/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.35.660
1 m (39 3/8”) 940.42.050
Guide channel, bottom, press-fit,
19 Aluminum clear anodized 1.5 m (59”) 940.42.051
for rattle-free floor guide
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.42.052
Floor guide, rattle-free, for wood doors
18 Plastic black – 940.42.030

with or without guide channel
20 Floor guide, 60 mm (2 3/8”) Plastic black – 942.35.400
13
58 1"
5"
2 16 2
15 Floor guide roller, Ø10 mm (13/32”) Steel galvanized – 940.42.032

14 6.5
9"
16 1"
4
U-shaped guide,
16 Aluminum bright 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.42.602
15 x 15 x 1.5 mm (5/8” x 5/8” x 1/16”)

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Sliding Door Hardware - Wood
Top Hung System
Häfele Slido Classic 120-F

• For 1 or 2 sliding wood doors for ceiling or wall mounted
1 applications
• Door weight: ≤120 kg (264 lbs.)
• Door height: ≤3.05 m (10')
• Door width: min. 500 mm (19 11/16")
• Door thickness: 35–45 mm (1 3/8"–1 3/4")
• Height adjustable: +/- 4 mm (5/32")
• Self-close mechanisms avilable for doors weighing up to 80 kg
(176 lbs.) and 120 kg (264 lbs.)
• Finish options are black or clear anodized
64,5
64.5 64.5
17" 17"
22
3217/32” 2 17/32”
2 32
21,521.5
27"
27/32”32
27/32”
21.5
21,5
27"
32
2 3/8”
3"
260
60
8
3/16”±1/4”
±1/4”
3"± 5"
3"± 5"
5±432
16 32
5±4
3/16”5±4
16
22.522,5 22.5
7" 7/8”
8
7/8” 87"
H+2 31/32“
H+2 31/32“
12 12 46 46 12 46
H+75
H+75
111613/16”
15" 13" 15" 13"
3215/32” 1 16
31"
32
31"
H+ 2 32
H+75
H+ 2 32
H+75
52,5
52.5 52.5
1" 1"
22161/16” 2 16
H
H
8 8 8
5"5/16” 5/16”5"
16 16
31/32”
25 25
25
31" 31"
32 32
10
13/32”
10
13/32”
10
13" 13"
32 32
35 35 35
1 13"3/8”
8 1 3"
8
31 31 31
7"7/32” 7"
11
32 1 32
Dimensions in mm
AH 1.25A www.hafele.com/us
2/20
Top Hung System
Hafele Slido Classic 120-F

• For 1 sliding door without tracks and soft close
1
Fitting set Material Finish Item No.
Consisting of: clear anodized 940.67.041
2 running gears, 2 suspension brackets, 1 floor guide, 2 track Aluminum
stops, 1 set of installation tools black anodized 940.67.043
Track Sets and Track End Caps

Description Material Finish/Color Length/Type Item No.
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.677
clear
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.678
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.670
Upper track, wall mounted, pre-drilled Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.679
black
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.680
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.673
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.681
clear
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.682
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.672
Upper track, ceiling mounted,pre-drilled Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.683
black
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.684
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.675
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.685
clear
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.686
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.671
Fascia to upper tracks Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.687
black
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.688
anodized
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.674
aluminum
- 940.67.400
color
Track end cap set Plastic
black - 940.67.408
Accessories
Description Material Finish/Color Length/ Type Item No.
80 kg (176 lbs.) 940.67.302

Self-closing mechanism for wood doors - -

120 kg (264 lbs.) 940.67.200
Floor guide for wood doors Plastic black - 940.67.401

Pull handles page 1.374A
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 1.25B
2/20
Top Hung System
Slido Design 80-M

• Door weight: up to 80 kg (176 lbs)
1 • For 1 sliding door, for hard (laminate, PVC, tiles) and soft floors
(bottom track must be used for carpet and cork)
• Invisible running equipment integrated in door
• Door width: 800 – 1800 mm (31 1/2” – 70 7/8”)
• Wall mounted; floor must be even and level
• Height adjustable: +2 mm (3/32”)
Note
A slight trace of wear may appear on the floor, depending on material.
Tile gaps are noticeable when moving the door. Installation
60 60
2 83" 2 83"
Cut-out dimensions
20
25"
10
32 13"
22 32
60 12 7"
8
2 83" 15"
5 32
3"
10 10
16 20 13"
25" 13" 32
32 32
20 60
14
9"
16
25" 2 83"
32 30
5"
32
4
R8 12 R8 12 38 – 42 3"
116
5" 15" 5" 15" 28 – 42
16 32 16 32 1 21" – 1 32
21"
3" – 1 21"
132 32
74 74
3
29"
2 32 3 19"
2 32 Floor guide on hard floors Floor guide on soft floors with
1" 1" running track provided on site
8 8
21 21 Installation reference
13" 13"
21 16 21 16 • Make sure that floor is even
24 R8 13"
24 R8 13" and level
15" 16 15" 16
16 5"
16
16 5"
16
• Bottom track is required for
With end cap Concealed installation soft floors
• Prepare wall structure for top 160
roller 5"
616
64 5
Note 1"
17 2 2 17 48
3"
Section running grear 16
The lateral door overlap is increased by dim. D with concealed 11"15 15 11" 1 87" 20
and guide 16 9" 9" 16 25"
installation. 16 16 32
2 83"
60
13" 2 3"
10
32 - 8
30
H=H2-10+60
MH=H+10-20
13"
3"
116 32
Door installation
2 83"
60
32 - 32
13" 25"
25"
20
H2
32
10 50 50
13" 31" X 31"
32
132 132
13" 2 3"
13" 25"
32 - 8
MH=H+10-20
32 - 32
H=H2-10+60
34
11"
132
3" – 1 21"
32
28 – 42
31"
25
32
132
15 15 13"
20.5 16
9" 9"
16 16 1"
H = door height 12.5 2
45 50
25"
132
MH = installation height 31"
132
50 120
10 50 X 23"
13" 131"
31"
132 4 32
32 32 L=50+X+50 X-120 L H2 = internal opening height
31"
132 31"
132 23"
4 32
X = internal opening width
Other mounting options can be found in the installation instructions.
Dimensions in mm
6/19
Top Hung System
Slido Design 80-M Set

• With upper running track
Length Item No. 1

1.1 m (43 5/16”) 940.59.008
1.8 m (70 7/8”) 940.59.009
Supplied with
1 running track
1 running gear
2 soft and self closing mechanisms
1 guide track
1 floor guide
1 set of guide rollers
1 set of end caps (1 pair black, 1 pair silver colored)
2 spacers
1 floor mounted stop (for optional use)
2 hex keys
1 open-ended spanner
Bottom Track, for soft floors

Material Finish Length Item No.
2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.59.802
anodized
3.6 m (11’ 9 3/4”) 940.59.803
Aluminum
2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.59.812
black anodized
3.6 m (11’ 9 3/4”) 940.59.813
Note
The bottom rollers need to run on a solid floor, if carpet is present then a bottom track must be used.

Dimensions in mm
6/19
63 5"
3 16 3" 16 3" 7" 31 2 32
16 1 161 32 1"
1 32 31 7"
15"
2 32 17"32
30 52 31 25 31 25567" 1 32
3" 1" 5 21 26 7" 25
1 16 31 2 16 7"
1 32 13" 1" 56 31" 1 32 2 32
31" 10
3" 26 16 1 32 7" 32 32 2531"
7"
1 32 16 1" 2 32 25 31"
32
13"
1 32 25 25
28 28 32 32
31 10 31 31" 10 28 28
25 25 31" 31"
13" 13" 10 10
Sliding Door
7"
1 3231 Hardware-Wood
26
7"
28
31"
32
31"
32
32
28
561 32
7"
2 32
32
10
13"
32
7"
1 32
28
13232 13"
13"
32
32
13" 28
1 32
13"
13"
32
13"
1 32
1 1" 10
13" 25
Top Hung
25
25 System
1 103 32 32
28 28
32 32 13" 13" 13" 3
31" 10 1 10 13" 1 32 13"1" 31"
32 1" 3 3
32 13" 25 13" 32
32 32 8 32
1 1 32 31" 13" 32 31" 13"
10
8 1" 3 1"
32 32 8 1" 8
28 5.5 32 32 3 3 13" 28 3 8
13" 7"
2832 3 28 3 1" 10
1" 40 10 13"
32 6 1" 40
8Ceiling
Ceilingmounted 10 40 10 6
32
EKU13" Porta 60/100
1 32
1" 10
H 13"
1 32
1" 10 8 13"
32
1mounted
9"
16
13" 32
32
1"8 9"
1 16 13" 10 9" 13" 1"
40
9"
8 13" 8 13" 4 1 16 40 1 16
32 32 10 32 13" 32 4
3 10 or 220 40 lbs.) 10 6 40 3 40 8484 9"
1"
• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (13213" 9" 13"
13" 1" 5"5"
3316
32 1 16
10 3 40 10 6 3 1" 9"
1
40 1 16 1 16 32 9"
1 16
8 •13"Maximum
1" 9"
1 16
door height:
13" 2700 mm
1" 1" (8’
32
9"
1 16
10 5/16”) 32 4 63 8 16
63
32 8 32 4 8 303015" 5252
4 • Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) 23"3"
3210
111616 1"1"
221616 55 15"
2 32
21
21
40 40 13"
13"
5" • 40
Minimum10door thickness: 28
40 mm (1 1/8”) 63
13" 3"3" 1616
110 6
7.5 9" 32 9"
1 16 1616
32
9" 13"
16
32
•1Height
9"
16
adjustability:
63
13"
32
+/- 3 mm
1"
4
9" (1/8”)
1 16
15"
2 32
32 15"
• For 1 or2 32
2 sliding doors 31
31 5656
7"31 2626 31
1 32
Floor guide• Optional soft and self close mechanism
7"7"
2232
11327"7" 7"
1"1"
1132 1 32 32
63 25
32 32
15" 31
2 32 7" 25
31"25 2525 25
31 1 32 3231"
31" 31"
31" 31" 10
10
7" 12
25 1 32 16 3232 3232 32 13"
13"
15" 5"
25 28 5.5 3232
31" 31" 2828 2828 5.5
12 32 25 32 8 13" 10
10
7" 10
10 28
15" 16 31 31" 32 13"
13"
1132
32 32
13"
13"
13"
13"
1132 13"
13" 13" 7"
5" 32 7" 32 32 32 32 32
32 5.5 3232 3232
8 1 32 28
1 1"
4 28 5.5 13" 7"
333 33
25 32 32 1" 3
13" 7" 13 1"1" 1"1" 1"
32 31" 32 1" 8 88 88 8
32
7 2 3
9" 35.5 1" 4
28 Floor 10
10 40 40
40 10
10 66 4040 4
1"7" guide with
32 8 5" 40
28 13" 13"
13"
32 7.5 1119"9"
9" 13"
13" 1"1" 9"9"
1116 5"
3"
32 wall
832mounting bracket 3232 9" 16
1616 3232 44 16 32 7.5 9"
1 16
1 32 4 32 9"
5" 40 32
4
Standard floor guide 5" 3 40 32 7.5 9"
1 16
1"
7.5 9" 9" Floor
63guide
63
32 8
9"
1 16 32 15"
15"
2232 Floor guide
32 32
4 Floor guide
5" 40 12
7.5 9"Floor guide 25 16 12
32 1 16 31" 15" 5" 25
9" 32 15
32 12 3131 32 8 31"
16 12 32 32
25 12 15"
16 7"
1132 7"
5" 32 16
32 32 15"
Floor guide 12 16 31" 15" 5" 8 12 5" 32
25 12 32 8 25
25 1 1" 32
8
31" 15"
32 15"
5" 16 32
31"
31"
4 15" 1 1"
4
12 32 8 5" 32 32 13
15" 16 32
8
3232
1"
32 5" 32 12 1 1" 75.5
5.5 2
25 8 16 4 28
28 7
31" 1 1"
4 15" 5" 13" 13
13"
9"7"
7"
12 32 8 32 1" 1003232
32 Floor30guide with 9"
16 32 13 28
32
3" 10 32 Floor guide with
15" 1" 7 3" 2 3 15" wall1 mounting bracket 28
32 5" 32 9" 1 32 16 16 13" wall mounting br
8 7 2 33 32 3"
1 32
1 1"
4 9" 28
32 Floor guide with 1"1"guide
32 Floor guide with 13 Standard
wall mounting bracket floor88
28 3" Standard floor guide
11"32
wall mounting bracket
3"
1 32 7 2 44
9"
Standard floor guide 5"5" 4040
Standard floor32guide Floor guide with 3232 7.5
7.5 119"9"
28 9"9" 1616
3"
wall mounting bracket 3232
1 32
Standard floor guide 19 Floor
Floorguide
guide
3"
4
25
25 12
12 16
16 12
15"
15" 12 15"
65 31"
31"
3232
5"
5"
32
9" 12
12 16
16 3232 815"
8
2 16 15"
15" 32
5"5"
3232 32
32
Stopper with adjustable locking force Trolley hanger, track stopper
88 and1" floor guide
111"
44 12
100 30
30 13
13
15" 3"
100 32 1"1"
15"
3 16 1 16
25 41.5 15" 3" 2 2
1 16 10
77 3 16 13"
31" 1 5"
8 9"9" 32
32 3232 Floor
Floorguide
guidewith
with
2828 100 30
3"3"
wall
wallmounting
mountingbracket
bracket 10
113232 3 15" 1 3" 16
16 13"
63.5 32
Standard
Standardfloor
floorguide
guide
2 1"
2 19
3"
4
19
19 3"
5 3" 4
3" 81.5 4
16 7"
3 32
19 Stopper with adjustable locking force 65 Trolle
Floor guide with Side adjustable floor guide 9" Stopper with adjustable locking forc
3" 65 2 16
wall mounting bracket 4 9"
Stopper with adjustable locking force 2 16 Trolley hanger, track stopper and floor guide
25 41.5
Stopper with adjustable locking force 31" Trolley1hanger,
5" track stopper and floor guide 25 41.5
32 65 8 31" 1 5"
8
9" 32
25 41.5 2 16
Stopper25
41.5
with adjustable locking force
31" 1 5" Trolley
31" 1 5"
32 8
63.5 hanger, track stopper and floor guide
32 8 63.5
2 1"
2 2 1"
2
25 41.5 63.5
31"
32
63.5 1 5"
8 2 1"
2
1"
22
5
3" 81.5 5
63.5 81.5
16 3 7" 19
19
3"
7"
2 1"
2 5 Mortise locks 32 16
pages 1.358-1.362 3 32
Side adjustable floor guide 43"43"
3" 81.5 Floor guide with
5 7" Flush pulls pages 1.363, 1.371-1.373
Floor guide with
3" 81.5 16 3 32 wall mounting bracket
16 7"
3 32 wall mounting bracket
Floor guide with Stacking Side adjustable floor guide page 1.48
Side adjustable
bracket floor guide EKU Porta synchro
5 Floor guide with
81.5
wall mounting pages 1.32-1.33 2
3" wall
7" mounting bracket
16 3 32 SoftStopper
and self
Stopper close
with
withadjustable
adjustablelocking force page 1.46
lockingforce Trolle
Trolle
Dimensions in mm Side adjustable floor guide
Floor guide with
wall mounting bracket 25
25 41.5
41.5
1.28
31"
31" 115"
5"
88
3232
AH www.hafele.com/us
63.5
63.5
221"
1"
22
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 H Set

• For 1 sliding door without the upper track
Door Weight Item No. 1

≤60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.111
≤100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.111
Note
Order 2 sets for bi-parting doors.
Set Components
Description Material Finish Qty.
Running gear, with four wheels,
– – 2 pcs.
suspension screw and nut
Support flange Steel galvanized 2 pcs.
Track stopper, with retaining spring – – 2 pcs.
Floor guide, adjustable Plastic anthracite 1 pc.
Fixing screws – – 1 set
Individual Components
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.200
mill 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.250
Upper track, pre-drilled, 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.600
Aluminum
30 x 31 mm (1 3/16” x 1 7/32”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.205
anodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.255
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.605
Combination track, pre-drilled, 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.253
for wall and ceiling mounting, Aluminum mill 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) 941.00.353
39 x 41 mm (1 17/32” x 1 5/8”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.603
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.425
Clip panel,
Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) 941.12.435
60 mm (2 3/8”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.460
Clip, for wood and aluminum panel,

Aluminum mill 97 mm (3 13/16”) 940.60.065
pre-drilled
Floor guide, adjustable Plastic anthracite 65 mm (2 9/16”) 941.00.037
Floor guide, with wall mounting bracket Steel galvanized 81.5 mm (3 7/32”) 941.00.036
Dimensions in mm
7" 7"
1 32 1 32
1 7" 1 7"
2532 2532
25
31" 25
31"
31"
32 31"
32
32 12 16 32
28 15"
5"
28
28
3" 32 25 28
3" 12 16
10 1 32 8 10 1 32
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood 10
13"
13"
32
3"
1 32
±3
±3
1"
10
13"
13"
32
31"
32
3"
1 32
±3
±3
1"
15"
32
5"
8
Top Hung System

32 32
1"
8 32 1"
8
Wall mounted 8 7 1 1" 8
9" 4
7
10 Wall47.5
mounted
7" 40
4.5
9" 28 4.5
32 10 60 6 13
10
13" 1 3" 10
13" 40
2 3" 6 1"
13"
32
8
1 3"
169" 47.5
40 32 3" 7 13"
32 40
9" 8 60 1" 1"
4 2
EKU Porta 60/100 HC Wall
31 mounted
32
1 16
9" 1 7" 32 16 9"
1 16 31 32
1 16
9"
1 16 2 83" 4
87 32
7" 47.5
Standard floor guide 7" Floor
60 guide with
• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (132 or 220 lbs.) Wall mounted
1 32 31 1 32 31 wall
Floor
Wall guide
mounted1 7" 9"
327 2 3" mounting bracket
Floor guide
47.5
8 860
1
25 7" 25 7"
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 1 32 47.5 79"
1 32 60
31"31 1 7" 9"
32
31"31 2 3"
• Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) 32 7"
1 32 25 1 7"8
8 32
32 7"
1 32 25 2 3"8
8
31 31"
28 31 31"
28 10
• Minimum door thickness: 28 mm (1 1/8”) 251317" 32
3" 251 31
7" 32 9 3" 13" 1.5
• Height adjustability: +/- 3 mm (1/8”) 10
31"1 7"
32 1 32 28 10
31" 7"
1 32 1 32 32 28 1"
11"
13" 32 12 13" 32 32
25
32 ±3 12 15" 1 3" 16 3225 ±3 3" 16
• For 1 or 2 sliding doors 32
25
31" 10 1" 32 16
5"
3225
31" 10 1" 12
1 32
13" 28 15"
32
32 25 13" 28 16
• Optional soft and self close mechanism 31"
32 8 32 ±3 5"
8 31" 8
3" 1215" ±3 16
1032 32 3"
1 32 1" 8 1032 25
31" 32 1 32 1"
5"
13" 28 8 13" 31"
32 28 15"
32
32 59.5
8
5"
8
±3283" 4.5 32 ±3 28
3" 8
10 10
32 11"32
3"
32 10
10 32 11"32
3" 2 6
11"
10
13" 13" 40
1832 3" 7 10
13"32 13"
1"
40
1832 32
1"
32 32
13" 101 16±3
9" 16 7 9" 321 1"
4.5 13" 432 101 16±3
9" 4 6
32 13" 1"
±3
1" 40 32 3" 321 4 13" 1"
±3 40
8 28
9" 1"
8 131"
8 28 112
32 9" 16 32 9"
10 16 4.5 32 10 8 1 6
16 1"4
13
Floor
13" guide 40 1 32
3" 15" 3" 13" 40
30 1" 1"
2
9" 1 3" 32 16
4.5 9" 2
10
32
100 10
32 4 6
Floor1 16guide32 3"
1 16
13" Standard
10 40floor guide4.53" Floor guide
10
13"
16 with
40 6
1"
32 Standard
13" 40floor
9" guide 3"
16 15"
3 16 Floor guide
wall mounting
13"
32 40
with
9" bracket 1"
4
1 9"
32 guide 1 16 16 1 16
9" bracket
Floor 16
wall mounting
32 1 16 4
Floor guide12
Floor guide15" 16 10
32 12 5" 9 10
13" 12 1.5 16
15"
8 16 25 9
11" 13" 15" 1.5
32 1"
5" 31" 32 32 16 5"
32 11"
32 1" 128
12 8 32 32 25 16 16
15" 16 31" 15" 5"
5" 32 32 32
12 8
3212 7
816 25
1" 16
12
15" 1 31"
4 32 15" 5"
59.5
15"
32
16
9"5" 12
32 816
2832
325"
8 7 25 32
25 1 1" 259.5
11"
12
15"16
13
19 8 9" 32 31" 4 11"
32
215"
32
5" 1"
3"
1 32 32 31"
32 32 5"
8 2 13
3"
28 7 1"
1 432 32 8
4 1"
3"9" 32Floor guide with
Standard floor 12 guide
1 32327 32 13 2
2812
15" 79" 1 1"
4wall mounting
1" 30 Floor bracket
Standard
15"
32
3"
1 3232 floor guide
9"
32 1 4 30
3"
guide with 1" 213
28 65 32 100 1 3" wall mounting bracket
1 16 13
1"
Standard floor 28
3" guide
1 32
9"
2 16 3100
15"
15"
16
Floor guide
16 with 1"
2
3"
1 32 3 16 wall 10
mounting bracket 2
StandardTrolley hanger, track stopper
floor guide and floor
9Floor guideguide
13" with
1.5
Standard floor guide 11"Floormounting
wall guide with
32 1"10
bracket
32wall mounting9 16bracket
13" 1.5
11" 32 1"
10 32 16
9 13" 1.5
Clip part for cover caps 11" and panels 10 59.5
32 1"
329 10
13" 1.5
16
3 169
11" 13" 2 11"1.5
32 1" 5
11.5 1" 5"
11"
32 32 32 16
1" 59.5 3"
7" 8 832 16 11"
2 32 16
16 59.5
19 12 11"
15" 2 32
193" 30 59.5
43" 32 12 3" 59.5
11"
4 15" 100 1 2
32 3 15"
16 30 11"
2 32 59
97 12 100 69 1 16 3"32
59 15"
16 5"
2 16
60 13"
3 16 65 15" 30 2 23"
3"
5"
2 16 3212 3 16 3" 32
2 8
65
2129"
15" 100 1 16
16
2329" 15" 30
15"
16 3 16 30
3"
Trolley hanger,
32 100
track stopper and floor1 guide
3"
16
3100
Trolley hanger, track stopper 15" and floor1 16 guide
3 15"
16
For aluminum panel, For wooden panel16 For aluminum panel,
aluminum lateral cover plastic lateral cover
Stopper with adjustable locking force Clip part for cover caps and panels
Clip part for cover caps and panels
3 16 5
11.5 19 3
1" 16
5" 5
3"
25 41.5 11.5
7" 3" 1"
8 5"
8 3"
16
7"
16 4 19 8 8 16
31"
32
1 5"
8 16 3"
4
19
3" 65
419
63.5 19
9"
2 16 59
97 65
2 1" 59 43" 69 259
5"
397
60 3"
2 13"
259
5" 4 Trolley hanger, track 9"
2 16 269
23"guide
stopper and floor 5"
2 16
260
3" 13"
3 16
16
5"
16
2 16 65 23"
2 32 16
2 3"
8
8 Trolley
9"
2 16
32
hanger, track stopper and floor guide
65
265 9"
Trolley hanger,
9"
16
track stopper and floor guide
ClipFor
part 2
for16 cover caps and panelsFor aluminum panel,
5 81.5 For aluminum panel, wooden
Trolley hanger,panel
track stopper and floor guide
7" For aluminum panel, For wooden
Trolley hanger,panel For aluminum panel,
parttrack
for3stopper and floor
andguide
3" 3 32
16 aluminum lateral cover Clip cover
16caps panels
plastic lateral cover 5
aluminum lateral11.5
cover 1" 5" plastic lateral cover 3"
Stopper with adjustable
Floor locking force
guide with 8 8 3 16 16 5
Stopper with adjustable locking force Side adjustable floor
16 guide
7"
11.5 Clip part for cover caps and panels 1" 5" 3"
wall mounting bracket 8 8 16
7" 3caps16
Clip part for cover 1" and panels 5
16
25 41.5 11.5 Clip part for cover 8caps 5"
and panels 3"
25 41.5 8 3 16 165
31" 1 5" 7"
3 16 5
31"
32 1 5"
8
8
11.5
16 1" 5" 3" 59
32 97 11.5
7" 59 1"
8 5"
8 69 3"
16 5"
60 8 8 16 2 16
13"
3 16 7"
16 5" 23"
2 32 59
3" 16 97 2 16 69
63.5 2 59 5"
2 16
8 60 13"
3 16 5" 23"
2 32 59
63.5
2 1" 3" 2 16
2 97 59 69 5"
2 1"
2
60 8
13" 2 16
2 3 16 5"
2 16
23"
2 32 59
97
2 3" 59 69 2595"
397
860
For aluminum panel,
13"
2595" For wooden panel 269
23" For aluminum panel, 5"
2 16
2603"
aluminumFor
3
lateral
13"
16
16cover panel,
5"
2 16
23"
2 32
32 plastic lateral cover
16
2 3"
8 aluminum 16 For wooden panel For aluminum panel,
8
Stopper
5 81.5
with adjustable locking force aluminum plastic lateral cover
5
3" 381.5
7" For aluminum panel,lateral cover For wooden panel For aluminum panel,
3"
16 Stopper 7"with adjustable locking force
3 32
16 32 aluminum
For lateral
aluminum cover
panel, For wooden panel plastic lateral cover
For aluminum panel,
25 Floor41.5
guide with For aluminum panel, For wooden panel For aluminum panel,
Stopper
31" withguide
Floor adjustable
5" with locking force Side adjustable
aluminum floor
lateralguide
cover plastic lateral cover
wall mounting
1 bracket Side adjustable floor guide
32 25 mounting
wall 8 41.5
bracket aluminum lateral cover Soft and self close page
plastic lateral 1.46
cover
Stopper31"with adjustable locking force
Dimensions in
Stopper32with mm 1 5"
adjustable
8 locking force
25 41.5
Inches
31" are approximate
63.5 1 5"
25
32 41.5
8
2 1"
1.30
225
31" 63.5 1 41.5
5"
AH
31"
32
32 2 1"
2
1 5"
8
8 www.hafele.com/us
63.5
2 1"
63.5
2
63.5
2 1"
5 81.5
23"1"
2
2 3 7"
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 HC Set


60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.111
100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.111
Note
Set Components
– – 2 pcs.
Support flange Steel galvanized 2 pcs.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.60.825
Upper track, pre-drilled,
47.5 x 31 mm (1 7/8” x 1 7/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.60.860
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.425
Clip-on fascia
7 x 60 mm (9/32” x 2 3/8”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.460
Clip, for wood and aluminum panel,

Aluminum mill 97 mm (3 13/16”) 940.60.065
pre-drilled
Security bracket set, for wood and aluminum

panel, prevents the track from bending apart
End cap, with security bracket

Aluminum anodized – 940.60.066
for aluminum panel
End cap, with security bracket

Plastic anthracite – 940.60.067
for aluminum panel
Mortise locks pages 1.358-1.362

Stacking page 1.48
EKU Porta synchro pages 1.32-1.33
Soft and self close page 1.46
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 H/HC Synchro Wall mounted and ceiling mounted
30 7
• For EKU Porta 60/100 H and HC 2 3" 9"
1
1" 1 16 47.5 16
• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (132 or16 220 lbs.) 32
1 7" 5"
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 8 8
• Maximum door width: 1200 mm (47 1/4”) 31

31
7"
• Minimum door thickness: 28 mm (1 1/8”) 7" 1 32
1 32
• A =adjustability:
Height B = 3frame
track length,+1/- opening, A = (2 x B) + 120 (4 23/32”),
mm (+1/32”/-1/8”) 25
• door width C =
For synchronized B + 98of
opening (3 227/32”)
doors / 2 25 31"
31" 32
32
28
28 3"
45 3" 10 1 32
10 1 32 13"
1 25"
32 13" 32 +1
32 +1 1"
1" 32
32 -3
-3 1"
1" 8
10 8 10 10 4.5
13" 13" 13" 3"
32 40 32 32 40 16
9" 9"
1 16 1 16
Floor guide
12 16
15"
32 5" 12
8 25 16
31" 15" 5"
32 8
19 32
3" 32
4 7 1 1"
Wall mou
9" 4
32 13
65 28 2 1"
3" 1"
9"
2 16 1 32 16 2
Standard floor guide Floor guide with

Trolley hanger and floor guide
31
7"
1 32
A = track length, B = frame opening, A = (2 x B) + 120 (4 23/32”),
door width C = B + 98 (3 27/32”) / 2 25
31"
32
45 10
1 25"
32 13"
32
10
13"
32
Wall mounted and ceiling mounted

Floor guid
30 7
2 3"
1 16 9"
1" 47.5 32 16
16
1 7"
8
5"
8
31
31 7"
1 32
7"
1 32
A = track length, B = frame opening, A = (2 x B) + 120 (4 23/32”),
25
door width C = B + 98 (3 27/32”) / 2 25
19 31"
31"
3" 32
32
4
28
28 3"
45 3" 10 1 32
1 25"
10 65 1 32 13"
32 13" 9" 32 +1
32 2 16 +1 1"
1" 32
Standar
Trolley hanger and
32 floor guide -3
-3 1"
1" 8
10 8 10 10 4.5
13" 13" 13" 3"
32 40 32 32 40 16
9" 9"
1 16 1 16
Floor guide
12 16
15"
32 5" 12
8 25 16
31" 15" 5"
32 8
19 32
3" 32
4 7
9" 1 1"
4
32 13
65 28 1"
9" 3"
1 32 2
2 16
Dimensions in mm Standard floor guide Floor guide with
Trolley hanger and floor guide
4/19
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 H/HC Synchro Set

• For 2 sliding doors without the upper tracks
Item No. 1
941.12.005
Note
2 sets of desired EKU Porta 60/100 versions are required.
Set Components
Description Length Qty.
Roller – 2 pcs.
Spacer ring – 2 pcs.
Cord cover plate – 2 pcs.
Fixing screws, for cord cover plate – 2 pcs.
Mounting plate, for cord ends – 2 pcs.
Cord 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 1 pc.
Fixing screws – 1 set

Dimensions in mm
Ceiling mounted
Ceiling mounted
Ceiling mounted
30 30
1303"
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood 1303"
3" 30
16 3" 30
16
1 16 3" 1 16 3"
1 16 1 16
Top Hung System Ceiling mounted
30 31 30 31
3"
3"
1 16 1317" 1 16 131
7"
7" 31
32 7" 31
32
1 32 1 32
EKU Porta 60/100 HM Ceiling mounted 1 32 7"
1 7"
23 +1 3 23
30
+1 3 32
23
29" 30 +1 1" 1"
3 23
29" +1
1" 31"
• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (132 or 220 lbs.) 32 23
29" 3"
1 16 1" +1
32 8 31
1" 3 32 23
29"
3"
1 16 32
1" +1 1" 8 31 3
1
32 29" -3 1"
32 1" 18 32 29" -3
32 1" 8 1"
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 32 -3
8
1" 32 1 87" 32
-3
1" 32 8
7"
1 32
18 8 -3 32 18
23"
-3
• Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) 18 23
23" 20
1"
1"
32 18
23" 8
1"
32 23"20 23
8 8 1"
• Minimum door thickness: 30 mm (1 3/16”) 32 18 25" +1 8 3 +1 3
23" 20 1" 31 3220
25"29" 8 31
32 29"
23" 32 20 1" 32 3220 40 1" 1"
• Height adjustability: +1/- 3 mm (+ 1/32”/-1/8”) 32 40
32 25" 32
32 25" 1 32
87" 25"
32 25" 9"
32 87"
1 32
140
9" -3 18 32 140 -3
• For 1 or 2 sliding doors 9" 40
16
32
1"
23" 9" 40
16 1"
2318116 9" 8 23 116 1 9"
• Optional soft and self close mechanism 23"
29"
116 +1
201"
3 32
20
29" 16
+1
8 3
1" 1" 1"
32
32 32
25" 8 32
25" 32 8
40 -3
32
18 32
40 -3
1" 1"
18 116 9" 23" 9"
12 116
8 8
23" 12
32
20 20 12
32 12
15"
25"
15"
32 12
15" 16 25" 32 12
16
32 32 15" 15"
32 4015"
16
5" 32 40 16
5"
32
9" 8 16 32
9" 8 16
116 5" 116 5"
87 5" 87 5"
8 8
12 79" 12 79"
15" 9" 7
32 15" 9" 7
32
32 9"
32 16 32 9"
32 16
32 32
28 5" 28 5"
8 8
1283" 12
32 28 7 128
3" 12
32 28 7
3" 15" 3" 15"
1 32 3" 9" 1 32 3" 9"
Standard floor132guide
32 16
32 Standard floor132
guide
32 16
32
Standard floor guide 5" Standard floor guide 5"
Standard floor guide 8 Standard floor guide 8
28 7 28 7
3" 3"
1 32 9" 1 32 9"
32 32
Standard floor guide Standard floor guide
28 28
3" 3"
1 32 1 32
Standard floor guide Standard floor guide
64 64 64 22.5
264
17"
32 64 264
17"
32 64 264
17"
32 64
22.5
7"
8 22.5
17" 17" 17" 7"
2 32 17" 2 32 17" 2 32 17"
2 32 2 32 2 32 10 8 7" 8
10
13"
32 10
13"
64 64 64 32 13"22.5
32 7"
2 17"
32 2 17"
32 2 17"
32 8
10
13"
64 64 64 32 22.5
2 17"
32 2 17"
32 2 17"
32
7"
8
19 10
13"
19
3"
32
4
3" 19
4 3"
4
19 65
3" 2659"
4 9" 65
16
2 16 9"
2 16
Trolley hanger, track19stopper and floor guide
Trolley hanger, track 3" 65 guide
stopper and floor
Trolley hanger, track
4 stopper and 9" floor guide
2 16
65 floor guide
Trolley hanger, track stopper and
Installation 9"
2 16
Installation
Installation
Trolley hanger, track stopper and floor guide
Installation
Installation
Stopper with adjustable locking force 23
Stopper with adjustable locking force 23
29" 235
Stopper with adjustable locking force 32 23
29" 9235
1"
32 29" 4 235
32 9 1"
4 9 1"
18 4

23"
32 18
29"23"
23"
235
32 32 32 9 1"
4

29" 23" 235
32 32 1"
Mortise locks 9 4 pages 1.358-1.362
Flush
18 pulls pages 1.363, 1.371-1.373
23"
Side adjustable floor guide
Stacking
32 page 1.48
Side adjustable floor guide Soft and self close page 1.46
Dimensions in mm
1.34
AH www.hafele.com/us
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 HM Set

Door weight Item No. 1

60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.115
100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.115
Note
For 2 bi-parting doors, please order 2 sets.
Set Components

– – 2 pcs.
Support profile Steel galvanized 2 pcs.
Support profile with end cap Plastic anthracite 2 pcs.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.200
mill 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.250
Aluminum
30 x 31 mm (1 3/16” x 1 7/32”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.205
anodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.255
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.605

Dimensions in mm
Wall mounted
47.5 5 47.5 5
Wall mounted
1 7"
3"
16 1 7"
3"
16
8 5 8 5
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood 47.5
1 7"
8
3"
31
16
7"
47.5
1 7"
8
3"
31
16
7"
1 32 1 32
Top Hung System 31
7"
3
1" 31
7"
3
1"
123
32 3
8 123
32 3
8
29" 29"
10 32 1"
10 32 1"
Wall mounted
13"
18
23 8
13" 18 23 8
32 Wall mounted
EKU Porta 60/100 HMD 10 23" 47.5
5
29"
20323" 5
32
10 23" 47.5
29"5
32 3"
13" 32 7"47.5 32 7"47.5 20 16 5
18 1 25"16 3" 13" 18 1 8 25" 3"
• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (132 or 220 lbs.) 32
23"
8
+1
11"7" 32
20 31 16
32 23" +1 7"
11"8 32
20 31 16
1
32 8 32
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 32 25" 7"
31 32 25" 7"
+1 32 1 32 +1 32 1 32 313
• Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) -3
1" 7"3 -3 7"
10 1 32 1" 3 10
1" 1 321" 3
321" 321"
• Minimum door thickness: 30 mm (1 3/16”) 13"
-3
8 23 8 1" 13"
-3
8 23 8 1"
32 40 29" 23 40 29" 23 8
• Height adjustability: +1/- 3 mm (+ 1/32”/-1/8”) 10 10 1"
9" 32 29"
8
10
32
10 9"1" 32 29"
13" 10 13" 1 168 13" 18 1 168
• For 1 or 2 sliding doors 18 32 13" 10
40 32
23" 1840
32 13" 32 32 13" 32 23" 18 9"
• Optional soft and self close mechanism 32 32 23" 9" 20 1 16
32 23" 20
1 16 25" 20
32
25" 20
32 +1 32 25" 32 +1 32 25"
Floor guide 32 +1 1" 32 1" +1
32 1"
32
1"
-3 32 -3 32
Floor 10guide 1" -3 10 1" -3
13" 10 8 1" 13" 10 8 1"
32 13" 40 8 32 13" 40 8
9" 40
32
1129" 40
25 32 112
16 16
16 9" 16 15"1 9"
15"1 16 5"
31"
32 16
5"
32 32 12 8
12 16
8 25 16
15" 31" 32 15" 5"
5" 32
Floor guide 32 8
32 1"
14 8
Floor guide 7
32
13
9" 1 1"
4 1"
32 2
7 13
28 9" 1"
1123" 32 25 12 216
32 16 15" 12
2815" 12 5" 16
31" 25
32 15"
5" 16
Standard floor1guide
3"
32 15" 8 5" Floor
32 31" guide 8 5"
32
32 32 wall mounting 32
32
with bracket 8
8
Standard floor guide Floor guide
1 4 32
1"
1"
with 1wall mounting bracket
7 4
4 13 5
9" 7 5" 1" 133"
32 9" 32 2 1" 16
28 32 4 25
3" 28 5" 3"
1 32 32 1617
3"
1 32 21"
Standard floor guide Floor guide 17
32
Standard floor guide Floor
with wallguide
mounting bracket 21" 3
with wall mounting bracket 32 1"
7 8
9" 3
4 32 5 1"
5" 4 7 3" 5 8
32 5" 9" 16 3"
64 64 64 22.5
32 32 16
2 17"
32 2 17"
32 2 17"
32
7"
17
64 64 64 8
22.5 21" 17
2 17"
32 2 17"
32 2 17"
32
7" 32 21"
8 32
3
1" 3
7 8 1"
9" 7
32 9" 8
32
64 64 64 22.5
2 17" 64
32 17" 2 17" 64
32 17" 2 17" 64
32 17"
7"22.5
8 7"
2 32 2 32 2 32
8
19
3"
4
19
3"
4
65
9"
2 16
65
9"
Trolley hanger, track 2stopper
16 and floor guide
19
Trolley hanger,
3" 19 track stopper and floor guide
4 3"
4
65
9" 65
2 16
9"
2 16
Clip part
Trolley for cover
hanger, caps
track stopper andfloor
and panels
guide
Stopper with adjustable Side adjustable floor guide Trolley hanger, track stopper
5 and floor guide 5
locking force Clip part for cover caps
3" and panels 3"
Stopper with adjustable Side adjustable floor guide 16
5
16
5
locking force 3" 3"
25 16 16
31"
32 41.5
25
31" 1 5"
8 53.5 53 52.5 52
41.5 3"
3"Clip part for cover caps and2 panels 1"
63.5 32 5" 2 32
1"
32 2 16 2 16
1" 1 53.5 Clip part for cover 5 53
caps and panels
52.5 52
2 Stopper
2
with8 adjustable Side adjustable floor guide 3" 5 1"
63.5 Stopper
locking with adjustable
force Side adjustable floor guide 3"
2 32 3" 5 2 32 2 1" 3" 5 2 16
16
1" locking force 16 20 3 16 3"
2 2 3" 25" 1"
16
32 16
20 8
25 3
For wooden panel 25" 1" For aluminum panel,
31" 25 32
32 31" 41.5 8
plastic lateral cover
5 32 81.5
1 7"5"41.5 For wooden panel 53 52.5aluminum panel,
For 52
3" 8 5" 53.5
3 32 1 8 3" 53 1" 1" 52
63.5
16
5 1" 81.5
3"53.5
2 32 2 32 2plastic
3" 16
52.5 lateral cover 2 16
1"
63.5guide with
Floor
23" 7" wall mounting bracket
3"
2 32 2 32 2 1" 2 16
1622 1"
3 32 Soft and self close
16
page 1.46
Dimensions
2 in mm 20 3
Floor guide with wall mounting bracket
Inches are approximate 25" 20 1"
32 25" 8 3
1"
32
1.36
8
For wooden panel For aluminum panel,
AH For wooden panel Forwww.hafele.com/us
plastic aluminum panel,
lateral cover
5 81.5
3" 5 7"81.5 plastic lateral cover
16 3"
3 32
3 7"
16
Floor guide with32wall mounting bracket
Floor guide with wall mounting bracket
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 HMD Set

• For 1 sliding door with the upper track, length 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Version Door Weight Item No. 1

A 60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.116
• For 1 sliding door with upper track and clip panel, length 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Version Door Weight Item No.

B 100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.116
Version Door Weight Item No.

C 60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.115
D 100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.115
Set Components
Description Material Finish Version Qty.

– – A, B, C, D 2 pcs.
Support profile Steel galvanized A, B, C, D 2 pcs.
Support profile with end cap Plastic anthracite A, B, C, D 2 pcs.
Track stopper, with retaining spring – – A, B, C, D 2 pcs.
Floor guide, adjustable Plastic anthracite A, B, C, D 1 pc.
Fixing screws – – A, B, C, D 1 set
Security bracket set, for wood and

aluminum panel, prevents the track Steel galvanized A, B 1 pc.
from bending apart
End caps Plastic – B 1 set
Clip panel Aluminum anodized B 1 pc.
Track cleaning tool Aluminum silver B 1 pc.

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.60.825
47.5 x 31 mm (1 7/8” x 1 7/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.60.860
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.60.725
Clip-on fascia, 31 mm (1 7/32”) Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) 940.60.735
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.60.760
Security bracket set, for wood and aluminum
panel, prevents the track from bending apart
End cap, with security bracket for aluminum

panel
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 HMT

• Door weight up to: 60 or 100 kg (132 or 220 lbs.)
1 •
•
Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”)
Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”)
• Minimum door thickness: 30 mm (1 3/16”)
• Height adjustability: 0/- 3 mm (0/-1/8”) or 0/- 2mm (0/-1/16”)
• For 1 sliding door, for installation in wall pocket
• Optional soft and self close mechanism
Ø5
3"
30 Ø5 16
3"
1 16 3"
16
30
31 3"
1 16
7" 31
1 32 7" 6
1 32
1"
37 6 4
1 15"
32
1" 23
4 29"
23 18 32
10 29"
10
23"
13" 18 32 32 10
13" 13"
Ceiling installation 32 23"
32 32 32
123"
TH=H-44
Ø5 40
32
10 10 9"
1 23"
3"
TH=H-44
40 1 16
32
30 Ø5 16 13" 13"
3" 9"
1 16 3" 30 32 1 16 32
16
31 3"
1 16
7" 31
1 32 7" 6 16
1 32
37
1" 5" 12 16
6 4 12 8 7 15"
1 15"
32
1" 23 15" 9" 32 5"
8
4 29" 32 32
23 18 32
10 29"
10
23"
7
13" 18 32 32 10 Ø4x20 Ø4x20
13" 13" 9"
32 23" 5" 25" 5" 25" 32
32 32 32
123"
32 32 32 32
TH=H-44
40
32
10 10 9"
1 23"
TH=H-44
40 1 16 Note
32
13" 9" 13"

32 1 16 32
If a fascia is installed, it must not protrude past the lower edge of the
track so that the door can be swivelled in and out.
16 Ø2.5x8
5" 12 66 40
12 8 7 15" 16 3" 5"
9"
15" 9" 32 5" 2 19"
32
32 16 1 16
32 32 8
7
Ø4x20 Ø4x20 9"
5" 25" 5" 25" 32
32 32 32 32
+0
Note -3
If a fascia is installed, it must not protrude past the lower edge of the 1"
8
track so that the door can be swivelled in and out. min. 235
2 232 9 1"
Ø2.5x8 3" 4
66 3" 5"
40 32 19 9 1"
9" 3" 8
2 19"
32
32 16 1 16 4
19 2
3"
4
10
13" 65
+0 +0 32 20 9"
-3 -2 2 16
25"
1" 3" 32
8 32
min. 235 T
2 232 9 1" T = TB +
3" 4 LM 650
32 9 1" 22.5 20 25 19" 10
8 64 64 64 7"
32 13"
25"
19 2 17"
32 2 17"
32 2 17"
32
8 32 32
3" 60 40 9"
4 3" 1 16
2 8
10
13"
65 TB 32
9"
2 16 TB = LM + 40
9"
1 16
T
T = TB + 10
LM 650 13"
25 19" 10 32
32 13"
32 LM = internal dimension
60 40 9" TB = door width
3" 1 16
2 8 T = pocket depth
10
13"
TB 32
TB = LM + 40
9"
1 16
Soft and self close page 1.46
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 60/100 HMT Set


60 kg (132 lbs.) 940.60.117
100 kg (220 lbs.) 941.00.117
Set Components
– – 2 pcs.
with hexagon bolt M8 x 36 mm (1 pc.)
Support profile Steel galvanized 2 pcs.
Support profile with cover cap and

Plastic anthracite 1 pc.
engaging pin
Support profile with cover cap and
Plastic anthracite 1 pc.
spring
Cylinder screw, M8 x 35 mm – – 1 pc.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.200
mill 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.250
Aluminum
30 x 31 mm (1 3/16” x 1 7/32”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.205
anodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.255
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.605
Disassembly key – – – 940.60.097

Dimensions in mm
16 8 25" 1" 25"
H H 8 32
5" 32
8
5" 15"
8 TH = H - 63 2 32 30 TH = H - 63 2
1" 30
49 84 1 3"
4
5"
3" 1" 1 3" 16
4 8 16
1 15" 3
16 12 12
16 15" 15"
39 73 3" 32
3" Ø5 32
1
17" Ø5 16 2 7" 16
2 1" Ø 5"x 25" 8 16 85"
TopØ5 Hung System
32 7" 5"
52 16 164 32 32 2
23" 16 8
7 6
3" 64
3916 3" TH = Door height, H =2Clear
3" height TB = Door width
2 5" 17" 1"
32
132 4 32
16 9" 9"
7 32 732
7" 7" 7" 28 28
EKU Divido 100 H
41 1 5"
8
31132 41 1 85" 31 1 32 31 1 32
7" 1 3"
Ø4 x 20
5"x 25" 1 3"
Ø4 x 20
5"x 25"
56 2 7" 60 2 5" 56 2 7" 60 2
3" 56 2 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
32 32
• Maximum door weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.) 8 8 TH = Door height
1 •
•
Maximum door width: 1200 mm (3’ 11 1/4”)
53
2 3"
32
• ±3
Door thickness, wood: 30 mm (1 3/16”) ±3 26.5 26.5
1" 20 20 ±3 20 3"
• Height adjustability:
8 25" +/- 3 mm (1/8”)H 1" 25" 1" 25" 1 1 3"
H 8 H 8
64 64
• For 1 – 3 sliding32doors 32 32 10° 2 5"
64
• Available with anodized TH aluminum
= H - 63 2 32fascias or clip 30
15" components 15"
TH = H - 63 2 32
15"
TH = H - 63 2 32
30 30 8 30 16 85"
for attaching wood fascias 1 3"
3"
1Wall 5" 1 3"
1 3" 16 16 16mounted
16 13"
• Allows for wood
12 16and glass sliding door combinations12 12 56 2 64
15"
• Single upper 32 running track can be ceiling or wall
15"
32
mounted 15"
32
Lower guide wth guide channel For door widths greater than
16 85" 16 85" 5"
16 8 900 mm (35 7/16”) it is recommended
9"
732 to use an additional lower guide.
20
9" 9"
7 32 732 Refer to page 1.47 for32 detail.
25"
28 Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20 30
1 3" 5"x 25" 1 3" 5"x 25" 1 3" 5"x 25" 1 3"
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 16
TH = Door height
53
53 7 9" 2 3"
32
2 3" Ceiling mounted 32
32 min. 5"
4 32 39
26.5 26.5 3" 1 17"
32
1 3" 1 3" 64
64 64
10° 2 5" 1"
64 1" min. 6 4
8 15"
16 85" 14 16
9" 24 16
56 2 64
13" 41 56
1 5" 2 7"
11 8 32
7"
16
Height adjustment
19 43"
20 20
25"
25"
32
32
30 30
1 3" 3"
16 1
16
53 13 1" Option with wood fascia
2
7 9" 2 3"
32 32 min.
min. 5"
4 32 39 30
1 17"
32 Ø5 x 35 100 3"
1
3" x 1 3" 16
16 8 3 15"
1" 16
min. 6 4
15"
14 16
9" 24 16
TB
41 56
1 5" 2 7"
8 32
19 43"
20
25"
32
Fix text
30 65 TB = Door width
3"
1
16 2 9"
16
Option with wood fascia
49 84
5"
1 15" 3
16
16 Ø5 122
39 73
17" 3"
Ø5 16 2 7" Ø5 16
3" 3"
16
4 13"
16
1" 1
52 2 16 32 8 111
3"
Ø5 16 7 6 2 4 3" 31
39 3" 3" 8
5" 17" 1" 2 2 3" 7"
16
132 4 32 32 32 1 32
7" 7" 7"
31132 41 1 85" 31 1 32 31 1 32
41 1 5"
8 7" 60 56
56 2 7" 60 2 5" 56 2 7" 60 2 3" 56 2 32
32 8 32 8 2 83" 7"
2 32
±3 ±3
1" 20 ±3 20 ±3 20 1" 20
8 1" 25" 1" 25" 8 25"
H 25" H H
2 15"
32
8 32 8 32 32
63
32
15" 15" 2 15"

TH = H - 63 2 32 30 TH = H - 63 2 32 30 8 30 TH = H - 63 32
30 30 8 30 8 30
1 3" 1 3" 1 3" 5" 1 3" 3" 5" 3" 5" 3"
16 16 16 16 16 1 16 1 16 1 16
12 12 12 12 16 16
15" 15" 15" 15"
32 32 32 32
16 5"
16 85" 5"
16 8
5"
16
8
8
9"
732
9"
32
7
9" 9"
7 32 732
28 Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20
1 3" 5"x 25" 1 3" 5"x 25" 1 3" 5"x 25" 3" 5" 25"
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 1 32 32 32
TH = Door height
Dimensions in mm
53
2 3"
32
AH 1.40 10° 26.5

1 3"
64
26.5
1 3"
64
2 5"
www.hafele.com/us
64
16 85"
13"
2
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 H Set

Item No. 1
941.00.111
Set Components
Running gear, with four wheels Plastic white 2 pcs.
Suspension bolt, M8 x 32 mm Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Set nut, M8 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Suspension plate Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Door stopper with adjustable

Plastic gray 2 pcs.
retention spring
Lower guide Plastic anthracite gray 1 pc.
Fixing screws – – –
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.253
Single upper track,
Aluminum unanodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.00.353
39 x 41 mm (1 9/16” x 1 5/8”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.603
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.925
Dual upper track,
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.425
Triple upper track
111 x 31 mm (4 3/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.460
Spacer profile for wall mounting of single
upper track Plastic gray 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.13.220
11 x 36 mm (7/16” x 1 7/16”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.325
Clip-in skirt,
10 x 42 mm (3/8” x 1 11/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.360
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.425
Clip-on fascia to upper track,

7 x 60 mm (5/16” x 2 3/8”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.460
Brush seal for clip-on fascia,
Plastic gray 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 405.80.501
5 x 5 mm (3/16” x 3/16”)
End piece to fascia, one-sided, wall
mounted, 51 x 60 mm (2” x 2 3/8”)
Clip piece for wood fascia,

97 x 29 x 9.5 mm (3 13/16” x 1 1/8” x Aluminum unanodized – 940.60.065
3/8”), mounted every 500 mm (19 11/16”)
10 - 60 kg (22 - 132 lbs.) – – – 940.60.045

Soft close
61 - 100 kg (133 - 200 lbs.) – – – 940.60.010
Cover cap, for soft close – – – 940.60.094
Milling jig, for soft close – – – 940.60.095
Dimensions in mm
5/18
16 16
+1 -3
3" 1"
64 8 45"
64 5"
1
H 8
1"
Sliding Door Hardware-Wood 5"
8
Top Hung System 3"

116 5"
3"
116
16
5"
8
5"
EKU Divido 100 H Synchro 8
1"
4 3" 1"
4 8
• Maximum door weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.)
1 •
•
Maximum door width: 1200 mm (3’ 11 1/4”) 7"
164 Ø 5"x 25" 23"
32 32 2
• Door thickness: 30 mm (1 3/16”) TH = Door height, H = Clear height
64
TB = Door width
• Height adjustability: +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
• Additional supplementary fitting set to Divido 100/H
• Simultaneous symmetrical opening of two top-hung sliding doors
• Available with anodized aluminum fascias or clip components
for attaching wood fascias
• Single upper running track can be ceiling or wall mounted
For door widths greater than

Lower guide wth guide channel
900 mm (35 7/16”) it is recommended
to use an additional lower guide.
Refer to page 1.47 for detail.
3"
64
1"
8
+3
1"
Height adjustment 8
-3
1"
8
Height adjustment
45 100 30
3"
25"
132 15"
3 16 1 16
TB = Door width
19 3"
4
3
1"
8 65
9"
216
SL = (2 x RO) + 70
1" 2 43"
16
RO
SL = Track length
RO = Clear opening
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 H Synchro Set

• For 2 sliding doors without upper track
Order Specifications: 1
• 2 Divido 100 H sliding door fitting sets, refer to page 1.41
• 1 Divido 100 H Synchro supplementary fitting set
• 1 Single upper track, refer to page 1.41
• 1 Clip-on fascia, optional, refer to page 1.41
• 1 End piece set for clip-on fascia, optional, refer to page 1.41
• Clip pieces to wood fascia, optional
Item No.
941.12.005
Set Components
Ball bearing wheel, mounted
Plastic coated – 2 pcs.
horizontally
Spacer ring Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Rope safe guard Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Fixing screw to rope safe guard Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Mounting plate for Kevlar rope – – 2 pcs.
Kevlar rope, 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) – – 1 roll
Fixing screws Steel zinc-plated 1 set
Installation Plan
(Included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon request.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 HM

1 •
•
• Door thickness, wood: 30 mm (1 3/16”)
• Height adjustability: + 1 mm / - 3 mm
(+1/32” / -1/8”)
• For 1 – 3 sliding doors
• Allows for wood and glass sliding door combinations
Lower guide with guide channel.

For door widths greater than 900 mm
(35 7/16”) it is recommended to use
a lower guide channel. Refer to page
1.47 for detail.
111
73
4 3"
2 7"
8
8
Ø5 Ø5
3" 3"
16 16
31 34 31 34
1 1" 11" 1 1" 11"
4 1 32
4 1 32
23 23
15" 3 15" 3
16 1"
16 1"
8
+1 8 +1 18 18
1" 1" 23" 23"
32 32 32 32
-3
-3
1 5"
1"
TH = H - 41
8
1 5"
30 8 30 8 30
TH = H - 41
8
H
1" 30 8 30 H 8
3" 5" 3" 5" 3"
8 3" 5" 3" 1 16 1 16 1 16
1 16 16 1 16 16 16
12 12
1"
1" 2
2
16 16
5" 5"
8 8
7
3" 7
32 3"
Ø4 x 20 28 Ø4 x 20 28 32
5" 13" 1 1" TH = Door height

5" 13"
32 x 16
1 1"
8
32 x 16 8
H = Clear height
8 11
LM 5" 7"
8 16 16
TB
5" 29
16 14
5"
1 32 9"
16
15
19"
32
TB 23
29" Ø4 x 40
TB = width of door/width of fixed element 32 5" 9"
32 1 16
LM = clear width 232
9 1"
8
2
1"
min. 235 16
9 1"
4
15
19"
32
15
19"
Ø3 64 64 64 22.5 32
1" 7"
8 2 17"
32
2 17"
32
2 17"
32 8
19
3"
4
65
9"
2 16
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 HM Set

Item No. 1
941.00.115
Set Components
Running gear, with four wheels Plastic white 2 pcs.
Carrier block Plastic white 2 pcs.
Suspension profile for carrier block Aluminum unanodized 2 pcs.
Door stopper with adjustable

Plastic gray 2 pcs.
retention spring
Lower guide Plastic anthracite gray 1 pc.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.200
Single upper track,
Aluminum unanodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.250
30 x 31 mm (1 3/16” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.600
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.925
Dual upper track,
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.425
Triple upper track,
111 x 31 mm (4 3/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.460
Track cleaning tool Aluminum silver – 941.00.099
10 - 60 kg (22 - 132 lbs.) – – – 940.60.045

Soft close
61 - 100 kg (133 - 200 lbs.) – – – 940.60.010
Cover cap, for soft close – – – 940.60.094
Milling jig, for soft close – – – 940.60.095
Installation Plan
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Soft and Self Close Mechanism

For EKU Porta 60/100 and Divido 100
1 • For door weights from 20 – 100 kg (44 – 220 lbs.)
• For 1 and 2 sliding doors
• For soft and self close on one or both sides
• Suspending in running gear
• For use with EKU Porta: 60/100 H, 60/100 HC, 60/100 HM,
60/100 HMD, 60/100 HMT; EKU Divido: 100 H, 100 HM
66
2 19"
32
62
7"
=
2 16
R5 25
= =
Ø2 31"
3" 32
32 66
135 2 2 19"
32 32
5" 3"
=
5 16 32 1 1"
4
Installation with installation opening

62
7"
2 16
R5
Ø2
3"
320 71 32
71
12 19" 135 2 25" 2
2 25" 32 462 5" 32 3"
32 3" 5 16 32
18 16
Installation with installation opening
71 570 71
7"
2 25" 22 16 712 2 25"
32
32 71
1" 71 320
28 32
2 25" 12 19"
32 462 2 25"
32
32
Installation without installation opening, X = dim. end caps 3"
18 16
Description Door weight Item No.

61 – 100 kg (134.2 – 220 lbs) 940.60.010
Soft close 570 71
71 7"
2 25"
32
20 – 60 kg (44 –22132
16 lbs) 940.60.045
712 2 25"
32
1"
28 32
Cover cap, for installation opening on
–
Installation without installation opening, X = dim. end caps 940.60.094
running track
Routing jig, for installation opening – 940.60.095
Note
An installation opening with cover cap allows retrofitting the soft and self close mechanism.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido Lower Guide Application

• For sliding door systems 100 H and 100 HM
• Suitable as an additional floor guide option, especially for doors
wider than 900 mm (35 7/16”) 1
• Includes a spring-loaded anti-derail function which prevents
unintentional disengagement through lifting or lateral shifting
of doors
Surface mounted Recess/Flush mounted
Spring loaded running gear with

anti-derail device, single wheel, used as
lower guide, non-weight bearing – – – 941.12.030
Note
2 pcs. are required per sliding door
Adapter for running gear,

includes mounting screws
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.825

Single lower track, recessed,

13 x 8 mm (1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.860
Mounting profile for 2 single lower 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.125
tracks, recessed, Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.13.135
51 x 10 mm (2” x 3/8”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.160
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.725
Single lower track, surface mounted,
38 x 8 mm (1 1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.760
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.625
Dual lower track, surface mounted,
68 x 8 mm (2 11/16” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.660
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.825
Clip profile to mounting profile and
dual lower track, 25 x 6 mm (1” x 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.860
Installation Plan
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Stacking
122
• Maximum door weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.) 4 13"
1
111 16
• With stacking option for barrier-free and space saving stacking
Ø5 4 3"
of doors with maximum weight of 100 kg (220 lbs.) 9"
8
16
1"
16
2
7"
31
1 32
11"
2 32
59
58
5"
2 16
20
7"
±3 8
1"
8
13"
2 16
TH = H - 72
30 8 30 8 30
3" 5" 3" 5" 3"
1 16 16 1 16 16 1 16
18
23"
32
3"
30
1 16
9"
14
16
18 Ø4 x 20
23" 5" x 7"
32 32 8
60 10
2 11"
32
3"
8
Mounting examples – Right
15"
12
TB 32
Ø5 x 35
2 Doors TB = LM + 92 9" x 3"
2 16 18 Min.
LM + 3 5"
TB LM ( 2
8
) 100
3 31"
32
30
3"
1 16
B
LM + 122 TB
3 Doors TB =
3
13"
TB ( LM + 4 16
3 )
L = TB - 10
3"
8
Taptite M5 x 20
TB LM
B
31"
24
32
5"
32
4
65
9"
2 16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Stacking
Set Components
Description 2 doors 3 doors Item No. 1
Lower guide set for installation on right 1 set 2 sets 941.12.063
Lower guide set for installation on left 1 set 2 sets 941.12.062
End plate set

1 set 1 set 941.12.064
(for left and right installation)
Note
Order example, for a 3 door installation on the right order 2 sets of 941.12.063 and 1 set of 942.12.064.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.926
Dual guide channel Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.13.936
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.961
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.925
Dual upper track,
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.425
Triple upper track,
111 x 31 mm (4 3/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.460
Clip profile, with notch, for wooden
doors
Note Aluminum anodized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.12.431
Only required in combination with
vertical handle profile and safety clip
Vertical handle profile Aluminum silver 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.93.330
Safety clip
Note Aluminum silver – 940.92.090
Only required in conjunction with
vertical handle profile
Track cleaning tool Aluminum silver – 941.00.099
Dimensions in mm
EKU Divido 80 H
1 •
•
• Door thickness, wood: 30 mm (1 3/16”)
• For 1 – 4 sliding doors
• Running gears with special spring loaded anti-derail device
that eliminates accidental displacement of sliding doors
80 34.5
5"
3 32 11"
1 32
23
29"
32
Ø4
5"
32 30 60.5
3"
1 16 2 3"
8
90 3 17"
32
55 25
5" 31"
2 32 32
Ø4 x 60
5" 3"
32 2 8
40
9"
1 16
15
19"
32
27
1"
1 16
40 78 78 78
1"
3 16 1" 20
9"
1 16 20 3 16 1"
3 16 20
25" 25" 25"
32 32 32
40 34 40 34 40 34 40 34
9"
1 16
11"
1 32 9"
1 16 1 11"
16 9"
1 16
11"
1 32 9"
1 16
11"
1 32
±3 ±3 ±3 ±3
1" 1" 1" 1"
8 8 8 8
30 30 8 30 30 8 30 30 8 30
H 3" TH = H - 48 H 3" 5" 3" TH = H - 40 H TH = H - 39 H 3" 5" 3" TH = H - 47
1 16 1 16 1 16 3" 5" 3" 1 16
1 87" 16 9"
1 16 1 16 16 1 16 17"
1 32 16 1 16 1 27"
32
18 18
11" 18
16 18 11"
11" 11" 16
16 16
6 1" 3"
4 3"
5 16
5" 6 1" 5 16 5"
8 16 4 8 16
7 9 11" 13"
10 32
9" 32
32 68 Ø4
30 51 Ø4 11" 5"
3" 10 28 10 1"
2 16 32
1 16 13" 3" 13" 2 32 5"
32
1 32 32
32 TH = Door height
H = Clear height
TH = Door height
H = Clear height
Dimensions in mm
EKU Divido 80 H Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper guide channel and lower running track
Item No. 1
940.92.001
Set Components
Running gear with anti-derail device,

– – 2 pcs.
single wheel
Upper guide with plastic guide wheels,

– – 2 pcs.
mounted on a zinc-plated steel base
Adapter for running gear, includes

Plastic gray 2 pcs.
mounting screws
Door stopper set for lower track Plastic gray 2 pcs.
Door stopper for upper guide channel Plastic gray 2 pcs.
End piece to lower guide track Plastic gray 1 pc.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.525
Single upper guide channel,
40 x 40 mm (1 9/16” x 1 9/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.560
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.925
Dual upper guide channel,
78 x 40 mm (3 1/16” x 1 9/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.825
Single lower track, recessed,
13 x 8 mm (1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.860
Mounting profile for 2 single lower 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.125
tracks, recessed, Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.13.135
51 x 10 mm (2” x 3/8”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.160

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.725
Single lower track, surface mounted,
38 x 8 mm (1 1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.760
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.625
Dual lower track, surface mounted,
68 x 8 mm (2 11/16” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.660
Clip profile to mounting profile and 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.825
dual lower track, Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.12.835
25 x 6 mm (1” x 1/4”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.860
Center door stop, installed into upper
guide channels, Plastic gray – 941.12.040
33 x 90 mm (1 5/16” x 3 9/16”)
Soft close
– – – 940.92.010
61–80 kg (135–220 lbs.)
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/Z

1 •
•
Minimum door thickness: 22 mm (7/8”)
• Smooth quiet operation
• Outstanding durability
• Rattle-free bottom guide
• Simple installation 28
• Special two-way suspension 3"
1 32
• Vertically and laterally adjustable
• Door stop with adjustable retention spring
3"
1 16
30
56 ±3
1"
8
7"
2 32
1"
1 32
26
22
7"
8
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
20
25"
20
32
32
10 14
10 14
13" 9"
32 16
13" 9"
32 16
34 34
1 11"
32 111"
32
95
3 3"
4
The two-way suspension bracket allows the door to be hung and to be taken off in two different ways:
1. From the side 2. From the front

Fixed pocket cover doesn’t have to be removed.
Cover plate above opening has to be removable.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/Z Set

Item No. 1
940.41.006
Set Components
Double roller running gear Aluminum – 2 pcs. 940.41.100
Two-way suspension plate, M8 bolt and

– – 2 pcs. 940.40.022
mounting screws
Floor mounted guide, rattle-free Plastic black 1 pc. 940.40.031
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring Steel – 1 pc. 940.40.041
Wall buffer Rubber black 1 pc. 940.40.051
Height adjusting pin Steel galvanized 1 pc. 940.40.091
Note
Depending on application an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets
1.4 m (4' 7 1/8") 940.40.140
1.6 m (5' 3") 940.40.160
1.8 m (5' 10 7/8") 940.40.180
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.40.200
3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.40.300
4 m (13' 1 1/2") 940.40.400
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.40.600
Guide rail, glue-in type Plastic black 1.3 m (4' 3 1/8") 940.41.130
Installation Plan
Complete Sets
Door panel width Track length Item No.
up to 70 cm (27 9/16”) 1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 407.56.143
up to 80 cm (31 1/2”) 1.6 m (5’ 3”) 407.56.161
up to 90 cm (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 407.56.189
up to 100 cm (39 3/8”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 407.56.205
Supplied With
Upper track
Confort guides page 1.198 Running gear
Angle profile page 1.196 Two-way suspension plates
Other lower guide options page 1.199 Track stopper
Guide
Futura framing kit pages 1.189–1.191 Rubber bumper
SoundEx bracket page 1.197 Height adjusting pin
Dimensions in mm
6/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/B

1 •
•
Minimum door thickness: 25 mm (1”)
• Minimum installation height
• Suspension with carrier profile
• Height adjustable
28
3"
1 32
1"
8
36 ±3
30
3"
1 16
7"
1 16 ±
1"
25
6
1"
4
20
25"
32
10
13"
32 12
15"
32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
9"
14
14
9"
16
16
13"
10
13"
5"
4
32
10
32
32
34 34
1 11"
32
1 11"
32
2.5
3"
93.5 32
11"
3 16
185
9"
7 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/B Set

Item No. 1
940.41.007
Set Components
Carrier profile with suspension plate, M8 bolt – – 2 pcs. 940.40.019
End cap for carrier profile Plastic anthracite 2 pcs. 943.30.029
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring Steel – 1 pc. 940.40.041
Locking wrench for suspension plate Steel galvanized 1 pc. 940.40.092
Hex key, 4 mm Steel chrome-plated 1 pc. 940.40.096
Note
Item numbers are valid only for one piece, when ordering individual components, please state the desired amount
Depending on application an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting doors, please order 2 sets.
1.4 m (4' 7 1/8") 940.40.140
1.6 m (5' 3") 940.40.160
1.8 m (5' 10 7/8") 940.40.180
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.40.200

3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.40.300
4 m (13' 1 1/2") 940.40.400
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.40.600
Installation Plan
Confort guides page 1.198

Angle profile page 1.196
Other lower guide options page 1.199
SoundEx bracket page 1.197
Dimensions in mm
10/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/B-Pocket Sliding Door Fitting
• For single sliding doors used in wall pocket installation

• Door width: 700–1250 mm (27 9/16"–49 3/16")
• Door thickness: ≥28 mm (1 1/8")
• Door height adjustable ±3 mm (1/8") with integrated anti-twist
protection, trackstopper with adjustable retaining spring,
horizontal adjusting distance in lengthways direction in bayonet
mount ±8 mm (5/16")
• Soft and self closing mechanism (optional only for
Hawa-SoftMove 40)
• Suspension with support profile and integrated suspension plate
• Upper track can be removed after installation without wall
opening, running gear and soft and self closing mechanism can
be removed, stopper position inside wall pocket can be adjusted
after installation 40
9"
1 16
28
40 3"
9"
1 32
1 16
28
3"
1 32
2.5 2.5
3" 95.5 95.5 3"
32 3" 3" 32
9 3 4 3 4 9
21"
1 32
42
185 185
21"
3"
1 32
42
1 16
11" 11"
30
3"
1 16
30
32 5" 5" 32
7 16 7 16
Section trolley hanger
31"
25
32
31"
25
32
1"± 1"
8
1"± 1"
20
6±3
20
8
6±3
3 25" 25"
4
1" 32
4
32
8 ≥8 ≥8 ≥8 ≥28 ≥8
5"
≥28 5" 5" 3" 5"
16
3"
1 32 16 16 1 32 16
P1=5 35 P1=20 35
3" 3" 25" 3"
16 1 8 32 1 8 10 12
13" 15"
Use without spring buffer Use with spring buffer 32
14
32
14
20 20
9" 25" 9"
Door width calculation: 25"
32
16 32 16
Internal opening width + P1 + 30 mm (1 3/16") 10 10

13" 4 13"
4 32 32
5"
5" 34 32 34
32
1 11"
Running track installation in fixing profile 1 11"
32 32
Without guide track With guide track
40 14 ≥6 3
9" 1" 1"
1 16 9" 4 8
16
14
1 17"
32
21"
39
9"
1 32
42
16
8
11 16–40 5"
5" 9"
8 – 1 16
7" 16
16
Panel with material thickness up

to 40 mm (1 9/16") can be used
Integrated ceiling installation and provided on site
Dimensions in mm
2/20
Top Hung System
Set Without Running Track for 1 Door 1

Model Door weight kg/lbs. Supplied with Item No.
2 running gears
2 support profiles with suspension plate, M8
2 cover caps for support profile
1 track stopper with retaining spring
Junior 40/B ≤40 (88 lbs.) 940.41.007
1 wall buffer
1 clear threshold floor guide
1 wrench for suspension carriage
1 hex key, 4 mm (3/16")
Tracks and Accessories

1.4 m (4' 7 1/8") 940.40.140
1.6 m (5' 3") 940.40.160
clear
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum 1.8 m (5' 10 7/8") 940.40.180
anodized
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.40.200
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 940.80.633
Fixing profile for running track with bayonet lock, 2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.80.424
clear
with mounting set (can be shortened to respective Aluminum
anodized 2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 940.80.425
track length)
clear
Fascia for fixing profile, for transom facing Aluminum 2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.80.428
anodized
Spring buffer for door weight up to 40 kg (88 lbs.),

Zinc alloy - - 940.80.321
cannot be used in combination with SoftMove 40
12
(15/32")
Guide track for press fitting and glue fixing into
Plastic black 1.3 m (4' 3 1/8") 940.41.130
20 groove
(25/32")
Track stopper with adjustable retaining spring - - - 940.40.041
Note
A second track stopper is required when the soft and self closing mechanism is not being used.
SoftMove 40 soft and self closing

page 1.195 Dimensions in mm
mechanism
2/20
Top Hung System
HAWA Media 70
1 •
•
Minimum door thickness: 25 mm (31/32”)
For 1 and 2 straight and curved sliding wood doors
• Nylon tyred ball-bearing wheels
• Vertically adjustable +/-5 mm (3/16”)
23
29"
32
1 3"
35
8
3" ± 3"
4 16
70±5
1 3"
2
35
8
1"
6
4
20
25"
32
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
20
25"
20
32
32
13" 9"
13" 9"
10 14
32 16
32 16
10 14
34 34
11" 11"
1 32 1 32
Mounting information for curved applications:

The suspension plates have to be mounted so that
the sliding door is in its center of gravity.
R
≥
1'
50 1"
7
1 6
0
1
96
3 25"
32
X
X ≥ 60 26
2 3"
8
1"
1 32
X
Curved applications:
Minimum radius = 500 mm (19 11/16”)
Order specifications:
• Qty. and type of hardware set
• Sketch/drawing of layout
• Exact size of radius to centerline of door
• Type of upper track
• Curved systems will be quoted per inquiry/order,
contact our product specialist at 1-888-437-7477
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Media 70 Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track and lower guide channel
Item No. 1
942.17.000
Set Components
Double roller running gear – – 2 pcs. 942.17.012
Supporting plate with M8 bolt and counter nut – – 2 pcs. 942.14.022
Floor mounted guide, rattle-free – black 1 pc. 940.40.031
Track stopper Aluminum anodized 1 pc. 942.14.041
Note
For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets and 2 track stoppers.
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 942.17.250
Upper track, pre-drilled

Aluminum clear anodized 3.5 m (11' 5 13/16") 942.17.350
ceiling mounted
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 942.17.600
Track stopper, for stopping

bi-parting doors in the middle Aluminum anodized – 942.14.041
(2 pcs. required)
Wall mounted upper track Aluminum clear anodized 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 942.17.601

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/Z

1 •
•
Minimum door thickness: 26 mm (1”)
• Simple installation
• Special two-way suspension
34
1 11"
32
9"
1 16
40
5"
32 ± 32
69±4
2 23"
5"
1 32
29
25
31"
32
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
10 14
10 14
13" 9"
13" 9"
32 16
32 16
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
130
1"
58
The two-way suspension bracket allows the door to be hung and to

be taken off in two different ways:
1. From the side 2. From the front

Fixed pocket cover doesn’t have to be removed
Cover plate above opening has to be removable
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/Z Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track and lower guide
Item No. 1
940.80.001
Set Components
Two-way suspension plate,

– – 2 pcs. 940.80.022
M10 bolt and mounting screws
Track stopper with adjustable

Zinc die-cast – 1 pc. 940.80.040
retention spring
Height adjusting pin Steel galvanized 1 pc. 940.40.091
Note
Depending on application, an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets.
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Cover cap, for upper track Zinc die-cast chrome matt – 940.80.021
Guide rail, glue-in type Plastic black 1.3 m (4’ 3 1/8”) 940.41.130
Installation Plan Complete Sets

(Included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and Door panel width Track length Item No.
execution available upon request.
up to 70 cm (27 9/16”) 1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 407.59.144
up to 80 cm (31 1/2”) 1.6 m (5’ 3”) 407.59.162
up to 90 cm (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 407.59.180
up to 100 cm (39 3/8”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 407.59.206
Confort guides page 1.198 up to 110 cm (43 5/16”) 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 407.59.224
Angle profile page 1.196 up to 125 cm (49 3/16”) 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 407.59.251
Other lower guide options page 1.199 Supplied With
Futura framing kit pages 1.189–1.191 Upper track Running gear
Two-way suspension plates Track stopper
SoundEx bracket page 1.197 Guide Rubber bumper
Soft close page 1.195 Height adjusting pin
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/B

1 •
•
Minimum door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8”)
• Heights adjustable
34
1 11"
32
1"
9"
16 ± 8
46±3
1 16
40
1 13"
1 11"
1"
34
32
6
4
26
1"
1 32
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
13" 9"
13" 9"
10 14
10 14
32 16
32 16
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
125
29"
4 32 2
208
3" 3"
8 16 32
Top Hung System

Item No. 1
940.80.047
Set Components
Carrier profile with suspension

– – 2 pcs. 940.80.024
plates, M10 bolt and set screw
End caps for carrier profile Plastic anthracite 2 pcs. 942.56.029

Zinc die-cast – 2 pcs. 940.80.040
retention spring
Locking wrench for

Steel galvanized 1 pc. 940.80.092
suspension plate
Note
Depending on application, an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets.
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Assembly wedge, for doors

running in the ceiling – – – 940.80.050
(2 pcs. per sliding door)
Confort guides page 1.198 Installation Plan

(Included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and
execution available upon request.
Soft close page 1.195
Dimensions in mm
7/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/B (mod.)

34
• Maximum door weight: 80 kg (176 lbs.) 34
1 11"
1 •
•
For 1 and 2 interior sliding wood doors
32 1 11"
32
9"
1 16
40
• For low headroom applications, gap between the door and upper
track can be as small as 1 mm (1/32”)
3"± 5"
16 32
5 ±4
• Set with 20 mm (25/32”) longer suspension bolt available which
9"
1 16
40
allows up to 22 mm (7/8”) thick ceiling tiles to overlap the upper
track
31"
25
1"± 5"
32
26 ±4
32
• Height adjustable: ±7 mm (9/32")
31"
25
32
1 32
Coarse adjustment ±3 mm (1/8"), fine adjustment ±4 mm (5/32")
• Track stopper with adjustable retention spring
22
11 11 7"
7" 7" 8
16 16
22
7"
8 12
10 15"
13" 32
32
14
14
9"
9"
16
16
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
5"
13"
13"
32
4
10
10
32
32
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
130
5 81"
215 9
15"
8 32 11"
32
Ø19
3"
4
60
2 83"
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/B (mod.) Set

Version Item No. 1

M10 bolt 940.80.004
20 mm (25/32") M10 bolt 940.80.118
Set Components
Description Material Finish Qty./Set Item No.
940.80.004 940.80.118
Double roller running gear Aluminum – 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 940.80.012
Carrier profile with suspension

– – 2 pcs. – 940.80.030
plate, M10 bolt
Carrier profile with suspension plate and

– – – 2 pcs. 940.80.031
20 mm (25/32”) extended M10 bolt
Track stopper with adjustable retention Zinc die

– 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 940.80.040
spring cast
Wall buffer Rubber black 1 pc. 1 pc. 940.40.051
Floor mounted guide, rattle-free Plastic black 1 pc. 1 pc. 940.40.031
Note
Order upper tracks separately. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets.
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600

Flush Pulls pages 1.363, 1.371-1.373
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/B-Pocket
• For single sliding doors used in pocket door installation

• Door width: 700–1500 mm (27 9/16"–59 1/16")
protection, horizontal adjusting distance in lengthways direction
in bayonet mount ±8 mm (5/16")
• Suspension with recessed support profile and integrated
suspension plate
after installation
• Spring buffer for convenient ejection of the door (optional)
• Hawa-SoftMove 80 soft and self closing mechanism cannot be 40
used in conjunction with spring buffer 9"
1 16
34
11"
1 32
130
1"
5 8 130
83 47.5 1"
1" 7" 5 8
1"
3 1
2 16
52
4 8
9"
1 16
40
31"
25
32
(1/4"±1/8")
6±3
22
33 52 52 52 52 52 52 33 ≥47 ≥8 7" ≥8 ≥8
5" 8 5" 5"
5" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 5" 27"
1 16 2 16 2 16 2 16 2 16 2 16 2 16 1 16 1 32 16 ≥30 16 16
3"
215 215 1 16
8 15"
32 8 15"
32

10 12
13" 15"
3 32 32
1" 20 14 20
8 9"
25" 25"
32 16 32
10
4 13"
32
5" 37
P1=5 35 P1=20 35 32
3" 25" 3"
1 15"
32
3"
16 1 8 32 1 8
Use without spring buffer Use with spring buffer
Door width calculation: Internal opening width + P1 + 30 mm (1 3/16")
≥6 3 40 40
12 1" 1" 9" 9"
15" 4 8 1 16 1 16
32
25 49
31" 52 52
32 1 15"
16 1"
1"
2 16 2 16
8
16–40 5"
12 5" 9"
8 –1 16
16
15"
32 25
31"
Panel with material thickness up 32
22
to 40 mm (1 3/16") can be used 7"
Integrated ceiling installation 8
and provided on site ≥8 ≥8
5" 5"
16 16
Integrated ceiling installation with

long hanger bolt (+20 mm (25/32")
Dimensions in mm
2/20
Sliding Door Hardware -Wood
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/B-Pocket

Model Door weight kg/lbs. Supplied with Item No.
2 running gears (2 rollers) with support profile,
suspension plate and hanger bolt M10
Junior 80/B-Pocket ≤80 (176 lbs.) 940.80.014
1 wall buffer
2 running gears (2 rollers) with support profile,
Junior 80/B-Pocket suspension plate and hanger bolt M10
with longer hanger bolt ≤80 (176 lbs.) 940.80.120
1 wall buffer
(+20mm (13/16") 1 clear threshold floor guide

1.4 m (4' 7 1/8") 940.80.140
1.6 m (5' 3") 940.80.160
1.8 m (5' 10 7/8") 940.80.180
clear
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum 2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.80.200
anodized
2.2 m (7' 2 5/8") 940.80.220
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 940.80.250
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.80.300
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.80.420
Fixing profile for running track with bayonet lock,
clear
with mounting set (can be shortened to respective Aluminum 2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 940.80.421
anodized
track length)
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.80.422
clear
anodized
Spring buffer for door weight up to 80 kg (176 lbs.),

Zinc alloy - - 940.80.320
cannot be used in combination with SoftMove 80
12
(15/32")
Guide track for press fitting and glue fixing into
Plastic black 1.3 m (4' 3 1/8") 940.41.130
20 groove
(25/32")
Track stopper with adjustable retaining spring Zinc alloy - - 940.80.040
Note
A second track stopper (940.80.040) is required when the soft and self closing mechanism and spring buffer are not being used.

mechanism
2/20
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/Inox

1 • Minimum door thickness: 26 mm (1”)
• Stainless steel suspension plates and bolts
• Improved corrosion resistance
34
1 11"
32
47.5
1 7"
8
Ø5.3
7"
32
9"
40
1 16
7"± 5"
32
73±4
8
2
5"
33
1 16
≥130
114 5 1"
8
26
4 1"
1"
2 1 32
12 10
15" 13"
32 32
20 14 20 14
25" 9" 25" 9"
32 16 32 16
4 10 4 10
13" 13"
5" 5"
32 32
32 32
34 34
1 11"
32
1 11"
32
Dimensions in mm
2/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/Inox Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track and bottom guide channel
Item No. 1
940.80.003
Set Components
One-way suspension plate,

Stainless Steel – 2 pcs. 940.81.028
M10 bolt

– – 1 pc. 940.80.042
retention inox-type nylon
Note
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Assembly wedge, for doors

running in the ceiling – – – 940.80.050
(2 pcs. per sliding door)
Installation Plan (included in fitting set), mounting instructions

for planning and execution available upon request.

Dimensions in mm
2/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 40/4

• Maximum door weight per panel: 40 kg (88 lbs.)
1 •
•
Door thickness: 40 – 47 mm (1 9/16” – 1 7/8”)
Door width: 500 – 800 mm (19 11/16” – 31 1/2”)
12
15"
34
11"
N 34
11"
12 34 N 3
1 32 1 32 15" 11" 1
• For 4 sliding wood doors 32 32 1 32 13
• Rattle-free bottom guide 9"
40 1 16
• Simultaneous opening and closing of 4 sliding doors
• Special two-way suspension 69 ± 2
23" 3"
• Vertically and laterally adjustable 2 32 ± 32
5"
• Door stop with adjustable retention spring 29 1 32
S 8 S S 8 S
5" 5"
16 16
88
10 3 15" 10
12 32 13"
13" 15" 32
32 32
20
25" 25"
20 32 32
19" 15
15 32 19"
32 34 45
1 11"
32
1 25"
32
S = Door thickness
N = Distance between upper tracks
based on door thickness
N = S - 26 mm (1”)
Upper track length (L) calculation

L = CO + (2 x DW)
Door width (DW) calculation
DW DW DW DW DW DW = Door width
P P P P P P P P CO = Clear opening
P = Overlap of doors
P = ≥ 75 mm (3”)
DW DW DW
CO CO
= (2 x P) + CO 3-panel: DW = (3 x P) + CO 4-panel: DW = (4 x P) + CO
2 3 4
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 40/4 Set

• Supplementary fitting set for 4 sliding doors
Item No. 1
940.41.002
Set Components
silver colored
Driver, wide Aluminum 2 pcs. 947.00.050
anodized
Guide pulley wheel long, with

– – 2 pcs. 947.00.048
screws
Guide pulley wheel short, with

– – 2 pcs. 947.00.049
screws
Toothed belt mounting device for

– 2 pcs. 947.00.053
ceiling/wall mounting, complete
Toothed belt, 2.7 m (8’ 10 5/16”) Glass-fiber reinforced black 2 pcs. 947.00.054
Toothed belt, 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) Glass-fiber reinforced black 1 pc. 947.00.037
Driver counter-plate, wide – – 2 pcs. 947.00.051
Floor guide - Confort 120 -

Plastic – 2 pcs. 940.40.070
Telescopic
Deflection roller with end stops – – 2 pcs. 940.80.086
Clamping element for fastening

– – 1 pc. 947.00.055
ends of toothed belt

– – 1 pc. 947.00.056
continuous toothed belt
Note Order specifications

In addition, 4 sets of HAWA Junior 80/Z must be ordered with each Telescopic 40/4 fitting set. • Qty. of Telescopic 40/4 fitting sets
• Qty. of Jr. 80/Z sets
Item No. • Length of upper track
Junior 80/Z 940.80.001
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Guide rail Plastic black 1.3 m (4’ 3 1/8”) 940.41.130
Installation Plan (included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon request.

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 80/2 and 80/3

1 • Door thickness:
80/2: 32 – 47 mm (1 1/4” – 1 7/8”)
80/3: 40 – 47 mm (1 9/16” – 1 7/8”)
• Door width: 500 – 1200 mm (19 11/16” – 47 1/4”)
• For 2 or 3 bypassing sliding wood doors
• Parallel opening and closing of 2 or 3 sliding doors
• Vertically and laterally adjustable 12 34 N 34
• Door stop with adjustable retention spring 15"
32
5"
1 16 5"
1 16
40
9"
1 16
69 ± 2
23" 3"
29 2 32 32
1"
18
S 8 S
5"
16
12 10 10
15" 13" 13"
32 32 32
20 20
13" 13"
16 16
15
9"
16
12 34 N 34 N 34
15" 5" 5" 5"
32
1 16 1 16 1 16
40
9"
1 16
69 ± 2
23" 3"
2 32 32
29
1 1"
8
8 8
5" 5"
S 16 S 16 S
S = Door thickness
N = Distance between upper tracks
10
based on door thickness 12 13"
15" 88 32
32
3 15"
32
N = S - 26 mm (1”) 5
20 3"
13" 16
16
15 10
9" 13"
16 20 32
34 45 20 13"
Dimensions in mm 5"
1 16 1 3"
4
13"
16
16
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 80/2 and 80/3 Sets

• For 2 or 3 door without upper track and lower guide channel
Version Item No. 1

For 2 doors 940.81.007
For 3 doors 940.81.008
Set Components
2 doors 3 doors
Description Material Finish Item No.
Qty. Qty.
silver colored
Driver, wide Aluminum 1 pc. 2 pcs. 947.00.050
anodized
Guide pulley wheel long, with

– – 1 pc. 2 pcs. 947.00.048
screws
Guide pulley wheel short, with

– – 1 pc. 2 pcs. 947.00.049
screws
Toothed belt mounting device for

– – 1 pc. 1 pc. 947.00.053
ceiling/wall mounting, complete
Glass-fiber
Toothed belt, 2.7 m (8’ 10 5/16”) black 1 pc. 2 pcs. 947.00.054
reinforced
Driver counter-plate, wide – – 1 pc. 1 pc. 947.00.051
Floor guide - Confort 120 -

Plastic – 1 pc. 1 pc. 940.40.070
Telescopic
Plate: Steel
Lower guide – – 1 pc. 943.04.030
Slider: Plastic
Driver, narrow – – – 1 pc. 947.00.052
Note Door width (DW) calculation

In addition, HAWA Junior 80/Z fitting sets have to
Order Specifications
be ordered separately as follows: DW DW
• Qty. and type of Telescopic fitting sets
Telescopic 80/2: 2 sets; Telescopic 80/3: 3 sets
• Qty. of Jr. 80/Z sets P P P
Item No. • Length of upper track
Junior 80/Z 940.80.001
DW D
Individual Components CO C

2-panel: DW = (2 x P) + CO 3-panel: DW
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140 2
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160

1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”)DW 940.80.180 DW DW
2 m (6’ 6P 3/4”) P 940.80.200 P P P

Upper track, clear
Aluminum 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
pre-drilled anodized
DW
2.5 m DW
(8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
CO CO
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”)(2 x P) +940.80.400
CO
2-panel: DW = 3-panel: DW = (3 x P) + CO
2 3
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Guide rail Plastic black 1.3 m (4’ 3 1/8”) 940.41.130 Upper track length calculation:
80/2 L = CO + DW
80/3 L = CO + DW
Installation Plan (included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon
request. DW = Door width
CO = Clear opening
Confort guides page 1.198 P = Overlap
Lower guide channel page 1.200 Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Symmetric 80/Z

1 • Minimum door thickness: 26 mm (1”)
• Minimum door width: 500 mm (1' 7 11/16")
• For bi-parting sliding wood doors
• Rattle-free bottom guide 46
• Simultaneous opening and closing of bi-parting sliding doors 1 13"
16
• Vertically and laterally adjustable 34
• Door stop with adjustable retention spring 1 11"
32
40
9"
1 16 69 ± 3
1"
2 23"
32 8
29
5"
1 32
25
31"
32
10 12
13" 14 15" 14
32 9" 32 9"
16 16
20 10 20
25" 13" 25"
32 32 32
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
39
117"
32
50
28 131"
32
3"
1 32 5.5
60 7"
2 3"
8
32
The two-way suspension bracket allows the door to be

hung and to be taken off in two different ways: 2. From the front:
1. From the side:

Fixed pocket cover doesn’t have
to be removed. Cover plate above
opening has to be removable.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Symmetric 80/Z Set

• For bi-parting sliding doors without upper track and lower guide channel
Item No. 1
940.81.009
Set Components
Two-way suspension plate silver colored

Aluminum 4 pcs. 940.80.022
M10 bolt and mounting screws anodized
Floor mounted guide, rattle-free Plastic black 2 pcs. 940.40.031

– – 1 pc. 940.80.040
retention spring
Height adjusting pin Steel – 1 pc. 940.40.091
Deflection roller with end stops – – 2 pcs. 940.80.086

– – 1 pc. 947.00.055
ends of the toothed belt

– – 1 pc. 947.00.056
continuous toothed belt
Toothed belt Glass-fiber
black 1 pc. 947.00.037
10 m (32” 11/16”) reinforced
Door stop, screw-on Rubber black 2 pcs. 940.40.051
Note
The toothed belt (length 10 m) is calculated for 2 sliding doors having a maximum width of 1200 mm (3’ 11 1/4”) each.
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
Upper track,
Aluminum clear anodized 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
pre-drilled
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Guide rail Plastic black 1.3 m (4’ 3 1/8”) 940.41.130
chrome-plated,
Door stop, floor mounted Aluminum – 940.40.052
matt
Calculating the upper

track length (L):
L = CO x 2 + 120 mm
Confort guides page 1.198 (4 3/4”)
Angle profile page 1.196 CO = Clear opening
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/A

1 •
•
1 25"
32

1 31"
50
32
88 ± 3
± 1"
8
• Steel suspension bracket
3 15"
32
1 1"
38
2
35
1 3"
8
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
13" 9"
13" 9"
10 14
10 14
32 16
32 16
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
≥165 9
1" 3"
6 2 8
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/A Set

Item No. 1
941.20.008
Set Components
One-way suspension plate,

– – 2 pcs. 941.20.022
M12 bolt and mounting screws

– – 1 pc. 941.20.041
retention spring
Locking wrench Steel galvanized 1 pc. 941.20.091
Note
Item numbers are valid only for 1 piece, when ordering individual components, please state the desired amount
Depending on application an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.20.300
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 941.20.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.20.600
Cover cap to upper track Zinc die-cast chrome matt – 941.20.029
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
6/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/B 45

1 25"
1 •
•
7" ± 5"
32
1 31"
56 ± 4
32
50
2 32
1"
4
6
1 11"
32
34
26
1"
1 32
10 12
13" 15"
32 32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
13" 9"
13" 9"
10 14
10 14
32 16
32 16
34 34
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
2
≥165 3"
1" 32
300 6 2 9
11 13"
16
11"
32
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System

Item No. 1
941.20.009
Set Components
Carrier profile with suspension plates,

– – 2 pcs. 941.20.024
M12 bolt and set screw

– – 1 pc. 941.20.041
retention spring
Note
Depending on application an additional track stopper has to be ordered with set. For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets.
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.20.300
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.20.600
Assembly wedge for doors running in

– – – 940.80.050
the ceiling (2 pcs. per sliding door)
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
6/17
Sliding Door Fittings - Hawa
For Wooden Doors
1
• For single sliding doors used in wall pocket door installation
• Door width: 700–1500 mm (27 9/16"–59 1/16")
protection, trackstopper with adjustable retaining spring,
horizontal adjusting distance in lengthways direction in bayonet
mount ±8 mm (5/16")
• Suspension with support profile and integrated suspension plate
after installation
2 2 51
3" ≥165 ≥165 3"
9 51 2"
32
1" 1"
32 9
11" 6 2 300 6 2 11" 2"
32
300 32 45
45
1113" 1113"
16 1 3"
16 1 3"
4
4
2 15"
2 15"
32
32
63
63
1 15"
1 15"
1"
16
16
50
50
8
34.5
34.5
3"
3"
1" ± 1"
1" ± 1"
8
8
8
6±3
8
6±3
P1=5
1
1
35 P1=20 35
3" 25" 26
4
3" 3" 26
4
16 1 8 32 1 8 1" 1"
1 32 1 32
Use without spring buffer Use with spring buffer ≥13.5 ≥34 ≥13.5 ≥13.5 ≥34 ≥13.5
Door width calculation: Internal opening 9"
16 1 11"
32
9"
16
9"
16 1 11"
32
9"
16
width + P1 + 30 mm (1 3/16")
10 14 12 14
Running track installation in fixing profile 13" 9" 15" 9"
32 16 32 16
20 20
25" 25"
32 32
10 10
13" 13"
32 32
4 4
5" 34 5" 34
32 32
1 11"
32 1 11"
32
51 ≥6 3
2" 1" 1"
4 8
12
1"
2
63 30
5"
2 16
2 15"
59
3"
32 1 16
17
11"
16
16–40 8
5"
5"
– 9"
8 1 16
16
Panel with material thickness up

to 40 mm (1 9/16") can be used
and provided on site
Integrated ceiling installation
Dimensions in mm
2/20
Sliding Door Fittings - Hawa
For Wooden Doors

Model Door weight Supplied with Item No.
2 running gears
2 support profiles with suspension plate M12
2 cover caps
Junior 1200/B ≤120 (264 lbs.) 1 track stopper with retaining spring 941.20.009
1 rubber wall buffer
1 wrench for suspension plate

2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.20.250
clear
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum
anodized
3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.20.300
Fixing profile for upper track with bayonet lock, 2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 940.80.426
clear
with mounting set (can be shortened to respective Aluminum
anodized
track length) 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.80.427
clear
anodized
Spring buffer for door weight up to 120 kg

(264 lbs.), cannot be used in combination with Zinc alloy - - 940.80.322
SoftMove 120
12
(15/32")
Single bottom guide track, for press fitting
Plastic black 1.3 m (4' 3 3/16") 940.41.130
20 and glue fixing into groove
(25/32")
Track stopper with adjustable retaining spring Zinc alloy - - 941.20.041
Note
A second track stopper (941.20.041) is required when the soft and self closing mechanism and spring buffer are not being used.

mechanism for Hawa Junior 120
2/20
Top Hung System
HAWA Silenta 150/B 50

31"
1 32
1 •
•
5" 3"
1 25"
16
55 5
32
45
2 32
13"
10
32
11"
34
1 32
• Door stop with adjustable retention spring 26
1"
1 32
14 17
9" 21"
16 32
1 1"
31"
28
8
25
13" 21"
32
13" 21"
10 17
10 17
32 32
32 32
39 39
17" 17"
1 32 1 32
155 2
3" 1"
300 6 32 16 11
13" 7"
11 16 16
Top Hung System
HAWA Silenta 150/B Set

Item No. 1
942.30.001
Set Components
Carrier profile with suspension plates,

– – 2 pcs. 941.20.024
M12 bolt and set screw

– – 1 pc. 942.30.042
retention spring
Note
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 942.30.250
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.30.600
Guide rail, glue-in type Plastic black 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.61.130
Assembly wedge for doors running in

– – – 940.80.050
the ceiling (2 pcs. per sliding door)
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/A

53
• Maximum door weight: 160 kg (352 lbs.) 3"
2 32
1 •
•
• Outstanding durability 62
7"
2 16
• Rattle-free bottom guide 95 ± 4
5"
• Simple installation 3 43" 32
• Steel suspension bracket 33
5"
• Vertically and laterally adjustable 1 16
35
1 83"
14
9" 17
16 22"
32
25 4 17
31" 5" 21" 28 4 17
10 5" 21"
32 32 32
13" 1 1"
8 32 32 10
32 13"
32
39
17" 39
1 32 17"
1 32
≥190
715"
32
11
7"
16
22
7"
8
78
1"
3 16
Dimensions in mm
3/19
Top Hung System

Item No. 1
941.60.001
Set Components
One-way suspension plate, M14 bolt

– – 2 pcs. 941.60.022
and mounting screws

– – 1 pc. 941.60.041
retention spring
Note
Description Material Finish Length/Qty. Item No.
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.60.301
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.60.601
Connecting pin set for upper track – – 2 pcs. 942.56.091
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
3/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/B 53

3"
2 32
1 •
•
1"
7"
70 ± 3
4 ± 8
2 16
62
3"
2
• Heights adjustable
5"
1 11"
16
8
32
34
26
1"
1 32
14
9" 17
16
21"
32
3"
1 32
28
31"
25
32
13" 21"
13" 21"
10 17
10 17
32 32
32 32
39 39
1 17"
32
1 17"
32
≥190
7 15"
32
350 2
3"
13 25"
32 32
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System

Item No.
1
941.60.002
Set Components
Double roller running gear with

– – 2 pc. 941.60.014
M14 bolt
Carrier profile with suspension plates

– – 2 pc. 941.60.024
and set screw
End caps for corner profile Plastic anthracite 2 pc. 942.56.029

– – 1 pc. 941.60.041
retention spring
Note
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.60.301
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.60.601

Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 250/A

1 •
•
• Steel suspension bracket
• Vertically adjustable ±5 mm (±3/16”)
57
2 1"
4
75
2 15"
16
115 ± 5
4 17"
32
± 3"
16
40
1 9"
16
35
1 3"
8
14 17
9" 21"
16 32
28
25
1 3"
21"
31"
10 17
21"
32
32
10 17
32
32
13"
13"
32
32
5"
32
39
1 17"
32
220 11
8 21"
32
7"
16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System

Item No. 1
942.56.001
Set Components
One-way suspension plate, M12 bolt

– – 2 pcs. 942.56.022
and mounting screws

– – 1 pc. 942.56.041
retention spring
Locking wrench Steel – 1 pc. 941.20.091
Note
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 942.56.940

Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.56.960

Connecting bolts, for upper tracks Steel galvanized – 942.56.090
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 250/B

1 •
•
• Vertically adjustable ±5 mm (±3/16”)
57
1"
2 4
75
15" 85 ± 5
2 16 11"± 3"
3 32 16
10
13"
32 34
11"
1 32
26
1"
1 32
14
9"
16
17
21"
32
25 28
3"
31" 1
13" 21"
13" 21"
10 17
10 17
32 32
32 32
32 32
4
5"
32
39
17"
1 32
1.5
220 1"
16
21"
410 8 32 11
7"
1' 4 5"
32 16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System

Item No. 1
942.56.002
Set Components
Carrier profile with suspension plates

– – 2 pcs. 942.56.024
and M12 hanger bolt
End caps for carrier profile Plastic anthracite gray 2 pc. 942.56.029

– – 1 pc. 942.56.041
retention spring
Locking wrench Steel – 1 pc. 941.20.091
Note
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 942.56.940

Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.56.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 946.14.925

Suspension profiles Aluminum clear anodized
6.5 m (21’ 3 15/16”) 946.08.651
Connecting bolts, for upper tracks Steel galvanized – 942.56.090
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 250/A

1 •
•
For single and bypassing sliding wood doors
• Smooth operation even under full load
• Vertically adjustable
• Extremely resistant to wear and tear
• For curved sliding doors
Suspension points for curved doors:

To ensure optimum sliding of the curved sliding doors
the suspension points must be the center of gravity.
Rm
20
in
25"
10
32
39
00
3"
8
1 25"
32
45
X X
1"
4
6
4 19"
117
32
77
1"
3 32
2 27"
32
72
46.5 30.5
1 27"
32
3"
1 16
1"
6
4
1 25"
32
45
1"
4
6
4 27"
123
32
27"
2 32
72
6
1"
4
5
3"
16
35
9"
40
1 16
1 3"
8
9"
40
1 16
15"
12
32
40
9"
1 16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 250/A

Order specifications: 1
• Upper track length
• Number of running gears
• Number of suspension plates
• Number of track stoppers
• Door height and width
• Door weight
• Type of bottom guide
Stainless Steel
Upper track, wall-mounted – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.42.601
304
Upper track, with mounting flanges, Stainless Steel

– 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.43.601
ceiling-mounted 304
Running gear, M12 Steel – – 942.44.012
Suspension plate with hanger bolt,

– – – 942.44.022
M12
Track end stopper, to be drilled into

upper track
Floor guide Steel galvanized – 942.41.031
Door stop, spring-loaded, for heavy

– – – 942.30.051
doors

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 350/A

1 •
•
• Smooth operation even under full load
77 77
20
1"
3 32
25" 1"
3 32
32
46.5 30.5 46.5 30.5

1 27" 3"
1 16 1 27"
32
3"
1 16
32
1 25"
32
1 25"
45
32
45
5"
16
8
1"
6
4
1"
6
4
1 25"
4 19"
117
32
32
45
4 19"
117
32
2 27"
32
2 27"
72
32
72
1"
4
6
4 29"
125
32
2 27"
32
72
Fix text Fix text
35 35
1 3" 1 3"
8
8
6
1"
4
5 5
3"
3"
16
16
9"
40
1 16
9"
40
1 16
9"
40
1 16
15"
12
32
40 40
9"
9" 1 16
16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 350/A

• Door weight
• Type of bottom guide
Upper track, wall-mounted Stainless Steel 304 – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.42.601
Upper track, with mounting flanges,

Stainless Steel 304 – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.43.601
ceiling-mounted
Running gear, M12 Steel – – 942.42.013
Suspension plate with hanger bolt,

– – – 942.44.022
M12

upper track
Floor guide Steel galvanized – 942.41.031

– – – 942.30.051
doors

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 500/A 77

1"
3 32
1 •
•
For single and bypassing sliding wood doors 20
46.5
27"
30.5
3"
• Robust but easy running 25" 1 32 1 16
32
1 25"
32
1"
45
6
4
• Suspension with carrier bracket
1 25"
32
45
+ 12
+ 12
99 - 8
93 - 8
3 29"
32
3 21"
32
1 7"
48
8
1 7"
48
8
1 1"
32
4
32
1 1"
4
6
1"
4
5
3"
16
9"
1 16
40
9"
1 16
40
15"
12
32
40
9"
1 16
285
7"
11 32
5"
11 16
287
8
5"
16
102
4"
Ø20
25"
32
19"
65.6
2 32
3 35
1"
8 1 3"
8
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 500/A Set

1
• Number of fitting sets
• Door weight
Item No.
942.42.000
Set Components
Running gear, M12 Steel – 2 pcs. 942.42.013
Suspension bracket with carrier plate, with

Steel galvanized 2 pcs. 942.41.024
hanger bolt, M12
Floor guide Steel galvanized 1 pc. 942.41.031
Door stop, spring-loaded, for heavy doors – – 2 pcs. 942.30.051
Note
Upper track, wall-mounted,

Stainless Steel 304 – 942.42.601
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”)
Upper track, with mounting flanges,

Stainless Steel 304 – 942.43.601
ceiling mounted, 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”)

upper track
Note Steel galvanized 942.42.041
A track stopper must be ordered to stop 2
bi-parting doors in the middle.
Cover plate for suspension brackets Steel dull nickel-plated 942.41.072
Cover plate for suspension brackets Brass brushed 942.41.073

Dimensions in mm
3/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 500/B 116

9"
4 16
1 •
•
10.5
13"
32
95 116
9"
3 43" 4 16
10.5
13"
32
1"
6
4
• Robust but easy running 10.5 95 10.5
13"
32
3 43"
64
13"
32
1" 5" 5"

32 51 ± 251 8
1 41" 2 64 ± 642" 16
25"
• Suspension with carrier bracket
45 1 32
45
25"
32
17"
32
1"
46
6
17"
32
64
1
32 32
1 1"
4
1 17"
64
6
1" 6
4 15"
64 5 5
3" 13"
16 64
1 33"
40
64
1 33"
40
64
9"
1 16
40
15"
9"
12
1 16
32
40
40
15"
12
32
40 1 33"
9" 64
1 16
285
7"
11 32
5"
287
11 16
8
5"
16
1"
102 4 32
65.6
Ø20
2 19"
25"
32
32
3 1" 35
8 3"
1 8
80
5"
3 32
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 500/B Set

• Number of fitting sets
• Door weight
Item No.
942.41.000
Set Components
Running gear, 4 wheels, M12 Steel – 2 pcs. 942.41.014
Suspension bracket with carrier plate,

with hanger bolt, M12
Floor guide Steel galvanized 1 pc. 942.41.031

doors
Note
Dual upper track, w/mounting Stainless Steel

– 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.43.611
flanges, ceiling mounted 304

upper track
Note Steel galvanized – 942.41.042
A track stopper must be ordered to

stop 2 bi-parting sliding doors in the
middle.
dull
Cover plate for suspension brackets Steel – 942.41.072
nickel-plated
Cover plate for suspension brackets Brass brushed – 942.41.073
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec I with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
Height adjustable: ±3 mm (1/8”)
• For 1 sliding wood door
• Smooth and quiet operation
• Maintenance free
• Stainless steel components
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1"
8 5 1"
8
1 3"
8
25 max. 610 mm max. 610 mm
31" 24" 24" 35
32 1 3"
8
25
31"
32
60
2 3"
8
Check the
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
Clear opening height
structure before
installation
Lower guide
Clear opening width 10

13"
25 25 32
31" 31"
32 32
Ø58 Thru-hole locations
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
56
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
55
3" 232 Ø10
216
9 1"
8 Ø 13"
32
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec I Fitting Sets

• Complete sets for 1 sliding wood door
Door width, max. Track length Item No.

1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.074
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.075
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.076
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.077
Set Components
Description Material Finish Track length Qty./door Item No.
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Upper track, solid rod matt 1 pc.
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Running gear, face mounted matt – 2 pcs. 941.07.119
Steel
Stainless 1 set
Door dampener matt – 941.07.096
Steel (1 LH and 1 RH)
3 pcs. (up to door

Wall attachment with Stainless
matt – width of 0.9 m 941.07.102
19 mm (3/4”) spacer Steel
(36”) or 4 pcs.
Lower guide Plastic anthracite – 1 pc. 941.07.131
Face spanner wrench for

Steel galvanized – 1 pc. 941.07.117
decorative screws
Installation Plan
Included in fitting set, also available for planning and execution upon request.
Note
Item numbers stated are valid for 1 pc. When ordering individual components please indicate the desired quantity.
Order hanger bolts separately.
Hanger bolts page 1.107

Accessories pages 1.105-1.107
Bi-parting applications page 1.102
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec II with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
For 1 sliding wood door
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 1 3"
8
25 max. 610 mm max. 610 mm
31" 24" 24" 35
32
1 3"
8
60
25
2 3"
8 31"
100 100 Check the 32
position of
4" 4" the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
installation
Lower guide

13"
25 25 32
31" 31"
32 32
5"
Ø2 16 Ø6
60 60
2 3" Ø 1"
4 2 3"
18 8 8 18
103 11" 11"
1"
4 16 16 16
100 100
Ø5
4" 3" 4"
Ø 16
60 5.5
7"
2 3"
8
32
90
3 17"
32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec II Fitting Sets

Door width, max. Track length Item No. 1

0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.080
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.081
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.082
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.083
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Running gear, top mounted matt – 2 pcs. 941.07.120
Steel
Stainless 1 set
3 pcs. (up to door

matt – width of 0.9 m 941.07.102
(36”) or 4 pcs.

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Unotec Home with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 1 3"
8
25 max. 770 mm max. 770 mm
31" 5" 5"
32 3016 3016 35
1 3"
8
60 25
31"
Check the 2 3"
8
32
position of
the wall
100 100 Provide
attachments
and door
4" 4" adequate stoppers
support before
structure installation
Lower guide

13"
25 25 32
31" 31"
32 32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
56
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
55 243
3" Ø10
216 9"
9 16 Ø 13"
32
55
3"
216
Ø22
Ø 7"
8
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Unotec Home Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.164
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.165
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.166
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.167
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
3 pcs. (up to door

matt – width of 0.9 m 941.07.102
(36”) or 4 pcs.

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Tritec with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1" 5 1" 1 3"
8
25 8 max. 770 mm max. 770 mm 8
31" 5"
3016 5"
3016 35
32
1 3"
8
60 25
31"
60 60 Check the 2 3"
8 32
2 3"
8
145 145 2 3"
8 position of
11" 11"
5 16 5 16 the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
installation
Lower guide

13"
25 25 32
31" 31"
32 32
5"
Ø2 16
60 144 144 60
2 3"
8 5 11"
16 5 11"
16 2 3"
8
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
183
3" Ø10
7 16
Ø 13"
32
80 170
3 1"
8 6 11"
16
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Tritec Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.174
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.175
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.176
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.177
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
3 pcs. (up to door

matt – width of 0.9 m 941.07.102
(36”) or 4 pcs.

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Accessories – For Solid Rod Stainless Steel Tracks

Bi-parting Applications For Flatec I, Flatec II, Unotec Home and Tritec
1 A
A1 K 100 A2
4"
130 B1 max. 770 B1 B2 B2 max. 770 130
5 1"
8
5"
30 16 5"
30 16 5 1"
8
Y max. 25
C C C C 1” C
60
2 3"
8
M N M M N J M
A = Total upper track length
A1/A2 = Upper track length
B1/B2 = Distance between
mounting points
C = Wall attachment
D = Opening width
D1/D2 = Door width
E = Passage height
F = Clearance between door
and floor - 6 – 9 mm
(1/4” – 3/8”)
J = Upper track
K = Coupling element
L = Lower guide
M = Door stopper
N = Running gear
X = Pull handle clearance L L
Y = Door overlap at header
25 D 25 F
1" D1 D1 1"
Upper track length A

Opening width D
Pull handle clearance X Pull handle clearance X

Door width left D1 Door width right D2
Tracks
Description Material Finish Drillings Track Length A Item No.
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
Upper track for up to a 1.5 m (59”)
Stainless Steel matt 5 (consists of 2 tracks and 1 941.07.930
wide opening, solid rod
coupling element)
3.64 m (12’ 0”)
coupling element)
4.88 m (16’ 0”)
coupling element)
Note
In addition to the above upper tracks the following parts have to be ordered to complete a bi-parting sliding door assembly:
4 running gears, 941.07.119 for Flatec I, 941.07.120 for Flatec II, 941.07.122 for Unotec, 941.07.125 for Tritec
2 lower guides, 941.07.131
2 door dampener sets, 941.07.096 for Flatec I and II, 941.07.095 for Unotec and Tritec
5, 7 or 9 pcs. of wall attachments, refer to catalog page 1.104.
1 fastening wrench, 941.07.117
5, 7 or 9 hanger bolts, refer to catalog page 1.107.
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Running Gear and Track
Description Material Finish Drillings Length/Diameter Item No. 1
Running gear for Flatec I wood,
Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.119
height adjustable +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
Running gear for Flatec II wood Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.120
Running gear for Unotec Home

wood
Running gear for Tritec wood Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.125
3 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Upper track, solid rod, 4 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921

Stainless Steel matt
pre-drilled 4 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
4 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Coupling sleeve for connecting two

Stainless Steel matt – 35 mm (1 3/8”) 941.07.401
upper tracks, not crossable
Drilling dimensions for solid tube upper tracks:

130 769 769 130
5" 5"
5 1"
8 30 16 30 16 5 1"
8
1800
70 7"
8
130 613 613 613 130
5 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 5 1"
8
2100
82 11"
16
130 679 679 679 130
5 1"
8 26 3"
4 26 3"
4 26 3"
4 5 1"
8
2300
9"
90 16
130 760 760 760 130
5 1"
8 29 15"
16 29 15"
16 29 15"
16 5 1"
8
2540
100"
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware

Wall Attachments
1 Description Material Finish Qty. Item No.
Wall mounted end cap, height adjustable

Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.108
by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
Wall mount, Ø38 mm (1 1/2”), height

adjustable by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
1 pc. 941.07.102
Wall attachment bracket, Ø60 mm
Stainless Steel matt 2 pc. set 940.64.402
(2 3/8”), with 19 mm (3/4”) spacer
3 pc. set 940.64.403

(2 3/16”), adjustable in width and height
Support disks for 12.7 mm (1/2”) or

Plastic black – 941.07.132
16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, Ø50 mm (2”)
Wall-mounted end cap Wall attachment bracket, Support Disk for drywall mounting
55 mm (2 3/16”)
20 Ø25 56
13" 10 3"
16 Ø 31"
32 13" 216 50
32
2"
Ø25
Ø 31"
32
8 20
5" 13"
16 16 8
25 6
5"
Ø 38 60 31" 1"
16
1" 3" 32
12 28 4
20
20 13"
13" 16
16
12
15"
32
Wall mount Wall attachment bracket,
60 mm (2 3/8”)
20
13"
16 5" -18UNC
16
Ø15
9"
Ø 16
8
5"
16
Ø38 37.5 – 44 60
1" 1" – 3" 2 3"
8
L
12 12 14
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Door Dampeners and Stops
Description Material Finish Length Item No. 1
Door dampener set, Flatec I and II Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.096
Door dampener set, Unotec Home and

Tritec
Door stop, Flatec I, Flatec II and Tritec Stainless Steel matt 45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.127
Door stop, Unotec Home Stainless Steel matt 57 mm (2 1/4”) 941.07.126
Note
All solid stainless steel track sets come with a door dampener set included.
85
27 3"
1" 38
1 16
48
7"
18
Ø25 L 40
1" 9"
116
42
5"
18
Spacer and Disk

Description Material Finish Length/Diameter Item No.
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel matt 33 mm (1 5/16”) 941.07.104
Ø2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.105
Compensation disk Stainless Steel matt Ø5 mm (3/16”) 941.07.106
Ø10 mm (3/8”) 941.07.107
Standard installation Installation with baseboards and trim
5/16"-18 5/16"-18
* **
60 60
2 83" 2 83"
max. 45 19 max. 59 33
3" 5" 5"
1 3"
4 2 16 1 16
4
* If needed the distance between the wall and the track can be adjusted by adding one of the compensation discs per wall attachment.
** For installations with a baseboard or door trim please order the baseboard spacer separately; one per wall attachment.
Drawings depict a solid track.
*** Hanger bolts will work for solid and hollow tracks.
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Lower guides
1 Description Material Finish Item No.
Lower guide, floor mounted Plastic anthracite gray 941.07.131
Lower guide, wall mounted, adjustable

Stainless Steel – 941.07.242
22 – 45 mm (7/8” – 1 3/4”)
30 14
3" 9"
116 16
5 21 21
3" 13" 56
16 3" 41 13"
16 216 16
1 5"
8 21
13"
16
64 Ø4
2 1" 90 5"
Ø 32
2 9"
316
Ø5 6
3" 1"
Ø 16 4 29 30
3"
1 1" 116
8
22 - 45
7" 3"
8 -1 4
Ceiling Brackets
Ceiling bracket, for one solid rod upper track Stainless Steel matt 941.07.430
Extension kit, required Stainless Steel matt 941.07.431
Ceiling bracket, for two solid rod bypassing upper tracks Stainless Steel matt 941.07.432
Extension kit for bypassing doors, required Stainless Steel matt 941.07.403
Note
Maximum wood door thickness is 45 mm (1 3/4”). Please order the extension kit with the appropriate ceiling bracket.
Ceiling Bracket for Solid Rod Single Ceiling Bracket for Solid Rod Two
Upper Track Bypassing Upper Track
Ø64 Ø64
Ø2 1" 9 Ø2 1" 9
2 2
11" 11"
32 32
32 32
1" 1"
116 116
111 111
4 3"
8 Ø35 4 3"
8 Ø35
Ø1 3" Ø1 3"
8 Ø25 8
Ø 31"
32
30 Ø22 60 Ø22
Ø25 3"
116 Ø 7" 2 3" Ø 7"
8 8 8
Ø 31"
32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Accessories – For Solid Rod and Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Tracks
Face spanner wrench, adjustable, for 4 hole

Steel black – 941.07.117
1
decorative screws
Hook wrench for wall mounting bracket

Steel black 941.07.453
941.07.436
Hanger bolt, 5/16” – 18, 3 per pack Stainless Steel – 102 mm (4”) 026.13.014
Hanger bolt driver, 5/16” - 18 Steel – – 006.40.312

Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec IV with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
Length 35
130 130 1 3"
8
5 1"
8 max. 610 max. 610 max. 610 5 1"
8
25 35
31" 24" 24" 24"
32 1 3"
8
60 25
2 3"
8
31"
Check the 32
100 100 position of
4" the wall
4" attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
support before
Bottom Guide
25 25 10
31" Clear opening 31" 13"
32 width 32 32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
56
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
56 232 Ø10
3"
216 9 1" Ø 13"
8 32
56
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec IV Fitting Sets

Finish Door width, max. Track length Item No.

1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.125
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.126
matt stainless steel
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.127
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.128
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.017
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.018
polished stainless steel
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.019
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.020
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721
matt
2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
Stainless 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
Upper track, hollow tube 1 pc.
Steel 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.797
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.796
polished
2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.795
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.794
matt 940.64.190
Stainless
Running gear, face mounted – 2 pcs.
Steel
polished 940.64.192
matt 941.07.302
Stainless
Door stopper – 2 pcs.
Steel
polished 941.07.304
2 pc. set 4 pcs. (up to 940.64.409

matt
Wall attachment with 19 mm Stainless 3 pc. set door width of 940.64.410
(3/4”) spacer Steel 2 pc. set 1 m (39 7/8”) 940.64.414
polished or 5 pcs.
3 pc. set 940.64.415

Hex key, 5 mm Steel galvanized – 1 pc. 008.28.062
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec V with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
Non-height adjustable
Track Length 35
130 130 1 3"
8
5 1"
8 5 1"
8
25 max. 610 max. 610 max. 610 35
31" 24" 24" 24" 1 3"
8
32
60 25
31"
2 3"
8 32
Check the
position of
the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
installation
Bottom Guide
25 25 10
31" Clear opening 31" 13"
32 width 32 32
Ø58 Recommended mounting locations
5"
Ø2 16
103 60 60
1"
4 16 18 2 3"
8
Ø6 2 3"
8 18
11" Ø 1"
4 11"
16 16
100 100
26
1" 4" 4"
116
100
4"
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec V Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.021
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.022
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.023
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.024
Set Components
Description Material Finish Track length Qty. Item No.
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721
Upper track, hollow tube matt 1 pc.
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
Stainless
Running gear, top mounted matt – 2 pcs. 940.64.195
Steel
Stainless
Door stopper matt – 2 pcs. 941.07.302
Steel
4 pcs. (up to
Wall attachment with Stainless door width of
matt – 941.07.434
19 mm (3/4”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
or 5 pcs.
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Project with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
Track Length 35
130 130 1 3"
8
5 1"
8 5 1"
8
25 max. 610 max. 610 35
31"
32 24" 24" 1 3"
8
60 25
2 3"
8
31"
32
Check the
100 100 position of
4" the wall
4" attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
support before
Bottom Guide
25 Clear opening 25 10
31" 31" 13"
32 width 32 32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
56
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
55
3" 232 Ø10
216
9 1"
8 Ø 13"
32
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Project Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.130
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.131
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.132
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.133
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Door stopper matt – 2 pcs. 941.07.302
Steel
4 pcs. (up to
Wall attachment with 19 mm Stainless door width of
matt – 941.07.434
(3/4”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
or 5 pcs.
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Antra I with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
• Maintenance-free
• Tested according tp ANSI/BHMA A156.14-2013
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1"
8 5 1"
8
1 3"
8
25 max. 610 mm max. 610 mm
31" 24" 24" 35
32 1 3"
8
25
31"
32
60
2 3"
8
Check the
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
installation
Lower guide

13"
25 25 32
31" 31"
32 32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
56
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 56
3"
2 16
232 Ø10
9 1"
8 Ø 13"
32
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Antra I Fitting Sets

Door width, max. Track length A Item No.

1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.184
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.185
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.186
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.187
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.919
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.922
Upper track, hollow tube dark bronze 1 pc.
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.924
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.926
Stainless
Running gear, face mounted dark bronze – 2 pcs. 941.07.191
Steel
Stainless 1 set
Door stop dark bronze – 941.07.301
1 pc. 4 pcs. (up to 941.07.411

dark bronze 2 pc. set 940.64.405
19 mm (3/4”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
3 pc. set or 5 pcs. 940.64.406
Installation Plan
Note
For bi-parting application order 2 sets plus the coupler 941.07.407.

Accessories pages 1.119–1.123
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Antra II with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
• Non-height adjustable
Track Length
130 130 35
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 1 3"
8
25 max. 610 mm max. 610 mm
31" 24" 24" 35
32
1 3"
8
60
25
2 3"
8 31"
100 100 Check the 32
position of
4" 4" the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
installation
Lower guide

o. 25 25
13"
32
31" 31"
60 32 32
61
62
63
5"
Ø2 16
60 Ø6 60
2 3" Ø 1"
4 2 3"
103 18 8 8 18
1" 11" 11"
4 16 16 16
100 100
Ø5
4" 3" 4"
Ø 16
60 5.5
7"
2 3"
8
32
90
3 17"
32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Antra II Fitting Sets

Door width, max. Track length A Item No.

1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.200
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.201
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.202
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.203
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.919
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.922
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.924
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.926
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
Door stop dark bronze – 941.07.301
1 pc. 4 pcs. (up to 941.07.411

dark bronze 2 pc. set 940.64.405
19 mm (3/4”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
3 pc. set or 5 pcs. 940.64.406
Installation Plan
Note
For bi-parting application order 2 sets plus the coupler 941.07.407.

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Accessories – For Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Tracks

Bi-parting Applications For Flatec IV, Flatec V and Project
1 K
A max. 3000 mm (118 1/8") A max. 11 1 ")
B1
B B1
B B1
B B
B2 B
B2 B
B2
1 max. 610 a 1 a 1 1 1 1 a 1 a 1 a 1 1
1 " 2 " 2 " 2 " 1 " 1 " 2 " 2 " 2 " 1 "
C C C C C C C C
Y 1" G
A = Guide-rail length 2 "
B1/B2 = Drill hole clearance J N
C = Wall fixture
D = Passage width M
D1/D2 = Door width
E = Passage height
F = Door - floor clearance Warning!
Warning!
G = Fastening clearance Properheader
Proper headerorormounting
mountin g
beammust
beam mustbe beinstalled
installedforthe
thefull
H = Door height E
fulllength
lengthofofthe
thesliding
sliding door
door rai
rail
l
to toprovide
provideadequate
adequalesupport
suppo rt
J = Load-bearing capacity because
for slidingofdoor
the weight
systemofweight
the
slidingofdoor
doorsystem
!
of the guide rail
K = Coupling
L = Bottom guide X X
M = Door stopper
wooden door max. 1 3/4" wooden door max. 1 3/4"
glass doors 5/16" -1/2" glass doors 5/16" -1/2"
N = Trolley max.220 lbs
temperedsafety glass
glass doors 5/16"
max.220 lbs- 1/2
temperedsafety glass
"
(100 kg) tempered safety
(100 kg) glass
X = Door knob clearance max.220 lbs max.220 lbs
max. 220 lbs
(100 kg) (100 kg)
Y = Door height overhang (100 kg)
Z = Guide-rail overhang 2"

L L
2 D
2
1" 1"
D
D1 1 D
D2
Upper track length A

Opening width D

Tracks
Description Material Finish Drillings Length Item No.
Stainless matt 8 940.64.730
Upper track, hollow tube, pre-drilled 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
Steel polished 8 940.64.793

Upper track, hollow tube, pre-drilled 3.658 m (12’ 0”)

Upper track, hollow tube, pre-drilled 4.876 m (16’ 0”)
Note
4 running gears, 940.64.190/192 for Flatec IV, 940.64.195 for Flatec V, 940.64.198 for Project
4 door stoppers, 941.07.302/304
Wall attachments set, refer to page 1.120, for correct amount refer to drillings listed above
Baseboard spacer, only if needed, refer to page 1.121, for correct amount refer to drillings listed above
Drywall support disks, only if needed, refer to page 1.120, for correct amount refer to drillings listed above
Hex key, 008.28.062
Hanger bolts refer to page 1.107, for correct amount refer to drillings listed above
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Barn Door Hardware

Running Gear and Tracks
Running gear for Flatec IV, height matt 940.64.190
adjustable +/- 3 mm (1/8”) Stainless Steel – –
polished 940.64.192
Running gear for Flatec V Stainless Steel matt – – 940.64.195
Running gear for Project, non-height

adjustable
Running gear for Antra I Stainless Steel dark bronze – – 941.07.191
Running gear for Antra II Stainless Steel dark bronze – – 941.07.192
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
Upper track, hollow tube, 4 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721

pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.797

Stainless Steel polished
pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.795
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.794
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.919

Stainless Steel dark bronze
pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.924
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.926
Coupling sleeve for connecting two matt 941.07.401

Stainless Steel – 35 mm (1 3/8”)
upper tracks, not crossable dark bronze 941.07.407
Coupling for connecting two upper matt 941.07.402

Stainless Steel – 32 mm (1 1/4”)
tracks, crossable polished 941.07.404
Angular coupling sleeve for

connecting two upper tracks, not Stainless Steel matt – 35 mm (1 3/8”) 941.07.406
crossable, adjustable 90° - 270°
Drilling dimensions for hollow tube upper tracks:

130 513 513 513 130
3" 3" 3"
5 1"
8 20 16 20 16 20 16 5 1"
8
1800
70 7"
8
130 613 613 613 130
5 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 5 1"
8
2100
82 11"
16
130 510 510 510 510 130
5 1"
8
1"
20 16 1"
20 16 1"
20 16 1"
20 16 5 1"
8
2300
9"
90 16
130 570 570 570 570 130
7" 7" 7" 7"
5 1"
8 22 16 22 16 22 16 22 16 5 1"
8
2540
100"
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware

Wall Attachments
1 Description Material Finish Qty./Diameter Item No.
1 pc. 941.07.434
matt 2 pc. set 940.64.409
Wall attachment bracket, wood doors, 3 pc. set 940.64.410

Stainless Steel
Ø50 mm (2”) 1 pc. –
polished 2 pc. set 940.64.414
3 pc. set 940.64.415
1 pc. 941.07.411
Wall attachment bracket, wood doors,
Stainless Steel dark bronze 2 pc. set 940.64.405
Ø60 mm (2 3/8”)
3 pc. set 940.64.406
Wall attachment bracket, wood doors,

adjustable in width and height, Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.436
Ø55 mm (2 3/16”)
Wall-mounted end cap, height adjustable

by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)

16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, suitable for Plastic black Ø32 mm (1 1/4”) 941.07.437
wall brackets < Ø55 mm (2 3/16”)

16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, suitable for Plastic black Ø50 mm (2”) 941.07.132
wall brackets Ø60 mm (2 3/8”)
Wall attachment bracket, Wall attachment bracket, Support disk for drywall installation
60 mm (2 3/8”) 55 mm (2 3/16”)
55
10 3" 12
8 13" 216
5" -18UNC
15"
32 32
16
Ø15 Ø25 Ø9
9" Ø32
Ø 16 Ø 31" Ø 11"
32 32 Ø1 1"
4
8
60 25 6
5"
31" 16
2 3"
8
L 32
1"
4
20
20 13"
13" 16
16
12
15"
32
Wall attachment bracket, 50 mm (2”) Wall mounted End Cap Support Disk for drywall mounting
50 24 Ø32
2" 15"
Ø1 14
16
15 50
9" 25
16 2"
31"
32 Ø6
Ø 14
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Spacers and Disks
Description Material Finish Length/Diameter Item No. 1
matt 941.07.104
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel 33 mm (1 5/16”)
polished 941.07.159
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel dark bronze 33 mm (1 5/16”) 941.07.151
Ø2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.105
Ø10 mm (13/32”) 941.07.107
Ø2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.420
Compensation disk Stainless Steel dark bronze Ø5 mm (3/16”) 941.07.421
Ø10 mm (13/32”) 941.07.422

35 49
15"
1 1 16
8 8
5" 5"
16
-18UNC 16
-18UNC
* **
60 60
2 2 83"
max. 45 19 max. 59 33
3" 5" 5"
1 3"
4 2 16 1 16
4
12 26
15" 1"
32 1 32
max. 45 max. 45
1 3"
4
1 3"
4
* If needed the distance between the wall and the track can be adjusted by adding one of the compensation disks per wall attachment (see above)
** For installation with a baseboard or door trim please order the baseboard spacer (941.07.104 or 941.07.151) separately; one per wall
attachment
For additional information please refer to the planning and mounting instructions.
Lower guides

Lower guide, for wood doors, floor
Plastic anthracite gray 941.07.131
mounted
Lower guide, for wood doors, wall mounted,

adjustable 22 – 45 mm (7/8” – 1 3/4”)
30 14
3" 9"
116 16
5 21 21
3" 13" 56
16 3" 41 13"
16 216 16
1 5"
8 21
13"
16
64 Ø4
2 1" 90 5"
Ø 32
2 9"
316
Ø5 6
3" 1"
Ø 16 4 29 30
3"
1 1" 116
8
22 - 45
7" 3"
8 -1 4 Dimensions in mm
3/17
Barn Door Hardware

Door Dampener and Stops
1 Description Material Finish Length/Capacity Item No.
35 – 70 kg (77 – 154 lbs.) 941.07.098

Door dampener set, Flatec IV and
Flatec V
20 – 35 kg (44 – 77 lbs.) 941.07.099
Door stop, Flatec IV, Flatec V, and Project Stainless Steel matt 45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.302
Door stop, Antra I and Antra II Stainless Steel dark bronze 45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.301
86
25 3 3"
31" 8
48
32 20
13" 1 7"
8
16
41
1 5" 45 39
8 9"
1 3" 116
4
32
1 1"
4 48
1 7"
8
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Barn Door Hardware

Ceiling Brackets
Description Material Finish Item No. 1
Ceiling bracket, for one hollow tube upper track Stainless Steel matt 941.07.439
Extension kit, required Stainless Steel matt 941.07.440
Ceiling bracket, for two bypassing hollow tube upper tracks Stainless Steel matt 941.07.441
Extension kit for bypassing doors, required Stainless Steel matt 941.07.442
Note
Maximum wood door thickness is 45 mm (1 3/4”). Please order the extension kit with the appropriate ceiling bracket.
Ceiling Bracket for Hollow Tube Single Ceiling Bracket for Hollow Tube Two
30 30
3" 3"
116 116
58 108
8 5" 8 4 1"
5" 28 216 5" 49 4
16 16
1 1"
8 115"
16
13 13 13
105 1" 105 1" 1"
4 1"
8
2 4 1"
8
2 2
8 8
120 5" 120 5"
4 3"
4
16
4 3"
4
16
5 5
3" 3"
16 16
21 21 21
10 13" 10 13" 13"
13" 16 13" 16 16
32 32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Runway
1 •
•
Height adjustable +/–3 mm (1/4”)
36 30 60 60
7" 3"
116 116 2 3"
8 2 3"
8
90 17
9" 3"
316 8
39 90
9"
116 9"
316 100 100
10 315" 315"
13" 16 16
32
44
1 3"
4 100
6 315"
16
1"
4
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Runway Fitting Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track and wall mounted brackets
Item No.
1
940.64.150
Supplied With
2 running gears
2 track stoppers
1 lower guide
Track Components
Description Material Finish Drillings Track length Item No.
3 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8) 940.64.830
Stainless 4 2.1 m (6” 10 11/16”) 940.64.831
Upper track with 3 or 4 drilled attachment points matt
Steel 4 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.832
4 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.833
Stainless 2 pc. set 940.64.421
Wall mounted brackets with mounting material matt –
Steel 3 pc. set 940.64.422
Note
Order 1 fitting set per door. Order 1 upper track based on length separately and the appropriate number of wall mounted brackets based
on drilling.
Stainless
Running gear matt 940.64.602
Steel
Stainless
Door stop matt 940.64.423
Steel
Lower guide Plastic anthracite 941.07.131
Wall mounted bracket, single set Steel galvanized 940.64.420


Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Straight Hanger

Model # BD100
1 • Maximum panel weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.)
• Maximum panel height: 2743 mm (108”)
• Door thickness 35 – 45 mm (1 3/8” – 1 3/4”)
• For panel width up to 1220 mm (48”)
39
9"
116
136
33
5"
5 3"
8
116 122
40 4 13"
9" 16
116
25
31" 90
32 9"
316
14 (45 door)
9" ( 1 3" ) 30
16 4 3"
24 (35 door) 116
15" ( 3" )
16 1 8
35 - 45
1 3" 3"
8 - 14
41 (35 door)
1 5" ( 3" )
8 18
36 (45 door)
7" ( 3" ) 7
116 14 9"
32
24
15" 20
10 16 13"
16
13"
32
43
111"
16
7/19
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Straight Hanger Set

Model # BD100
• For 1 sliding wood door 1
Material Finish Track length Item No.
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.000
Steel black
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.004
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.005
Steel brown
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.006
Set Components
Description Material Finish Track length Item No.
black 941.32.100
Straight hanger BD100 Steel –
brown 941.32.101
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.602

black
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.603
Upper running track Steel
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.612
brown
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.613
black 941.32.300
Track stopper (1 left and 1 right) Zinc die-cast –
brown 941.32.301
black 941.32.400
Wall attachment with mounting hardware Steel –
brown 941.32.401
Anti-derail block Plastic black – 941.32.302
Floor guide Plastic black – 941.32.200
Hexagon key Steel galvanized – 941.32.403
Drill bit Steel – – 941.32.402

Accessories
Description Material Finish Capacity Item No.
40kg. RH 941.32.016
(88 lbs.) LH 941.32.015
Smuso AD Soft Close for Housing: black 80 kg RH 941.32.018
Flat Track Sliding Systems Steel powder-coated (176 lbs.) LH 941.32.017
100 kg RH 941.32.020
(200 lbs.) LH 941.32.019
black
Splice Kit, to combine 2 upper tracks Steel 941.32.405
powder-coated
brown
powder-coated
Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Top-mounted Hanger

Model # BD110
39
9"
116
41
1 5"
8 116
9"
416
33
5"
116
25
1"
30 (35 door)
3" ( 3" )
116 18
35 - 45
20 (45 door)
13" ( 3" ) 1 3" 3"
8 - 14
16 1 4
47 (35 door)
1 7" 3"
8 (1 8 )
42 (45 door)
1 5" 3" 7
8 (1 4 ) 20
9"
32 13"
16
10
24
13"
15" 32
43 16
111"
16
Dimensions in mm
6/19
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Top-mounted Hanger Set

Model # BD110
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.007
Steel black
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.008
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.009
Steel brown
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.010
Set Components
black 941.32.102
Top-mounted hanger BD110 Steel –
brown 941.32.103
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.602

black
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.603
Upper running track Steel
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.612
brown
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.613
black 941.32.300
Track stopper (1 left and 1 right) Zinc die-cast –
brown 941.32.301
black 941.32.400
Wall attachment with mounting hardware Steel –
brown 941.32.401

Accessories
40kg. RH 941.32.016
(88 lbs.) LH 941.32.015
100 kg RH 941.32.020
(200 lbs.) LH 941.32.019
black
powder-coated
brown
powder-coated
Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Straight Hanger

Model # BD200
• Maximum panel height: 2743 mm (108")
• Door thickness 35 – 45 mm (1 3/8" – 1 3/4")
• For panel width up to 1220 mm (48")
39
9"
116
136
33
5"
5 3"
8
116 122
40 4 13"
9" 16
116
25
31" 90
32 9"
316
14 (45 door)
9" ( 1 3" ) 30
16 4 3"
24 (35 door) 116
15" ( 3" )
16 1 8
35 - 45
1 3" 3"
8 - 14
41 (35 door)
1 5" ( 3" )
8 18
36 (45 door)
7" ( 3" ) 7
116 14 9"
32
24
15" 20
10 16 13"
16
13"
32
43
111"
16
Dimensions in mm
7/19
Barn Door Hardware

Model # BD200
Stainless 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.011
matt
Steel 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.012
Set Components
Stainless
Straight hanger BD200 matt – 941.32.104
Steel
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.622

Stainless
Upper running track matt
Steel
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.623
Stainless
Track stopper (1 left and 1 right) matt – 941.32.303
Steel
Stainless
Wall attachment with mounting hardware matt – 941.32.404
Steel
Accessories

40kg. RH 941.32.016
(88 lbs.) LH 941.32.015
100 kg RH 941.32.020
(200 lbs.) LH 941.32.019
Stainless
Splice Kit, to combine 2 upper tracks matt – – 941.32.407
Steel
Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
Flat Track Sliding System with Top-mounted Hanger

Model # BD210
39
9"
116
41
1 5"
8 116
9"
416
33
5"
116
25
1"
30 (35 door)
3" ( 3" )
116 18
35 - 45
20 (45 door)
13" ( 3" ) 1 3" 3"
8 - 14
16 1 4
47 (35 door)
1 7" 3"
8 (1 8 )
42 (45 door)
1 5" 3" 7
8 (1 4 ) 20
9"
32 13"
16
10
24
13"
15" 32
43 16
111"
16
Dimensions in mm
6/19
Barn Door Hardware

Model # BD210
Stainless 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.013
matt
Steel 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.014
Set Components
Stainless
Straight hanger BD210 matt – 941.32.105
Steel
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.32.622

Stainless
Upper running track matt
Steel
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.32.623
Stainless
Track stopper (1 left and 1 right) matt – 941.32.303
Steel
Stainless
Wall attachment with mounting hardware matt – 941.32.404
Steel
Accessories

40kg. RH 941.32.016
(88 lbs.) LH 941.32.015
100 kg RH 941.32.020
(200 lbs.) LH 941.32.019
Stainless
Splice Kit, to combine 2 upper tracks matt – – 941.32.407
Steel
Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
BL100 Privacy Lock for Sliding Barn Door

• Suitable for barn door openings for either residential or
1 commercial applications
• Tubular drive-in bolt installed into jamb
• Adjustable dust proof strike installed in the door on trailing side
• Discrete release button installed on outer face of door for
emergency release
• 2 backset options: 2 1/4” backset for wall thickness
of 4 1/2” - 6 1/2”
3 1/2” backset for wall thickness
6 1/2” and up
• Suitable for door thicknesses of 35 - 45 mm (1 3/8” - 1 3/4”)
• Non-handed
• Various trim options including ADA compliant levers
• Spindle hub: 5 x 5 x 62 mm (3/16” x 3/16” 2 7/16”)
• Lock bolt projection: 25.4 mm (1”)
Lock
83 115
3 1" 1"
4 42
Wall
32 13 57 89
Trim
1 1"
4 1" 2 1" 1"
4 32
2
Lock
25.4
1" Jamb
Surface
Pull
Emergency
Strike Key
Door
Dust Proof Strike

(adjustable) Door Overlap
32 35 45 Jamb
1 1"
4 1 3" 3"
8 14
Trim
26
1" Lock
Max. 19
Wall
3"
4
Strike
Door
B
Min. 2"
Overlap = B + 1"
Dimensions in mm
9/18
Barn Door Hardware
BL100 Privacy Lock for Sliding Barn Door

• Lock sets, including locks, dust proof strikes,
trims and thumb-turns
1
Item No. for Lock Backset
Description Finish
2 1/4” (57 mm) 3 1/2” (90 mm)
stainless steel, matt 911.26.940 911.26.945
BL100 with round trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.941 911.26.946
T1 thumb-turn, oil-rubbed bronze 911.26.942 911.26.947
2 1/2” (63.5 mm) diameter chrome, matt 911.26.943 911.26.948
black 911.27.042 911.27.047
BL100 with round trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.951 911.26.956
ADA T2 thumb-turn, oil -rubbed bronze 911.26.952 911.26.957
2 1/2” (63.5 mm) diameter chrome, matt 911.26.953 911.26.958
black 911.27.052 911.27.057
BL100 with square trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.961 911.26.966
T1 thumb-turn, oil-rubbed bronze 911.26.962 911.26.967
2 3/8” x 2 3/8” (60 x 60 mm) chrome, matt 911.26.963 911.26.968
black 911.27.062 911.27.067
BL100 with square trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.971 911.26.976
ADA T3 thumb-turn, oil-rubbed bronze 911.26.972 911.26.977
2 3/8” x 2 3/8” (60 x 60 mm) chrome, matt 911.26.973 911.26.978
black 911.27.072 911.27.077
BL100 with rectangular trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.981 911.26.986
ADA T3 thumb-turn, oil-rubbed bronze 911.26.982 911.26.987
2 3/8” x 4” (60 x 101.6 mm) chrome, matt 911.26.983 911.26.988
black 911.27.082 911.27.087
BL100 with rectangular trim and stainless steel, polished 911.26.991 911.26.996
ADA T2 thumb-turn, oil -rubbed bronze 911.26.992 911.26.997
2 3/8” x 4” (60 x 101.6 mm) chrome, matt 911.26.993 911.26.998
black 911.27.092 911.27.097
Supplied With
Spindle and screws; Spindle size: 5 x 5 x 62 mm (3/16” x 3/16” x 2 7/16”); Screw size: M4 x 50 mm (1 15/16”)
Ø63.5 2 60
Ø63.5
2 1" 5" 2
Ø2 1"
2 5"
Ø2 2 64 2 3"
8 5"
64 32 64
32 38
1 1" 63.5 40
1 1"
4 1 1"
4
9"
2 2 1"
2
1 16
60 60
60 2 2
2 2 3" 2 3"
2 3"
8
8 5"
64
8 5"
64
5"
64
101.6 32
57 101.6
4"
57 4" 1 1"
4 63.5
2 1"
4 2 1"
4 2 1"
2
Dimensions in mm
6/18
Barn Door Hardware
BL200 and BL210 Privacy Lock for Sliding Barn Door

• Suitable for barn door openings for either residential or
1 commercial applications
• Especially suitable for renovations or remodels
• Surface mounted onto jamb casing
• Easy installation – field reversible
• No need to drill walls or studs
• Protects decorative molding
• ADA thumb turn option available
15 90
Wall 9" 9"
3 16
16
Lock 48 13
7" 1"
1 8 2
Jamb
Emergency Key
10 20 40 ADA Version
13" 9"
Dust-Proof Strike 3"
8 8 1 16
Door
Description Finish Item No.

stainless steel, matt 911.27.154
stainless steel, polished 911.27.155
Barn door lock BL200 with thumb-lever oil rubbed bronze 911.27.156
graphite black 911.27.157
satin brass PVD 911.27.158
stainless steel, matt 911.27.159
stainless steel, polished 911.27.160
Barn door lock BL210 with ADA thumb-lever oil rubbed bronze 911.27.161
graphite black 911.27.162
satin brass PVD 911.27.163
Flush Pulls pages 1.363,1.371–1.373

Pull Handles pages 2.10–2.32
Barn Door Sliding Systems pages 1.94–1.133
Dimensions in mm
AH 1.133C www.hafele.com/us
2/19
Barn Door Hardware
1
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 1.133D
2/19
Top Hung System
Alu 80/A
1 •
•
Height adjustable
• Smooth, quiet operation
• Self-cleaning running track
31
7"
1 32
27
45 ± 3 34 11"
± 3
3" 1"
1 16
1 16 ± 32 1 32 ± 32
13" 3"
74
29"
25 2 32
31"
32
7
9"
32
15 19"
32 7
9"
32
50
31"
1 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Alu 80/A Set

Item No. 1
940.84.001
Set Components
Double roller running gear Steel; Rollers: Plastic – 2 pcs. 940.84.013
Supporting flange, M8 Steel blue chromatized 2 pcs. 940.40.020
Track stopper – – 2 pcs. 940.84.041
Bumper Rubber black 1 pc. 940.46.051
Floor guide Plastic – 1 pc. 940.40.030
Note
For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets
1.6 m (5' 3") 940.84.160
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.84.200
Upper tracks, pre-drilled Aluminum bright 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.84.250
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.84.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.84.600
Wall mounting bracket

Steel chrome-plated 27.5 mm (1 3/32") 940.84.071
Install every 400 mm (15 3/4")

Steel chrome-plated 41 mm (1 19/32") 940.84.072
Install every 400 mm (15 3/4")
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Alu 80/A with Softmaster 31

7"
1 32
1 •
•
Height adjustable 27
• Smooth, quiet operation 45 ± 3 1 1"
13" 1" 16
• Self-cleaning running track 1 16 ± 16
25
31"
32
7
9"
32
15 19"
32 7
9"
32
156
5"
6 32
50
31"
1 32
Note
The spring bumper replaces the spring handle with doors
that slide into wall cavities. The door bounces back out of
the cavity after pushing it slightly so that the flush pull handle
can be reached.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Alu 80/A with Softmaster Set

Item No. 1
940.84.003
Set Components
Steel;
Double roller running gear – 2 pcs. 940.84.013
Rollers: Plastic
Supporting flange, screw mounted Steel blue chromatized 1 pc. 940.40.020
Supporting flange, adjustable

Steel – 1 pc. 940.46.020
depth, with M8 screw
Softmaster – – 1 pc. 940.84.040
Track stopper, with retainer – – 1 pc. 940.84.043
Floor guide Plastic – 1 pc. 940.40.030
Note
For 2 bi-parting sliding doors, please order 2 sets
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.84.160
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.84.200
Upper tracks, pre-drilled Aluminum bright 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.84.250
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.84.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.84.600

Steel chrome-plated 27.5 mm (1 3/32”) 940.84.071
Install every 400 mm (15 3/4”)

Steel chrome-plated 41 mm (19/32”) 940.84.072
Install every 400 mm (15 3/4”)
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Straightaway 50
1 •
•
Maximum door height: 2.1 m (6' 10 11/16")
Door thickness: min. 25 mm (1")
• Internal straight sliding door hardware, soffit mounted
for residential and light duty commercial use
24
15"
16 39
9"
1 16
15 ±3
9" 1"
16 8
24
15"
16 39 Ø13
9" 1"
1 16 2
15 ±3
9" 1"
16 8
Ø13
1"
2
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Straightaway 50 Set
Item No. 1
940.55.000
Set Components
35
3"
18
22
7"
8
18 Running gear, with four nylon Aluminum

11" – 2 pcs.
16 wheels and integral ball bearings Mounting plate: Zinc alloy
80
1"
20 38
13"
16
31
1"
14
Track stopper, for mounting
Plastic white 2 pcs.
in top track
20 30
13" 3"
16 1 16
15
9"
16
Bottom guide, for screw mounting
Steel galvanized 1 pc.
40 to floor
16 9"
116
5"
8
Supplied With
Mounting materials
Single top track Aluminum anodized 2.4 m (7' 10 1/2") 940.55.924

27
1"
1 16
24
15"
16
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Top Hung System
Straightaway 100 Ø8 mm
19.5
3"
5" fixing 4
1 • Maximum door height: 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”)

• Door thickness: 20 – 50 mm (13/16” – 2”) 60
• Minimum door thickness of 30 mm (1 3/16”) 50
2 3"
when using floor guide channel 1 15"
16
8
• For interior straight sliding doors

• Top hung or wall mounted
• Allows for wood or glass door combination 24 to 32
15" 1"
9
Hanger mounted Hanger mounted 16 1 4 11"
to wood doors to metal doors 32
(Door plate omitted)
Vertical and
lateral adjustment
30+
3"
1 16
25
1" Channel
full width
of door
25 Fiber guide at edge
18 1" of opening, double
23" screw mounted
32 5
3"
16
Top track, soffit or side mounting 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.06.921
Steel galvanized
with bracket 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.06.930
Radius track curve Steel galvanized 0.6 m (23 5/8”) 941.06.906
Top track, pre-drilled for soffit or side 941.06.721
Stainless Steel – 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”)
mounting with bracket
Side mounting bracket, for use with
steel, galvanized and stainless steel
top tracks only. Aluminum – – 941.06.080
Note
Required every 500 mm (19 11/16”)
Closed end piece, to convert side
mount bracket and prevent lateral 941.06.081
Steel galvanized –
movement of track.
Note Required per length of track
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.06.821

Top track, alternative to tracks above;
Aluminum bright extruded
pre-drilled for soffit mounting only
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.06.830
Running gear
Steel 941.06.012
Note Door plate omitted when galvanized –
Wheel: Nylon
mounted to metal doors
Height adjustment wrench, required

to adjust the position of the trolley Steel galvanized – 941.06.090
hangers for final door alignment.
Track stopper, medium duty, for use
with tracks. 941.06.040
Steel galvanized –
Note Spacer nib must be filed off
when used with 941.06.821/830
Buffer, screw mounted Rubber black – 407.01.930
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 942.51.721

Bottom channel insert, pre-drilled for
Aluminum bright
countersunk screws 942.51.730
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
Clear threshold bottom guide Fiber/ 407.51.059

opaque –
Note 1 required per panel Polypropylene
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Top Hung System
Straightaway 100 Inox Hanger mounted Hanger mounted

to wood doors to metal doors
Stainless Steel Corrosion Resisting (Door plate omitted)
• Maximum door weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.) Ø8 mm

5" fixing
19.5
3"
1
• Maximum door height: 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 16
4
• Door thickness: 20 – 50 mm (13/16” – 2”)

• Minimum door thickness of 30 mm (1 3/16”)
when using floor guide channel 50
• Top hung or wall mounted 42 1 15"
16
• Manufactured from marine grade 316 stainless 1 5"
8
steel, and developed to withstand harsh
operating environments
• Ideal for applications within the catering and 26 to 34 9
medical industries, the system is also ideal for 1 1" 11"
32 1 32
11"
32
40 mm min.
use in the chemical industry and anywhere
1 3" door thickness
with harsh climatic or atmospheric conditions 16
Vertical and
Ø14 hole lateral adjustment
3"
16 30
3"
1 16
Performance – All Straightaway 10 5
100 Inox fittings have been tested for 13"
32
3"
16
endurance and strength. Each type
of trolley hanger, together with its 25 25
1" 1"
associated fittings has been loaded
to the maximum stated capacities
and tested over 1,000,000 cycles 25
without failure. 1"
Bottom guide for Bottom guide for
metal doors wood doors
Top track, pre-drilled for soffit
Stainless Steel 941.06.721
or side mounting with bracket – 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”)
316
30 x 30 mm (1 3/16” x 1 3/16”)
Side mounting bracket, with two 20 x
40 x 3 mm (13/16” x 1 9/16” x 1/8”)
screw holes, for use with top track Stainless Steel
– – 941.06.082
Note 316
1 set (5 brackets) required per
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) length of track.
Running gear, door plate omitted Stainless Steel 941.06.013

– –
when mounted to metal doors Wheel: nylon
Height adjustment wrench, required

to adjust the position of the trolley Steel galvanized – 941.06.090
hangers for final door alignment
Track end piece, with holdback Stainless Steel 941.06.041

– –
catch, for use with top track 316
Stainless Steel 941.06.020

Bottom guide, for metal doors – –
316
Stainless Steel
Bottom guide, for wood doors 316 – – 930.10.000
Roller: Brass
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 943.26.921

Channel, pre-drilled for
Stainless Steel –
countersunk screws 943.26.930
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
Door stop, medium duty,
screw mounted Aluminum,
extruded – – 942.51.051
Note Buffer: Rubber
2 required
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Top Hung System
Straightaway 320
• Max. door weight: 400 kg (880 lbs.)
1 •
•
Max. door height: 5 m (16’)
Wood door thickness: 44 – 57 mm (1.5” – 2.5”)
• Metal door thickness: minimum 40 mm (1 9/16”)
• Stiles should be a minimum of 125 mm (4 1/2”) to
accommodate hanger aprons
• Wood doors should be framed, ledged and braced
• For industrial or commercial and barn doors
• Top hung straight sliding doors on single runs of track
• Metal doors angle framed or hollow tubular sections, sheeted
one or both sides
• Ensure adequate bracing
• Weatherhoods by installer are recommended on external doors
• Track brackets are side mounted
• Floor channel is set flush, but the stay roller floor guide is
an alternative
• All hangers can be adjusted vertically
35 Track bracket centers 600 to 900

3" 5" 7"
18 Bracket with 23 8 35 16
closed end piece
Side Lock joint
Open brackets
mounting bracket
bracket
Soffit
bracket 95
121 3"
3" 34 Hanger
44
38
1"
43 12
11"
1 16
25
1" Metal Door
18 hole
11" Full-height
16 20
wood jamb 13" 152
or door stop 16 76 6"
at mid-height 3"
75
50 15"
2 16
2"
Bow handle Wood Door
Wood door section Metal door section

Suggested door thickness Suggested door thickness
44 mm (1 3/4”) Min. 40 mm (1 9/16”)
6 75
1" 15"
4
Drop bolt 2 16
64
1"
22
51
10 1"
2 32 10 89
13"
32 13"
32 3 21" Guide
Door guides
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Straightaway 320
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 942.52.921
Top track
Steel galvanized
wall thickness, 2 mm (1/16”)
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.52.930
Top track,
wall thickness 2.5 mm (3/32”)
Note
Use of this heavier track increases Steel galvanized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.52.830
max. door weight to 500 kg
(1100 lbs.) provided adequate track
support brackets are used
Side mounting bracket, open Pressed Steel galvanized – 942.52.080
Lock-joint plate
Note
To convert side mounting bracket Pressed Steel galvanized – 942.52.082
to lock-joint bracket.
Can be used on all brackets if
extreme rigidity is required
Soffit mounting bracket, open,

for parallel and cross ear Pressed Steel galvanized – 942.52.083
applications
Closed end piece, unhanded,

to convert side mounting bracket 942.52.084
Pressed Steel galvanized –
or soffit mounting bracket to closed
end bracket
Soffit bracket, lock-joint type

Note Pressed Steel galvanized – 942.52.085
Do not over tighten set screws.
Note
Refer to selection guide for quantities
Open bracket Lock-joint Selection Guide for Series 300 System Top Track Brackets
with lock-joint plate
plate 1. Closed end brackets should be mounted at both ends of each track run
2. Lock-joint brackets should be mounted at each track joint

3. Brackets should be positioned at 600 – 900 mm (23 5/8” – 35 7/16”) center intervals along the track
Track Key
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) length of track
O = Open bracket
C O O O C C = Closed end bracket
S L = Lock joint bracket
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) length of track
C O O O O C
S
2 x 3 m (6’ 6 3/4” x 9’ 10 1/8”) lengths of track
C O O O O L O O O O C
S S
Note
This is a guide only. If planning for very heavy or large numbers of panels,
additional brackets may be required.
Trolley hangers and bottom guides page 1.144

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Straightaway 320
1 Description Material Finish Length Item No.
Wood door trolley hanger, Steel, ball bearing

– – 942.52.010
vertical and lateral adjustment lubricated
Wood door guide, heavy-duty plough

type. For minimum door thickness
44 mm (1 3/4”) Steel galvanized – 942.51.030
Note
2 pcs. required per panel
Metal door trolley hanger, vertical

and lateral adjustment, with extended
pendant for use with hollow tubular
frame sections up to 90 mm (3 9/16”) Steel, ball bearing
deep or steel angle construction – – 942.52.011
lubricated
Note
2 pcs. required per panel;
pendant can be field-cut
Metal door guide, For minimum

door thickness 40 mm (1 9/16”) galvanized
Steel – 942.51.031
Note Roller: brass
28
1 1"
8
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 942.51.821
21 Floor channel, suitable for industrial
13"
16 type thresholds where vehicular traffic Steel galvanized
35 32
is likely.
1 3" 1 1"
4
8 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.51.830
Top tracks and brackets page 1.143

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Straightaway 320
• Basic industrial door bottom control where floor channel cannot be 1
installed and clear floor threshold is required
Stay roller
Note Steel; Wheel: Rubber – 942.51.032
Opening
62
7"
2 16
Door
Door
Possible position for stay rollers 38
Stop 1"
12
10
13"
32
122
13"
4 16
Lockable drop bolt and socket,

with locking staple
Steel zinc-plated 942.51.090
Note
1 pc. required per panel
Door stop, heavy-duty, wall-mounted with

twin buffers. For min. door thickness of
45 mm (1 3/4”). Mount mid-height of doors. Steel zinc-plated 942.51.050
Note
Mortise spring bumper

Note Steel galvanized 942.30.051
Bow handle, heavy-duty

Zinc-plated &
Note – 942.51.060
gold passivated
Bow handle, heavy-duty

Note Zinc-plated – 942.51.070
Flush pull handle, 150 x 67 mm
(5 7/8” x 2 5/8”). For interior side of
102 83
door or opposite to bow handle. Grade 316
4" – 910.37.100
Stainless Steel
1"
3 4
Note
Fixing screws not included
51 16 3.5
5"
Dimensions in mm
2" 8
5"
32
Straightaway 115
1 • Maximum door height: 2400 mm (7’ 10 1/2”)
• Door thickness: 30 – 60 mm (1 3/16” – 2 3/8”)
• For single and multiple interior and exterior sliding doors
• Rattle-free upper guide
• Recommended width of door should be a minimum 1/3 of door height
• Mortise for lower running gear must fit tight around the running
gear’s casing
• Weight of sliding door must be carried on top of casing above
the wheel Interior Exterior
Interior Exterior
25
1"
25
1"
25
5 1"
7"
Door 32
thickness
25
1"
30 to 60
3"
1 16 2 3"
8 5
7"
32
19
3"
19 4
Door
3" thickness
4 Weather 30 to 60
strips 3"
by others 1 16 2 3"
8
9"
2 32
57
9"
19
57
2 32
3"
4
1"
6
4
5"
13"
16
8
10
32
1"
6
4
1"
57
4
2
Individual Components Weather

strips by
5"
16
8
Order specifications: others

1"
6
4
• Number of running gears and upper guides

• Lower track and upper guide channel lengths
• Door weight, height and width
• Type of stopper
Lower track, pre-drilled,
Steel galvanized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 404.39.921
interior use only 10 x 21 mm (3/8” x 7/8”)
Lower track, 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.80.631

Stainless Steel –
pre-drilled 10 x 21 mm (3/8” x 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.80.622
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.51.730
Upper guide channel 25 x 25 mm (1” x 1”) Aluminum –
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 942.51.721
Lower running gear, wheel with needle Casing: Die-cast

– – 404.36.020
bearing, for 115 kg (250 lbs.) heavy doors Wheel: Nylon
Lower running gear,wheel with needle
Casing: Die-cast
bearing, for 55 kg (120 lbs.) heavy doors, – – 404.36.011
Wheel: Nylon
interior application only
Upper guide, rattle-free with brush strip Aluminum – – 404.36.904
Buffer Rubber black – 941.80.050
Dimensions in mm
5/18
Straightaway 180
•
•
Door thickness range: 44 – 60 mm ( 1 3/4” – 2 3/8”) 1
• Upper guide with horizontal wheel
• Recommended width of door should be a minimum
1/3 of door height
gear’s casing
the wheel
• Stagger upper guides to reduce left right movement inside upper
guide channel
• Lower running gear must be plumb with upper guide
44
3"
1 4
24
15"
16
1 1"
29
8
1 7"
48
8
3"
2 16
63
3
1"
30 8
1 3"
16
1"
6
4
13"
10
32
Door thickness
44 - 60
1 3"
4
– 2 3"
8
• Number of running gears (2 per door) and upper guides
• Type of stopper

3 m (9’ 10 1/8” 941.80.631
Lower track, pre-drilled
Stainless Steel –
10 x 21 mm (3/8” x 13/16”)
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.80.622
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.80.830

Upper guide channel, pre-drilled
Steel galvanized
44 x 29 mm (1 3/4” x 1 1/8”)
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.80.821
Casing:
Lower running gear,
Die-cast – – 941.80.010
wheel with ball bearing
Wheel: Steel
Casing:
Upper guide with horizontal wheel Die-cast – – 941.80.030
Wheel: Nylon
Spring loaded door stop, drilled into door Steel galvanized – 942.30.051
Buffer Rubber black – 941.80.050
Dimensions in mm
5/19
Straightaway 400
• Door thickness minimum: 44 mm (1 47/64”)
• Recommended width of door should be a minimum 1/3 of door height
gear’s casing
the wheel
• Stagger upper guides to reduce left right movement inside upper
guide channel
• Number of running gears (2 per door) and upper guides
• Type of stopper
Max. 112 4 13"

32
30
3"
1 16 Min. 90 3 17"
32
Ø10 13" 21"
32 7"
Max. 62 2 16 Max. 93 3 32
lag screws 9"
Min. 29 5"
1 32 2
Min. 58 32
25"
20 32
73
Ø12 bolt
15" 2 7"
32 83 8 Ø16 bolt
8"
3 32 5"
8 105
20 25"
32 4 1"
8
20 25"
32
20 25"
32
38
1 1"
2
44
1 3"
4
29
29
5"
1 32
5"
1 32
67 67
2 5" 5"
8 2 8
10 10
13" 14 13"
32 9" 32
16
30
3"
1 16
30
3"
1 16
Dimensions in mm
Straightaway 400
Lower track, pre-drilled,
Brass - 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.53.930
14 x 30 mm (9/16” x 1 3/16”)
Upper guide channel, un-drilled
Steel galvanized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 942.53.830
48 x 43 mm ( 1 7/8” x 1 11/16”)
Lower running gear, wheel with ball
Casing: Die-cast
bearing, for 400 kg (880 lbs.) heavy - - 942.53.010
Wheel: Steel
doors
Upper guide, with 2 horizontal offset Casing: Aluminum
- - 942.53.030
wheels, rattle-free Wheels: Neoprene
Spring loaded door stop, drilled into

Steel galvanized - 942.30.051
door
Buffer Rubber black - 941.80.050
Brackets for Soffit Mounting of Upper Guide Channel
Bracket for soffit mounting Steel galvanized 942.53.080
Closed end piece to bracket Steel galvanized 941.80.082
Bracket for soffit mounting,

Steel galvanized 942.53.082
lock joint type
Brackets for Parallel Wall Mounting of Upper Guide Channel
Double sidewall bracket for parallel

wall mounting, open-end type
Double sidewall bracket for parallel

wall mounting, lock joint type
Brackets for Wall Mounting of Single Upper Guide Channel

Sidewall bracket for wall mounting,

open-end type
Lock joint plate Steel galvanized 942.52.082
Position of mounting brackets along the upper guide channel

Open bracket Open bracket with
with lock Standard bracket centers closed end piece to
joint plate 600 to 900 prevent lateral channel
across open movement
(23 5/8" to 35 7/16") brackets
channel joints
Dimensions in mm
Straightaway 500 Brackets Guides

Track
1 •
•
Door thickness wood: 57 mm (2 1/4”)
Door thickness metal: min. 50 mm or 65 mm (2” or 2 9/16”)
• Maximum door height: 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”)
• For wood and metal sliding doors
• Recommended width of door should be a min. 1/3 of door height
• Consider wind pressure in exposed conditions
Track Bow handles

Inside Rollers
Flush handles
Outside
Industrial straight sliding wood and metal doors
30 Max. 122 4 13"
Side fixing Packing Two Ø10 mm 16
3"
1 16
to suit coachscrews Min. 90 3 17"
top track at 115 mm 32
Laterally
bracket centers adjustable 21" 7"
per bracket Max. 93 3 32 Max. 62 2 16
track bracket
25"
20
32
Safety 9"
Min. 58 2 32 5"
Min. 29 1 32
top track
73
2 7"
Top
8
Soffit
track Ø12 15" bracket 5"
32 Ø16 8
9"
bolt
3 32
83
bolt
19"
15
32
105
4 81"
Ø18 23"
32
hole
19"
15
32
15
31"
25
32
19"
Safety Roller top guide 32
31"
25
32
top track
Roller
top guides
Section through
Top wood door Section through
guides metal door
Note
For additional information, pricing,
and availability please contact the
Architectural Products Group
at 1-888-437-7477
Door thickness
Door thickness
57
65
2 1" 9"
4 2 16"
Roller bearing Roller bearing
bottom roller bottom roller
for metal doors
Bottom track Angle slotted

102
1"
4 32
for wheel
shown raised 90 mm long x 44 mm wide
3"
3"
35
35
8
8
1
1"
4
6
22
7"
8
5"
16
20
25"
8
32
50
Bottom track
1 31"
shown flush 32
65
9"
2 16
Dimensions in mm
Straightaway 1000 Top guides

Brackets
•
•
Door thickness wood: 57 mm (2 1/4”)
Door thickness metal: min. 65 mm (2 9/16”)
Track
1
• Maximum door height: 5 m (16’ 4 7/8”)
• For wood and metal sliding doors Stops
• Recommended width of door should be a min. 1/3 of door height
• Consider wind pressure in exposed conditions
Bow handles
Track
Inside Bottom rollers
Flush handle
Max. 73 2 7" outside
8
Min. 38 1 1"
Laterally 2
adjustable Ø16 bolt
bracket 5"
8
Soffit fixing bracket options Max 167 6 9"
16
3"
Min 129 5 32
Structural
support by Laterally 1" 5"
Max 128 5 32 Max 84 3 16
others adjustable
1"
track bracket Min 76 3" Min 38 1 2
Ø16 fixing bolt
5"
168
6 5"
8
8
Bracket
Ø20 25"
32
Fixing
Top bolt
track Safety
top track 168
6 5"
113
8
7"
32
4 16
1 1"
4
Top safety
track
7"
Ø22 8 32
1"
32
4
hole 1 1"
1
4
Roller top guide
38
with vertical
1 1"
2
adjustment
Top guide
with vertical Vertical
1" adjustment adjustment
2 4 Roller
57 top guides
door
thickness Suggested
door thickness 65 Note
65 mm min. 9" For additional information, pricing, and availability

2 16
please contact the Architectural Products Group
at 1-888-437-7477
57
Bottom roller 2 1"
for 57 mm 0/A Housing 4
doors
Bottom track Angle to

shown flush be slotted
for wheel
Bottom roller for
13"
metal doors
10
32
25"
20
32
1 25"
1 31"
45
32
50
32
Bottom track
3"
1 16
30
25"
20
shown raised
32
50
1 31"
32
65
9"
2 16
Dimensions in mm
Silent Woodflex 80
1 • Maximum internal height: 3000 mm (118 1/8”)
• Door width: 500 – 1500 mm (19 11/16” – 59 1/16”)
• Door thickness: 22 – 36 mm (7/8” – 1 7/16”)
• Height adjustment: -5/+10 mm (3/16” / 13/32”) on running gear
using screw
• For 1 door
Note
Order 2 sets for 2 doors.
40 78
9" 1" 8 28
1 16 3 16 5" 1"
16 1 8
38
60 1 1"
2
2 3"
8
60
6 10 2 3"
1" 8
13"
4 32
22 - 36 22 - 36 22 - 36
7" - 7" 7" - 7" 7" - 7"
8 1 16 8 1 16 8 1 16
≤30
3"
1 16
10 8 - 19
13" 5" - 3"
32 16 4
9"
32
7
1
1" 39 79
32
9"
1 16 3 1"
8
105
4 1"
8 35
1 3"
8
18
11"
16
Ø6
H = H1 - 50 (2") 1"
60 with glued on running track 4
2 3"
8 10
13"
32
≤30
22 36 3" 85
7" 7" 1 16 3 3"
8 1 16 8
H1
H
8 - 19
5" - 3"
16 4
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Silent Woodflex 80 Set

Item No.
403.50.941 1
Supplied With
Running gear with plastic guide rollers
Note
Please order top guide and bottom running tracks, soft closing mechanism and other accessories separately.
Top Guide Tracks

Description Material Length Silver Bronze
9"
40 116 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.902 403.36.102
1.5 60 Single top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.903 403.36.103
1" 2 3"
8
16
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.906 403.36.106
78.5 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.912 403.36.112
1"
3 16
60 Double top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.913 403.36.113

1.5 2 3"
1" 8
16 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.916 403.36.116
117.6
4 5"
8
60 Triple top guide track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.926 403.36.126

1.5
1" 2 83"
16
Bottom Running Tracks

7
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.932 403.36.132
39
9"
32 Single bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.933 403.36.133
9"
116 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.936 403.36.136
7
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.942 403.36.142
79 9"
32
Double bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.943 403.36.143
3 1"
8 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.946 403.36.146
7
116 9"
32
Triple bottom running track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.956 403.36.156
9"
4 16
Accessories
60 powder-coated
2 83" End bracket for all guide tracks, white aluminum 403.55.991
Steel RAL 9006
for covering the sides, screw-mounted
bronze 403.55.100
Center door stopper for mounting
Plastic gray 403.50.945
into the top guide track
Cover cap, for single running brushed 403.55.060
Stainless steel
bottom track bronze 403.55.160
35
40 white aluminum
1 3" Wall mounting bracket, for top 403.55.980
1 85" 8 RAL 9006
35 guide track, required every Steel
1 3"
8 400 mm (15 3/4”) bronze 403.55.101
Soft and self closing mechanism, for
black/gray 403.50.988
door weights up to 15 kg (33 lbs.)
Plastic black/green 403.50.999
black/yellow 403.50.989
Note
Minimum door width with one soft and self closing mechanism is 500 mm (19 5/8”) and 830 mm (36 5/8”)
with 2.
Dimensions in mm
60 60
2 83" 241.3 2 83"
9 21"
3 Bi-Folding Door Applications
1"
8
≤610
24"
Slido Classic Bifold 30 =
• Maximum panel weight: 30 kg (66 lbs.)
1 • Maximum panel size: 610 x 2743 mm (24” x 108”)
60
• Panel thickness: 2263" – 45 mm (1” – 1 3/4”)
241.3
9• For interior commercial doors
8
1"
2
• For four panels, 2 panels bi-folding to the left and right, respectively
Door Height
• Lower pivot options included for wall or floor mounting
• Smooth and quiet operation 89
• Universal mounting- can be mounted to pivot left or right 3 21"
• Complies to ANSI / BHMA standard A156.14
= =
3
1"
8
≤610 ≤610 984
24" 24" 38 43"
Door Height
60 60
3" 60
289
8
241.3 2 83"
1" 5.5 2 83" 9 21" 241.3
3 2 12.7
3" 9 21" 1"
16
= B 2
A
984
38 43"
=
Top Detail
241.3 114.3
12.7 4 21"
9 21" 1" 12.7 12.7
2 1" 1"
Door Height 2 2
89
3 21" Horizontal
Door casing
=
984
38 43" 9
11" 57.2
32
2 41"
60 14
9"
5.5 2 83" 241.3 16 28.5
12.7 1 81" 35 - 45
3" 9 21" 1"
16
B 2 1 83" - 1 43"
A
Door
2.1 4
1" 3" 5.5
16 16
4.5 3"
16 5
4.5 3" 14 3"
14 16 9" 60 16
3"
9" 16 installation option 1 16 3" 3
16 2
surface mounted 8 1"
with shim 8
21.5 6.5 6 13
5.5 installation option 2
3" 7" 1" 1" 1"
16 8 4 4 recess 2mounted
4 21.5 Option 1
3"
16
7"
8
Side mounted
5
14 3"
9" 16 60
installation option 1 16 3 3"
surface mounted 1" 2 8
with shim 8
5 6 13
1"
installation option 2 1"
4 recess mounted 2
21.5 Option 2
7"
8 Floor mounted
Dimensions in mm
2.1
AH 1.154 1"
16
4.5
4
3"
16
5
www.hafele.com/us
4.5 3" 14 3"
Slido Classic Bi-fold 30 Set

• For 2 panels, bi-folding in one direction without upper track
Item No. 1
943.51.001
Set Components
Description Material Finish Qty./Set Item No.
Upper running gear with Plate: Steel;

zinc-plated 1 943.51.012
suspension plate Rollers: Plastic
Suspension Plate: Steel;

Upper pivot with suspension plate galvanized 1 943.51.024
Rollers: Plastic
epoxy coated,
Lower pivot for wall mounting Steel 1 943.51.400
black
epoxy coated,
Lower pivot for floor mounting Steel 1 943.51.402
black
epoxy coated,
Pivot plate Steel 1 943.51.401
black
Stop bracket Aluminum mill 1 407.58.020
Butt hinge, 4” x 3”
Stainless Steel matt 3 926.98.040
(mounting screws included)
Wrench for height adjustment Steel zinc-plated 2 940.43.032
Mounting screws Steel black-oxide 1 070.71.099
Note
Order upper track separately.
For a 4-door application, order 2 sets.
Individual Component
1.22 m (4’ 1/16”) 940.43.929
Upper track Aluminum mill
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.43.926
Dimensions in mm
8/18
HAWA Bifold 30
• 2 door system: Maximum door weight: 40 kg (88 lbs.) per door panel
1 • 4 and 6 door systems: Maximum door weight: 30 kg (66 lbs.)
per door panel
• For door thickness from: 26 – 45 mm (1” – 1 3/4”)
• Maximum door width: 600 mm (23 5/8”)
• For 2, 4 and 6 door installation
• Fittings are surface mounted, no rabbeting or grooving required
• Two door application can be installed without lower guide channel
• Left and right interchangeable
two door
100
3 15"
16
four door
100
3 15"
16 65 57 ~105
22 9" 2 1" 1"
7" 2 16 4
8
20 4 8
25"
60 32
2 3"
8
20 six door
50 25"
31" 32
1 32
22
7"
8 28
3"
1 32
4 and 6 panels
34
9"
1 11"
32 40 1 16
15 16 7 65 - 2
9" - 3"
19"
5" 9" 2 16 32
8 32
32
9 18
11" 20
25" 22"
25 5
32
32 32
5 60 31" 60 22
3" 7"
3" 3" 32 3" 16
16 2 8
2 8
8
17
17 21"
5 21" 32
32 R8
3" R8 5"
60 16 5" 63 16
3" 63 16
10 2 8 2 15"
13" 2 15"
32
32
32 13" 20
50 10 32 23 25"
1.5 5"
5 1 31"
32 5"
Ø8 16 1" 32 50 20
32
3"
16
1.5 25" Ø8 3"
10 16 38 ± 3.5 1 31" 32 3"
5 16 12-16 5" 5 16
13"
1 1" ± 1"
1"
16
32
15"- 5" 16 10 13"
32
32 2 8 32 8
20 12-16
15"- 5"
12-16 20
25"
22 32 8
15" 5" 88 32
25" 7"
32 8 3 15"
52 32 8
105
4 1"
8
Dimensions in mm
2/17
HAWA Bifold 30 Set
• Without upper track and lower guide channel
Description Item No. 1

2 panel 407.58.003
4 panel 407.58.004
6 panel 407.58.006
Set Components
2 panel 4 panel 6 panel
Qty. Qty. Qty.
Wheels:
Double roller running gear - 1 pc. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 940.80.012
Nylon
Suspension plate, M10 bolt

- - 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 4 pcs. 407.58.030
and mounting screws
Upper pivot, M10 - - 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 407.58.010
Lower pivot, M8 - - 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 407.58.012
Butt hinge Steel galvanized 3 pcs. 9 pcs. 15 pcs. 407.78.989
Height adjusting pin Steel galvanized 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 940.40.091
Stop bracket - - 1 pc. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 407.58.020
Lower guide plate, with plastic slider - - - 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 943.04.030
Note
For a 4 panel opening where 2 panels fold to the left and 2 panels fold to the right side of the opening, please order 2 sets of the 2 panel set.
Butt hinges included in fitting set are for a maximum panel height of 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”), order additional hinges based on the chart below.
Individual Components up to 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) = 3

Order specifications: up to 2.7 m (8’ 10 5/16”) = 4
• Width of sliding door up to 3.2 m (10’ 6”) = 5
• Type of set, left or right

1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
Upper tracks, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
zinc-plated - 407.78.989
Steel,
Butt hinge nickel-plated, dull-brushed - 407.78.685
galvanized
brass-plated, dull-brushed - 407.78.881
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
Lower guide channel, pre-drilled
Aluminum clear anodized
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
Installation Plan
(included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon request.
Dimensions in mm
Sliding/Folding for Interior Doors
Häfele Slido Fold 100-T Folding Wall

• Suitable for edge and center suspended folding wall applications
1 • Door weight: ≤100 kg (220 lbs.)
• Door height ≤ 3.5 m (11' 5 13/16")
• Door width 500 – 1000 mm (19 11/16" – 39 3/8")
• Door thickness 35 – 60 mm (1 3/8" – 2 3/8")
• Height adjustable +/- 5mm ( 3/16")
• Maximum opening width: 6 m (19 8 1/4") for doors folding to one
side of the opening and 12 m (39 4 7/16") for doors folding to
both sides of the opening
Installation dimensions
40 7"
9" 42.4 11.3 16
1 16 21"
1 32
111"
111"
16
16
43
9" 3"
32 16
75
43
35-60 35-60
9" 3"
32 16
75
1 3"
8
-2 3"
8 1 3"-2 3"
8 8
5"
G= H-59 216
H
7" 2 9" 3"

8 1" 32 16
75
9" 3"
16
75
7" 2 32
16
8 1"
16
22
22
24 24
15"
16 15"
16
Note
• Refer to installation instructions for exact calculations of door widths
• Number of butt hinges are based on the height of the door
• Edge suspended systems require a lower guide channel unless
the application calls for a pair of doors to be folded on both sides
of the opening
• Center suspended systems don’t require a lower guide channel
Dimensions in mm
6/20

Calculation of door width
Edge suspended Center suspended 1
C
C K/2+50 K K K
K K K K 131"
32
A 5" 5" 5" A A 5" 5" 5" A
32 32 32 32 32 32
K = (C – A – D – D – D – A) / 4 K = (C – A – 50 – D – D – D – A) / 3.5
131"
32
C
C K/2+50 K K K K
K K
5" 5"
K
5"
K 131"
32 5" 5" 5" 5"
A D=4 32 D=4 32 D=4 32 A A D=4 32 D=4 32 D=4 32 D=4 32 A
K = (C – A – D – D – D – A) / 4 K = (C – A – 50 – D – D – D – D – A) / 4.5
131"
32
A = wall distance between wall and door edge
C = total system width
D = gap dimension
K = door width
Note
• Refer to installation instructions for additional dimensions and further details
Wall connection with folded door stacks

Edge suspended Center suspended
A 50 20+B
1 31"
32
25"
32
A 50 20+B
1 31"
32
25"
32
E
50+A
1 31"
32
E
50+A
1 31"
32 B
B
20
25"
20 32
25"
32
A = wall distance between wall and door edge

B = door thickness
E = opening width rotating range
B 35-44 mm (1 3/8"-1 23/32") 45-54 mm (1 3/4"-2 1/8") 55-60 mm (2 5/32"-2 3/8")

E 5 mm (3/16") 7 mm (9/32") 9 mm (11/32")
Note
• Refer to installation instructions for additional wall connection options
Dimensions in mm
7/19

Position and type of locks
1 Edge suspended Center suspended
Lock Flush bolt
Mortice lock Access door
Sets
Corner suspension Center suspension Version Supplied with Item No.
For edge suspended systems with lower guide channel
1 running gear, 4 rollers,
with support flange
With pivot bearing at 943.55.000
Basic set 2 pivot bearings (1 each top/bottom)
top and bottom
1 guide
1 centering set for door
With guide at top and with support flange 943.55.002
Additional set
bottom 1 guide
Set for access door for Without guide at top 1 set of locking components 943.55.003
folding wall and bottom for flush bolt
2 pivot bearings (1 each top/bottom)
With pivot bearing at 943.55.004
Set for access door 1 set of locking components
top and bottom
for flush bolt
For center suspended systems without a lower guide channel and edge suspended system with a maximum of 2 doors on both
opening sides
With pivot bearing at
with support flange
top and point bearing 943.55.001
Basic set 2 pivot bearings (1 each top/bottom)
with adjustable sleeve
1 guide
at bottom
Additional set With guide at top with support flange 943.55.006
2 pivot bearings (1 each top/bottom)
With pivot bearing at
Set for access door 1 set of locking components for 943.55.005
top and bottom
flush bolt
Note
• Refer to installation instructions for additional wall connection options
Dimensions in mm
AH 1.157C www.hafele.com/us
7/19
Upper tracks, guide channels, and accessories

Description Material Finish Length/Type Item No.
1
6.0 m (19 8 1/4") 943.55.040
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized
3.0 m (9 10 1/8") 943.55.041
6.0 m (19 8 1/4") 943.55.050

Lower guide channel, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized
3.0 m (9 10 1/8") 943.55.051
6.0 m (19 8 1/4") 943.55.060

Support profile for suspended ceiling tiles Aluminum anodized
3.0 m (9 10 1/8") 943.55.061
Butt hinge for flush doors, 102 x 76 x 3 mm Stainless round edge 926.98.050
matt
(4" x 3" x 1/8") steel square edge 926.98.040
beige 25.0 m (82" 0 1/4") 950.09.484

Door seals Silicone
black 25.0 m (82" 0 1/4") 950.09.483
Lock with rosettes and dust proof strikes Steel galvanized _ 943.55.070
Lock with rosettes, locks into the lower guide

Steel galvanized _ 943.55.071
channel
Dust proof strike Aluminum anodized _ 943.55.073
Key for locks Steel galvanized _ 943.55.072
Tool set consisting of:

1 disassembly key Steel galvanized _ 943.55.074
1 open end wrench for size 13 and 17 mm
Note
• Additional locks, hinges, or flush bolts are available
Required number of butt hinges per door

Door height Quantity

Up to 2.0 m (78 3/4") 2 pcs.
2.001-2.75 m (78 25/32"-108 9/32") 3 pcs.
2.751-3.5 m (108 5/16"-137 13/16") 4 pcs.
Flush Pulls pages 1.371 – 1.373

Flush Bolts pages 3.23 – 3.28
Concealed Hinges pages 4.9 – 4.27
Locks pages 1.201 – 1.203
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 1.157D
7/19
HAWA Variofold 80/H

1 •
•
Vertical adjustment: ±3 mm (±1/8”)
• Minimum panel width: 500 mm (19 11/16”)
• Maximum panel width: 900 mm (35 7/16”)
(up to 57 mm (2 1/4”) available
upon special request)
• For 2 – 7 folding panels
• Upper track made out of anodized aluminum
• Lower guide channel made out of anodized aluminum
• Dual running gear with ball bearings
• Minimal space required in stacking area
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation
56 59 114
7" 5" 1"
2 32 2 16 4 2
50
1 31"
32
Ø8.5
5"
16
58
8"
2 32
68 ± 3
2 11"
16
± 1"
8
13"
5" 10 32
34 1 16
Installation examples: 26
• Without lower guide channel 1"
1 32
19 35 – 45
3"
4 1 3" 25"
8 – 1 32
• With lower guide channel
26
1"
1 32 26
1"
1 32
5"
34 1 16 5"
34 1 16 13"
10 32
25"
20 32
13" 15"
10 32 24 16
Ø20
25"
32 24
15"
16
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variofold 80/H Set

Item No.
Basic set with lower pivot with lower guide
Basic set with lower pivot without lower guide
943.29.010
943.29.011
1
Additional set with guide channel 943.29.012
Set Components
Description Material Finish 943.29.010 943.29.011 943.29.012 Item No.
Upper pivot with suspension block - - 1 pc. 1 pc. - 943.27.022
Door stopper with adjustable catch - - 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 943.27.043
Running gear, M10 with suspension

- - 1 pc. 1 pc. - 943.27.012
plate
Running gear, M10 with
- - - - 1 pc. 943.27.021
distance spacer
Carrier profile, 208 mm (8 3/16”) Aluminum anodized 5 pcs. 4 pcs. 3 pcs. 940.81.080
Thrust bearing for lower guide
- - 1 pc. - - 943.28.028
channel, includes lower pivot
Thrust bearing, used w/o lower
- - - 1 pc. - 943.28.029
guide channel, includes lower pivot
Slider:
Lower guide - 1 pc. - 1 pc. 943.28.027
Plastic
Cover cap to carrier profile Plastic anthracite 5 pcs. 4 pcs. 3 pcs. 942.56.029
Vertical adjustment wrench,

- - 1 pc. 1 pc. - 943.27.090
19 mm (3/4”)
Wrench, 10/11 mm (13/32”/7/16”)
- - 1 pc. 1 pc. - 941.20.091
for suspension assembly
Wrench, 13 mm (1/2”) - - 1 pc. 1 pc. - 943.30.095
Set for Pivot Doors

Item No.
Pivot door set attached to folding doors 943.29.013
Pivot door set with guide channel 943.29.014

Pivot door set without guide channel 943.29.015
Set Components
Description Material Finish 943.29.013 943.29.014 943.29.015 Item No.
Upper pivot with suspension block - - - 1 pc. 1 pc. 943.27.022
Door stopper with suspension block - - 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 943.27.043
Carrier profile, 208 mm (8 3/16”) Aluminum anodized 1 pc. 3 pcs. 3 pcs. 940.81.080
Thrust bearing for lower guide
- - - 1 pc. - 943.28.028
Thrust bearing, used w/o lower guide
- - - - 1 pc. 943.28.029
Cover cap to carrier profile Plastic anthracite 1 pc. 3 pcs. 3 pcs. 942.56.029
Note
Item numbers are valid for only 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount.
Set does not include the upper tracks, lower guide channels, hinges or locks.
Dimensions in mm
7/19
HAWA Variofold 80/H

Order Specifications:
1 • Length of upper track (opening)
• Select appropriate set types and number of sets
• Length of lower guide channel
• Number of hinges
• Door seals if desired
• Locks if desired
Lower guide channel, pre-drilled,

Aluminum clear anodized 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.81.600
24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16”)
Heavy duty ball bearing hinge

- 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”)
Stainless Steel
2 pcs. required - - 926.21.003
316
- 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”)
3 pcs. required
Door seal Rubber black 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 950.07.423
Installation Plan
Hinge Positions: Wall Section Detail:
6 50
Stainless Steel hinge 1"
1 31"
4 32
3"
9.5 8
2
3"
32
Version A
4
5" With on site fitted compensation frame and door seal
32
6 50
Door Seal Positions: 1"
1 31"
4 32
Version B
Direct wall attachment requires 6 mm (1/4”) clearance
Locks pages 1.201-1.203

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Centerfold 80/H

•
•
Vertical adjustment: ±3 mm (±1/8”)
Minimum door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8”) 1
• Minimum panel width: 500 mm (19 11/16”)
• Maximum panel width: 900 mm (35 7/16”)
• Door thickness: 35 – 45 mm (1 3/8” – 1 3/4”),
(up to 57 mm (2 1/4”) available upon request)
• For 1 1/2 – 6 1/2 folding panels
• Lower guide channel not required
• Minimal space required in stacking area
50
1 31"
32
Ø8.5
5"
16
58
8"
2 32
68 ± 3
2 11"
16
± 1"
8
13"
5" 10 32
34 1 16
26
1"
1 32
35 – 45
3" 25"
1 8 – 1 32
56 59 114
7" 5" 1"
2 32 2 16 4 2
13"
10 32
26
1"
1 32
19
5"
3" 34 1 16
4
25"
20 32
13"
10 32
Ø20
25"
32
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Centerfold 80/H

1 • Length of upper track (opening)
• Select appropriate set types and number of sets
• Door seals and locks if desired
Heavy duty ball bearing hinge

Stainless Steel
- 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 2 pcs. required – – 926.21.003
316
- 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 3 pcs. required
Door seal Rubber black 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 950.07.423
Installation Plan
Hinge Positions Wall Section Detail
Stainless Steel hinge 6 50

1"
4 1 31"
32
3"
9.5 8
2
3"
32
4 Version A
5"
32 With on site fitted compensation frame and door seal
Door Seal Positions 6 50
1"
4 1 31"
32
Version B
Direct wall attachment requires 6 mm (1/4”) clearance
Locks pages 1.201-1.203

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Centerfold 80/H Set

Item No.
Basic set with lower pivot 943.27.100 1

Additional set 943.27.101
Pivot door set attached to folding doors 943.29.013
Pivot door set w/o guide channel 943.29.015
Set Components
943.27.100 943.27.101 943.29.013 943.29.015
Description Material Finish Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Item No.
Upper pivot with suspension block 1 pc. – – 1 pc. 943.27.022
Door stopper with adjustable catch 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 943.27.043
Running gear,
1 pc. – – – 943.27.012
M10 with suspension plate
Running gear,
– 1 pc. – – 943.27.021
M10 with distance spacer
Carrier profile
Aluminum anodized 2 pcs. - 1 pc. 3 pcs. 940.81.080
208 mm (8 3/16”)
Carrier profile
Aluminum anodized 1 pc. 1 pc. – – 940.81.081
550 mm (21 5/8”)
Thrust bearing, used w/o lower

1 pc. – – 1 pc. 943.28.029
guide channel, includes lower pivot
Cover cap to carrier profile Plastic anthracite 3 pcs. 1 pc. 1 pc. 3 pcs. 942.56.029
Vertical adjustment wrench,

1 pc. – – – 943.27.090
19 mm (3/4”)
Wrench, 10/11 mm (13/32”/7/16”)

1 pc. – – – 941.20.091
for suspension assembly
Wrench, 13 mm (1/2”) 1 pc. – – – 943.30.095

Installation Examples:
Dimensions in mm
HAWA 20-c Folding Wall 120

• Maximum door weight per leaf: 120 kg (264 lbs.)
1 •
•
Max. leaf width 1000 mm (39 3/8”)
• For 3 – 7 folding panels
• Suspension with angle bracket
• Guide bracket with plastic slider
• Deadbolt lock, 13 mm (1/2”)
• Resistant to wear and tear
• Upper track made of stainless steel
116
9"
4 16
10.5 95 10.5
13" 3 3" 13"
32 4 32
5"
16
8
3"
2 32
51 2
125"
32
45
1"
1 1"
6
32
4
4
32
1 1"
4
3"
16
5
25"
20
13"
32
10
32
20
25"
32
9
11"
32
1
1"
31"
52.5
1 32
18
1"
2 16
Ø14 32
50
29.5
5"
132
9" 23"
16 32 10
285 13"
7" 32
11 32
3"
28
1 32
20
25" 2.5
32 3"
32
1 2 3 4 5
Dimensions in mm
HAWA 20-c Set

• Length of upper track/opening 1
• Set type and number of sets
• Length of lower guide channel
Item No.
943.02.001
943.02.002
943.02.003
943.02.004
943.02.005
Set Components
Description: 943.02.001 943.02.002 943.02.003 943.02.004 943.02.005 Item No.
Running gear 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 942.41.014
Suspension bracket 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 943.02.022
Lower guide bracket 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 943.02.030
Deadbolt lock 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 943.04.080
Slip-fit rose 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. 943.04.091
Key to deadbolt lock 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 943.04.090
Note
Item numbers are valid only for 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount.
Description Material Finish Length/Door Height Qty./Door Item No.
Dual upper tracks, Stainless Steel

– 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 942.43.611
with mounting flanges 304
Lower guide channel, 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 941.00.960

Aluminum anodized
pre-drilled 20 x 20 x 3 mm 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) – 941.00.925
(25/32” x 25/32” x 1/8”) Brass – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 943.05.600
Lower guide channel,
pre-drilled 20 x 28 x 3 mm Brass – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 942.50.600
(25/32” x 1 1/8” x 1/8”)
up to 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 3 pcs. 926.98.040
Ball bearing hinges,
Stainless Steel matt up to 3.2 m (10’ 6”) 4 pcs. –
102 x 76 mm (4” x 3”)
up to 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 5 pcs. –
HAWA bar bolt lock, Doorfix Steel galvanized – – 946.21.100
chromium-
Strike plate Steel – – 946.23.910
plated, polished
chromium-
Dust proof strike Steel – – 946.23.920
plated, polished
Installation Plan
Mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon request.
Dimensions in mm
7/19
HAWA 220 Planfront 70 210

9"
8 32
• Maximum door weight: 70 kg (154 lbs.) 23 47
1 • Door width: 400 – 1500 mm (15 3/4” – 59 1/16”) 7" 1 7"

8
8
• Door thickness: 19 mm – 45 mm (3/4” – 1 3/4”)
• For single sliding wood doors 35
• Doors are flush with wall when closed and recessed into a 1 3"
8
pocket when opened
• Outstanding durability 43 ± 5
11" 3"
• Vertical adjustment 1 16 16
61
• Width of sliding door 2 3"
8
• Type of set, left or right
25
1"
20
13"
16
27 45
1"
1 16 1 3"
4
23
29"
32
AM2
23
AM1
29"
32
Handing reference:
Set
• Panel width maximum: 1500 mm (59 1/16”) left right
Handing Item No.

right 407.74.230
left 407.74.338
Set Components
Description Material Finish
Running gear, with ball bearing rollers,
vertically adjustable. Running gear body:
With mounting plate, suspension plate, Precision pressure cast nickel-plated
M10 bolt and rubber trim caps. Mounting plate: anodized
Rollers pivot and the suspension plate are adjustable Aluminum
inside the mounting plate.
Guide: Steel pin with
Adjustable roller guide, with mounting Plastic roller anodized
plate and rubber trim caps. Mounting plate: Aluminum nylon coated
Rollers: Steel
Upper track, pre-drilled and curved Aluminum anodized
Lower track, pre-drilled and curved Aluminum anodized
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 40/F

• For door thickness: 19 – 25 mm (3/4” – 1)
• Height adjustable: +/- 2 mm (5/64”) 1
• Door width: 400 mm – 900 mm (15 3/4” – 35 7/16”)
• Maximum door height: 2600 mm (102 3/8”)
• Up to 7 panels can be stored in a parking area on one side
of the cabinet
• Cabinet front is flush when closed
• Use for left or right handed application
Note
Custom and curved applications available.
Contact our product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
For stackable cabinet fronts

48
1 7"
8
≥25
31"
32
50
31"
1 32 5 ± 2
3" 1"
16 16
24 ≥19
15" 3"
16 4
43
11"
1 16
5 ± 2
3" 1"
16 16
12 ≥25
15" 31"
32 32
12
15"
32
Layout example:
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 40/F Set

• For 1 door
1 Order specifications
• Quantity of door component sets
• Quantity and length of track sets
• Quantity of parking area sets
Item No.
400.70.910
Set Components
Running gear, M8 – – 1 set (2 pcs.)
Mounting cups, screw-mounted Zinc-plated – 3 pcs.
Suspension bolt w/mounting screws for

– – 2 pcs.
1 mounting cup
Lower guide w/mounting screws for

– – 1 pc.
1 mounting cup
Alignment bracket w/mounting screws Plastic black 1 pc.
Cover cap for mounting cup Plastic black 3 pcs.
Distance spacers for a panel gap of

– – 1 set (4 pcs.)
2 mm (5/64”)
Distance spacers for a panel gap of

– – 1 set (2 pcs.)
3 mm (1/8”) continuous toothed belt
Note
European hinges are not included in hardware sets, please order separately, refer to The Complete Häfele Catalog Furniture/Cabinetry Hardware.
Set
Description Item No.
For cabinet width of 3.2 m (10’ 6”), length of tracks 2.5 m (98 7/16”) 400.71.001
For cabinet width of 4.2 m (13’ 9 3/8”), length of tracks 3.5 m (137 13/16”) 400.71.002
Set Components
400.71.001 400.71.002
Description Material Finsh Length Qty. Qty.
clear 2.5 m
Single upper track Aluminum 2 pcs. –
anodized (98 7/16”)
clear 3.5 m
Single upper track Aluminum – 2 pcs.
anodized (137 13/16”)
2.5 m
Lower guide channel Plastic black 1 set (2 pcs.) 1 set (2 pcs.)
(98 7/16”)
Dual top mounting plate,

for assembling of two single Aluminum – – 6 pcs. 8 pcs.
upper tracks
Installation Plan
Iincluded in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and execution available upon request.
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 40/F

• For 1 parking area (can be used for right or left hand applications)
Item No. 1
400.70.900
Set Components
Single curved upper track segment, 75º

Aluminum clear anodized 1 pc.
inside, length of leg 580 mm (22 13/16”)
Single curved upper track segment, 75º

Aluminum clear anodized 1 pc.
outside, length of leg 580 mm (22 13/16”)
Curved lower guide channel, 75º Plastic black 1 pc.
Dual top mounting plate for assembling of

Aluminum – 1 pc.
two single upper tracks
Single top mounting plate for mounting of

Aluminum – 8 pcs.
single upper tracks
Upper track connecting bolts – – 1 set (6 pcs.)
Upper track end stops – – 1 set
Lower guide channel stops – – 1 set
Center stop with adjustable retention spring – – 1 pc.
Adjustment wrench, SW 15/7 Steel galvanized 1 pc.
Hex key, 4 mm Steel chrome-plated 1 pc.
Note
Before mounting the upper track, please make sure that the center stop, running gears, and track and end stops are inserted into the upper track.
==
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/H

• Maximum door weight: 60 kg (130 lbs.) per door leaf
1 • Door thickness: 35 – 50 mm (1 1/2” – 2”)
• Minimum track radius: 2000 mm (78 3/4”)
• Adjustable vertically: ±3 mm (±1/8”)
• Modular running track system for room dividers and screens
• Suspension with support profile
• Height adjustable sliding door leaves
• Extremely light and silent running in curves
• A single lock secures the entire installation
• Installations without a bottom guide channel are possible
• Center stop with adjustable retention spring catch
• Standard parking area sets accommodate up to 9 door panels
• Parking at 90º or parallel to the sliding axis
Note
Custom and curved applications available.
Contact our product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
48
1 7"
8
31"
1 32
50
1"
7 ±3
±3
8
31"
25
32
9"
32
20
25"
32
20
25"
32
5" 1"
8 ±3
16 ± 3
8
31"
25
32
35 – 50
1 3"
8
31"
1 32
16
5"
16
8
5"
8
16
5"
8
Ø15
19"
32
2 3"
60
8
20
35.5
1 13"
32
Parallel parking 90º Parking 25"

32
Parallel parking 550 – 1500 mm (21 5/8” - 59 1/16”)

5"
Door leaf width

32
4
90º Parking 550 – 1950 mm (21 5/8” - 76 3/4”)

Door leaf height < 2600 mm (102 3/8”)
2.5
3"
32
28
1 1"
8
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/H

Calculations
Cutting Dimensions for Straight Running Tracks and Guide Channels 1
Parallel parking area
Outer Installation width - 730 mm (28 3/4”) 1 pc.
2 x single running track
Inner Installation width - 1230 mm (48 3/8”) 1 pc.
Bottom guide channel Installation width - 500 mm (19 11/16”) 1 pc.
Top suspension plates Installation width: 500 mm (19 11/16”) X pcs.
90º Parking area
Outer Installation width - 130 mm (5 1/8”) 1 pc.
2 x single running track
Inner Installation width - 500 mm (19 11/16”) 1 pc.
Bottom guide channel Installation width + 20 mm (13/16”) 1 pc.
Top mounting plates Installation width: 500 mm (19 11/16”) X pcs.
Easy action
Ease of sliding due to precision guides, with extremely
quiet and gentle running due to a mix of plastic wheels
and anodized aluminum top tracks.
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/H

Installation
1 Installation with Bottom Guide Channel Installation without Bottom Guide Channel
Installations with pivot door, Installation type 1 Installations with pivot door, Installations 2
90º parking area 90º parking area
B D LMB/AB C G
LMB/AB
Set Door Type Set Door Type

Pivot door B 1 pc. Pivot door C 1 pc.
Sliding door D X pcs. Sliding door G X pcs.
90º parking area 1 pc. 90º parking area 1 pc.
Installations without pivot Installation type 3 Installations without pivot Installation type 4
door, 90º parking area door, 90º parking area
AB F/H D AB G/I G
LMB LMB

Sliding door F 1 pc. Sliding door G 1 pc.
Sliding door H 1 pc. Sliding door I 1 pc.
90º parking area 1 pc. 90º parking area 1 pc.
Installations with pivot door, Installation type 5 Installations with pivot door, Installation type 6
parallel parking area parallel parking area
LMB/AB A D LMB/AB A G

Pivot door A 1 pc. Pivot door A 1 pc.
Parallel parking area 1 pc. Parallel parking area 1 pc.
Installations without pivot Installation type 7 Installations without pivot Installation type 8
door, parallel parking area door, parallel parking area
AB AB G/I G
F/H D
LMB LMB

Sliding door F 1 pc. Sliding door G 1 pc.
Sliding door H 1 pc. Sliding door I 1 pc.
Parallel parking area 1 pc. Parallel parking area 1 pc.
LMB = Inside width

AB = Installation width
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/H Sets

Sliding Doors
Material: Aluminum, clear anodized Parking Areas 1
Set Components Item No. Set Components Item No.
Door type D 943.30.003 Parallel parking area with guide track 943.31.000
2 - Suspension carriages 1 - Single 75º curved track, inner
2 - Running gears 1 - Single 75º curved track, outer
3 - Suspension profiles 1 - End stop set for single running track
3 - Cover caps 6 - Connecting pins
1 - Floor guide with mounting block 1 - Center stop
Door type F 943.30.006 1 - Mounting plate for 2 x single running track
11 - Mounting plates for single running track
2 -
Suspension carriages 1 - Hex key
2 -
Running gears 2 - Stoppers for guide track
2 -
Suspension profiles 1 - Running track end piece
2 -
Cover caps 6 - Guide track connecting pins
1 -
Single bolt lock with square/hexagonal socket 1 - 75º curved guide track
and guide pin 1 - Adjustment tool
1 - Socket key
Parallel parking area without guide track 943.31.001
Door type G 943.30.005
1 - Single 75º curved track, inner
2 - Suspension carriages 1 - Single 75º curved track, outer
2 - Running gears 1 - End stop set for single running track
2 - Suspension profiles 6 - Connecting pins
2 - Cover caps 1 - Center stop
1 - Single bolt lock with square/hexagonal socket 1 - Mounting plate for 2 x single running track
1 - Strike plate 11 - Mounting plates for single running track
1 - Socket key 1 - Hex key
Door type H 943.30.004 1 - Running track end piece
1 - Adjustment tool
2 - Suspension carriages
2 - Running gears 90º parking area with guide track 943.31.002
2 - Suspension profiles 1 - Single 90º curved track, inner
2 - Cover caps 1 - Single 75º curved track, outer
1 - Single bolt lock with profile cylinder and guide pin 1 - End stop set for single running track
Door type I 943.30.007 6 - Connecting pins
1 - Center stop
2 - Suspension carriages
1 - Mounting plate for 2 x single running track
2 - Running gears
2 - Suspension profiles
1 - Hex key
2 - Cover caps
2 - Stoppers for guide track
1 - Single bolt lock with profile cylinder
1 - Running track end piece
1 - Strike plate
1 - Adjustment tool
90º parking area without guide track 943.31.003
Pivot Doors
1 - Single 90º curved track, inner
Set Components Item No. 1 - Single 75º curved track, outer
Door type A 943.30.002 1 - End stop set for single running track
2 - Suspension profiles 6 - Connecting pins
2 - Cover caps 1 - Center stop

1 - Top pivot bearing for parallel parking area 1 - Mounting plate for 2 x single running track
1 - Bottom pivot bearing wth thrust bearing sleeve 10 - Mounting plates for single running track
1 - Adapter piece, inner 1 - Hex key
1 - Adapter piece, outer 1 - Running track end piece
1 - Mounting plate 1 - Adjustment tool
1 - Spanner
Door type B 943.30.000
2 - Cover caps
1 - Top pivot bearing for 90º parking area
1 - Bottom pivot bearing for guide track
1 - Spanner
Door type C 943.30.001
2 - Cover caps
1 - Top pivot bearing for 90º parking area
1 - Bottom pivot bearing with thrust bearing sleeve
1 - Spanner
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/H

Sliding Door Pivot Door
1 Individual Components Individual Components
Item No. Item No.
Suspension carriage with Suspension profile

integrated mounting block 943.30.020 250 x 20 x 25 mm 943.31.125
and M8 screw (9 27/32” x 28/32” x 1”)
Running gear with 2 rollers Cover cap for suspension profile

943.30.012 20 x 25 mm (25/32” x 1”) 943.30.029
and M8 screw
Plastic, gray
Suspension profile
250 x 20 x 25 mm 943.31.125 Top pivot bearing for parallel
(9 27/32” x 28/32” x 1”) 943.30.022
parking area
Cover cap for suspension profile

20 x 25 mm (25/32” x 1”) 943.30.029
Plastic, anthracite gray Pivot bearing for 90 mm (3 1/2”)
943.30.023
parking area
Floor guide with

943.30.030
mounting block
Bottom pivot bearing for
943.30.032
guide channel
Single bolt lock with
square/hexagonal socket,
943.31.083
clip-on escutcheon and
Ø9 mm (11/32”) bolt/guide plan Bottom pivot bearing with thrust
943.30.033
2 bearing sleeve 20 mm (25/32”)
Single bolt lock for 17 mm
(11/16”) profile cylinder, with 943.31.082
Ø9 mm (11/32”) bolt/guide pin Adapter piece for inner
running track 943.30.090
Single bolt lock with Length: 300 mm (11 13/16”)
square/hexagonal socket,
943.31.080
clip-on escutcheon and
Ø9 mm (11/32”) bolt Adapter piece for outer
running track 943.30.091
Length: 300 mm (11 13/16”)
Single bolt lock for 17 mm
(21/32”) profile cylinder, with 943.31.081
Ø9 mm (11/32”) bolt
Mounting plate for 2 x single
943.30.024
running track
Strike plate for 9 mm (11/32”) bolt 943.31.090
Wrench SW13 943.30.095
Socket key for bolt lock 943.04.090
Note
Item numbers refer to only 1 pc. or 1 set. Please specify
required quanitiy when ordering individual parts.
Dimensions in mm
10/19
HAWA Aperto 60/H

Parking Bay
Individual Components 1
Item No. Length Item No.
Single top 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 943.30.925
Single 90º curved track, inner running track 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16’) 943.30.935
Side length: 70 mm (2 3/4”) 943.30.670
clear, anodized 6 m (19’ 8 1/4’) 943.30.960
Aluminum, clear anodized
Guide channel
16 x 16 mm 6 m (19’ 1/4”) 943.31.960
Single 75º curved track, inner
Side length: 580 mm (5/8” x 5/8”)
943.30.750
(22 13/16”) Aluminum,
Guide channel 3.5 m
clear anodized 943.31.835
Pre-drilled (11’ 5 13/16”)
Single 75º curved track, outer 16 x 16 mm
Side length: 580 mm (22 (5/8” x 5/8”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.31.860
943.30.850
13/16”) Aluminum,
clear anodized Accessories
• For covering open-plan and visible parking areas
End stop for running track
943.30.044
1 set (3 pcs.)
Internal Track Cover for Parking Area
Connecting pins for
running tracks and profiles 943.30.092
A
1 set (6 pcs.) B
Center stop with

943.30.042
adjustable retainer
A = Internal track cover B = Internal track cover
Hex Key for parallel parking for 90º parking area
Size: 4 mm (5/32”) 943.30.093
Length: 230 mm (9 1/16”) Sets
Item No.
Stopper for guide track Internal concealed track for parallel parking area 943.31.004
943.30.043
16 x 16 mm (5/8” x 5/8”) 1 - Single 75º curved track, inner
1 - Single running track for parallel parking area
1 - Single running track for parallel and 90º
End piece for running track parking areas
943.30.115 8 - Mounting plates for single running track
Length: 150 mm (5 29/32”)
Internal concealed track for 90º parking area 943.31.005
Connecting pins for 1 - Single 75º curved track, inner
guide track 943.30.094 1 - Single running track for parallel and 90º
1 set (6 pcs.) parking areas
Curved 75º guide track side

943.31.750 Set Components
Length: 500 mm (19 11/16”)
Item No.
Mounting plate for Single 75º curved track, inner

943.30.024 943.30.750
2 x single running track Side length: 580 mm (22 13/16”)
Mounting plate for Single running track for parallel

2 x single running track 943.30.025 parking area
943.30.455
1 set (6 pcs.) For internal track cover
Length: 550 mm (21 21/32”)
Mounting plate for
2 x single running track 943.30.026 Single running track for
1 set (8 pcs.) parallel and 90º parking area
943.30.570
For Internal track cover
Length: 700 mm (27 9/16”)
Mounting plate for single
943.30.027
running track Mounting plate for single
943.30.027
running track
Note
Item numbers refer to only 1 pc. or 1 set. Please specify
required quanitiy when ordering individual parts.
Sealing profile pages 1.200, 1.203
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/H

• Panel weight depends on running gear selection:
1 Single running gear 70 kg (154 lbs.)
Single running gear 100 kg (220 lbs.)
Dual running gear 150 kg (330 lbs.)
• Vertical adjustment: +6/-3 mm (1/4”/1/8”)
• Minimum door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8”)
• For curved applications: min. radius: 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
• Consists of modular components for easy assembly
• Running gear with 2 point guide
• Minimal space required in parking area
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation even through the
curved components
• System can be used with and without a lower guide channel
• Individual parking configuration possible
• Suitable for curved sliding wall partitions
M8
103 -3
+6
1"
4 16
3 21"
93
32
21.5 21.5
27" 27"
32 32
63
13"
10
32
1 11"
34
2 15" 32
1"
1 13"
26
3"
1 32
70
46
32
16
4 2
20 3 20
25" 25" 26 36
32 1" 32 1"
1 32 7"
1 16
8
17 17
21" 21"
32 32
1 13"
46
16
1 11"
34
32
1"
26
3"
1 32
70
13"
10
4
32
2
28
3"
1 32
15.5 3 15.5
5" 1" 5"
8 8 8
20
25"
32
31
7"
1 32
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/H

• Please provide the following details about your opening: 1
• Number of sliding panels
• Lower guide channel (yes or no)
• Clear opening size: width and height
• Panel width and height
• Panel weight
• Panel thickness
• Parking configuration: parallel, perpendicular or special
(please provide a drawing/sketch)
Note
For additional details, information, availability and pricing please
contact your product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
Stacking Examples:
Parallel Perpendicular or Angle
Straight
Change in
direction
Curved
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Separo 103H/400 and 112H/400

1 •
•
Vertical adjustment: +6/-6 mm (1/4”/1/4”)
• For curved applications: min. radius: 1 m (3’ 3 3/8”)
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation even through the
curved segments
• System can be used with and without a lower guide channel
106
3"
4 16
3"
53
2 32
1"
4
6130
5 1"
8
1"
77
3 32
1 13"
36
32
21.5 21.5 50
27" 27" 1 31"
32
32 32
26
1"
3"
26
1 32
70
1"
1 32
4 2
20 3 20
1 11"
34
32
25" 25"
32 1" 32
8
13"
10
32
17 17
21" 21"
3"
28
1 32
32 32
1"
3"
26
1 32
70
20
4 2
25"
32
15.5 3 15.5 32
5" 1" 5"
8 8 8 1 1"
4
Dimensions in mm
8/18
HAWA Separo 103H/400 and 112H/400

• Please provide the following details about your opening: 1
• Number of sliding panels
• Lower guide channel (yes or no)
• Clear opening size: width and height
• Panel weight
• Panel thickness
Note
Stacking Examples:
Parallel (103) Perpendicular or Angle (112)
Straight
Change in
direction
Curved
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit 50
1 15"
16
1 • Maximum door height: 3.3 m (10’ 9 15/16”)
• Maximum door width: 1 m (3’ 3 3/8”)
Head board
Packing
Lintel
Fascia
• Maximum number of doors: 16 (8 left/8 right)
batten
48 50
69 x 34 7"
• Maximum opening width: 16.07 m (52’ 8”) 23" 11"
1 8 1 15"
16
2 32 x1 32
• Panel thickness: Non-mortise: 35 – 68 mm (1 3/8” – 2 11/16”)
Mortise (radius corner): 44 – 68 mm
9 7 Upper
(1 3/4” – 2 11/16”) 12 11" 9" 20 track
1" 6
• Full corrosion resistant construction 2 2.7 1"
32 32 25"
32
• 316 marine grade Stainless Steel parts for improved strength 3"
32
4
and maximum corrosion resistance Track 6

1"
• Concealed channel enhances appearance seal 4
• Mortise and non-mortise hinges and hangers available
• Precision bearings top and bottom decrease rolling resistance
• Ideal for coastal applications Intermediate
hanger and
guide set
Hinge
handle
set
8
5"
5 16
3"
16
34
11"
1 32 Intermediate
Jamb non-mortise
rebate 8
Intermediate 12 5"
guide
hanger and 1" 16
Channel
guide set Center line
2
Jamb 20
of channel
23 25" 9
19 32 11"
3" 29"
4 32 32
2.7 20
39 3" Sill 25"
Center line 17" 32 Frame 32
of hanger, 1 32 seal
guide pivot Ø6 mm (1/4") drill
Adjustable and track for drainage at
pivot set 21
End hanger 13" 1000 mm (39 3/8")
and guide set
16 centers
Hinge handle 138 Polypropylene or optional
Hinge handle 25"
(offset) set (offset) set 32 aluminum channel
with polypropylene
Note
150 kg (330 lb.) option is available. To collaborate on your custom configuration, receive a quote or place your order, contact our Häfele to Order
department at hafele2order@hafele.us or 1-888-437-7477.
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Al Fresco Summit - Non-Mortice Hinges
Hardware Layout 1
Intermediate End hanger set
hanger set
Pivot Flush bolt Flush bolt
set
Weather seal
Offset hinge
handle set Flush bolt
Flush bolt
Top and Front Views (outward openng) End View (outward openng)
Pivot Flush bolt Door 11
set Intermediate End hanger set 50
Strike plate Seal thickness 7"
hanger set 2"
less 16
7 50
9 9"
3" 32 2"
8
Polyproplene channel
60
2 3" 20
8 13"
16
Flush bolt
Offset hinge set
4 6
6 5" Clearance between panels 1" Jamb clearance
1" Jamb clearance 32 4
4
Flush bolt Center

Hinge handle
7
9" Head clearance
32
8
5"
16
20
13"
16
20
13"
16 9
3"
8
6 19
9 Sill 1" 3"
3" 4 21 4
clearance 13"
8
16
Equal Equal Equal Equal
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit
• Many installation configurations are possible
1 • Below are a few examples using non-mortise hinges
1 Pivot Set 2 End Hanger 3 Hinge 4 Intermediate hanger 5 Hinge set 6 Offset 7 Offset hinge
Set 100 kg handle set 100 kg hinge set handle set
Numbers 1-7 refer to the door hardware set orientation below.
FB = Flush Bolt
FP= Flush pulls
LK = Lock (customer supplied)
Outward Opening Inward Opening

2 Leaf 2 + 1 Leaf 3 Leaf 3 + 3 Leaf 2 Leaf 2 + 1 Leaf 3 Leaf 3 + 3 Leaf
Inside FB FB FB FB FB FB
Inside 3 FB 3 7FB 7 FB FB 7
FB LK LK FB LK 1 FP 2 1 FP 2 LK 1 1 FP 4 LK 1 FP 4 FP LK 4 FP 1
1 2 1 2 1 1 4 1 4 4 1 Outside 5 5 6 6 6
Outside
2 + 2 Leaf 3 + 2 Leaf 4 + 2 Leaf 2 + 2 Leaf 3 + 2 Leaf 4 + 2 Leaf

Inside FB FB FB FB FB
Inside 3 3 7FB LK FB 3 FB FB
FB FB 7FB 7 FB FB 3 1 FP 2 2 FP 1 1 FP 4 LK 2 FP 1 1 FP 4 FP 2 2 FP 1
1 22 1 1 4 2 1 1 4 22 1 5 5 6 5 6 6 5
Outside Outside
3 + 1 Leaf 4 + 1 Leaf 5 + 1 Leaf 3 + 1 Leaf 4 + 1 Leaf 5 + 1 Leaf

Inside FB FB FB FB FB FB
Inside 7 7 7 7 3 FB
FB FB LK FB FB LK FB FB FBLK 1 FP 4 FP LK 1 1 FP 4 FP 2 LK 1 1 FP 4 FP 4 FP LK 1
1 4 1 1 4 2 1 1 4 4 1 6 6 6 6 5
Outside
Outside
4 Leaf 5 Leaf 6 Leaf Inside 4 Leaf 5 Leaf 6 Leaf
Inside 7 7 FB 7 FB 3 FB 7FB 3 7FB FB FB FB FB FB FB FB
FB LK FB 1 FP 4 FP 2 1 FP 4 FP 4 LK 1 FP 4 FP 4 FP 2
1 4 2 1 4 4 1 4 4 2 6 6 6 5 6 5 6
Outside Outside
Dimensions in mm
6/19
Al Fresco Summit
Pivot Sets 1
Material Finish Item No. 1
satin 943.34.012
polished 943.34.011
Pivot assembly, mortise Stainless Steel
PVD rustic black 943.34.010
PVD brass 943.34.009
satin 943.34.004
polished 943.34.003
Pivot assembly, non-mortise Stainless Steel
Hinge Handle Sets - Straight 3

Material Finish Item No.
satin 943.34.105
polished 943.34.106
Mortise Stainless Steel
satin 943.34.097
polished 943.34.098
Non-mortise Stainless Steel
Hinge Handle Sets - Offset 7

satin 943.34.141
polished 943.34.142
satin 943.34.133
polished 943.34.134
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit
Intermediate Hanger Sets 4
1 Material Finish Item No.
satin 943.34.084
polished 943.34.082
satin 943.34.068
polished 943.34.066
End Hanger Sets 2

1 Pivot Set 2 End Hanger
Set 100 kg
3 Hinge
handle set
4 Intermediate hanger
set 75 & 100 kg
5 Hinge set 6 Offset
hinge set
7 Offset hinge
handle set
Material Finish Weight capacity Item No.
satin 943.34.060
polished 943.34.059
Mortise Stainless Steel 100 kg (220 lbs.)

1 Pivot Set 2 End Hanger 3 Hinge 4 Intermediate hanger 5 Hinge set 6 Offset 7 Offset hinge
Set 100 kg handle set set 75 & 100 kg hinge set handle set
satin 943.34.048
polished 943.34.047
Non-mortise Stainless Steel 100 kg (220 lbs.)
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit
Hinge Sets, For Inward Opening Applications – Straight 5
Material Finish Item No. 1
satin 943.34.117
polished 943.34.118
Intermediate hinge set, mortise Stainless Steel
satin 943.34.109
polished 943.34.110
Intermediate hinge set,
Stainless Steel
non-mortise
Hinge Sets, For Inward Opening Applications – Offset 6

satin 943.34.129
polished 943.34.130
Intermediate hinge set, mortise Stainless Steel
satin 943.34.121
polished 943.34.122
Intermediate hinge set,
Stainless Steel
non-mortise
Note
For doors exceeding 2.4 m (96 1/2”), refer to spare hinges, optional jamb pivot or optional security aligner, page 1.186.
Spare hinges page 1.186

Jamb pivot page 1.186
Security aligner page 1.186
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit
1
Spare Hinges
• One additional hinge is recommended for doors
exceeding 2.4 m (94 1/2”)
Mortise Straight
satin 943.34.166
Non-mortise polished 943.34.167
satin 943.34.158
polished 943.34.159
Mortise Offset
satin 943.34.190
polished 943.34.191
Non-mortise Mortise Stainless Steel
satin 943.34.182
polished 943.34.183
Security Aligner, optional

• Aligns panel to seal perimeter to help secure against lifting
Item No.
943.34.197
Pivot
Jamb Mount Socket Panel
Jamb Pivot, optional

• Recommended for doors exceeding 2.4 m (94 1/2”)
Finish Item No.

satin 943.34.153
polished 943.34.154
Mortise
Jamb PVD rustic black 943.34.156
Pivot Bolt PVD brass 943.34.155
satin 943.34.149
polished 943.34.150
Non-mortise
Dimensions in mm
Al Fresco Summit - Accessories

Seals
Material Finish Length Item No. 1
brown 950.06.202
Frame seal Plastic 20 m (65’ 7 13/32”)
white 950.06.208
brown 950.06.451
Door seal Plastic 20 m (65’ 7 13/32”)
white 950.06.457
Track seal Nylon Filament black 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 950.06.292
Note
Calculations for length of seals (allowing 1 m cutting reserve)
Frame seal length = (2 x opening width + 2 x opening height) + 1 m
Door seal length = (2 x No. of door panels x opening height) = 1 m
Track seal length = Opening width + 1 m
Upper Tracks and Lower Guide Channels

2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 943.34.920
Upper track, 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 943.34.930
50 x 48 mm Aluminum anodized
(1 31/32” x 1 7/8”) 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 943.34.940
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.34.960
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 943.34.821
Upper track, 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 943.34.831
dark brown
50 x 48 mm Aluminum
anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 943.34.841
(1 31/32” x 1 7/8”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.34.861
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 943.33.920
Lower guide channel, 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 943.33.930
20 x 21 x 2 mm Polypropylene black
(25/32” x 7/8” x 3/32”) 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 943.33.940
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.33.960
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 943.33.120
Lower channel for polypropylene 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 943.33.130
guide channel, 25 x 23 x 2 mm Aluminum anodized
(31/32” x 29/32” x 3/32”) 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 943.33.140
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.33.160
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 943.33.022
Lower channel for polypropylene 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 943.33.032
dark brown
guide channel, 25 x 23 x 2 mm Aluminum
anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 943.33.042

(31/32” x 29/32” x 3/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 943.33.062
Note
Please request planning and installation information
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Al Fresco Summit
Accessories
1 Material Finish Length Item No.
satin nickel 911.62.501
Flush bolt at top and bottom polished nickel 911.62.503
Brass 190 mm (7 1/2”)
Panel height 2200 mm (7’ 2 5/8”) PVD rustic black 911.62.751
Flush bolt, with offset bolt at top for polished nickel 911.62.515
inward opening application Brass 190 mm (7 1/2”)
Flush bolt, lockable polished nickel 911.62.509
Brass 190 mm (7 1/2”)
Flush bolt at bottom, for inward polished nickel 911.62.506
opening applications and Brass 190 mm (7 1/2”)
flush threshold PVD brass 911.62.760
polished nickel 911.62.518

Flush bolt at top and bottom
Brass 450 mm (17 11/16”)
Panel height 2440 mm (8’) PVD rustic black 911.62.753
Flush bolt, with offset bolt at top for polished nickel 911.62.524
inward opening application Brass 450 mm (17 11/16”)

Flush bolt, lockable
Brass 450 mm (17 11/16”)
Panel height 2440 mm (8’)
Flush bolt at top and bottom
Brass 600 mm (23 5/8”)
Panel height 2743 mm (9’)

Flush bolt, with offset bolt at top for
inward opening Brass 600 mm (23 5/8”)
Router bit for flush bolts,

- - - 911.62.531
with stepped cutter
Note
The stepped router bit allows you to cut the upper and lower slots to the correct width and depth in a single operation.
Dimensions in mm
Pocket Door
Futura
• For Junior 40/Z and 80/Z
• Suitable for door weights of up to either:
40 kg or 80 kg (88 lbs. or 176 lbs.) 1
• Door width: 610 mm – 1219 mm (24” – 48”)
• Door height: 2032 mm – 2438 mm (80” – 96”)
• Door thickness: up to 44 mm (1 3/4”)
• Designed to fit into standard 2x4 wood or steel constructed
interior walls
• Provides an efficient way to save space in tight room designs
• Specially engineered, cold-formed, zinc-plated steel studs
prevent bowing of the pocket walls
• Front steel studs have a special pocket to receive 1/2”
thick sheetrock
• Simple and straightforward installation
• Wood header is produced out of plywood in order to
prevent warping ADA compliant:
• Exposed part of wood header is laminated to match the color Sliding hardware requires less
of the sliding track than the 5 lbf. (22.2 N) mandated
• Suitable for sliding doors installed into dining rooms, kitchens, opening and closing force per ADA.
bathrooms, closets or master bedrooms
Junior 40/Z Junior 80/Z

12.7 89 12.7
(1/2") (3 1/2") (1/2") 12.7 89 12.7
(1/2") (3 1/2") (1/2")
2 x 4 stud 2 x 4 stud
Shims not 71 71
(2 13/16") Shims not
supplied supplied (2 13/16")
28 34
by Hafele (1 3/32") by Hafele (1 11/32")
12.7 (1/2") 12.7
Header assembly Header (1/2")
assembly
81 (3 3/16") 25 (31/32")
21
21 (13/16")
Filler strips (13/16") 30 (1 3/16") Filler strips 95
9 (3/8")
19 (3/4") (3 3/4") Construction of
15 (19/32")
26 (1 1/32")
rough opening:
19 19 (3/4") 30
(3/4") 8 (5/16") (1 3/16")
19
(3/4")
removable removable
Finished split on 1 side Finished split 5 on 1 side
5 5 (3/16")
jamb, not supplied (3/16") Door jamb, not supplied 5
(3/16") Door
by Hafele height by Hafele (3/16") 10
height
10 (13/32")
(13/32")
20
20 (25/32")
(25/32")
Finished floor 10
20 (13/32")
Finished floor 20 10 (verified in field) (25/32")
(verified in field) (25/32") (13/32") 34
34 (1 11/32")
(1 11/32")
Pocket door dimensions Single Pocket Door

for Hawa Junior 40/Z and 80/Z Rough opening width =
based on standard door sizes.
2 x door width + 25.4 mm (1”)
Rough opening (2 x door width plus 1")
10 Door width
19 (3/4") Clear opening
Bi-parting Pocket Doors
(13/32") 12.7 Rough opening width=
(1/2") 44.45 19 19
(3/4") 5 (3/16") (3/4")
4 x door width + 12.7 mm (1/2”)
(field adjusted) (1 3/4")
5 (3/16") Rough opening height =
114.4 114.4
(4 1/2") (4 1/2") • Door height + 132 mm (5 3/16”)
for Junior 40/Z
12.7
(1/2") 2 x 4 studs
• Door height + 146 mm (5 3/4”)
2x4 finished split
studs maximum maximum finished
for Junior 80/Z
jamb, not
406 mm (16") 406 mm (16") supplied by jamb, not
Häfele supplied by
Häfele
Dimensions in mm
Pocket Door
Futura
• For Junior 40Z and 80Z
1
• Appropriate Futura Framing Kit, depending on weight, width and
height of the sliding door
• Junior 40/Z or 80/Z complete fitting sets
(refer to pages 1.52-1.53 and 1.58-1.59)
Futura Pocket Door Framing Kit

Used with Junior track set
Door weight Door height Door width Item No.
(order separately)
Type I Jr. 40 up to 40 kg. (88 lbs.) up to 2032 (80”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.001
Type II Jr. 40 up to 40 kg. (88 lbs.) 2032 – 2438 (80” – 96”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.002
Type III Jr. 80 up to 80 kg. (176 lbs.) up to 2032 (80”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.003
Type IV Jr. 80 up to 80 kg. (176 lbs.) 2032 – 2438 (80” – 96”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.004
Type V Jr. 80 up to 80 kg. (176 lbs.) up to 2438 (96”) 914 – 1219 (36” – 48”) 940.94.005
Supplied With
Mounting instructions
Junior 40/Z or 80/Z Sliding Hardware

• Appropriate Futura framing kit, depending on weight, width and
height of the sliding door
Futura Pocket Door Framing Kit including Junior 40/Z or 80/Z Sliding Hardware
Door panel width Track length Door weight Door height Door width Item No.
Type I (Jr. 40) 100 cm (39 3/4”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) up to 40 kg. (88 lbs.) up to 2032 (80”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.101
Type II (Jr. 40) 100 cm (39 3/4”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) up to 40 kg. (88 lbs.) 2032 – 2438 (80” – 96”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.102
Type III (Jr. 80) 100 cm (39 3/4”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) up to 80 kg. (176 lbs.) up to 2032 (80”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.103
Type IV (Jr. 80) 100 cm (39 3/4”) 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) up to 80 kg. (176 lbs.) 2032 – 2438 (80” – 96”) 610 – 914 (24” – 36”) 940.94.104
Supplied With
Dimensions in mm
Pocket Door
Futura
Set Components
Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V 1
Description Variant Material Finish Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty. Qty.
Header assembly 1 pc. 1 pc.
Type I, II 1854 mm (6’ 1”)
plywood construction
Type III, IV 1854 mm (6’ 1”) Plywood gray 1 pc. 1 pc.
with laminated face, cut
Type V 2464 mm (8’ 1”)
to size 1 pc.
Front vertical stud, 2151 mm (7’ 11/16”), Jr. 40 2 pcs.
cold-formed, 2557 mm (8’ 4 11/16”), Jr. 40 2 pcs.
Steel zinc-plated
with wood strip to attach 2165 mm (7’ 1 1/4”), Jr. 80 2 pcs.
split jamb 2572 mm (8’ 5 1/4”), Jr. 80 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
2151 mm (7’ 11/16”), Jr. 40 2 pcs.
Back vertical stud, 2557 mm (8’ 4 11/16”), Jr. 40 2 pcs.
Steel zinc-plated
cold-formed 2165 mm (7’ 1 1/4”), Jr. 80 2 pcs.
2572 mm (8’ 5 1/4”), Jr. 80 2 pcs. 4 pcs.
Front floor plates - Plastic black 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
Back floor plates - Plastic black 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 4 pcs.
937 x 30 x 15 mm 2 pcs. 2 pcs.

(36 7/8” x 1 3/16” x 5/8”)
937 x 30 x 19 mm
Filler strip, cut to size Wood - 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
(36 7/8” x 1 3/16” x 3/4”)
1241 x 30 x 19 mm
(48 7/8” x 1 3/16” x 3/4”) 2 pcs.
Joining plate for bi-parting
doors includes mounting - Steel zinc-plated 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc.
screws (3.5 x 30) flat head
Mounting screws to attach floor plates to

- Steel zinc-plated 1 set (12 pcs.)
sub floor, 4.5 x 25 mm (1”) pan head
Mounting screws to attach upper track

to header assembly, 4.5 x 25 mm (1”) - Steel zinc-plated 1 set (15 pcs.)
pan head
Mounting screws to attach vertical steel
studs to header assembly, 4.5 x 25 mm (1”) - Steel zinc-plated 1 set (12 pcs.)
pan head
Self-tapping mounting screws to attach
gypsum board to vertical steel studs, - Steel zinc-plated 1 set (75 pcs.)
4.2 x 19 mm (3/4”) flat head
Mounting screws to attach filler strip,

- Steel zinc-plated 1 set (8 pcs.)

3.5 x 30 mm (1 3/16”) flat head
Applications:
Single Sliding Pocket Doors
Bi-parting Sliding Pocket Doors
Dimensions in mm
Pocket Door
Slido Pocket Door Frame
1 • For door weights from 40 – 120 kg (88 – 264 lbs.)

1 •
•
Door height: 2032 mm (6' 8") or 2438 mm (8' 0")
Door width: max. 1016 mm (40")
• Door thickness up to 45 mm (1 3/4")
• Designed to fit into standard 2 x 4 wood or steel constructed
interior walls
• Provides an effective way to save space in tight rooms and frees
up typically unused wall and floor areas
• Specially bent steel reinforced split studs prevent bowing of the
pocket walls
• After installation the system components are serviceable
because the track can be removed without opening up
the drywall
• Simple and straight forward installation
• Designed for Slido Classic 40-P – 120-P fitting sets
ADA compliant:
Sliding hardware requires less
than the 5 lbf. (22.2 N) mandated
12.7 114.4 12.7
(4 1/2”) opening and closing force per ADA.
(1/2”) (1/2”)
89
2 x 4 stud (3 1/2”)
drywall 12.7
(1/2”)
shims not
supplied by
(2 1/16”)
Häfele
Construction of
52.4
(3 1/8”)
rough opening:
80.4
horizontal jambs
not supplied by 28
Häfele (1 1/8”)
removeable
5 5
at one side
(3/16”) (3/16”)
(1 3/8” - 1 3/4”)
35 - 45
door height
Single Pocket Door

Rough opening width =
7
14 (9/32”) 2 x door width + 19 mm (3/4")
(9/16”) 11
(7/16”)
finished floor Bi-parting Pocket Doors
Rough opening width=
4 x door width
Rough opening height =

Door height + 137 mm (5 3/8")
finished split jamb finished jamb

back stud front stud
89 not supplied by Häfele not supplied by Häfele
(3 1/2”)
89
(3 1/2”)
25.4 19.1
12.7
114.4 (15/16”) (3/4”)
(1/2”)
(4 1/2”)
2x4 door width
studs rough opening width
Dimensions in mm
1/20
Pocket Door
Slido Pocket Door Frame Set

Item No.
For 80" tall door
For 96" tall door
942.72.000
942.72.004
1
Note
The sliding fitting sets need to be ordered separately. Refer to catalog page 1.10 for the Slido Classic 40-P, 60-P, 80-P and 120-P. For bi-parting
applications order 2 sets.
Set Components
Description Material Finish Height Length
Header assembly Poplar Wood unfinished – 2052 mm (80 3/4")
80" 2155 mm (84 7/8")

Front vertical stud with poplar wood strip Steel zinc-plated
96" 2561 mm (100 7/8")
80" 2155 mm (84 7/8")

Back vertical stud with poplar wood strip Steel zinc-plated
96" 2561 mm ( 100 7/8")
Shoe plate for front back vertical studs Steel zinc-plated – –
Concealed end bracket to mount

Steel zinc-plated – –
header and upper track
Open end bracket to mount header Steel zinc-plated – –
Filler strip Poplar Wood unfinished – 1010 mm (39 3/4")
Upper track with key hole Aluminum anodized – 2000 mm (78 3/4")
Screw pack Steel zinc-plated – –

Applications:
Single Sliding Pocket Doors
Bi-parting Sliding Pocket Doors
Slido Classic fitting sets page 1.10

Dimensions in mm
1/20
Accessories
Häfele Smuso AD, Soft Close

For Junior 80/Z, 80/B, 80/B (mod.), 80/GP, 80/GS & 80/G
1 • Maximum door weight: 80 kg (176 lbs.)
• Air/friction damper with integrated closing unit
• Invisibly integrated in the running track
• The sliding door is braked by the soft close mechanism
and pulled into a closing position by a spring mechanism
• For suspending in running gear
• Air/friction damper: Ensures no loss of liquid (such as oil)
Cannot be destroyed even at excess pressure
Friction adjusts to the pressure
Note
For double-sided order 2 pcs. When using the double-sided Smuso AD
soft close and ordering the Junior 80 set, the stopper supplied
Item No.
with the set is not required. We recommend ordering individual
components instead of the complete set. 940.80.043
Single-sided
• Minimum door width: 762 mm (30”)
A B C
A Soft-close, Smuso AD
D B Track Stopper with catch
C Track Stopper
113 487 115
7" 6" 17" D Junior 80
4 19 32 4
16 32
728
21"
28 32
Double-sided
• Minimum door width: 1110 mm (43 11/16”)
B A A B
D D
112.5 ≥885 112.5

7" 27" 7"
4 16 ≥34 32
4 16
1110
11"
43 16
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
Soft and Self Closing Damper

SoftMove for Hawa Junior 40/80/120
• For 1 and 2 sliding doors 1
• Attached to running gear
Version with soft and self closing mechanism on one side

SoftMove 40 SoftMove 80 SoftMove 120
X 95 mm (3 3/4") 130 mm (5 1/8") 165 mm (6 1/2")
Y >550 mm (21 5/8") >690 mm (27 3/16") >850 mm (33 7/16")
Version with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides

SoftMove 40 SoftMove 80 SoftMove 120
X 95 mm (3 3/4") 130 mm (5 1/8") 165 mm (6 1/2")
Z >830 mm (32 11/16") >1030 mm (40 9/16") >1150 mm (45 1/4")
Note
A second track buffer is required where the soft and self closing
mechanism is installed on both sides. Please order separately.
Version Suitable for Door weight kg (lbs.) Item No.
Wood doors: Hawa Junior 40/Z, 40/B <40

SoftMove 40 940.80.330
Glass doors: Hawa Junior 40/GP, 40/GL, 40/GS (88 lbs.)
Wood doors: Hawa Junior 80/Z, 80/B, 80/B (mod.) <80

SoftMove 80 940.80.046
Glass doors: Hawa Junior 80/GP, 80/GS, 80/G (176 lbs.)
Wood doors: Hawa Junior 120/A, 120/B <120

SoftMove 120 940.80.331
Glass doors: Hawa Junior 120/GP (264 lbs.)
Supplied with
1 Soft and self closing mechanism
1 Trigger
1 Disposable drilling jig
Mounting accessories
Dimensions in mm
2/19
Accessories
HAWA Angle Profile HAWA Junior 40 HAWA Junior 80

45
• For Junior 40, Junior 80 and Junior 120 upper tracks 42
1 25"
1
21"
• Supports door weights of 40, 80 and 120 kg (88, 176 and 264 lbs.) 1 32 32
• Elegant design with almost invisible mounting 41
• Continuous profile for simple leveling 1 5"
8 48
• Easy and fast to install with the attachment screws 1 7"
• Drilling of upper track and angle profile is not required 37 8 Ø6.2
1 15" Ø6.2 1"
• Additional support structure is not required 32
1"
4
• Upper tracks and fitting sets have to be ordered separately 4
11
14 7"
28
9" 16
28 3"
16
3"
1 32
1 32
HAWA Junior 120

52.5
1"
2 16
Ø6.2
60 1"
4
2 3"
8
7.5
9"
32 30
3"
1 16
• For wall mounted sliding door applications with Junior 40 upper

tracks
Description Material Finish Length Packing Item No.

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.40.602
Angle profile, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.40.202
Fastening bolts and nuts, for upper track
Steel galvanized – 1 set (10 pcs.) 940.40.099
length of 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Cover caps Plastic anthracite gray – 1 pair 940.40.067

tracks

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.80.612
Angle profile, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) – 940.80.413
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) – 940.80.212
length of 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”)
Cover caps Zinc die-cast chrome matt – 1 pc. 940.80.067
tracks

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.20.606
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) – 940.20.604
length of 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Accessories
HAWA SoundEx Junior 40 Junior 80 Junior 120

• Absorbs and reduces the transmission of structure-borne 30 30 45
sound from a sliding system to a building
• Utilized in combination with the Junior series sliding hardware
3"
1 16
Ø7
3"
1 16
Ø7
1 25"
32
Ø7
1
systems 9" 9" 9"
32 32 32
37 37 37
1 15"
32 1 15"
32
1 15"
32
3" 40
30 1 16 50
M4 9"
1 16
1 31"
32
28
3"
1 32 34
1 11" 45
32
1 25"
32
Track hole spacing: Sound-Absorbing Brackets

Material: Aluminum die-cast, Rubber; Color: black
Version Item No.
Junior 40 940.40.069
Junior 80 940.80.069
≤ 450 Junior 120 941.20.069
17 11"
16 Supplied With
Fixing part topper track
L = Track hole spacing
HAWA Assembly Wedge

• Used in conjunction with Junior 80/B, Junior 120/B and Silenta
150/B
• For mounting of sliding doors that are recessed into the ceiling
• Allows sliding doors to be hung and removed from track without
dismantling the door jambs or trim
5
3"
16
Mounting Information
• When used for a pocket door application either the
removable cover panel has to be designed so it can be removed
or a removable 100 mm (4”) wide stop strip has to be
mounted on the lock side.
• The sliding door should only reach 5 mm (3/16”) into
removable
100 50 the ceiling or the top jamb
3 15"
16 1 31"
32 • When closed, the sliding door should not protrude
13"
10
32
more than 50 mm (1 31/32”) into the pocket

100 50
3 15"
16 1 31"
32 Item No.
940.80.050
50 Installation Plan
1 31"
32 (Included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning
and execution available upon request.50
1 31"
32 Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Confort Guides
55
5"
2 32 5 Confort 120
3"
16 • Laterally adjustable
• Wall mounted
3 15"
10
100
16
10
13"
13" • Rattle-free
32
32 • Suitable for doors weighing up to: 120 kg (264 lbs.)
23"
27-50 18 32 • Groove size: 10 mm (13/32”)
25"
20
32
1"-131"
116 10 13"
32
55 74 32 Material: Bracket: Aluminum, anodized
5"
2 29"
32 Guide: Plastic; Color: black
2 32
≥10
13"
32
Item No.
940.40.071
55
3" Fixed cover panel Confort 120
2 16
3"
10 16 • Wall mounted
3"
100 8 10 • Rattle-free
15" 4
3 16 5" 3"
3"
4 • With holding element for fixed cover panel
32 88 5"
27 - 75 18 20 • Groove size: 10 mm (13/32”)
1" 215" 11" 30
116 16 13"
16 16 3"
1 16 Material: Bracket: Aluminum, anodized
47 - 95 10
1 87" 3 43" 74 3" Guide: Plastic; Color: black
29"
2 32 8 ≥10
100 3"
3"
8
Item No.
15" 8
3 16 940.40.072
55
5"
2 32
5 Confort 160
3"
14 • Wall mounted
3 15"
14
100
16
9" 9"
16
• Rattle-free
16
• Suitable for doors weighing up to: 250 kg (550 lbs.)
23"
27-50 18 32 • Groove size: 14 mm (9/16”)
31"
25
32
1"-131"
116 10 13"
32
55
74 32 Material: Bracket: Aluminum, anodized
2 29"
32 Guide: Plastic; Color: black
5"
2 32
≥10
13"
Item No.
32
55 5
5"
2 32 3" 941.60.071
16
14
3 15"
100
16
9"
16 55
5"
2 32
45 Fixed cover panel Confort 160
5"3"
32
27-75
16
23"
• Laterally adjustable
1"- 2 15"
116 18
1432 • Wall mounted
3 15"
100
16
16
10
9"13" • panel
Rattle-free
47-95 74 16 32 4 14 Fixed cover
4 • With holding element for fixed cover panel
27"- 3 3"
132 2 29"
32
5" 9"
5"
4 32
27-75
16
100 23"
• Groove size: 14 mm (9/16”)
13"
25
1"- 2 15"
116 18 32
32
16
30
3"
3 15"
1 16
16 10 13"
47-95 74 32 14 Material: Bracket: Aluminum, anodized
4
27"- 3 3"
132 2 29"
32
9"
5" Guide: Plastic; Color: black
32 ≥10
13"
4 16
32
32
100 Item No.
13"
25
30
3"
3 15"
1 16
16 941.60.072
≥10
13"
32
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
Lower Guides
1
45.5 + 5mm
5
3"
93 Guide
16
13" • Screw mounted
32 10
• Recessed into cabinet bottom
3 • Groove size: 6 x 12 mm (1/4” x 15/32”)
1" Ø20 45.5 + 5mm
8 25" 93
32
Material: Plastic
Color Item No.
natural 407.01.942
45.5 + 5mm 93
30 3" 3"
19-35 Double Guide
3"
116 4 -1 8
• Screw mounted
8 • Floor mounted
5"
16
4 • No groove required
78
5"
32
• Adjustable from 19 – 35 mm (3/4” x 1 3/8”) door width
1"
3 16 Material: Plastic
Color Item No.
natural 407.01.951
15
19" Single Guide
32
4
• Screw mounted
5" • Two-part guide (order 2 pcs. per door)
32
• Floor mounted
2 • No groove required
3"
32 • Guides have to be field-cut to fit door thickness
Material: Plastic
Color Item No.
natural 407.01.960
4 Guide
5" 5
24 15" 32
16
3"
16 • Screw mounted
• Floor mounted

34 58 9"
11"
2 32 • Groove size: 6 x 22 mm (1/4” x 7/8”)
1 32
Material: Plastic
Color Item No.
gray 407.01.997
20
25" 10
Guide
32 13"
32 • Screw mounted
4
• Floor mounted
5" 60 • Rattle-free
34 3"
32 2
11"
132
8 • Maximum door weight: 120 kg (264 lbs.)
• Groove size: 10 x 20 mm (13/32” x 25/32”)
Material: Plastic
Color Item No.
black 940.40.031
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
1
20
25"
3"
16
5
32
25" 13"
20 10
32 32
20
25"
32
Lower Guide Channel
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”)
Aluminum anodized 941.00.960
20 x 20 x 3 mm
(25/32” x 25/32” x 1/8”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”)
20 x 20 x 3 mm
(25/32” x 25/32” x 1/8”)
Lower guide Steel; Slider: Nylon - 943.04.030
Sealing and Buffer Profile

• Prevents/absorbs loud impact noise
• Prevents damage to the edges of sliding
doors from forceful closing
• Seals door when closed
• Installs into 2 grooves along the edge of the
sliding door (refer to details)
Material: Neoprene
Color Item No.
white 940.00.550
brown 940.00.522
black 940.00.531
11 8
7" 5"
5"
4
32
16 16
7
13"
23"
9"
36
18
1 32
32
32
5"
4
32
5"
4
32
31"
29"
50
23
1 32
32
8
5"
5"
4
16
32
5"
4
32
13"
40
1 16
21
9"
16
5"
4
32
Dimensions in mm
5/18
Accessories
HAWA Doorfix
• Backset: 18 mm (45/64”)
• Square or hexagonal nut: 7 or 8 mm (9/32” or 5/16”)
• Total throw of the push bar: 46 mm (1 13 /16”) 82
7"
1
• 2-turn: 1. Step: 28 mm (1 3/32”) 3 32
2. Step: 18 mm (23/32”)
• Operating height: 830 or 960 mm (32 11/16” or 38 9/16”)
• To lock, guide and secure partition walls 198
• Operation with square or hexagonal key from the front edge or 25"
7 32
the door section
• Push bar can be shortened 116
9"
4 16
830 / 980
9"
11"
32 16 / 38 16
77
1"
3 32
15
19"
32
10
13" 4
32 5"
32
20 28
25" 3"
32 1 32
80
5"
3 32
26
1"
1 32 28
46 3"
1 32
13"
1 16
18 18 23"
32
23" Ø15
32 19"
26 32 13.5
1" 17"
1 32 32
8
5"
16 26
1"
18 23"
32 1 32
17 17
21" 21"
32 32
Bar Bolt Lock

Material: Steel, galvanized

Item No.
946.21.100
Operation from the front edge Operation from front of door
Strike plate, strike and rosette page 1.202

Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Bar Bolt 9"

65 2 16
• Backset: 42.5 mm (1 11/16”) 42.5 1 11"
16
1 • Throw: 18 mm (3/4”)
• Operation height: 960 mm (37 13/16”) 2.5
• Locks and secures partition walls 3"
32
• Operation with square or hexagonal key from
128
the face of the door or with a thumbturn Ø15 19" 1"
5 32 55
32
5"
2 32
10 15"
13" 24 16
32
960
3' 1 25"
32
15 18
19" 23" 930.5
32 32
3' 5"
8
905
2' 11 5" Ø10
8 13"
32
18 14.5
23" 9"
32 16
25 4
31" 5"
23" 48 32 32
18 32
1 7"
8
25 13.5 77
31" 17" 1"
32 32
3 32
Bar bolt Lock Steel galvanized 943.04.084
Thumbturn for door thickness of

– chrome-plated 946.22.950
35 to 40 mm (1 3/8” to 1 9/16”)
Thumbturn for door thickness of

– chrome-plated 946.22.951
41 to 57 mm (1 5/8” to 2 1/4”)
Key for deadbolt lock Steel galvanized 943.04.090
Slip-fit rosette Brass dull nickel-plated 943.04.091
Dust proof strike with spring-loaded cover – chromium-plated 946.23.920
Rosette for dust proof strike above – chromium-plated 946.23.921
Steel
Strike plate with oblong hole chromium-plated 946.23.910
Dimensions in mm
5/18
Accessories
Deadbolt Locks
2 3"
60
1 31"
32
7"
3 16
87 56
Ø15
19"
1
8 50 7" 32
5 2 32
3" 2.5 3"
16 3" 3 32 Ø19
19 32 4
20.5 5" 2 3"
3" 4
9 4 13" 32 3"
11" 15 16
32
32 19"
32
80.5
18 63 5"
15"
2 32 20 39.5 3 32
23" 46 25"
32 9"
1 16
1 13"
16 109 32
120
9"
4 32 4 23"
32
Ø36 Ø4.6 28
90 13"
132 113"
16
3"
1 32
17" 1.5 80
3 32 1"
5"
3 32
16
38
52 1 1" 1.5
1" 2 Ø30 1"
2 16 4
3" 16
116 5"
32
1 Deadbolt lock Steel galvanized 943.04.080
2 Deadbolt lock, 17 mm profile cylinder Steel galvanized 943.04.081
3 Slip-fit rosette Brass dull nickel-plated 943.04.091
4 Key to deadbolt lock Steel galvanized 943.04.090
5 Dust proof strike with spring-loaded cover Steel chromium-plated 946.23.920
6 Rosette to dust proof strike 946.23.920 – – 946.23.921
7 Strike plate with oblong hole Steel chromium-plated 946.23.910

HAWA Doorfix 26
1"
Sealing Profile
• Prevents noisy impact
• Prevents damages to the front edges of the door 15.5 3 15.5
5" 1" 5"
• Seals the closed door 8 8 8
Sealing profile, drilled Aluminum clear anodized 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 946.24.600
Profile Rubber black 20 m (65’ 7 7/16”) 946.24.020
Dimensions in mm
5/19
Top Hung System
Slido Design 80-M

• Door weight: up to 80 kg (176 lbs)
1 •

For 1 sliding door, for hard (laminate, PVC, tiles) and soft floors
(carpet, cork - only with running track)
• Invisible running equipment integrated in door
• Door width: 800 – 1800 mm (31 1/2” – 70 7/8”)
• Wall mounted; floor must be even and level
• Height adjustable + 2 mm (3/32”)
• For tempered safety glass: 10 and 12.7 mm (3/8” and 1/2”)
Note
A slight trace of wear may appear on the floor, depending on material.
Tile gaps are noticeable when moving the door.
Drilling pattern Installation
43 43
11" 11"
1 16 1 16
60
6
3
2 83"
2
290 290
Ø10.5
1117 1117
13
Ø32
(G=H- 1 41 )
G=H-32
1100
31 21
32 10/12
1 41 3"/ 1"
8 2
H
43
1 111
290 290 290 290
Ø10.5
1117 1117 1117 1117 14

13
Ø32
10 9" 32 45
13 32 45 16 1 41" 1 43"
1800 32
1 41 1 43
70 87
23 25 23 25 4
2 31 2 31 5"
32 32 32 32 32
Floor guide on hard floors Floor guide on soft floors with

G = glass height running track provided on site
Installation reference
• Make sure that floor is even and level
• Bottom guide track is required for soft floors
• Prepare wall structure for top roller
Door installation Section running gear and floor guide
93
19"
60
21
2 32
3 32
18
2
46.5
2
46.5
2 34 2 12
1 32 1 32
23"
15
18
11
32
1 32 32
60
19
2 32
MH=H=+10-18
H2=H+10-60
MH=H=+10-18
H
H2
10 118
1 50 50
2 X 4 21
1 21 1 21 2 10 50
B=50+X+50 X-118 B 13 31
X 50
(B= 1 21 +X+ 1 21 ) (X- 4 21 32 1 32 31
2 ) 1 32
Other mounting options can be found in the installation instructions.

34
11
1 32
25 23
29
32
31
32
25
31
32
H = door height H2 = internal opening height
MH = installation height X = internal opening width
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Slido Design 80-M Set

• With upper running track
For glass thickness Length Item No. 1

1.1 m (43 5/16”) 940.59.005
10 mm (3/8”)
1.8 m (70 5/16”) 940.59.007
12.7 mm (1/2”) 1.1 m (43 5/16”) 940.59.015
Set Components
Description For 1 door
Upper running track 1 pc.
Running gear, upper 1 pc.
3 x 1 mm (1/8” x 1/32”)
Distance plates 3 x 2 mm (1/8” x 3/32”)
3 x 3 mm (1/8” x 1/8”)
Soft and self close mechanism 2 pcs.
Bottom roller set 1 pc.
End caps set (1 black pair, 1 silver colored pair) 1 pc.
Distance roller 2 pcs.
Running track fascia 1 pc.
Clip-on profile for guide profile 1 pc.
Guide profile, 10/12.7 mm (3/8”/1/2”) 1 pc.
Floor guide 1 pc.

Bottom track, for soft floors

Material Finish Length m/inches Item No.
2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.59.802
anodized
3.6 m (11’ 9 3/4”) 940.59.803
Aluminum
2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.59.812
black anodized
3.6 m (11’ 9 3/4”) 940.59.813
Note
The bottom rollers need to run on a solid floor, if carpet is present then a running track must be used.
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 80-L to 120-L Ceiling installation and wall mounting

• Door weight: 80 – 120 kg (176 – 264 lbs.) per door 56
1 •
•
For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors
Door height adjustable +/–3 mm (1/4”)
7"
2 32
55
28
3"
1 32
10 - 1
• With integrated support flange 3"
2 16 3" -
8
• Door thickness: 10 and 12 mm (3/8” and 1/2”) 31
21"± 1"
33
8
21"± 1"
17±3
10
8
3"
17±3
5" 7"
1 16 1 32
32
32
1"
6
75
4
317"
90
32
2 15"
317"
90
32
16
25
1"
25
1"
3 5"
92
8
28
19"
15
32
19"
3"
15
32
132
23(22) 23(22)
23(22) 29" ( 7") 23(22) 29" 7"
32 8 32 ( 8 )
29" ( 7") 10 - 12.7 29" ( 7")
32 8 32 8 10 - 12.7
3" - 1" 3" - 1"
8 2 8 2
Floor guide
56
7" 28
2 32
55 3" 10 - 12.7
3" 1 32 3" - 1"
2 16 8 2
31
21"± 1"
33
8
21"± 1"
17±3
10
8
3"
17±3
8
5" 7"
1 16 1 32
32
32
1"
6
75
4
3 17"
90
32
215"
3 17"
90
32
16
25
1"
25
1"
3 5"
92
8
28
19"
15
32
19"
3"
15
32
132
23(22) 23(22)
23(22) 29" ( 7") 23(22) 29" 7"
32 8 32 ( 8 )
29" ( 7") 10 - 12.7 29" ( 7")
32 8 32 8 10 - 12.7
3" - 1" 3" - 1"
8 2 8 2
Slido Classic L Set

80-L 120-L
Soft Close Version Door width/weight
80 kg (176 lbs.) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
Without A – 940.82.200 941.25.150
≥628 mm (24 3/4”) 80 kg (176 lbs.)
On one side B 940.82.567 941.25.151
≥717 mm (28 1/4”) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
C ≥769 – 888 mm (30 1/4” – 34 15/16”) 940.82.202 –
(recommended max. width)
D ≥889 – 1008 mm (35” – 39 11/16”) 940.82.568 –

On both sides
(recommended max. width)
≥958 (37 11/16”) 80 kg (176 lbs.)
E 940.82.569 941.25.152
≥1136 (44 3/4”) 120 kg (264 lbs.)
Supplied With
Running gear, suspension screw with nut, suspension plate, floor guide and soft close with versions B, C, D, E.
Note
Please order glass clamp shoe, tracks, fascias and accessories separately.
End cap for ceiling installation with fascia on both sides is not available.
One pair of end caps can be glued vertically in the center of the Pull handles pages 2.10-2.32
running track, optional. Glass clamp shoes page 1.205
Synchro fitting page 1.209
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Sliding Door Hardware-Glass 94 94
Top Hung System 3 11"
16
For Classic 80-L to 120-L
3 11"
16
Version A, without soft and self closing mechanism

Slido Classic 80-L to 120-L Versions
Version B, withoverview
soft and self closing mechanism on one side
1
94 94
311"
16 3 11"
16 94 440 94
For Classic 80-L to 120-L 94 94
3 11"
16 5"
17 16 3 11"
16
3 11"
For Classic
16 80-L to 120-L
11"
3 16
628
For Classic 80-L to 120-L
Version B, with soft and self closing mechanism on
94one side 24 3"
4
For Classic 80-L
311"
16 Version B, with soft and self closing mechanism on one side
Version B, with soft and self closing mechanism on one side
440
94 5"
94 529
17 16 94 440 94
311"
16 311"
16 94
11"
13"
20440
16 94
11"
628 394
16
11"
5"
17 16 717 394
16
311"
5"
3 11"
32
1 1"
28
5"
4
3" 17
8
24 16 1" 16
4 3 16 628
16 28
4 3 11"
For Classic 80-L For Classic 120-L 628 16
24 3"
4
For Classic 80-L 24 3"
4
46 For Classic 80-L
1 13" Version C, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
16
60
2 3"
8
529
Section
94 guide and trolley hanger
13"
94
20 16 529
611
311"
16 717 311"
16 94 529
13"
1"
94
Installation 112 79
94 20
2413" 79
94
28 41" 3 11"
16
1" 20 16
16
16
717 311"
161"
For Classic 120-L 4 7"
16 33 11"
8
16 769 - 888*717 1" 3311"
168
28
15" 4
For Classic 120-L 30 41" - 34 16
28 41"
120-L
For Classic 80-L
Version C, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides * recommended max. width
94 ( 79)
Version C, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
311" 1"
16 ( 3 8 ) Version C, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
Left flange clip Right flange clip Version D, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
611
1"
79 24 16 79 611
3 1" 3 1" 79 6111"
79
8 769 - 888* 8 24 161"
1" 15" 79
1"
3 1" 24731
16 79
3 1"
30 4 - 34 16 8 769 - 3"888* 8
1"
For Classic 80-L 379
8 76928- 4888*
1" 15" 379
8
30 41" - 34 16
* recommended max. width 1"
38
For Classic 80-L 889 - 1008*
30 4 - 34 1615"
3 1"
8
For Classic 80-L max. width
* recommended
11"
35" - 39 16
* recommended
Version D, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides * recommended max. width
Version D, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
Removing the flange clip Version D, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
Version E, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
731
79 28 43" 79 731
731
3 1"
8
889 - 1008* 3 1"
8 79 28 43" 79
11" 79 28 43" 79
35" - 39 16 3 1" 889 - 1008* 3 1"
8 8
For Classic 80-L 1"
379 800
889 - 1008*
11" 1"
379
8 35" - 39
1" 16 8
* recommended max. width 1"
38 31- 39
35" 2
11"
3 1"
For Classic 80-L 16 958 8
* recommended 11"
37 16
* recommended
Version E, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides Version E, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides
800 978 79
79 79 79
1"
31 21" 1" 38 1"
3 1"
8 958 3 1"
8
3798 8002 1136 379
8
79 800
31 1" 3" 79
11"
37 16 3 1"
For Classic
8 120-L
2
1" 44 958
4 3 1"
8
For Classic 80-L 3 1" 31 2 3 1"
8 958
11" 8
Version E, with soft and self closing mechanism on both sides 37 16
11"
For Classic 80-L 37 16
Glass Clamp Shoe Sets For Classic 80-L
Description Qty. of clamps, 1 door Length Item No.
2 200 mm (7’ 7/8”) 940.43.041
Glass clamp shoe set for glass thickness
978 1 1000 mm (3’ 3 3/8”) 940.43.043
79 10 mm (3/8”) 79
1" 38 1"
2 3 1"
1 1500
978 mm (4’ 11”) 940.43.045
79
3 8 1136 8 79 978
79 2 200
38 1" mm (7’ 7/8”) 940.43.067
79
3"
Glass44clampshoe set for glass thickness 1"
3 1" 2 1136 3 1"
For Classic 120-L 4 8
1 38 21" mm
1000 (3’ 3 3/8”) 8
940.43.068
3 1"
12.7 mm (1/2”) 38 1136
44 43" 8
For Classic 120-L 1 1500 mm44 3" (4’ 11”) 940.43.069
For Classic 120-L 4
Dimensions in mm
2/19
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 80-L to 120-L, upper tracks, mounting rails and fixed glass fixing profiles
Description For door weights Material Finish Length Item No.
1 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.921
mill 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.931
Single upper track, pre-drilled 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.961
40 – 120 kg
1 W x H: 31 x 33 mm Aluminum
(88 – 264 lbs.) 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.922
(1 1/4" x 1 5/16") clear
3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.932
anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.962
Single upper track, pre-drilled 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.920
40 – 120 kg clear
2 W x H: 47.5 x 47 mm Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.930
(1 7/8" x 1 27/32"), wall mounted 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.960
Double upper track, pre-drilled 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.02.920
40 – 120 kg clear
3 W x H: 70 x 33 mm Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.02.930
(2 3/4" x 1 5/16") 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.02.960
2 m (6’ 6 3/4") 941.25.602
40 – 120 kg clear
5 Single upper track, wall mounted Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.603
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.606
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.821
Mounting rail, width 19 mm 40 – 120 kg clear
16 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.831
(3/4") for track #5 (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.861
2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.820
Mounting rail, width 8 mm 40 – 120 kg clear
17 Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.830
(5/16") for track #5 (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.25.860
Mounting rail, high, width 19 mm 40 – 120 kg clear 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.823

18 Aluminum
(3/4") for track #5 (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.833
Mounting rail, high, width 8 mm 40 – 120 kg clear 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.25.822

19 Aluminum
(5/16") for track #5 (88 – 264 lbs.) anodized 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.25.832
Retaining bolts and retaining
mounting rail 16, 17, 18 Steel zinc-plated – 941.25.090
screws, for single upper track
or 19
For upper track 1, 2, 3, 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.820
for glass thickness clear
6 Fixed glass fixing profile Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.830
10 – 12.7 mm anodized
(3/8” – 1/2”) 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.860
Cover for unused aperture

– Rubber gray 5 m (10' 4 7/8") 940.43.038
in fixed glass fixing profile
For wall or floor, for
glass thickness 10 – 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.43.822
12.7 mm (3/8" – 1/2").
Note
clear
14 Fixed glass fixing profile Gasket available for Aluminum 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.43.832
anodized
glass thickness 10 mm
(3/8"), wet glazing for
glass thickness 6 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.43.862
12.7 mm (1/2").
For glass thickness

15 Gasket Rubber transparent 10 m (32' 9 11/16") 940.43.035
10 mm (3/8")
End cap for fixed glass fixing

– Plastic silver colored – 940.43.059
profile (1 pc.)
Note
Aluminum mill finish upper tracks cannot be used in combination with clip-on fascia.
Please order retaining bolts and screws for upper track 5 and mounting rails 16, 17, 18 and 19 separately. When using the retaining bolts these
bolts have to be glued in place while the retaining screws have to be countersunk before they are screwed in. For wall to wall applications the
upper track and the mounting rail have to be fixed in place with glue points. Either two retaining bolts or two retaining screws are needed to hold
one upper track in place.
Dimensions in mm
7/20
Top Hung System
Slido Classic 80-L to 120-L

Description Area of application Material Finish
Wall distance
Length Item No.
1
track center
16 – 25 mm
36 mm (1 7/16”) 940.42.061
(5/8” – 1”)
26 Length Mounting bracket, For upper 18 – 33 mm
10 (1”) Steel galvanized 44 mm (1 3/4”) 940.62.061
with screw and nut track 1 (11/16” – 1 5/16”)
33 – 55 mm
64 mm (2 1/2”) 940.42.063
(1 5/16” – 2 3/16”)
Wrench for height
– Steel galvanized – – 940.43.032
adjustment
Threaded end insert mounting rails 16, 17, Steel galvanized – 1 set 941.25.090
18 and 19
For glass thickness 8,
Zinc nickel-plated
Centering door stop 10 and 12 mm – – 940.82.070
Alloy matt
(5/16”, 13/32” and 1/2”)
For glass thickness
Floor guide, with zero Zinc nickel-plated
8 – 13 mm (5/16” – – – 940.82.040
clearance Alloy matt
1/2”) adjustable
For glass thickness up Zinc nickel-plated

Floor guide – – 940.82.030
to 12.7 mm (1/2”) Alloy matt
Note
Install wall mounting brackets 10 every 400 mm (15 3/4”)
Fascias and Accessories

Description Area of application Material Finish Length Qty. Item No.
Clip-on fascia, 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.43.123
For upper tracks clear
F height 56 mm Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 940.43.133
1, 2, 3 and 5 anodized
(2 3/16”) 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.43.163
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 941.25.720
Clip-on fascia,
For upper tracks clear
R height 90 mm Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 941.25.730
1, 2, 3 and 5 anodized
(3 9/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 941.25.760
Clip-on fascia 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.43.620
for integration For upper tracks clear
G Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 940.43.630
in suspended 1 and 3 anodized
ceilings 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.43.660
For upper track 1 and fascia R Plastic silver colored – – 941.25.030
For upper track 5 and mounting rail
Plastic silver colored – – 941.25.038

16 or 18 and fascia R
End cap set for 17 or 19 and fascia R
clip-on fascia
For upper track 2 and panel R Plastic silver colored – – 941.25.032
cover P
For upper track 1 and fascia F, for
upper track 5 and mounting rail 17 Plastic silver colored – – 941.25.028
or 19 and fascia F
Plastic silver colored – – 941.25.037
16 or 18 and F
For 200 mm (7 7/8”) glass clamp
200 mm (7 7/8”) 4 pcs. 940.43.046
shoe
Clip-on cover,
For 1000 mm (3’ 3 3/8”) glass clamp clear
P height 43 mm Aluminum 1000 mm (3’ 3 3/8”) 2 pcs. 940.43.047
shoe anodized
(1 11/16”)
For 1500 mm (4’ 11”) glass clamp
1500 mm (4’ 11”) 2 pcs. 940.43.048
shoe
For glass thickness 10 mm (13/32”) 940.43.050
End cap set Plastic silver colored – –
For glass thickness 12.7 mm (1/2”) 940.43.065
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Mounting Options

For 80-L to 120-L
1
60
16 – 25
5" – 1" 16 – 25 2 3"
8
8 5" – 1"
8 32
10 1 1"
26 10 4 2
1" 1
± 1"
8
17 ± 3
1 47
33
33 1 7"
11"
5" 8
16
1 16 5" 89
1 16
3 1" 90
± 1"
2
8
17 ± 3
90 9"
3 16
25 9" 25
3 16
11"
25 1"
16
± 1"
1"
8
17 ± 3
1”
15
15
11"
3"
16
– 116
15 9"
28 – 30
9" 16
16 20 (19) 9"
13" ( 3") 16 R
1 1"
27 (26)
8
16 4 R
20 (19) 1" 1"
1 16 10 (12.7)
13" ( 3" )
10 (12.7) 16 4 10 (12.7) 13" ( 1")
13" ( 1") 13" ( 1") 32 2
32 2 32 2
Wall mounting with upper track 2
Wall mounting with upper track 1 Wall mounting with upper track 1,
and clip-on fascia R.
and mounting bracket 10. clip-on fascia R and mounting
bracket 10. 95
3" 56
3 4
39 3"
2 16
5 66 9"
F 1 16
2 5"
± 1"
8
17 ± 3
8
31 Floor guide
11"
33
16
1 1"
4 33 5"
1
56 1 16
± 1"
5"
8
17 ± 3
1 16
± 3"
3"
16
2 16 10 -12.7
14 ± 5
16 90
11"
13"- 1"
16
25 6 32 2 9" G 29
9"
G
16
3 16
1" 1"
25 1 1"
22 4 8
10 1"
15 7" 13"
3")
32 (30)
(116
8 32
9"
75 15 P P
P P 16
9"
23 (21) 2 15"
1 1"
16
4
16
7" ( 3") R R
8 16 21
10 (12.7) 13" 10 (12.7)
16
13" ( 1") 10 (12.7) 13" ( 1")
32 2 13" ( 1") 32 2
Wall mounting with upper track 5, 32 2
Ceiling mounting with upper track 1,
mounting rail 16, clip-on fascia F and Ceiling mounting with double upper clip-on fascia G and clip-on cover
clip on cover for glass clamp shoe P. track 3 and clip-on fascia R. for glass clamp shoe P.
13 8
1" 5"
28 41 24 2 16
1
1 1"
8 1 5"
8
15"
28 28
16
1 1" 1 1"
8
5 8
60 28
33 17
6 31 2 3" 1 1"
± 1"
5" 90 8 8
8
17 ± 3
75 1 16 9" 62.5 3"

1 32
2 15" 3 16 7"
2 16
11"
16
16
21 77.5 17
25 13" 21" 88
1"
1" 16 3 16 32 7"
3 16
15 15 40 Bottom guide with zero clearance
9" 9"
9" 16
1 16
16
28
R R 15
1 1"
8
R 28 60
10 (12.7) 31
10 (12.7) 1 1"
82 3" 1 1"
20 (19)
13" ( 1")
)
13" ( 1")
( 3"
8 4
4
32 2 32 2
60 31
X1 2 3" 1 1"
13"
X
16
18.5 (16.5) 10 (12.7) 8 4

3" ( 5") 13" ( 1")
4 8 32 2
15
10 6 Centering door stop 8 (10/12.7)
22 14
13" 1"
4
Wall mounting with upper 5"( 13"/ 1" )
16 32 2
32 7" 10
8
13"
track 5, mounting rail 17 Centering
22 door stop
18 32 and clip-on fascia R. 7"
8
11"
16 608 (10/12.7) 25
5"( 13"/ 1" )
21 2 3" 1"
13" 816 32 2
16 22
7"
Ceiling mounting with upper track 1, fixed glass 8
fixing profiles 6 & 14*, gasket 15* and clip-on fascia R. 60 25
3"
2 8guide
Floor 1"
*Sealing profile on one side for glass thickness 10 mm (13/32")
and wet sealing for glass thickness 12.7 mm (1/2"). Upper tracks, mounting rails, clip-on
pages 1.206-1.207
fascias and other accessories
Dimensions in mm
Inches are approximate Floor guide
Top Hung System
Slido Classic Synchro Additional Set Impact Dampener

For Slido Classic 80-L For Slido Classic 80-L to 120-L
• For 2 bi-parting sliding doors • Replaces the pocket door edge pull 1
• For symmetrical opening of 2 door panels • For proper function of the impact dampener, a clearance of
• Door width ≥ 600 and ≥ 1500 mm ( 23 5/8" and 59 1/16”) 20 mm (25/32") between the edge of the door and the structure
must be provided
Additional Fitting Set 18

23"
Item No. 32
941.02.005
Note
The additional set can only be used in combination with 2 sets
(Classic 80-L) and upper track. Not suitable for versions with soft close.
20
Individual Components 25"
125 32
Description Qty. Item No.
429"
32
Track stopper with Door weight Item No.

2 pcs. 940.60.090
deflection roller
80 kg (176 lbs.) 940.42.071
120 kg (264 lbs.) 940.42.072

Cable fixing block 2 pcs. 940.60.099
Installation
Simply press on the edge of the sliding door and the spring of the
Cable with plastic impact dampener will push the sliding door far enough out so you
sheathing 1 pc. 940.44.074 can reach the flush pulls.
10 m (393 11/16”) The impact dampener is simply inserted on one end of the upper
track and fixed in place with a set screw.

Note
Item numbers refer to 1 pc. Note
Please specify required quantity when ordering individual components. Not suitable for use in combination with soft close mechanism.
Dimensions in mm
2/19
Sliding Door Hardware - Glass
Top Hung System

• For 1 or 2 sliding glass doors for ceiling or wall mounted
1 applications
• Door height: ≤3.05 m (10')
• Door width: min. 500 mm (19 11/16")
• Door thickness: 10–13.5 mm (3/8"–17/32")
• Height adjustable: +/- 4 mm (5/32")
• Self-close mechanisms available for doors weighing up to 80 kg
(176 lbs.) and 120 kg (264 lbs.)
• Finish options are black or clear anodized
Wall Mounted Ceiling Mounted
64.5
64.5
2 17"
32
21.5 2 17"
32
27"
32
21.5
7" ± 5"
27"
32
31±4
7" ± 5"
32
32
31±4
1 32
1 32
60
2 3" 60
8
60
3"
2 8
H+1 17"
32
H+1 30"
H+39
32
H+41
H
12.7
1" 12.7
2 1"
2
23
29" 23
32 29" 10
32
13"
32
10
13"
14 23 32
9" 29" 14 23
16 32 9" 29"
16 32
Dimensions in mm
2/20
Sliding Door Hardware - Glass
Top Hung System

• For 1 sliding glass door without tracks, fascias, and soft close
Fitting set Material Finish Item No. 1

Consisting of: clear anodized 940.67.040
2 running gears, 2 track stops, 1 floor guide, 8 spacer plates
for 12.7 mm (1/2") thick tempered glass and 8 spacer plates Aluminum
for 13.5 mm (17/32") laminated glass, 1 set installation tools black anodized 940.67.042
Track Sets and Track End Caps

Description Material Finish/Color Length/Type Item No.
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.677
clear anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.678
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.670
Upper track, wall mounted, pre-drilled Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.679
black anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.680
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.673
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.681

clear anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.682
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.672
Upper track, ceiling mounted, pre-drilled Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.683
black anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.684
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.675
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.685

clear anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.686
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.671
Fascia to upper tracks Aluminum
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4") 940.67.687
black anodized 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.688
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.674
aluminum color - 940.67.400

Track end cap set Plastic
black color - 940.67.408
2.0 m (6' 6 3/4" 940.67.689
Track seal Rubber black 3.0 m (9' 10 1/8") 940.67.690
6.0 m (19' 8 1/4") 940.67.676
Accessories
Description Material Finish Weight/Size Item No.
80 kg (176 lbs.) 940.67.300

Self-closing mechanism for glass doors - -

120 kg (264 lbs.) 940.67.301
8–12 mm
940.67.201
(5/16"–15/32")
clear anodized
12–13.5 mm
940.67.202
(15/32"–17/32")
Floor guide for glass doors Aluminum
8–12 mm
940.67.203
(5/16"–15/32")
black anodized
12–13.5 mm
940.67.204
(15/32"–17/32")
10 mm (3/8") 940.67.404
10.76 mm (7/16") 940.67.406
Spacer plate set Plastic - 12 mm (15/32") 940.67.405
12.7 mm (1/2") 940.67.701
13.5 mm (17/32") 940.67.407
Flush Pulls page 1.363, 1.371–1.373

Pull Handles pages 1.374A
Dimensions in mm
2/20
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 G

• Maximum track weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.)
1 •
•
For glass thickness: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
• No glass cut-outs required
• Vertical adjustment without removing the glass door
Note
When using 2 sliding doors on the same track, please make sure that
glass panels do not collide. Please use a lower guide channel with a Wall Mounted Ceiling Mounted
door stopper or use protective edge trim. 45
Ø5 25" 2 50
1 32 Ø5
3" 3"
16 39 32 1 31"
32
3"
16
17"
1 32
14
9"
16
41
5"
64 64
1 8 94.5 2 17" 17"
32 94.5 2 32
82 23"
7"
3 32 3 23"
3 32 32
7 7 7 7
9" 9" 9" 9" +4
32 32 32 32 –
5"
32
+4
Glass height = H - 71 2 25"
25"
–
32
Glass height = H - 71 2 32
5"
10 32 H 10 H
15 13" 20 20 13" 20
9" 32 25" 25" 32 25"
16 32 32 32
( 8 -12.7 ) ( 8 -12.7 )
5" – 1" 5" – 1"
(16 2
) (16 2
)
4 4
5" 5"
32 32
7 7
35 Ø4 9" 35 Ø4 9"
5" 32 5" 32
3" 3"
1 8 32 1 8 32
Ø5
3" 11
16 7"
16
43
11"
1 16
80
5"
3 32
124 18
23"
4 7"
8 32
26
1"
1 32
50 Ø4
31" 5"
1 32 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 G Set

Item No. 1
941.00.007
Set Components
Suspension bolt, M8 x 32 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs. 940.54.021
Set nut, M8 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs. 940.54.022

Clamp shoe adjustable from
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”) Aluminum mill finish 2 pcs. 941.00.020
Track stopper, with adjustable retention spring Plastic gray 1 pc. 940.60.043
Track stopper Plastic gray 1 pc. 940.60.041
Floor guide, adjustable from

– – 1 pc. 941.00.031
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)
Buffer Rubber black 1 pc. 940.60.051

Note
Item numbers are valid for only 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount. For 2 bi-parting sliding glass
doors please order 2 sets.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.253
41 x 39 mm (1 3/4” x 1 17/32”)
125 Aluminum unanodized
125 Upper track, pre-drilled,
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.603
50 41 x 39 mm (1 3/4” x 1 17/32”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.825
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.860
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
End piece to fascia, one-sided, wall mounted 44.5 mm (1 3/4”) 941.00.066
Aluminum anodized
End piece to fascia, one-sided, ceiling mounted 49 mm (1 59/64”) 941.00.070
Clip piece for wood fascia,

Aluminum unanodized – 940.60.065
97 x 29 x 9.5 mm (3 13/16” x 1 1/8” x 3/8”)
Seal Plastic black 20 m (65’ 7 7/16”) 941.00.094

Soft close 10 - 60 kg (22 - 132 lbs.) 940.60.045
Soft close 61 - 100 kg (135 - 220 lbs.) 940.60.010
– – –
Cover cap for notched service access in track 940.60.094
Drill jig for notched service access in track 940.60.095
13"
Note 46 116 Mounting
Wall Ceiling 46 1 16
13"
Mounting instructions mounted 39 1
17"
32 Ø3 Ø3 options
mounted 20 25"
(included in fitting set) min. 4 5" 1"
8 32
1"
8
with wood
32
for planning and execution Ø5 min. 6 Ø5 2 fascias
25"
20
32
3" 1" 3" 10º

available upon request. 16 4 16
3"
32
14 24
9" 15" 16 5"
8
Fixing distance for
16
16
41 clip component
1 5"
8
64
7"
64 every 400 to 600 mm
2 32 2 7"
96 96 32 (15 3/4”–23 5/8”)
25"
332 82 25"
3 32
7"
332 Floor mounted door stop page 1.290
Toplock pages 1.352-1.356
7 7 7 7 Dimensions in mm
9" 9" 9" 9"
32 32 32 32
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GF

1 •
•
Combination sliding and fixed glass
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”)
Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”)
• For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors
• Suspension with clamping shoe
• 12.7 mm glass possible with silicone sealing
Installation Tips
glass panels do not collide. Please use a lower guide channel with a
door stopper or use protective edge trim. Wall Mounted Ceiling Mounted
65
Ø5 9"
2 16 65 Ø5
3" 3"
9"
16 56.5 2 16 16
7"
2 32
36 2
3"
13"
1 32 64 32 64
M4 x 10
Taptite
17" 85 2 13"
2 32 32
3 11"
32
60 94.5
3"
11
2 8 7" 3 23"
32
16
7 7 11.5
9" 9" 7" 7 7
25"
25"
32 32 9" 9"
16
+4 32 32 +4
– –
15"
Glass heght = H -100 3 16
5" 5"
Glass height = H - 100 3 15"
16
32 H 32
10 10 10 10 H
8 13" 18 13" 19 13.6 13" 18 13" 19
5" 32 23" 32 3" 17" 32 23" 32 3"
16 32 4 32 32 4
( 8 -10 ) ( 8 -12.7 ) ( 8 -10 ) ( 8 -12.7 )
5" – 13" 5" – 1" 5" – 13" 5" – 1"
(16 (16 ) (16 32 )
(16 )
32 ) 2 2
12.7* 12.7* 12.7* 12.7*
1" 1" 1" 1"
2 2 2 2
Ø5 30
3"
3" 1 16
16 12 12
15" 15"
32 32
4 4
30 5" 15 30 5"
32 32
15 19" 3"
32 116
3"
1 16
19"
32 7
7 9"
32
35 Ø4 9"
3 20 35 Ø4
43 32
3 3" 5" 1"
25"
1 83"
5"
11"
1 16 1" 1 8 32
8
32 32
8
5" * Wet glazing required for 12.7 mm (1/2") glass.

80 3 32
124 18
4 7"
8
23"
32
21
13"
16
1"
1 32
26
50
31"
1 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GF Set

Item No. 1
941.00.007
Set Components


– – 1 pc. 941.00.031
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)

Note
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.254
125
95 x 62 mm (3 3/4” x 2 7/16”)
Aluminum unanodized
50
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.604
95 x 62 mm (3 3/4” x 2 7/16”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.825
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.860
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
Support profile for fixed glass, pre-drilled,
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.825
53 x 19 mm (2 3/32” x 3/4”)
400 Aluminum anodized
400 Support profile for fixed glass, pre-drilled,
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.860
50 53 x 19 mm (2 3/32” x 3/4”)
Fixed glazing profile/lower guide channel,

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.725
390 pre-drilled, 30 x 20 mm (1 3/16” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
390 Fixed glazing profile/lower guide channel,
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.760
80 pre-drilled, 30 x 20 mm (1 3/16” x 25/32”)
Fixing set for support profile and

– – – 941.01.899
fixed glazing profile
End piece to fascia, one-sided, wall mounted 64 mm (2 3/16”) 941.00.068

Aluminum anodized
End piece to fascia, one-sided, wall mounted 70 mm (2 3/4”) 941.00.069
Sealing profile for 8 and 10 mm (5/16” and 3/8”)
Rubber black 20 m (65’ 7 7/16”) 941.00.103
glass
Soft close 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs.) 940.60.045
Soft close 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) – – – 940.60.010
Note
Mounting instructions (included in fitting set) for planning and execution Floor mounted door stop page 1.290
available upon request. Toplock pages 1.352-1.356
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GFO 8 20

L max. 3000
5" 25" Glass width =
• Maximum track weight: 100 kg (220 lbs.) 16 32
1 • For glass thickness: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 3

1"
• Maximum clear width: 3048 mm (10’) 8
OLM max. 1000 39 3"8

• Combination sliding and fixed glass including overhead 30 17
OLM - 1013"
32
5"
Glass height =
1" Ø4 32
L max. 3000 9' 10 8 21" 10
8 20 glass transom 1 3"
25" 16 32 13"
5" 25" • For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors Glass width = L - 20 32 32
16 32
3 • Suspension with clamping shoe 70 20
1" 10 25"
8 • Rattle-free bottom guide 13" 2 3"
4 32
30
32 3"
OLM max. 1000 39 3"
8
30 17 40 15 16
OLM - 1013"
32
5"
Glass height =
3" 21" Ø4
• No32 glass cut-outs required 9" Taptite
1 16 32 1 16 3"
• Vertical adjustment without removing the glass door 16 M5 x 12
70 • 12.7 mm (1/2”) glass possible with silicone sealing 2
10
M4 x 10
3"
Taptite
13" 2 3" 85 32 64
32
4 Installation Tips 94.5 2 17"
40 When using 2 sliding doors on the same track, please make sure that 3 11"
32 32 70.6
5 3 23"
9" glass Taptite
panels do not collide. Please use a lower guide channel with a 11
32 2 25"
1 16 3"
M5 x 12 30 7"
32
16 Taptite M5 x 20 45 21
door stopper or use protective edge trim. 13"10
3" 16
1 16
2 11.5
32 13"
SW 100 32 1 25"
32
13"
16
M4 x 10
3"
Taptite
64 7" 7 7
85 32 16 9" 9"
94.5 2 17" 3"32 35 50
3 11" 32 SW325 16 +4
32 1– 3"
15"
3 23"
25"
131"
11
32 10 10 5"8 32
18 13"32
13.613"Ø6 19 32 H
7"
3" 32 11"1"
32 1"
3"
16 1 44
16 4
16
11.5
7" 7 7 ( 8 -10 )( 8 -12.7
21 ) 6
5" – 13" 1"
16 9" 9" (16 ( 5"13"
– 1")
32 ) 1616 2
32 32 +4 39 4 32
– 12.7* 12.7*
Taptite M5 x 12 117" 1 1"
15"
25"
10 10 5" 1" 1" 32

4
4
13.613"18 13" 19 32 H 2 2
3" 32 11" 32 3" 5"
32
1"
16 16 4
H - 52 2 16
( 8 -10 )( 8 -12.7 ) 12
5" – 13" 15"
(16 ( 5" – 1")
32 ) 16 2 18 10
32 - 40
23" 13" 9" 4
12.7* 12.7* 32 32 116
15 30 5"
26
1" 1" 32
9" 3"
16 116
2 2 1"
1 32
7
12 3 20 35 Ø4 9" 50
1" 25" 5" 32
15"
32 8 32 1 83" 32 1 31"
32
4
15 30 5"
26
9" 3" 32
16 116
1"
1 32
1"
7 L max. 3000 9' 10 10
3 20 35 Ø4 9" 8 20 50 8
25" 13"
1" 25" 5" 32 5" 25" Glass width = L - 20
8 32 1 83" 32 16 32 1 31"
32
32 32
20
3 25"
1"
8 32
30
OLM max. 1000 39 3"
3"
8
30 17 1 16
OLM - 1013"
32
5"
Glass height =
3" 21" Ø4 32
1 16 32
70
10
13" 2 3"
4
32
40 70.6
5
9" Taptite 2 25"
1 16 3"
M5 x 12 30
32
16 Taptite M5 x 20 45
3" 13"10
2 1 16 32 13" 1 25"
SW 100 32 32
M4 x 10
3"
Taptite
85 32 64
94.5 2 17" 3" 35
3 11" 32 SW 5 16
32
3 23"
32
1 3"
8
11
7" Ø61" 32
1"
16 4 14
11.5
7" 7 7 21 6
16 13" 1"
9" 9"
32 32 +4
16 39 4 32
– Taptite M5 x 12 117" 1 1"
15"
25"
10 10 5" 32
4
4
13.613"18 13" 19 32 H
3" 32 11" 32 3" 5"
32
1"
16 16 4
H - 52 2 16
( 8 -10 )( 8 -12.7 )
5" – 13"
(16 ( 5" – 1")
32 ) 16 2 18 10 - 40
23" 13" 9"
12.7* 12.7* 32 32 116
1" 1"
2 2
12
15"
32 4
15 30 5"
26
9" 3" 32
16 116
1"
1 32
7
3 20 35 Ø4 9" 50
Dimensions in mm 1" 25"
8 32 1 83" 5"
32
32
1 31"
32
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GFO

Item No.
941.00.007 1
Set Components


– – 1 pc. 941.00.031
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)

Note
Item numbers are valid for only 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount
Floor mounted door stop page 1.290

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GFO

Wall bracket set, set for mounting 1 upper track – – – 941.00.060

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.254
95 x 62 mm (3 3/4” x 2 7/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.604
50 95 x 62 mm (3 3/4” x 2 7/16”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.525

Reinforcement profile,
Aluminum anodized
43 x 70 mm (1 11/16” x 2 3/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.560

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.825
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.860
94.5 x 9 mm (3 23/32” x 11/32”)
Support profile for fixed glass, pre-drilled,
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.825
53 x 19 mm (2 3/32” x 3/4”)
400 Aluminum anodized
400 Support profile for fixed glass, pre-drilled,
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.860
50 53 x 19 mm (2 3/32” x 3/4”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.725
390
Pre-drilled, 30 x 20 mm (1 3/16” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
390 Fixed glazing profile/lower guide channel,
80
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.760
Pre-drilled, 30 x 20 mm (1 3/16” x 25/32”)
390 Angle profile for fixed glass, pre-drilled,

Aluminum anodized 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.01.420
30 x 19 mm (1 3/16” x 3/4”)
390
80
Angle profile for fixed glass,

30 x 17 mm (1 3/16” x 11/16”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.925

Wall profile, 38 x 21 mm (1 1/2” x 13/16”) Aluminum anodized
3.5 m
941.24.935
(11’ 5 13/16”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.081
Seal for wall profile Rubber black
3.5 m
941.24.082
(11’ 5 13/16”)
Fixing set for support profile and

– – – 941.01.899
Fixed glazing profile
Sealing profile for 8 and 10 mm (5/16” and 3/8”)

Rubber black 20 m (65’ 7 7/16”) 941.00.103
glass
Soft closer 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs.) 940.60.045

Soft closer 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) – – – 940.60.010
Note
Mounting instructions (included in fitting set) for planning and execution available upon request.

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GU

•
•
For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors 1
Installation Tips
door stopper or use protective edge trim.
45
25"
1 32
Ø5 2 43
3" 3" 11"
16 32 1 16
39
17"
1 32
20 min. 20
25"
5 25" 32
3" 32
Wall Mounted 16
14
9"
13"
16
36 1 16
46
5"
41
31
7"
13"
1 32
1 32
1
1"
27
1 16
45
25" +1 -3
1 32 1" 1"
Ø5 2 43 32 8
51
3" 11"
2"
3" 1 16
16 32
39
17"
1 32
11"
20
B/C Glass height = H - 43 1 16

5 25" 7 7
3" 32
9" 9"
16 32 32
144
9"
16
13"
1
46
1 16
5"
41
7"
8
31
1 32
H
1
1"
27
1 16
17"
15 10 20
64
2 32
19" 13" 25"
32 32 32
3
+1 -3 ( 8 - 12.7 )
1" 1"
32 8 5" -
(16 1" )
2
51
2"
7 7
9" 9"
32 32
25"
A Glass height = H - 71 2 32
H
9"
4
32
7
15 10 20 5"
19" 13" 25" 32
32 32 32
( 8 - 12.7
7) Ø4
35
5" -
(16 1" )
5"
2 1 3"
8 32
9"
4
32
7
5"
32
35 Ø4
5"
1 3"
8 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GU Set

1 Item No.
941.00.007


– – 1 pc. 941.00.031
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)

Note
Mounting Examples
With continuous clip-on fascia, With short clip-on fascia, glass cut-outs required
glass cut-outs not required
A B C
2 4 2 63
3"
4 32 11 7" 5" 3"
2 15" 11
32 32 32 4 7"
5" 16 5" 16
32 32
+3
1 11"
1 11"
7"
SW 10 SW 4
56
2 32
43
16
16
43
SW 13
2
18 124 4 4 4 18 124
53 min. 150 3"
23"
4 7" 5" 3" 5" 5" 32
4
23" 4 7"
4 4 32 8 TB - 8 4 32 2 32 32 5 29"
32 32 32 min. 150 8 4
5"
5" 5" 5" 32 5 29"
32
5"
32
32 32 TB = Glass Width 16
60
2 3"
8 144
min 40 152
5 21"
9"
32 5 31"
1 16 32
28
3"
1 32
28
3"
1 32
R 10 R 10 R 10
13" 13" 13"
32 32 32
80
132 3 5"
3" 32
5 16
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GU Set

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.253
125 41 x 39 mm (1 3/4” x 1 17/32”)
50 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.603
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.925

Clip-on fascia, to upper track,
Aluminum anodized
46 x 43 mm (1 13/16” x 1 11/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.960
Clip-on fascia, to clamping shoe,

56 x 10 mm (2 3/16” x 13/32”)
Note Aluminum anodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.625
Has to be cut to size, refer to drawings
on page 1.218
mm
150
End caps, to clip-on fascia to upper track

and clamp shoe
Plastic anthracite - 941.01.999
Order requirements: Option A 1 set
Option B and C 2 sets
End caps for clip-on fascia to clamp shoe

Plastic anthracite - 941.01.998
Order requirements: Option A 1 set
Option B and C 2 sets
Soft closer 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs) 940.60.045

Soft closer 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs) 940.60.010
– – –
Note
Mounting instructions (included in fitting set) for planning and execution available upon request. Clip-on fascias and end caps can also be used for
the Junior 40 and 80/GS sliding systems.

Dimensions in mm
7/19
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GW

• Maximum doorCeiling
weight:Mounted
100 kg (220 lbs.) Flush with Ceiling
1 • For glass thicknesses: 8, 10, 12 and 12.7 mm
(5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32” and 69 1/2”) 69
Ø5 23" 23"
• Maximum 3"
door height:
28 22700
32 mm (8’ 10 5/16”)Ø5 28 2 32
3" 3"
• Maximum 16 door width:
1 32 1600 mm (5’ 3”) 3"
16
1 32
• For 1 sliding glass door
28.5 31 28.5 31
• Rattle-free
1 1" lower guide 7"
1 32 58 1 1" 7"
1 32
8 8 58
• Simple installation 9"
2 32 9"
2 32
• No glass cut-outs required 3 3
• Suitable for tempered and laminated 1" 8
glass 1"
8
15 30 30
19" 13"
32
13"
16
16 Ceiling Mounted Flush with Ceiling
±3 15 44 ±3
10 1"
1"
69 69
19"
13" 8 10 32 1 23"
Ø5
32
8
23"
32 44 28 2 32 Ø5 28 23"
2 32
13" 3"
(8 – 12.7) 1 23" 32 16
3"
1 32 3" 3"
1 32
5" 32 16
(16 – 1"
2 ) (8 – 12.7)
H
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
1 13"
32
G = H-36
28.5 31 28.5 31
1 1"
8
7"
1 32 58 1 1"
8
7"
1 32 58
9" 9"
2 32 2 32
3 3
1" 1"
8 8
15 30 30
19" 13"
13" 16
32 16
4 26 ±3 15 44 ±3
1" 10 1"
5" 1 32 1" 19"
7 32 13" 8 10 32 1 23"
32
8
9" 32 44
13"
32 (8 – 12.7) 1 23" 32
5" 32
(16 – 1"
2 ) (8 – 12.7)
H
Ø4 5"
33 (16 – 1"
2 )
1 13"
5"
32
G = H-36
5"
32 1 16
4 26
1"
5" 1 32
7 32
9"
115 32
85 4 17"
32 Ø4 33
42 3 11"
32
5"
5"
32 1 16
1 21"
32
42
1 21"
32
25
31"
5 48 124 32
3"
115
16 1 87" 4 87" 4 17" R=5
85 32
43
3"
42 3 11"
32 16 1 11"
16
53 1 21"
32
3"
2 32
42
26 1 21"
32
1"
1 32
Disposable cover used to protect Cut-out in upper track to insert
the inside of the upper track from or remove the running gear and 25
5
paint overspray. track stopper. 31"
48 124 32
50 3"
1 87" 4 87"
16 R=5
1 31"
32
Dimensions in mm 3"
16
Inches are approximate 53
3"
2 32
26
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GW Set

Item No. 1
941.00.005
Set Components
Double roller running gear – – 2 pcs.
Suspension bolt, M8 x 25 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Clamp shoe, adjustable from

Aluminum mill 2 pcs.
8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Track stopper, with adjustable retention spring Plastic gray 1 pc.
Track stopper Plastic gray 1 pc.

– – 1 pc.
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)
Buffer Rubber black 1 pc.
Fascia clip Plastic gray 12 pcs.
Mounting screws – – 1 set
Note
Items are not available separately; use fascia clip every 200 mm (7 7/8”).
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.425
69 X 58 mm (2 23/32” x 2 9/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.460
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.025
Clip-on fascia,
30 X 8 mm (1 3/16” x 21/64”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.060

Disposable cover Plastic – 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.207
Milling jig for notched service access in track

– – – 941.00.095
43 mm (1 11/16”)
Wall mounting angle profile, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.226
End cap set for angle profile and upper track. Includes screws anthracite
Plastic – 941.00.077
for track length up to 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”). gray
anthracite
End cap set for upper track only Plastic 941.00.079
gray
Screw set for angle profile for tracks,
Steel zinc-plated – 941.00.078
>2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”).
Soft closer 10 - 60 kg (22 - 132 lbs.) 940.60.045
Soft closer 61 - 100 kg (135 - 220 lbs.) 940.60.010
– – –
Milling jig for notched service access in track, 62 mm (2 7/16”) 940.60.095
Dimensions in mm
1/17
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GWF Ceiling Mounted Flush with C

86
Ø5 3
1 Ø5 45 3
3"
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 45 3 8 3" 25"
8
3" 25" 1 32
• Maximum doorCeiling Mounted
width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) Flush with Ceiling 16 1 32 16
• For glass thicknesses: 8, 10, 12 and 12.7 mm 86

86
(5/16”, 13/32”,
Ø5 15/32” and 1/2”) Ø5 45 3 3"
45 3 83" 8
• Combination
3" sliding25"and fixed glass 3" 25"
1 32 28.5 31 28.5
16 1 32 16
7"
• For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors 1 1"
8
1 32 58 1 1"
8
• Suspension with clamping shoe 9"
2 32
1 7"
1 7"
48
48
8
8
• Rattle-free lower guide 3.5
1 13"
32
28.5 31 1"
• Simple installation 28.5
31
8
7"
1 32
7"
• 1 1"
No 8 glass cut-outs required
1 32 58 1 1"
8 30
Glass = H-36
9"
2 15"
13"
H
• Suitable for tempered and laminated glass 2 32
32
1 7"
1 7"
48
48
8
16
8
3.5
1 13"
15"
44
32
3.5
32
58 H-63
1"
9" 2 1"
±3
8
8
1 23"
Glass = H-63
1"
32
30 8 1
30
Glass = H-36
2 32
1 13"
32
2 15"
13"
H
32
16 13" 10 17 10 10 17
H
Glass = H-36
16 13" 21" 13" 13" 21"
2 15"
44
32
H-63
±3 44 32 32 32 32 32
1 23"
Glass = H-63
1"
32 (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 1
8 1 23"
32
1 13"
5"
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 –
32
10 17 10 10 17 10
H
Glass = H-36
13" 21" 13" 13" 21" 13"

32 32 32 32 32 32
(8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7)
5"
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
30
13"
26
16
4
5" 1"
15 1 32
7 32
9" 19"
32 32
30
13"
26
16
4
5" 1" Ø4 20 33
15 1 32
7 32 5" 25" 5"
1 16
9" 19" 32 32
32 32
Ø4 20 33
5" 25" 5" Ceiling Mounted Flush with Ceiling
32 32 1 16
86 86
Ø5 3" Ø5 45 3 3"
45 3 8 3" 8
3" 25"
16
25"
1 32 16 1 32
28.5 31 28.5
31
7"
1 32
7"
1 1"
8
1 32 58 1 1"
8
9"
2 32 115
1 7"
1 7"
48
48
8
3.5
4 17"
1 13"
85
32
3.5
1" 32
1"
8
8 42 3 11"
32
30 1 21"
58
30
9"
Glass = H-36
2 32
32
2 15"
13"
H
115
32
16 13"
85 4 17" 16
2 15"
32 44
32
H-63
±3 44
3 11" 1 23"
Glass = H-63
42 32 32
1"
1 21" 8 1 23"
32
1 13"
32
32
10 17 10 10 17 10 42
H
Glass = H-36
13" 21" 13" 13" 21" 13"

32 32 32 32 32 32 1 21"
32
(8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7)
5"
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
42
1 21"
32 5 48 124
3"
16 1 87" 4 87"
25
5 48 124 53
30
31"
13"
26
16
4 3"
3"
16 1 87" 4 87" 5" 1" 2 32 32
15 1 32
7 32 R=5
9" 19" 3" 43
32
53
32 16 1 11"
16
3"
2 32 Ø4 20 33
5"
26
25" 5"
32 32 1 16 1"
1 32
26
1" 50
1 32
Disposable cover used to protect Cut-out
1 31"
32
in upper track to insert
the inside of the upper track from or remove the running gear and
paint overspray. track stopper.
50
Dimensions in mm 1 31"
32
AH 1.222 115
www.hafele.com/us
85 4 17"
32
42 3 11"
32
1 21"
32
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GWF Set

Item No. 1
941.00.005
Set Components
Double roller running gear – – 2 pcs.
Suspension bolt, M8 x 25 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Clamp shoe, adjustable from

Aluminum mill 2 pcs.
8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Track stopper, with adjustable retention spring Plastic gray 1 pc.
Track stopper Plastic gray 1 pc.

– – 1 pc.
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)
Buffer Rubber black 1 pc.
Fascia clip Plastic gray 12 pcs.
Mounting screws – – 1 set
Note
Items are not available separately; use fascia clip every 300 mm (11 13/16”).
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.256
86 x 58 mm (3 3/8” x 2 9/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.606
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.025
Clip-on fascia,
30 x 8 mm (1 3/16” x 21/64”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.060
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.525
Cover profile (fills unused space of fixed glass
openings), 15 x 15 mm (19/32” x 19/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.560
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.01.725

Pre-drilled, 30 x 20 mm (1 3/16” x 25/32”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.01.760
Sealing profile Rubber black 20 m (65’ 7 13/32”) 941.00.103
Disposable cover Plastic – 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 941.00.207
Milling jig – – – 941.00.095
Mounting set for fixed glazing profile Aluminum anodized – 941.01.899
Soft close 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs.) 940.60.045

Soft close 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) 940.60.010
– – –
Drilling jig for notched service access in track 940.60.095
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Porta 100 GW/GWF Synchro Ceiling Mounted Ceiling Mounted Flush
For example EKU–Porta 100/GW For example EKU–Porta 100/GWF For example
1 69 86
• Maximum door height: 2700 mm (8’ 10 5/16”) 3"
28 23" Ø5 45 3 2
• Maximum door width: 1600 mm (5’ 3”) Ø5 2 32 25"
8 Ø5
3"
1 32 3" 1 32 3" 13
• For glass thicknesses: 8, 10, 12 and 12.7 mm 3"
16 16 16
(5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
• Additional supplementary fitting set to
EKU Porta 100 GW and 100 GWF 28.5 31 28.5 31
28.5
1 1"
8
7" 7"
• Simultaneous symmetrical opening of 1 1"
8
1 32
58 1 1"
8
1 32 58
9"
two top-hung glass doors 9"
2 32 2 32
1 7"
48
3.5
8
3.5
• Suitable for tempered and laminated glass 1" 1"
8 8
15 30 30 15
1 13"
32
3" 19"
G = H-36
19" 3" 1 16
32 1 16 32
±3 44 ±3
2 15"
1 23" 1"
H-63
32
1" 32 8 (8 – 12.7)
10 8
5" 1"
13" (16 – 2 )
32 44 10 17 10
1 13"
(8 – 12.7) 1 23"
G = H-36
H
32
13" 21" 13"
5"
(16 – 1"
32 32 32 32 For example
2 )
(8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7)
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 ) Ø5
3"
16 1
28.5
1 7"
30
13"
4
48
26
8
4
16
1" 5"
1 1"
8
5" 1 32 7 15
7 32 32
9" 9" 19"
32 32 32
G = H-36 1 13"
32
Ø4 33 Ø4 20 33
H-63 2 15"
32
5" 25" 5"
ounted Ceiling Mounted Flush
5"
32
with 5"Ceiling
1 16 32 32 1 16
Porta 100/GW For example EKU–Porta 100/GWF For example EKU–Porta 100/GW
86 69
" Ø5 45 3 3"
8 Ø5 28 23"
2 32
Ceiling Mounted 10 Ce
25" 13"
3" 1 32 3" 3"
1 32 For example EKU–Porta 100/GW For
32 examp
16 16
(8 – 12.7)
69 5"
23"
(16 – 1"
2 )
Ø5 28 2 32 Ø5
31 28.5 31 31 3"
1 32 3"
28.5
3"
1 1"
7" 16
8
7" 7"
1 32 1 1" 1 32 58 1 32 58
16
58 8
9" 9"
9"
2 32 2 32 2 32
1 7"
48
3.5
8
3.5 3.5
1" 1" 1" 28.5 31 28.5
8 8 8 7"
30 15 1 1"
8
1 32
58 1 1"
8
0 30
3" 19" 9"
1 16 2 32
7"
3" 3"
48
8
16
32 1 16 ±3 3.5
44
1
±3 ±3 1" 1"
2 15"
1 23" 1" 8
H-63
32
1" (8 – 12.7) 8
8
32 8 44 15 30
1 13"
5"
(16 – 1"
2 ) 1 23"
32
G = H-36
32 19" 3"
4 17 Flush with Ceiling 32 1 16
nted Flush
10 with Ceiling 10
±3
1 13"
3"
G = H-36
H
32
13" 21" 13"
2 15"
rta 100/GWF For example EKU–Porta 100/GW For example EKU–Porta 100/GWF
H-63
2
32
32 32 32 1"
10 8
(8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7) 13"
69 86
5"
(16 – 1" ) 23" 5"
(16 – 1" 32 44
" 2 ) Ø5 10
282 2 32 45 3 3"
1 13"
Ø5 (8 – 12.7) 1 23"
G = H-36
H
32
8 13"
3" 3" 25" 32
3" 1 32 1 32 5"
(16 – 1" 32
16
16 2 )
(8 – 12.7)
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
31 31 28.5 31
28.5
1 1"
1 7"
30
13"
1432
48
126
7"
8
7"
8
4 7"
16
32
1" 58 5" 58 1 1"
8
1 32 58
5" 1 32 9" 7 15 9" 9"
32 2 32 32 2 32 2 32
3.5 9" 19" 3.5 3.5
1" 32 32 1" 1"
G = H-36 1 13"
32
30
13"
8 8 8 4 26
16
30 Ø415 20 30 33 30 5" 1"
1 32 15
H
H-63 2 15"
7 7
32
3" 5" 19" 25" 3" 5" 3" 32

16 32 32 32 1 161 16 ±3 1 16 ±3 9" 9" 19"
±3 1" 44 1" 32 32 32
1" 8 8
8 (8 – 12.7) 44 1 23"
32 Ø4 33 Ø4 20
5"
(16 – 1"
2 ) 1 23"
32 10 17 10 5" 5"
5" 25
10 13" 21" 13" 32 1 16 32 32
13" 32 32 32
32 For example EKU–Porta 100/GWF
(8 – 12.7) (8 – 12.7)
12.7) 5"
1" 86 (16 – 1"
2 )
5"
(16 – 1"
2 )
2 ) Ø5 45 3"
3 8
3" 25"
16 1 32
28.5 31
1 7"
4
48
7"
8
5"
1 1"
8
1 32 58
9"
32 2 32
Dimensions in mm 3.5
Inches are approximate 1"
G = H-36 1 13"
32
1.224
30
H
H-63 2 15"
www.hafele.com/us
32
AH 3"
1 16 ±3
44 1"
8
1 23"
32
10 17 10
13" 21" 13"
Top Hung System
Order specifications
• 2 EKU Porta 100 GW or GWF sliding door fitting sets
•
•
1
1
EKU Porta 100 GW/GWF Synchro supplementary fitting set
Single upper running track 1
• 1 Clip-on fascia
EKU Porta 100 GW/GWF Synchro Set

Item No.
941.00.004
Set Components
Description Length Qty.
Mounting plate for Kevlar rope – 1 pc.
Mounting plate for Kevlar rope – 1 pc.
10 m
Kevlar rope 1 roll
(32’ 9 11/16”)
Deflection roller – 2 pcs.
2.7 m
Edge protection profile 1 pc.
(8’ 10 5/16”)
Mounting screws – 2 pcs.
Note
Items are not available separately
RO 25
31"
32
R=5 Cut-out in the center of the upper
50 4 50 3" 43 track to insert and remove the
1 31"
32
5"
32 1 31"
32
16
1 11"
16 running gear and track stopper.
25"
RO + 96 3 32 TB
TB =
2 3"
32
Track length
115
85 4 17" Ø5
Ø5 69 32 Ø5
3 11"
32 3" 3"
3"
16 2 23"
32
16 16
21
13" 42
16
1 21"
32
10 43 124
13"
32 1 11"
16 4 87"
53 25 4 25
3" 31" 5" 31"
2 32 32 32 32
Upper running track pages 1.221 and 1.223

Dimensions in mm
6 10
1" 13"
4 32
Glass Wood
50
2"
Sliding Door Hardware-Glass 8
5"
50
2"
Top Hung and Bottom Rolling Systems 16
500
19 11"
EKU Divido Glass/Wood with
16
centering piece
• Suitable for sliding door systems 80 GR, 100 GR and 100 GRM
1 • Applicable for:
6 mm (1/4”) thick glass
10 mm (13/32”) thick flat wood in-fill panel
8 mm (5/16”) thick glass/wood in-fill panel with centering pieces
B
E
D C
2 bypassing sliding doors
2 bi-parting sliding doors
A) Cover profile with groove for brush seal

B) Brush seal
C) Glass holding profile
D) Cover profile to vertical frame profile
6 10 E) Sealing profile
1" 13"
4 32
Glass Wood
50
2"
8 50
5" 2"
16
17
21"
500 5-8 32
3" 5"
19 11"
16
7"
Ø5.5 32 16 16
Glass/Wood with
centering piece 20
25"
32
40
1 9"
16
20
25" 40
32
31
20 1 9" 1
7"
16 32
25"
32
A Ø5.5 Ø5.5
7" 7"
32 32
B
E
TH TH TH
D C
2 bypassing sliding doors

20
25"
32
40
20 1 9"
16
25"
32
TH = Door height
Dimensions in mm
Inches are approximate 2 bi-parting sliding doors
Top Hung and Bottom Rolling Systems
EKU Divido
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.125
Frame profile, horizontal,
Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11' 5 25/32") 941.12.135
26 x 60 mm (1" x 2 3/8")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.160
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.225
Frame profile, vertical,
Aluminum anodized 3 m (9' 10 1/8") 941.12.230
30 x 29 mm (1 3/16" x 1 1/8")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.260
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.625
Mullion for front separation,
26 x 35 mm (1" x 1 3/8")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.660
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.525
Cover profile for vertical frame profile,
15 x 14 mm (5/8" x 9/16")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.560
Glass holding profile,

Plastic transparent 20 m (65' 7 13/32") 941.13.091
10 x 8 mm (13/32" x 5/16")
Sealing profile,
Rubber gray 10 m (32' 9 11/16") 941.13.090
17 x 11 mm (11/16" x 7/16")
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.725

Cover profile with integrated brush seal groove,
10 x 32 mm (13/32" x 1 1/4")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.760
Brush seal for cover profile,

Plastic gray 10 m (32' 9 11/16") 405.80.501
5 x 5 mm (3/16" x 3/16")
Centering piece for 8 mm (5/16") thick glass or

wood in-fill panel, 10 x 8 x 10 mm Plastic transparent – 941.12.061
(3/8" x 5/16" x 13/32")
Drilling and mortise jig for aluminum frame profiles.
Used to produce the fixing holes and the cutouts
Required tools for the router: – – – 941.12.090
10 mm (13/32") carbide-tipped router bit
17 mm (11/16") diameter collar
Screw set for aluminum frame profile – – – 941.12.091

Flush handle for gluing onto glass sliding doors, lacquered

Plastic – 941.12.051
square shape aluminum color
Flush handle for gluing onto glass sliding doors, lacquered

Plastic – 941.12.050
rectangular shape aluminum color
Supplied With
2 Gripping plates
2 Blue laminated inserts
2 Double-adhesive tape
Dimensions in mm
8/19
EKU Divido 80 GR 78
3"
Ø4 x 20 3 32 20
25"
• Maximum door weight: 80 kg (176 lbs.) 5" x 25"
32 32 32
1 •
•
Maximum door height: 2750 mm (9’ 1/4”)
• Door thickness, aluminum frame: 30 mm (1 3/16”) 40 34
111"
• Height adjustability: +/- 3 mm (1/8”) 1 9"
16
32
• Suitable for 1 – 4 sliding doors

• Running gears with special spring loaded anti-derail device ±3
that eliminates accidental displacement of sliding doors 1" 60
8 2 3"
• Allows for wood and glass sliding door combinations 8
H 6
1"
4 TH = H - 40
8 14 8 8 101010 1 9"
5" 9" 5" 5" 13"13"13" 16
16 16 16 16 32 32 32
26 1 1"
32
Torx
T25
60
78 2 3"
8
1" 20
Ø4 x 20 3
16
5" x 25" 25" 5 1"
4
32 10 13"
32 32 9 11"
32 32
51 Ø4
40 9" 34 1 11" 2" 5"
32 32
1
16
Height for glass in-fill panel = TH - 104 4 3"
32
Height for wood in-fill panel = TH - 102 4 1"

±3 32
1" 60
8 2 3"
8
H 6
1" 9"
4 TH = H - 40 116
8 14 8 8 101010
5" 9" 5" 5"13"13"13"
16 16 1616 32 32 32
1"
26 132
Torx
T25
60
2 3"
8
6 1"
7 4
9"
32
10 28 10
13" 1 3" 13"
32 32 32
TH = Door height
H = Clear height
TB
L = TB - 57
2 1"
4
M5 x 25
3 "x 31"
16 32
15
19"
29 32
5"
132 42
TB = Door width 121"
32
L = Horizontal frame profile width
Width for glass in-fill panel = TB - 41 1 5"

8
17"
Width for wood in-fill panel = TB - 39 1
32
Dimensions in mm
EKU Divido 80 GR Set

• For 1 sliding door without lower running track and upper guide
channel
1
Item No.
940.92.000
Set Components
Running gear with anti-derail device,

– – 2 pcs.
single wheel
Upper guide with guide wheels Plastic – 2 pcs.
Door stopper set for lower running track Plastic gray 2 pcs.
Door stopper for upper guide channel Plastic gray 2 pcs.
End piece to lower guide track Plastic gray 1 pc.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.525
Single upper guide channel,
40 x 40 mm (1 9/16” x 1 9/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.560
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.925
Dual upper guide channel,
78 x 40 mm (3 1/16” x 1 9/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.825
Single lower running track, recessed,
13 x 8 mm (1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.860
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.125
Mounting profile for single lower running track,
recessed, 51 x 10 mm (2” x 13/32”)

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.160
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.725
Single lower running track, surface mounted,
38 x 8 mm (1 1/2” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.760
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.625
Dual lower running track, surface mounted,
68 x 8 mm (2 11/16” x 5/16”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.660
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.825
Clip profile to mounting profile and dual lower
running track, 25 x 6 mm (1” x 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.860
Center door stop, installed into upper guide
Plastic gray – 941.12.040
channels, 33 x 90 mm (1 5/16” x 3 9/16”)
Soft close 61 – 80 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) – – – 940.92.010
Installation Plan
Aluminum frame profiles pages 1.226-1.227

Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 GR

1 •
•
• Door thickness, aluminum frame: 30 mm (1 3/16”)
• For aluminum frame glass doors
• Single upper running track can be ceiling or wall mounted 49 84
1 15" 3 5"
• Dual upper running track is ceiling mounted 16 16
39 73
52 Ø5 17" Ø5
Note 2 1"
16
3" 1
32 3" 2 7"
8
16 16
For door widths greater than 900 mm (35 7/16”) it is recommended
Ø5 7 39 6
2 3"
3" 9" 117"
1" 2 3" 49 84
to use an additional lower guide. Refer to page 1.47 for detail.
16 32 32 4 32 32
1 15" 3 5"
16 16
31 7" 41 31 7" 39 31 7"
Ø5 60 Ø5 73
41 1 5" 1 8 52
1 5" 1 17" 1
8 32 56 3" 60
2 1" 32 56 3" 2 3" 1
32
32 56 3 " 3 " 2 7"
3" 16 23"
8
2 2 16 8 2
16 16
16
Ø5 87
39 6 16
2 3"
3" 9" 117"
1" 2 3"
32
16 32 32 4 32
±3 ±3 31 7" ±341 31 7" 60

1" 41 1 5" 1" 1 5"
11"8 1 2 3" 60
8 8 8 32 56 3" 60 8 32 56 3 8" 3"
3" 2
2 2 2 8
16 8 16
6
15"
H TH = H - 63 H TH = H - 63 H 64 TH = H - 63
2 15" 2 15" 8 14 8 8 10 10 10 2 15"
30 32 ±3 30 32 ±3 5" 9" 5" 5" 13" 13" 13" 32±3
16 16 16 16 32 32 32
1 3" 1" 1 3" 1" 26 1 1" 1"
16 16 32 8
8 8
Torx
Torx T25 Torx T25 T25
60 6
2 3" 15"
H TH = H - 63 H TH = H - 638 H 64
2 15" 2 15" 8 14 8 8 10 10
30 32 30 32 7 5" 9" 5" 5" 13" 13
16 16 16 16 32 32
1 3" 1 3" 9"
9"
16 16 32
9"
7 32 7 32 Torx
16 Ø4x20 Torx T25 16 Ø4x20 Torx T25 16 22 16 Ø4x20 T25
5" 5" x 25" 5" 5" x 25" 5" 7" 5" 5" x 25"
8 32 32 8 32 32 8 8 8 32 32
TH = Door height Height for glass in-fill panel = TH - 104 4 3"
32
H = Clear height Height for wood in-fill panel = TH - 102 4 1"
32
9" 9"
7 32 7 32
16 Ø4x20 16 Ø4x20 16 22 1
Fix text 5" 5" x 25" 5" 5" x 25" 5" 7" 5
8 32 32 8 32 32 8 8 8
TH = Door height Height for glass in-fill p
H = Clear height Height for wood in-fill p
49 84
1 15" 3 5"
16 16
39 73
52 Ø5 17" Ø5
2 1"
16 Fix text 3"
16
1
32 3"
16
2 7"
8
Ø5 7 39 6
2 3"
3" 9" 117"
1" 2 3"
32
16 32 32 4 32
31 7" 41 31 7" 31 7"
41 1 5" 1 5"
1 8 1 60 1
8 32 56 3" 60 32 56 3 " 3" 32 56 3 "
3" 2
2 2 2 8 2
16 8 16 16
Wall mounted Ceiling mounted

±3 ±3 ±3 60
1" 1" 1" 2 3"
10 8 TB 8 8 8
13"
32 L = TB - 57
2 1" 6
4
15"
H TH = H - 63 H TH = H - 63 H 64 TH = H - 63
2 15" 2 15" 8 14 8 8 10 10 10 2 15"
30 32 30 32 5" 9" 5" 5" 13" 13" 13" 32
16 16 16 16 32 32 32
1 3" 1 3" 26 1 1"
16 16 32
Wall mounted Ceiling mounted Torx
Torx T25 Torx T25M5x25 T25
3 "x 31"
10 16 32 60
5"
55 2 32 TB 2 3"
13" 8
15 32 71 L = TB - 57
19" 2 25"
32
32 2 1" 7
4
103 9"
32
9" 9"
4 1" 7 32 7 32
16
16
8 Ø4x20
85 16 29Ø4x20 16 22 16 Ø4x20
5" 3 11"
5" 25" 5" 1 1"5" x 25" 5" 7" 5" 5" x 25"
TB = Door width 16
8 3232 x 32 8 8
32 32 8 8 8 32 32
L = Horizontal frame profile width TH = Door height Width for glass in-fill panel = TB - 41 1 85" M5x25
Height for glass in-fill panel = TH - 104 4 3"
32
H = Clear heightWidth for wood in-fill panel 3 "x 31"
17"
= TB - 39 1 32 Height
16 for
32 wood in-fill panel = TH - 102 4 1"
Dimensions in mm 5"
55 2 32
32
Inches are approximate 15 71
19" 2 25"
32
1.230
32
AH Fix text 103 www.hafele.com/us
4 1"
16
8 85 29
5" 3 11" 1 1"
TB = Door width 16 32 8
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 GR Set

Item No. 1
941.12.000
Running gear with four wheels Plastic white 2 pcs.
Set nut, M8 Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Suspension plate Aluminum – 2 pcs.
Door stopper with adjustable retention spring Plastic gray 2 pcs.
Lower guide with plastic horizontal wheels Steel zinc-plated 1 pc.
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.00.253
Single upper track,
Aluminum unanodized 3.5 m (11' 5 25/32") 941.00.353
39 x 41 mm (1 9/16" x 1 5/8")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.00.603
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.925
Dual upper track,
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8" x 1 1/4")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.960
Spacer profile for wall mounting
of single upper running track, Plastic gray 2 m (6' 6 3/4") 941.13.220
11 x 36 mm (7/16" x 1 7/16")
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.325
Clip-in skirt,

10 x 42 mm (13/32" x 1 11/16")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.360
2.5 m (8' 2 7/16") 941.12.425
Clip-on fascia to upper running track,
7 x 60 mm (5/16" x 2 3/8")
6 m (19' 8 1/4") 941.12.460
Brush seal for clip-on fascia,

Plastic gray 10 m (32' 9 11/16") 405.80.501
5 x 5 mm (3/16" x 3/16")
End piece to fascia, one-sided, wall mounted,

51 x 60 mm (2" x 2 3/8")
Soft close 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs.) 940.60.045

Soft close 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) 940.60.010
– – –
Installation Plan

Dimensions in mm
8/19
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 GR Synchro

1 •
•
• Additional supplementary fitting set to Divido100 GR
• Simultaneous symmetrical opening of two top-hung aluminum
frame sliding doors
• Single upper running track can be ceiling or wall mounted
Note
to use an additional lower guide. Refer to page 1.47 for detail.
55
5"
2 32
67 44 103
5" 1"
4 16
2 8
1 23"
32
TB
L = TB - 57
2 1"
4
M5 x 25
3" x 31"
71 25" 16 32
15
19" 2 32
32
8 85 29
5" 1 1"
16 3 11"
32 8
TB = Door width
L = Horizontal frame profile width
SL = (2 x RO) + 70
2 3"
4
RO
SL = Length of upper running track

RO = Clear opening width
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Order specifications
• 2 Divido 100/GR sliding door fitting sets
•
•
1 Divido 100/GR-Synchro supplementary fitting set
1 Single upper running track 1
• 1 Clip-on fascia
• 1 End pc. set for clip-on fascia
• Aluminum frame profiles
EKU Divido 100 GR Synchro Set

• For 2 sliding doors without the upper running tracks
Item No.
941.12.004
Set Components
Plastic coated ball bearing wheel, mounted horizontally – – 2 pcs.
Spacer ring Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Rope safe guard Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Fixing screw to rope safe guard Steel zinc-plated 2 pcs.
Mounting plate for Kevlar rope Plastic gray 2 pcs.
Kevlar rope, 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) – – 1 roll
Fixing screws Steel zinc-plated 1 set
Note
Lower guide without guide channel
+3
1"
8
-3
1"
8
Lower guide without guide channel Height adjustment
2 Divido 100 GR sliding door fitting sets pages 1.230-1.231

Single upper running track page 1.231
Clip-on fascia page 1.231
+3
End
1" pc. set for clip-on fascia page 1.231
8
-3 Dimensions in mm
1"
8
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 GRM

1 •
•
• Height adjustability: +1 mm/-3 mm (3/64”/-1/8”)
• For aluminum frame glass doors
Note
73 111
to use an additional lower guide. Refer to page 1.47 for detail. 4 3"
2 7"
8 8
Ø5 Ø5
3"
3" 16
16
30 34 30 34
3"
116 3"
116
1 5" 1 5"
16 16
1" 1"
2 16
2 16
+1 60 +1 60
1" 1"
32 2 83 " 32 2 83 "
-3 -3
1" 1"
8 8
30 8 12 6 12 30 8 30 8 12 6 12
3"
116 5" 15" 1" 15" 3" 5" 3"
1 16 5" 15" 1" 15"
16 32 4 32 116 16 16 32 4 32
H H
1 58 "
1 58 "
TH = H - 40
TH = H - 40
35 35
1 3"
8
1 3"
8
10 10 10 10 10 10
13"13" 13" 13" 13" 13"
32 32 32 32 32 32
26 26
2 1" 1"
2 36
36
60 60
2 83" 2 83 "
7 7
9" 9"
32 32
16 16
5" Ø4x20 5" Ø4x20
8 5" x 13" 8 5" x 13"
32 16 32 16
27 TH = Door height H = Clear height

1"
116 3"
Height for glass in-fill panel = TH - 104 4 32
1"
Height for wood in-fill panel = TH - 102 4 32
41
1 3"
4
M5x25 16
232 3" x
16 1" 5"
9 1"
4 8
L = TB - 57 2 1"
4
M5x25
3" x
32 16 1"
1 1"
4
Lower guide without

guide channel
8 85 TB = Door width 29
5" 3 11"
32 L = Horizontal frame profile width 1 1"
8
16
Width for glass in-fill panel = TB - 41 1 5"
8
Width for wood in-fill panel = TB - 39 1 17"
32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 GRM Set

Item No. 1
941.00.001
Set Components
Running gear with four wheels Plastic white 2 pcs.
Carrier block Plastic anthracite 2 pcs.
Suspension profile for carrier block Aluminum – 2 pcs.
Door stopper with adjustable retention spring Plastic gray 2 pcs.
Lower guide with plastic horizontal wheels Steel zinc-plated 1 pc.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.925
Dual upper track,
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.425
Triple upper track,
111 x 31 mm (4 3/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.460
Soft close 10 – 60 kg (22 – 132 lbs.) 940.60.045
Soft close 61 – 100 kg (135 – 220 lbs.) 940.60.010

– – –
Note

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 Stacking

1 • With stacking option for barrier-free and space saving
stacking of doors weighing up to 100 kg (220 lbs.)
122
4 13"
111 16
Ø5 4 3"
9" 8
16
3"
32
2
Mounting example
7"
31
1 32
11"
2 32
59
56
7"
2 32
TB
1"
10 mm Wood = TH - 102
4 32
±3
1"
3"
60
8
8
2
B + 92
2 Doors TB =
3 5"
8
26 3
8 14 8 6 1" TB LM 1"
5" 9" 5" 1" 8
16 16 16 4 B
H
30 8 30 8 10 10 10
3" 5" 3" 5" 13"13"13"
1 16 16 1 16 16 32 32 32
B + 122
3 Doors TB =
32"
TH = H - 69
2 32
4 13"
8.5
11"
32
16
Glass - 8 mm Wood = TH - 104
3"
4 32
4
35
1 3"
8
TB 5"
9.5
3"
32
8
5"
16
TB LM
3"
60
8
B
2
1"
13
2
18 Ø4 x 20
23" 5" x 25"
32 32 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
EKU Divido 100 Stacking

Description Material Finish Length
Qty. Qty.
Item No.
1
2 Doors 3 Doors
Right arm with screws 1 pc. 2 pcs. 941.12.063

– – –
Left arm with screws 1 pc. 2 pcs. 941.12.062
1 pc. 1 pc.
End plate with screws – – – 941.12.064
1 pc. 1 pc.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.926

Dual guide track Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) – 941.13.936
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.961
Vertical frame profile,

Aluminum anodized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 941.12.231
with notch
Vertical handle profile,

with notch, 30 x 37.5 mm Aluminum anodized 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 940.93.330
(1 3/16” x 1 7/16”)
Track cleaning tool Plastic gray – – 941.00.099
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.12.925

Dual upper running track,
Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) – 941.12.935
73 x 31 mm (2 7/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.12.960
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.13.425
Triple upper running track,
Aluminum anodized 3.5 m (11’ 5 25/32”) – 941.13.435
111 x 31 mm (4 3/8” x 1 1/4”)
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.13.460
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GS

1 •
•
Glass thickness: 6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)
3"
1 32
• For laminated or tempered glass

• Smooth, quiet operation 1
3"
30
3"
116
32
40±2
9"
1 16
13"
10
32
13"
21
16
22
7"
8
4 4
5" 5"
32 32 124
4 7"
8
≥
8 (8-12.7)
5" 5" 1" 3
16 16 2
8-10
5" 13"
16 32
8-12.7
5" 1"
50
16 2 1 31"
32
1"
132
26
9"
5"
32
32
7
4
15"
12
32
25"
20
32
35 Ø4x20
5"x 25"
1 3"
8 32 32
20
25"
32
124
Installation 4 7"
8
Floor guide adjustment: Clamp shoe adjustment:
6 - 12.7 mm (1/4” - 1/2”) 6 - 12.7 mm (1/4” - 1/2”)
≥95
3 3"
4
9
5"
16
Ø19
3"
4
Note
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GS

Set
• For 1 sliding door without upper track and lower guide channel 1
Item No.
940.41.010
Supplied With
Set Components
Suspension bolt, M8 – 941.00.071

– 2 pcs.
Clamp shoe, adjustable from 6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”) Aluminum 941.00.020
Track stopper – – 2 pcs. 940.40.041
Floor guide, adjustable from 6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”) – – 1 pc. 941.00.031
Note
doors, please order 2 sets.
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.40.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.40.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.40.180
anodized,
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.200
clear
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.40.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.40.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.40.600
Glider, self adhesive,

Plastic – – 940.40.033
for 8 mm (5/16”) thick glass
Glider, self adhesive,

Plastic – – 940.40.034

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)

Lower guide channel page 1.290
Clip-on fascias and end caps to clamp shoe page 1.219
Glass edge protection seals page 1.290
Dimensions in mm
6/17
3 5 5 5
Fix text 7 5 7 5
1" 3" 3" 3" 9" 3" 9" 3"
8 16 16 16 32 16 32 16
8 (8 - 12.7) 10 (8 - 12.7) 12 (8 - 12.7) 12 (8 - 12.7)
Sliding Door Hardware-Glass 5" 5"

16 16
1"
2
13" 5"
32 16
1“
2
15" 5"
32 16
1“
2
15" 5"
32 16
1“
2
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GP

1 • Glass thickness:
Tempered glass: 8, 10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 8 - 10
3"
1 32
Laminated glass: 8.7 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 5"

16
13"
32
*Maximum offset: 2 mm (7/32”)
1"
1035±3
8 8
5"
3"
32
116
30
10 ± 4
1 3"
13"
10
13"
32
13"
32
32
4.5
16
3"
32
1“
26
15"
12
32
3"
1
5
16
25"
20
• Low installation height
32
24
15"
16
1“
6
28 guide
4
• Rattle-free bottom
3“ 20
1
32
20 25"
24 35
32
25"
32 3
15"
516 Option 1 3"
18
1" 3"
8 16 12 (8-12.7)
8 (8-12.7) 15" 5" 1"
5" 5" 1" 32 16 2
16 16 2
8-10
13"
13"
10
10
5" 13"
32
32
15"
16 32
12
26
32
1"
1 32
25"
20
32
29"
24
32
28
1"
6
4
3"
1 32 20 24
25" 29"
32 32
Option 3 Option 4 Option 2
28
30 35±3
5
9
11"
3 19"
32
32
20 74
2 29"
32
≥95
3 5
3 43"
8
Ø19
3"
4
Required Glass Cutouts

52 + 01 74
8-12.7 8-10 8-12.7 29"
1"
2 16 2 32
25 ± 0.5
31"
32
R 26 + 0.25
3 19"
0
32
91
1"
4 1 32
5"
71.5 32
≤ 95
26
2 13"
16 10 3 3" 10
4
6 12
20 24
R 9 + 0.25
0
11"
32 28 20 24
Note
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GP

Set
Item No.
940.41.008
Supplied With
Set Components
Suspension bolt, M8, including mounting screws – – 2 pcs. 940.41.022
Patch suspension – – 2 pcs. 940.40.038
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring – – 2 pcs. 940.40.041
One-way drilling jig – – 1 pc. 940.40.089
Height adjusting pin – – 1 pc. 940.40.090
Note
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.40.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.40.160

1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.40.180
clear
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.200
anodized
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.40.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.40.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.40.600

Glass edge protection profiles page 1.291
Junior/GP/Fixed glass pages 1.272-1.273
Dimensions in mm
6/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GP

Installation option 1
Patch suspension – – – 940.40.038
Lower guide, spring loaded, for single guide track – – – 940.40.039
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.725

Single lower guide track for clip or glue mounting Aluminum anodized
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.735
Fixing set, for single lower guide track. 5 pcs.

each, 2 pcs. per meter required
Lower guide with mounting screws, suitable for

– – – 940.40.035
patch suspension unit
Lower guide channel, 24 x 24 mm

(15/16” x 15/16”), not drilled
End stop for lower guide channel

24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16”)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, 10 chrome-plated

Steel – 940.40.032
and 12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Gliders, self adhesive,
Plastic – – 940.40.033

Plastic – – 940.40.034

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/GP

Cover Caps
Description Material Finish Qty. Item No. 1
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.028
matt
Cover cap set, square, 4 pcs. for covering the stainless steel
Plastic 4 pcs. 940.41.027
patch suspension colored
unfinished 1 pc. 940.41.024
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.027
matt
brass-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.028
polished
Cover cap set, round, 4 pcs. for covering the stainless steel
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.029
polished

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
63
HAWA Ordena 70/F 2 1"
2 10 8
• Maximum door weight: 70 kg (154 lbs.) 13" 5"
1 • Maximum door height: 2600 mm (8’ 6 3/8”) 32 16
5" ±1"
• Minimum door width: 600 mm (1’ 11 5/8”)
8
41 ±3
7"
36
1 16
• Door thickness:
18
25
3 19"
32
Wood: 30 – 40 mm (1 3/16” – 1 19/32”)
91
31"
7" ±1"
32 8
5 ±3
32
Tempered glass: 8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”)
10 ±4
32 32
13" ±5"
Laminated glass: *8.7 – 10.7 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) 20 5
25" 7"
*Maximum offset: 2 mm (3/32”) 32 32
• Height adjustable: +/- 3 mm (1/8”) 24
• Top running sliding system that is impervious to dust and dirt 10 (8)
15"
16
• Allows wood and glass sliding door combinations 13" 5"
54
2 81"
• Lower guide channel is only 4.5 mm high; it is clipped or glued on 32 16
• Wider doors are guided securely with two spring-loaded lower guides 30 – 40
30 – 40 6 30 – 40
• Center stops hold sliding doors in correct closed position 3" 1 19"
1 16 32 3" 19"
1 16 1 32 1" 3"
1 16 1 32
19"
• Frameless and easy to install Ø12 9

4
• Glass door use HAWA Junior GP suspension 15"

32
11"
32
Ø12
15"
9
3"
32 8
31"
1 32
50
32 32
13" ±5"
32 32
13" ±5"
10 ±4
10 ±4
1 31"
32
50
3"
4.5
16
30 36
3" 7"
1 16 1 16
54 54
2 81" 2 81"
Glass Cutouts to Sliding Door
±0.5
30 52
+1
0
23.5
3"
15"
116 2 1"
16
Ø12 16
15" + 0.25
32 R 26 0
±0.5
+3 1"
32 32
13" ±5"
4
1 31"
1 32
50
10 ±4
32
0
2 13"
71.5
16
5"
32 + 0.25
R9 0
11"
105 32
1"
4.5
16
3"
48
35
1 3"
8
Set
Version Item No.
For 1 wood door 404.95.001
For 1 glass door 404.95.011
Set Components
Qty. for Qty. for
Description Finish
1 wood door 1 glass door
Running gear, four plastic-coated ball bearing wheels – 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
Carrier profile with M7 suspension bolt – 2 pcs. –
Cover caps, 20 x 25 mm (3/16” x 31/32”) gray 2 pcs. –
Patch suspension – – 2 pcs.
Suspension bolt, M7, including mounting screws – – 1 pc.
Hex Key, 4 mm (5/32”) – 1 pc. –

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Ordena 70/F Door Stop Sets

Material: Plastic Wall Centering Element
Individual Components The ideal wall connection for
Order Specifications For opening with Item No. all glass sliding doors with 1
unprotected glass edges.
• Type and quantity of fitting sets 2 doors 404.95.308
• Type and quantity of door stop sets 3 doors 404.95.311
• Type and quantity of lower guides
• Length of dual upper track 4 doors 404.95.312 Rubber Profile for Glass
• Length of lower guide channel 5 doors 404.95.313 Edge Protection
4 Self-adhesive rubber profile
• For glass doors 6 doors 404.95.314 5"
– Type and quantity of cover plates 32 is recommended for glass
– Length of rubber profile for glass protection Supplied With doors that can strike against
– Quantity of centering elements for wall connection Center stops one another.
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.40.825

Single upper track, pre-drilled
Aluminum anodized
36 x 33 mm (1 7/16” x 1 5/16”)
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.40.835
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.40.826

Dual upper track , pre-drilled
Aluminum anodized
36 x 63 mm (1 7/16” x 2 1/2”)
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.40.836
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.725

Single lower guide channel, clip-on or
Aluminum anodized
glue-on, 4.5 x 35 mm (3/16” x 1 3/8”)
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.735
Dual lower guide channel, clip-on or 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.726

Aluminum anodized
glue-on, 4.5 x 54 mm (3/16” x 2 1/8”) 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.736
Fixing set to dual lower guide channel,

– – – 404.97.990
includes 5 pcs. (2 pcs. per meter)
Lower guide set for one glass

– – – 404.95.916
sliding door, spring-loaded
Lower guide set for one wood

– – – 404.95.915
sliding door, spring-loaded
chrome, matt 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.40.027

brass polished 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.40.028
Cover caps for patch suspension, round Plastic

stainless steel effect 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.40.023
chrome polished 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.41.029

Cover caps for patch suspension, square Plastic
stainless steel effect 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.41.027
Cover caps for patch suspension, round Plastic unfinished 1 pc. 940.41.023
Cover caps for patch suspension, square Plastic unfinished 1 pc. 940.41.024
Profile, self-adhesive, for 8 – 10 mm 1 roll

Rubber black 404.95.321
(5/16” – 13/32”) thick glass (5 m)
Centering element, for glass sliding door Plastic gray 1 pc. 941.24.042
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Top Hung System
63
HAWA Ordena 70/P 2 1"
2

±1"
41 ±3
8 8
10 8 10 8
7"
36
1 16
13"
3" 5" 13"
3" 5"
1 5"
• Door thickness: 32
8 16 32
8 16
Wood: 30 – 40 mm (1 3/16” – 1 19/32”)
31"
25
7" ±1"
32
32 8
5 ±3
13" ±1"
10 ±3
32 8
Tempered glass: 8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”)
Laminated glass: *8.7 – 10.7 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) 20 5
26
1"
25" 7"
*Maximum offset: 2 mm (3/32”) 32 32
• Height adjustable: +/- 3 mm (1/8”)

• Top running sliding system that is impervious to dust and dirt 10 8 53
• Allows wood and glass sliding door combinations 13"
3" 5" 3"
2 32
• Rattle-free lower guides
8 16
32
• Frameless and easy to install 30 – 40 30 – 40 6 30 – 40

• Glass door use HAWA Junior GP suspension 3"
116 1 19"
32 3"
116 19"
1 32
1"
4
3"
1 16 19"
1 32
12 9
15" 3"
12 9 32 8
15" 11" 10
32 32 13"
13" ±1"
8
10 ±3
32
32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
32
1"
26
1
28 15
1 81" 19"
32
±0.5
+1
52 0
23.5
15"
2 1"
16
16
+ 0.25
R 26 0
±0.5
+3 1"
4 0 1 32
2 13"
71.5
16
5"
32 + 0.25
R9 0
11"
105 32
1"
48
Glass Cutouts to
Sliding Door
Set
Version Item No.
For 1 wood door 404.95.001
For 1 glass door 404.95.011
Set Components
Qty. for Qty. for
Description Finish
1 wood door 1 glass door
Running gear, four plastic-coated ball bearing wheels – 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
Carrier profile with M7 suspension bolt – 2 pcs. –
Cover caps, 20 x 25 mm (13/16” x 31/32”) gray 2 pcs. –
Patch suspension – – 2 pcs.
Suspension bolt, M7, including mounting screws – – 1 pc.
Hex Key, 4 mm (5/32”) – 1 pc. –
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Ordena 70/P Door Stop Sets Wall Centering Element

The ideal wall connection for
Individual Components Material: Plastic
all glass sliding doors with
Order Specifications For opening with Item No.
unprotected glass edges. 1
• Type and quantity of fitting sets and door stop sets 2–3 doors 404.95.308
• Type and quantity of lower guides
4–5 doors 404.95.309 Rubber Profile for Glass
• Length of dual upper track and lower guide channel –
6–7 doors 404.95.310 Edge Protection
Type and quantity of cover plates, length of rubber 4 Self-adhesive rubber profile
profile for glass protection and quantity of centering Supplied With 5"
32 is recommended for glass
elements for wall connection Center stops doors that can strike against
one another.
Description Material Finish Length/Qty. Item No.
2.5 m
940.40.826
Dual upper track, pre-drilled (8’ 2 7/16”)
Aluminum anodized
36 x 63 mm (1 7/16” x 2 1/2”) 3.5 m
940.40.836
(11’ 5 13/16”)
Dual lower guide for glass/glass
– – – 404.95.911
sliding door, rattle-free
Dual lower guide for glass/wood

– – – 404.95.912
Dual lower guide for wood/wood

– – – 404.95.913
Single lower guide for glass sliding door,

rattle-free, 8, 10, 12, 12.7 mm – – – 940.40.032
(5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32”, 1/2”)
Single lower guide for wood sliding door,

– – – 940.40.037
rattle-free
Guide rail, 20 x 12 mm (13/16” x 15/32”), glue-in, 1.3 m

Plastic black 940.41.130
recessed into bottom edge of wood door (51 3/16”)

brass polished 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.40.028
Cover caps for patch suspension, round Plastic stainless steel 1 set (4 pcs.)
effect 940.40.023
chrome 1 set (4 pcs.) 940.41.029
polished

Cover caps for patch suspension, square Plastic
stainless steel
1 set (4 pcs.) 940.41.027

effect
Cover caps for patch suspension, round Plastic unfinished 1 pc. 940.41.023
Cover caps for patch suspension, square Plastic unfinished 1 pc. 940.41.024
Profile, self-adhesive, 1 roll

for 8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) thick glass (5 m)
Centering element, for glass sliding door Plastic gray 1 pc. 941.24.042
Placement of Lower Guides

Dual guides
Single guides
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/GS 34

1 11"
32
1 •
•
3" 1"
9"
1 16
53±3
8
40
2 32
13
1"
2
13"
21
16
1 11"
16
43
• Vertical adjustment without removing the glass door 24 124
29" 4 87"
32
5 5
3" 3" ≥ 130
16 16
5 1"
8
10 (8-12.7)
13" 5" 1"
32 16 2
8-10
5" 13"
8-12.7 16 32
5" 1"
16 2
50
131"
32
5"
9"
7
32
32
4
1"
132
26
15"
12
25"
32
20
32
35 4x20
1 3"
8
5"
32
x 25"
32
20
25"
32
124
4 7"
8
Installation
≥130
Floor guide adjustment: Clamp shoe adjustment: 5 1"
8
6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”) 6 – 12.7 mm (1/4” – 1/2”)
9
5"
16
Ø19
3"
4
Note
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/GS

Set
Item No.
940.81.000
Supplied With
Set Components
Suspension bolt, M10 – – 2 pcs. 941.00.072

Clamp shoe, adjustable from 6 – 12.7
Aluminum – 2 pcs. 941.00.020
(1/4” – 1/2”)
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring - - 2 pcs. 940.80.040
Floor guide, adjustable from 6 – 12.7

– – 1 pc. 941.00.031
(1/4” – 1/2”)
Note
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
clear
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
anodized
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600

Plastic – – 940.40.033

Plastic – – 940.40.034

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)

Clip-on fascias and end caps to clamp shoe page 1.219
Dimensions in mm
1/18
Top Hung System
34
HAWA Junior 80/GP 1 11"
32
1"
45±3
32 8
9"
40
Tempered glass: 8, 10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
1 16
1 25"
Laminated glass: 8.7 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
13" 5"
32 32
10 ± 4
4.5
16
3"
3"
5
16
3 19"
91
32
1"
• Maintenance-free 4
• Vertical adjustment without removing the glass door 22
35
3"
• Low installation height 7" 1 8
• Simple installation 5 5 Option 1

3" 3"
16 16
10 (8-12.7)
13" 5" 1" 12 (8-12.7)
32 16 2 15" 5" 1"
32 16 2
13"
10
8-10
32
13"
10
5" 13"
32
15"
1"
26
16 32
12
1 32
32
25"
20
32
29"
24
32
1"
6
4
28 20 24
3" 29"
1 32 25"
32 32
9
19"
91
3 32
11"
Required Glass Cutouts 32
52 + 01
1"
2 16 74
29" ≥130
2 32
5 1"
25 ± 0.5
8
31"
32
Ø19
R 26 + 0.25
3"
4
0
1"
4 1 32
5" 74
29"
71.5 32
≥ 130 2 32
2 13"
16 1"
5 8
R 9 + 0.25
19"
0
3 32
91
11"
32
19"
15
32
35 45.5
1 3"
8 1 25"
32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/GP

Set
Item No.
940.81.006
Supplied With
Set Components
Suspension bolt, M10 including mounting screws – – 2 pcs. 940.81.023
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring - - 1 pc. 940.80.040
Note
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160

1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
clear
anodized
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600

Fixed glass panel for 80/GP pages 1.260-1.261
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/GP

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.725

Single lower guide track for clip fixing or glue fixing Aluminum anodized
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.735
Fixing set, for single lower guide track. 5 pcs

each, 2 pcs. per meter required
Lower guide with mouting screws, suitable for

– – – 940.40.035

(15/16” x 15/16”), not drilled
End stop for guide channel

24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16”)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, 10 chrome plated

Steel – 940.40.032
and 12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Plastic – – 940.40.033

Plastic – – 940.40.034
Fixed glass panel for 80/GP pages 1.260-1.261

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/GP

Cover Caps
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.028
matt
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.027
matt
brass-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.028
polished
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.029
polished

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/G

1 •
•
For glass thicknesses: 10, 12 and 12.7 mm (13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
34
1 11"
• Smooth quiet operation 32
• Simple installation 40
9"
• Vertical adjustment without removing the glass door 1 16
• Elegant design of continuous top and bottom glass suspension profile
6
1"
40 4
9"
1 16
92
3 5"
8
10 (8-12.7)
13" 5" 1"
32 16 2
Floor guide
10 (8-10) 10 (8-10)
10 (8-12.7)
13" 5" 13" 13" 5" 13"
13" 5" 1" 32 16 32 32 16 32
32 16 2
26
1"
1 32
20 92
25"
32 3 5"
8
40
10 9"
10 4.5 26 13" 1 16
3"
16
32
25"
13" 1"
20
32
1 32
13"
32
10
32
28
3"
1 32
28 19
3"
1 32 3"
32
4
1 1"
4
Version 1 1
Version Version
Version 2
2 VersionVersion
3 3
Section trolley hanger and upper track
Cut-out dimensions
12
20 15"
25" 32
85 85
32
Ø21 3 11"
32 3 11"
32
13"
16
85
3 11" 130
32 9
5 1"
8
11"
32
Version 1 Version 2 and 3
Required glass cut-outs, dimensions must be observed.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/G

Set
Item No.
940.84.007
Supplied With
Set Components
Double roller running gear Wheels: Nylon – 2 pcs. 940.80.012
silver
Suspension block with bolt, M10 Aluminum 2 pcs. 940.80.019
colored anodized
Cover Cap, for support profile Plastic anthracite 2 pcs. 942.56.029
Locking wrench to suspension plate Steel – 1 pc. 940.80.092
Note
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140
1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
clear
anodized
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Support and glass suspension profile, glass
thickness 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)
Cover for glass suspension, profile glass

thickness of 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

thickness 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)

thickness of 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)
Glass holder, for glass thickness 8, 10, 12, 12.7, 14 and 16
mm. (5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”) (4 pcs. required Plastic – – 940.84.024
for each support and glass suspension profile)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, 10 and 12.7 mm chrome-plated
Steel – 940.40.032
(3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
Floor mounted door stop chrome-plated
Aluminum – 940.40.052
57 x 28 x 39 mm (2 1/4” x 1 1/8” x 1 9/16”) matt
Floor guide, for bottom support and glass
Plastic – – 940.84.037
suspension profile
Guide track, 31 x 28 mm (1 1/4” x 1 1/8”),
pre-drilled
Guide piece, with zero clearance, 14 mm (9/16”), with carriage Plastic – – 946.12.060
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Symmetric 80/G

Top guide
1
34
• For bi-parting sliding doors 6 6
1 11"
• For tempered glass 1" 32 1"
• Door height adjustable 4 4
• Suspension by positive-fit glass connection with glass holder 40

• Smooth quiet operation 9"
1 16
66±2
219"± 3"
• When mounting this system inside a pocket the installation has 32 32 26
to be completed before closing the pocket wall; it is 1"
1 32
recommended to provide a service opening
• Doors can be hung and adjusted after the pocket wall is closed 40
9"
1 16
92
3 5"
8
Floor guide
10 (8-12.7) 15 (8-16)
10 (8-10) 19"( 5" - 5")
13" 5" - 1"
(
32 16 2
) 13"( 5" - 13" ) 32 16 8
32 16 32
26
1"
1 32 92
3 5"
20 8
40 40 40 25"
Cut-out dimensions 10 9"
1 16 9"
1 16 9"
1 16
32
4.5 26
3"
16
12 13" 1"
1 32
13"
13"
20 32
10
10
32
32
15"
25" 32 28
85 85
32
Ø21 3 11" 3 11" 28 1 1"
32 32 4 19
13" 1 1"
4 32 3"
16 4
85 1 1"
4
3 11"
32
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3
Note
Can be used for all floor guide versions. Refer to Junior 80/G
page 1.254, please order separately.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Symmetric 80/G Set

• For bi-parting doors, without upper track and floor guide
Item No.
1
940.81.002
Supplied With
Set Components
Description Material Finish Length Qty. Item No.
Double roller running gear Aluminum – – 4 pcs. 940.80.012
Suspension block, including M10 bolt and

Aluminum – – 4 pcs. 940.80.018
clamping screw
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring – – – 1 pc. 940.80.040
Cover Cap, for glass suspension profile Plastic anthracite – 4 pcs. 942.56.029
Locking wrench to suspension plate Steel – – 1 pc. 940.80.092
Deflection roller – – – 2 pcs. 940.80.075
Clamping piece, for toothed belt – – – 2 pcs. 940.80.083
Toothed belt for 2 sliding doors with maximum

– – 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 1 pc. 940.80.077
width 1.2 m (47 1/4”)
Wall buffer Rubber black – 2 pcs. 940.40.051
Note
Tracks and glass suspension profile, refer to Junior 80/G page 1.254.

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 80/G

1
34 6 34
• For glass thicknesses: 8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”) 12
7 35 34 6 34
1 11" 1" 1 11"
• For door width: 500 – 1000 mm (19 11/16” – 39 3/8”) 15"
32
32 4 32 9" 1 3" 1 11"
32
1"
4
1 11"
32
8
• For telescopic opening of 2 sliding doors to the right and to 32
the left
• Door height adjustable 25 40
40
• Suspension by positive-fit glass connection with glass holder 1" 9"
2 43" ± 1"
9" 1 16
8
2 23"± 3"
32
1 16
70±3
69±2
45
32
29 29
5"
1 43" 5"
1 32 1 32
40
9"
1 16
92
3 5"
8
10 (8-10)
13" 5" 13"
32 16 32
Floor guide
40
9"
1 16
15-35
13"
10
32
40 19" -1 3"
32 8
9"
1 16
44
23"
1 32
Without fixed glass panel With fixed glass panel
Sliding door width calculation Note

STB Can be used for all floor guide versions. Refer to Junior 80/G
P P (2xP) + LMB page 1.254, please order separately.
STB
2
P 75
STB
LMB STB Cut-out dimensions
12
20 15"
25" 32
STB1 (2xP) + LMB - M 32
85
P P STB1
2 Ø21 3 11"
32
(2xP) + LMB + M 13"
STB2 16
2 85
M P 75
STB2 3 11"
32
LMB STB1 LS = LMB + STB
Version 2 and 3
STB = sliding door width
P = door overlap ( 75 mm (2 15/16”) Required glass cut-outs, dimensions must be observed.
LMB = internal width measurement
LS = running track
M = sliding door handle + safety clearance
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Telescopic 80/G Set

• For 2 sliding doors, without running track and floor guide
Item No. 1
940.80.090
Set Components
Double roller running gear Aluminum – – 4 pcs. 940.80.012
silver
Suspension block, including M10 bolt and
Aluminum colored – 4 pcs. 940.80.018
clamping screw
anodized
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring – – – 2 pcs. 940.80.040
Cover Cap, for glass suspension profile Plastic anthracite – 8 pcs. 942.56.029
Glass holder, for glass thickness 8, 10, 12, 12.7,

14 and 16 mm (5/16", 13/32", 15/32", 1/2",
Plastic – – 8 pcs. 940.84.024
9/16", 5/8") (4 pcs. required for each support and
glass suspension profile)
Deflection roller, with long mounting plate – – – 1 pc. 947.00.048
Deflection roller, with short mounting plate – – – 1 pc. 947.00.049

silver
Follower, wide Aluminum colored – 1 pc. 947.00.050
anodized
Toothed belt, glass-fiber reinforced – black 2.7 m (8' 10 5/16") 1 pc. 947.00.054
Clamp for wall mounting/ceiling installation, for

– – – 1 pc. 947.00.053
toothed belt, complete
Driver counter plate, wide – – – 1 pc. 947.00.051
Suspension block – – – 3 pcs. 940.80.016
Wall buffer Rubber black – 1 pcs. 940.40.051

Guide, complete – – – 1 pc. 940.80.091

Plastic – – 1 pc. 940.84.037
suspension profile
Note
Tracks and glass suspension profile. Refer to Junior 80/G page 1.254. Please order separately.

Dimensions in mm
8/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/G Fixed glass panel

Tempered glass: 8, 10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 35 34
Laminated glass: 8.7 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 1 3"
8
111"
32
• For partitioning systems
25 40
• For laminated or tempered glass 46±3 9"
1" 1 16
113"
16
± 1"
8
27"
21
32
1"
6
4
40
9"
1 16
72
2 13"
16
10-12
13" 1"
32
- 2
38
1"
72 1 2
2 13"
16 40
9"
1 16
13"
10
32
34.5
1 3"
8
GH = glass height
Cut-out dimensions
12
20 15"
25" 32
85 85
32
Ø21 3 11"
32 3 11"
32
13"
16
85
3 11"
32
Note Required glass cut-outs, dimensions must be observed.
Fixed glass panels can be used for all floor guide versions. Refer to
Junior 80/G page 1.254, please order separately.
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 80/G Fixed glass panel

• Stand alone system
1
Order Specifications
• Quantity and type of top suspension plate
• Lower profile for fixed glass
Junior 80 top suspension bracket,

– – – 940.81.024
with M12 suspension bolt, fixed glass
Lower profile for fixed glass Aluminum anodized 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 946.36.960
Note
Junior 120/G and other glass thicknesses available on request.
Lock available on request.
Tracks and glass suspension profile refer to Junior 80/G page 1.254.
Dimensions in mm
3" ± 1"
19±3
8
68
2 11"
4
16
Top Hung System 28
3"
1 32
70
42 2 3"
HAWA Purolino-Plus 80 1 21"
Wall mounting 4
Note
± 1"
19±3
48 8 8
32 68
1"1"
• Max. 2 mm glass cut-out offset
19±3
68
19±3
11"
68
3"
268
3"±1"
±
19±3
444 8
1 • Door width: Without soft and self closing mechanism: permitted with laminated glass
16
11"
2
3"3"±
11"
28 23 2 16
2 11"
>600 mm (23 5/8”) 283"
16
16 • The max. bending of glass may not
128
28
29"
With soft and self closing mechanism on one side: 1 32
3"
3" 32 70 exceed ±2 mm in order to ensure
1 32
1 3" 70
32
4232 10 (8-12.7) 3"
270 satisfactory functioning of the soft and
>850 mm (33 15/32”) 42 2
70
4
3"
21"
42
142
13" 5"
- 1"
2 3"
4 self closing mechanism.
With soft and self closing mechanism both sides: 32 32 16 2 2 3"
4
1 21"
1 21"
32
4 • All glass edges trimmed, within the
>850 mm (33 15/32”) 1 21"
32
32 glass cut-out max.901 mm
• For glass thickness: 23 68 • The position of the glass cut-out for
3 17"
Tempered glass: 8, 10, 12 and 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 29" 2 11"
23 65 32
23
32 16
23 the soft and2self 9" closing mechanism is
3" ± 1"
3" ± 1"
19±3
29"
19±3
8
Laminated glass: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”) 43
29"
32
29"
11" 10
32 (8-12.7) identical22for all16three versions (one-
Fixed glass panel: Tempered glass/laminated glass: 1 32 7"
4
16 10 (8-12.7) sided left,
8 one-sided right or both
4
13"
10 5" 1"
(8-12.7)
10
32 16
- 2
(8-12.7)
5" 1"
8 – 12 mm (5/16” – 15/32”) 13"
13" 5" - 1"
5" - 1"
16 sides).
32
13"
32 16 - 222
(with silicone up to 13 mm (1/2”) 32 16
90
• For 1 and 2 sliding doors Ceiling installation
68
68 70 60 90
17"
390
• For laminated or tempered glass 11"
268
68
16
11"
2 3" 2 3"
65 390
9" 3
65
32
17"
17"
32
70
± 1"
43 2 3 17"
± 1"
• Glass retention technology and wedge suspension integrated in
19±3
265
48 8 8
19±3
11" 32
48 8 8
2 8
16
11" 4 22 65
16 32 2 3"
1"1"
2 9"
1"1"
19±3
16 2
19±3
43 9" 4
19±3
43 16 22 2
19±3
3"
11" 16
3"±1"
3"
143 9"
±
7"
3"±1"
19±3
2 16
±
444 8
22
19±3
444 8
running track 1 16
11" 22
8 16
3"3"±
7"
3"3"±
• Can be combined with vertical wall profile and Toplock locks
11"
1 16
1 11"
7"
8
7"
23 16
16 8
• Certified in compliance with DIN 1527:2013 29" 8
32
60 34
70
10 (8-12.7) 70 60
3" 1 11" 70
3"
270 260
60
8 32 70
13" 5"
- 1" 70
4
3" (8-12.7)2
3" 3"
70
270
32 16 2 2
2 3"
4 2 3"
2 8 10
3" 10 (8-12.7) 2 4
3"
2 3"
4 5" 1" 8
8
5" 1" 2 3"
4
4
16
- 2 13" 13"
16
- 2 2 3"
4
4
32 32
23
23
29"
23
23
32
29"
29"
32
29"
32 66 88 34
32
102 19"(8-12.7) 34
11"
3 15" 134
65
34
32
13"32(8-12.7)
10 11"
(8-12.7) 2210 1
5" 1"
(8-12.7) 32 9"
43 10
10
32
13" 16
- 2
(8-12.7)
5" 1"
1
1
211"
32
11"
16
32 10 (8-12.7)
13" 5" - 1" (8-12.7) 32 (8-12.7)
5" - 1"
16 5" 1"
(8-12.7)
- 2 10 10 5" 1"
13" (8-12.7)
32
11"13"
1 32 16 - 22 (8-12.7)
16
5" 1"
7"13"
10
810
10 - 2
(8-12.7)
16
16 32 16 2 5" - 1" 32
13" 10
32
13"
5" 1"
5" - 1"
5" - 1"
16 5" - 1"
16
16
- 222 13"
32
13"
32
13"
32
13"
32
16
16 - 22
16 2
32 32
Without fixed glass panel With fixed glass panel
66
66 70 60 88 70
19"
266 88
15" 65
3" ± 1" 388
3" ± 1"
66
19±3
2 3"
8
19±3
88
8
32
2
2
19"
19" 2 3" 8 3 32
15"
15" 265
9"
65 2 3"
43 2 19"
32 4 3 32 22 65
16 4
32 3 15" 2 9"
4
32 9"
4
43
11" 32 32 22
7" 2 16
9"
143
43 22 2 16
1 16
11"
11"
22
8 7" 16
1 16 7"
11" 8
7"
23 1 16
16
8
8
29"
32
70 60 34 70
60
± 1"
1 11"
± 1"
70
19±3
10 (8-12.7) 70 3"
3" 260
48 8 8
19±3
48 8 8
70 3"
70
270 60 270
1"1"
8 32
1"1"
19±3
3"
19±3
Cut-out dimensions 5" 1" 4 2
3" (8-12.7) 4
3"
19±3
13" - 2 3" (8-12.7) 2
19±3
2
3"
3"±1"
3"
3"
±
3" 8
3"±1"
19±3
2 3" 10 10 2
±
444 8
19±3
444 8
4 4
32 16 2
2 3"
4
8 2 3"
4
3"3"±
15±0.5 600 8
4 5" - 1"
3"3"±
5" 1"
16 2
13" 13"
16
- 2
4
19" ± 1" 130 23 5" 32 32
11.5±0.5 32 32 8 130 23
5 1" 23
29"
7" ± 1" 8 23
16 32 5 1"
8
23
32
29"
29" 34
32
29"
32 34
32 11"
10 10 (8-12.7) 10 134
34
32
11" 10
10 (8-12.7)
(8-12.7) (8-12.7) 1 13" (8-12.7)
14±0.5
Ø22±0.2 13"
13" 10 5" 1"
(8-12.7) (8-12.7) 11"
1 10 (8-12.7)32
1"
- 2
± 32
13" 32
11"
325" (8-12.7)
32 10
13" 16
5"
1" - 1" 32 1"5" - 10
(8-12.7) 1" 1 32 5" 1"
(8-12.7)
Ø 7" 1"
± 32 15±0.5 600 13" -
16 16
5" 1"
2 - 1"
5"
(8-12.7)
- 216 1010 32
10 5" 1"
(8-12.7)
- 2 - 2
32
13" 5"
- 22 (8-12.7) 2
13" 13" (8-12.7)
10 16
9"
8 15±0.5 600 32 16 16 16
16
130 5" 1" 10 10 5" 1"

5" 5" - 1" -
210 13" 14
19" ± 1"
15±0.5 600
23 32 16 2 32
13" 32
13" 5" 1" 10
11.5±0.5 15±0.5
32 32 130 600
8
5" 16
5" - 1"
16 - 213" 13"
13" 16
5" -
16 - 2
2
1"
19"
19" ± 1"
1" 5 1"
130 23 5" 130 7.5 16 2
32
32 9" 7.5
32
13"
32 16 2 13"
11.5±0.5
Without
7" ± 1"soft
11.5±0.5 and 19"
self
32 ± closing
32
1"
32 ± 32 8 mechanism
130 23 8
23 5" 130 32 32
10Integrationin 26
ceiling Integration
5 1" 8 1"
130 5" 32 16 in5"ceiling 32
11.5±0.5
16
7" ± 32
1" 32 32 5 1"
8
1" 8 5
130
8 14 26 26
7" ± 1" 5 8 5 1" 16 16
16
7" ± 32
16 1"
32 8 5 1"
8
5 1"
without fixed1glass
13" 1" 9"panel with fixed
1" glass panel 1"
16 32 8 32 32 1 32 1 32
8 10 16 10 10
Floor guide
13" (8-12.7)
10 10 (8-12.7) 13" (8-12.7)
10
14±0.5
Ø22±0.2
1" 1"
32 32
10 13"
10 10
10 (8-12.7) 10 (8-12.7) 10 (8-12.7)
14±0.5
Ø22±0.2 32
13" 5" 1"
(8-12.7) 32
13" 5" 1"
(8-12.7) 32
13" 5" 1"
(8-12.7)
110 365 - 2 - 2 - 2
±
1"130
14±0.5
Ø 7"
Ø22±0.2 (8-12.7) (8-12.7) (8-12.7)
1"1"
± 32
32
2813" 2813" 13"

14±0.5
Ø22±0.2 32 16
5" 1" 32 16
5" 1" 2813"
32 16
5" 1"
32
13" 5" - 1" 13" 5" - 1" 5" - 1"

±±9"
±
8
16 16
Ø 7" ± 1" 32 32 32
Ø 7" 1"5 1"
8 ± 32 4 11" 14 3" 3"32
1 32 5" - 1"
16
- 222 21 3"
1 3232 5" - 1"
10
16
- 22 14 21 32 5" - 1"
10
16
- 222
9"9"9"
7" 1" 8
Ø 88 ± 32 32 8 16 16 3" 16
16 7.513" 10
16
13" 2 14
9" 7.513" 1 32 10
16
16
32 10 14 13"
10
16
37 7.5
5" 16 10
32
13" 14
16 7.5
5" 16
9" 7.5 10
32
13"
10 26 14 7.5
7.5 13" 9" 7.5 13"
16 32
13" 26 16 9" 16 32 26
1 15" 10
13" 26 14
5"
5" 32
26 16 5"
5"
13"
32 26
32 10
10
1"
126 9"
14 16
5" 32
1261" 16 165" 32 26 1"
126
32
13" 26
32
1" 14
16
9"
16
16 26
32
16
16 32
1"
13" 1
1 1" 9" 1 1"
1" 1 1"
32
13"
32
32
1"
1 32 16
9"
16 1 32
1 1"
32
1 32
1 1"
32
32 32 16 32 32
130 110 365 28 28
130 110 365
3" 28
1"
130
5 11"
110
4 14365 130 28
3" 21 28
3" 21 28
130
8
1" 110
32
11" 14
365
8
3" 128
28 21 128
28 21 3"
128
5 1" 4
4 11" 14 3" 850 1 32
3" 13"
21 1 32
3" 13"
21 28
32
5 8
5 1" 4 32
11"
32 14 8
3"
8 37 5 1" 1 3"
32
3" 21
16 1 3"
32
3" 21
16 1 3"
3"
8
8 130
32 8 3315" 8 1 32 13"
13" 1 32 13"
13" 1 32
3"
1 32
37
15"
37 32 32 16
13" 32 16
13" 32
5 1" 137
32
16
16
16
16
15"
8 1
1 15"
32
15"
1 32
32
2-piece floor Surface mounted floor/ Recess mounted floor/
guide with zero wall profile for fixed wall profile for fixed
clearance glass panel, 2-piece glass panel, 2-piece
130 floor guide with zero floor guide with zero
With soft and self closing mechanism 850 130
1"
850 130
5
130 clearance clearance
130 15"
850
33 8
1"
GH = glass height 130 850
32
15"
5
5 1"
8
130
5 1" 33
33 15" 5 1"
8
* The definition left or
1308right applies when
5 1"
1"
facing
32
3315"
32 the fascia side of8the system.
5
5 8
1"
8
32
Dimensions in mm 8
Top Hung System
HAWA Purolino-Plus 80
1")
40
(8-13)
2
13"
10
9"
32
1 16
-
1"+0/- 1"
4
6+0/-6
5"
( 16
38
1 1"
4
35 21
1 3"
8
13"
16
35
1 3"
8
Wall profile set, pre-wall mounted, with rubber seal 23
29"
32
1"
6
4
11"
32
9
16
5"
68 8
2 11" 5
6.5 7.5
Wall connection
16 3"
16 1" 9"
4 32
23 39
50
9"
29" 1 16
32 1 15"
37 16
1 15"
32
28 55.5
78 1 1" 3"
2 16
8
1"
3 16
50
End profile, pre-wall mounted, with rubber seal 31"
1 32
2-piece floor guide, Floor mounted door stop,

with zero clearance with centering part
Set
• For 1 sliding door, without upper track, floor guide and soft and self closing mechanism
Item No.
940.83.002
Set Components
Description Qty.
Running gear, left, 2 rollers with plastic coated ball bearing rollers 1 pc.
Running gear, right, 2 rollers with plastic coated ball bearing rollers 1 pc.
Suspension wedge, for glass fixing, left 1 pc.
Suspension wedge, for glass fixing, right 1 pc.
Track stopper with adjustable retaining spring, left 1 pc.
Track stopper with adjustable retaining spring, right 1 pc.
Note
Please order glass fixings (tempered safety glass or laminated glass), separately (see accessories).
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
Accessoriess
1 Description Material Finish For glass thickness Length Item No.
8 mm (5/16”) 940.83.024
Glass fixing parts, for one sliding door,
Aluminum – 10 mm (13/32”) – 940.83.025
tempered glass
12 (12.7 mm) (1/2”) 940.83.026
8 mm (5/16”) 940.83.027
Glass fixing parts, for one sliding door,
– – 10 mm (13/32”) – 940.83.028
laminated glass, with disposable drilling jig
12 mm (15/32”) 940.83.029
Soft and self closing mechanism, complete, for
– – – – 940.83.050
both sides
– – – – 940.83.051
one side, left

– – – – 940.83.052
one side, right
chrome-
941.18.032
plated matt 8 – 13 mm
Floor guide, 2-piece, with zero clearance Aluminum –
stainless steel (5/16” – 1/2”)
941.18.033
colored
chrome-
940.40.052
Bottom door stopper plated matt 8 – 16 mm
Aluminum –
57 x 28 x 39 mm (2 1/4” x 1 1/8” x 1 9/16”) stainless steel (5/16” – 5/8”)
940.40.053
colored
chrome-
940.83.031
plated matt
Cover plate, with threaded pin, 1 pc. Metal – –
stainless steel
940.83.032
colored
chrome- 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 940.83.125
plated matt 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.83.135
End profile set, prewall mounting Aluminum –
stainless steel 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 940.83.126
colored 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.83.136
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 940.83.127
Rubber seal, for end profile set Plastic – –
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.83.137
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 940.83.225
anodized –
Wall profile set, prewall mounting, 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.83.235
Aluminum
with support profile stainless steel 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 940.83.226
–
colored 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.83.236
Tempered glass: 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 941.24.925
anodized 8 – 12 (12.7 mm)
(5/16” – 1/2”) 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.935
Wall profile, 38 x 21 mm (1 1/2” x 7/8”) Aluminum
laminated glass: 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 941.24.825
stainless steel 8.7 – 12.7 mm
colored (11/32” – 1/2”) 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.835
Tempered glass:
8 – 12 (12.7 mm) 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16) 941.24.081
Rubber buffer, for wall profile, (5/16” – 1/2”)
Plastic black
28 x 21 mm (1 1/8” x 7/8”) laminated glass:
8.7 – 12.7 mm 3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.082
(11/32” – 1/2”)
8 – 12.7 mm
Centering door stop, for wall profile Plastic black – 941.24.043
(5/16” – 1/2”)
8 – 12.7 mm
Centering door stop, for glass doors Plastic grey – 941.24.042
(5/16” – 1/2”)
Dimensions in mm
1/17
Top Hung System
Wall mounting
Tracks and profiles:
anodized 940.83.325
Upper track set for wall mounting, pre-drilled, with Aluminum
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16)
angled cover profile and black gap closing profile Gap closing profile: stainless steel
Rubber 940.83.326
colored
Ceiling installation without fixed glass panel
Upper track set for ceiling installation, without fixed anodized 940.83.425
Aluminum
glass panel, pre-drilled, with angled cover profile and 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16)
Gap closing profile: stainless steel
black gap closing profile 940.83.426
Rubber colored
Ceiling installation for fixed glass panel
Upper track set for ceiling installation and fixed glass anodized 940.83.525
Aluminum
profile, pre-drilled, with angled cover profile and black 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16)
gap closing profile 940.83.526
Rubber colored
Ceiling installation, integrated, for/without fixed glass panel
Upper track set for integrated ceiling installation and anodized 940.83.625
Aluminum
fixed glass profile, pre-drilled, with bottom angled cover 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16)
profile and black gap closing profile 940.83.626
Rubber colored
Profile set for fixed glass panel
anodized 940.83.825
Profile set for fixed glass panel, with cover profile and
Aluminum 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16)
special countersunk screws 5.5 x 19 mm (7/32” x 3/4”) stainless steel
940.83.826
colored
Individual profiles
4 m (13’ 1 15/32”) 940.41.540
anodized
Aluminum 6 m (19‘ 8 7/32”) 940.41.560
Floor/wall profile, for fixed glass panel
stainless steel 4 m (13’ 1 15/32”) 940.41.541
colored 6 m (19‘ 8 7/32”) 940.41.561
Fixed glass gasket, 10 – 12.7 mm (13/32” – 1/2”) Rubber black 10 m (32’ 9 11/16”) 940.41.063
anodized 940.41.054
Bottom/wall glass retainer, pre-drilled, for fixed glass
Aluminum stainless steel 50 mm (1 15/16”)
panel, 10 – 12 mm (13/32” – 15/32”), with rubber profile 940.41.055
colored
Order reference
Individual upper tracks and profiles in other lengths also available on request.

Door seals and accessories page 1.290
Dimensions in mm
2/18
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/GP 45

35"
1 32
1"
8
55±3
31"
50
1 32
5"
2 32
3"
16
5
10 ± 4
13" 5"
32 32
3 19"
32
91
4.5
16
3"
• Simple installation 15"
16 74
7 5 29"
2 32
9" 3" 35
32 16 3"
1
8
Option 1
8-12.7 74
8-12.7 5" – 1" 2 29"
32
5" – 1" 16 2
16 2
3 19"
32
91
8-10
13"
10
5" 13"
32
16 32
13"
10
32
15"
1"
26
12
1 32
32
25"
20
32
15"
19"
15
24
32
16
1"
6
4
24 20 28
3"
15" 25" 1 32
16 32 35
Option 2 Option 4 Option 3 1 83"
45
35"
1 32
1"
8
55±3
31"
50
1 32
5"
2 32
3"
16
5
10 ± 4
13" 5"
32 32
9
3 19"
32
91
11"
4.5
Required Glass Cutouts
16
3"
32
52 + 01 24
1" 15"
2 16 16 74
29" ≥165
7 5 2 32
25 ± 0.5
6 1"
31"
32
9" 3" 35 2
32 16 3"
Ø19
R 26 + 0.25 1
3"
8
4
0
1"
4 1 32
5" 8-12.7 74
71.5 32
≥ 165 8-12.7 5" – 1" 2 29"
32
2 13"
16 1" 5" – 1" 16 2
62 16 2
R 9 + 0.25
0
3 19"
32
91
11"
32 8-10
13"
10
5" 13"
32
16 32
13"
10
32
15"
1"
26
12
1 32
32
25"
20
32
15"
19"
15
24
32
16
1"
6
4
24 20 28
3"
15" 25" 1 32
16 32 35 45.5
1 83" 25"
1 32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/GP

Set
• For 1 sliding door without upper track 1
Item No.
941.20.010
Supplied With
Set Components
Note
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.20.300
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.20.600

Junior/GP/Fixed Glass pages 1.272-1.273
Dimensions in mm
6/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/GP

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.725

3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.735
Fixing set, for single lower guide track. 5 pcs.,

2 pcs. per meter required

– – – 940.40.035

(15/16” x 15/16”), not drilled

24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16”)

Steel – 940.40.032
and 12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925

Guide channel, 20 x 20 x 3 mm
Aluminum anodized
(13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”), pre-drilled
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
Self-adhesive sliders, for lower guide channel
20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”), for glass – – – 940.40.033
thickness 8 mm (5/16”)

20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”), for glass – – – 940.40.034
Junior 40/GP/Fixed Glass pages 1.272-1.273

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/GP

Cover Caps
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.028
matt
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.027
matt
brass-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.028
polished
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.029
polished

Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/G

1 •
•
For glass thicknesses: 10, 12 and 12.7 mm (13/32”, 15/32”, 1/2”)
10 - 12.7
13" - 1"
32 2
45
1 3"
4
26 50 56 ± 3
1" 10 15"
1 16 3"± 1"
1 32 13" 2 16 8
32
6
1"
4
28
1 1"
8
10 (8 - 3 )
13" 5" - 1" 10 - 12.7
26 32 16 8 13" - 1"
1"
1 32 32 2
20 58 26
25" 15" 92 1"
32 2 16 1 32 92
3 5"
8
40 34 3 85"
9" 5"
1 16 1 16
20
25"
32
10
13"
19 32
3"
4
20
25"
32
Cut-out dimensions
12
20 15"
25" 32
85 85
32
Ø21 3 11"
32 3 11"
32
13"
16
85
3 11"
32
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 120/G

Set
Item No.
941.20.011
Set Components
Double roller running gear Wheels: Nylon – 2 pcs. 941.20.100
Suspension bolt with bolt, M12 – – 2 pcs. 941.20.025
Cover cap, for glass suspension profile Plastic anthracite gray – 942.56.029
Locking wrench to suspension plate Steel – 1 pc. 941.20.091
Note
Item numbers are valid for only 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount. For 2 bi-parting doors order 2 sets.
Description Material Finish Length/Qty Item No.
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.20.300
clear
Upper tracks, pre-drilled Aluminum 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 941.20.400
anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.20.600

thickness 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

Plastic anodized – 942.44.060
thickness of 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)
thickness 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)
thickness of 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)
Glass holder, for glass thickness 8, 10, 12, 12.7, 14 and

16 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 15/32”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”) (4 pcs. Aluminum anodized – 940.84.024
required for each support and glass suspension profile)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, 10 and chrome-plated
Steel – 940.40.032
12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
Aluminum – 940.40.052
57 x 28 x 39 mm (2 1/4” x 1 1/8” x 1 9/16”) matt
– – 1 pc. 940.84.037
suspension profile
Guide track, 31 x 28 mm (1 1/4” x 1 1/8”),
pre-drilled
Guide piece, with zero clearance, 14 mm (9/16”), with

Plastic – – 946.12.060
carriage
Lower guide channel, 20 x 20 x 3 mm 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
Aluminum anodized
(13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”) 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
Lower guide Aluminum anodized – 940.84.033

Assembly wedge page 1.289
Locks page 1.357
Finishes page 1.286 Dimensions in mm
6/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 40/80/120/GP and 80/120/G for Fixed Glass

• Glass thickness: Tempered glass: 8, 10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16 – 1/2”)
1 Laminated glass: 8.7 – 12.7 mm (5/16 – 1/2”)
with silicone up to 13 mm (1/2”)
• Does not require glass cutouts
• Hardware components are invisible
• Used in conjunction with: Junior 40/GP
Junior 80/GP/G
Junior 120/GP/G
Junior 40/GP Junior 80/GP/G Junior 120/GP/G
49 54 65
9"
1 15"
16 2 1" 2 16
8
11"
Ø5.2 16.5
11 - 18
16
Ø4.2 16.5
7"
Ø5.2 16.5
11 - 23
8
7" 21"
5" 21" 7" 21" 32
7"
32
16
7"
32 32 32 32
16
30
9"
1 32
11 - 33
3"
1 16 40
50
7"
16
9"
1 16 31"
1 32
14 24
9" 15"
16 16 17 26
11" 1"
16
22.5 31
7" 7"
8 1 32
GH
GH
GH
10 / 12 10 / 12 10 / 12
13" 15" 13" 15" 13" 15"
32 32 32 32 32 32
16.5 16.5 16.5

21" 21" 21"
32 32 32
14 14 14
9" 9" 9"
16 16 16
3 3 3
1" 5.5 1" 5.5 1" 5.5
8 7" 8 7" 8 7"
21 32 21 32 21 32
13" 13" 13"
16 16 16
GH = glass height
3 5a
2
Cover
profile
Note
Used on both sides, order double the amount. Dry glazing with the Rubber Profile.
Dimensions in mm Silicone glazing provided by the customer.
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior for Fixed Glass

Junior 40 Upper Track with Pocket 1
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.206

Upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.40.606
1.25 m (4’ 1 3/16”) 940.40.132
Cover profile for upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.207
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.40.307
Junior 80 Upper Track with Pocket

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.256
Upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.406
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.606
1.25 m (4’ 1 3/16”) 940.40.132
Cover profile for upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.207
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.40.307
Junior 120 Upper Track with Pocket

3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.20.306
Upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 941.20.406
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.20.606
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.40.207

Cover profile for upper track with pocket Aluminum clear anodized
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.40.307
Bottom/Wall Profile and Rubber Gasket

4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.41.540

Bottom/wall profile, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.41.560
Fixed glass gasket, for 10 – 12.7 mm 10 m

(13/32” – 1/2”) glass (32’ 9 11/16”)
Bottom/wall glass retainer piece, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 50 mm (2”) 940.41.054
Installation Plan
21 50
13" 31"
16 1 32
Dimensions in mm
1/18
Top Hung System
53
HAWA Junior 160/GP 3"
2 32
1"
Ø6.2 4
7"
62 2 16
5"
8 32
67 ± 4
2 5"
• Maintenance-free 3"
16
13" 26
• Simple installation 32 1"
1 32
6 24
1" 15"
28 16
3"
1 32 7 5
9" 3"
32 16
Option 3 12 (8 - 12.7)
15" 5" 1"
32 16 2
8 – 10
5" 13"
13" 5"
16 32
32 32
10 ± 4
10 4.5
12 13" 3"
15" 32 16
32
20 24
25" 15"
32 16
20 24 35
25"
32
15" 1 3"
8
16
91
3 19 " 9
32
Required Glass Cutouts 11"
32
52 + 01
1"
2 16
74
25 ± 0.5
31"
29"
32
2 32
R 26 + 0.25 ≥190
0
15"
1" 7 32
4 1 32
5"
71.5 32
≤190 3"
Ø19
2 13"
16
15"
7 32
4
R 9 + 0.25 74 2 29"
32
0
11"
32
91
3 19
32
"
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/GP

Set
• For 1 sliding door without upper track 1
Item No.
941.60.005
Supplied With
Set Components
Note
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.60.301

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.60.601

Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/GP

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.41.725

3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 940.41.735
Fixing set, for single lower guide track. 5 pcs.,

2 pcs. per meter required

– – – 940.40.035

(15/16” x 15/16”), not drilled

24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16”)

Steel – 940.40.032
and 12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925

Guide channel, 20 x 20 x 3 mm
Aluminum anodized
(13/16”, 13/16” x 1/8”), pre-drilled
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”), for glass – – – 940.40.033

20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”), for glass – – – 940.40.034

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/GP

Cover Caps
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.028
matt
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.027
matt
brass-plated
4 pcs. 940.40.028
polished
chrome-plated
4 pcs. 940.41.029
polished

Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/G

1 • For glass thicknesses: 10, 12 and 12.7 mm (13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
10 - 12.7
13" - 1"
32 2
53
3"
2 32
1"
26
70 ± 3
8
10
7"
2 16
62
1"
1 32
2 3"
13"
4
32
8
5"
28 16
1 1"
8
10 (8 - 3 )
13" 5" - 1" 10 - 12.7
26 32 16 8 13" 1"
1"
1 32 32 - 2
20 58 26
25" 15" 92 1"
32 2 16 1 32 92
3 5"
8
40 34 3 85"
9" 5"
1 16 1 16
20
25"
32
10
13"
19 32
3"
4
20
25"
32
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 160/G

Set
• For 1 sliding door without track 1
Item No.
941.60.009
Supplied With
Set Components
Description Material Finish Qty Item No.
Double roller running gear with M14 bolt Wheels: Nylon – 2 pcs. 941.60.014
Suspension plate with M14 thread – – 2 pcs. 941.60.025
Cover cap, for support profile Plastic anthracite 2 pcs. 942.56.029
Note
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 941.60.301
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.60.601
thickness 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

thickness of 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

thickness 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)

thickness of 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)
Glass holder, for glass thickness 8, 10, 12,

12.7, 14 and 16 mm (5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32”,
1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”) (4 pcs. required for each
support and glass suspension profile)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, chrome-plated

Steel – 940.40.032
10 and 12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) matt

Aluminum – 940.40.052
57 x 28 x 39 mm (2 1/4” x 1 1/8” x 1 9/16”) matt

– – 1 pc. 940.84.037
suspension profile
Guide track, 31 x 28 mm (1 1/4” x 1 1/8”),

pre-drilled
Guide piece, with zero clearance, 14 mm

Plastic – – 946.12.060
(9/16”), with carriage
Locks page 1.357

Finishes page 1.286 Dimensions in mm
4/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 250/G

• Maximum door weight: 250 kg (550 lbs.) 57 57
1
1" 1"
• For tempered glass thicknesses: 8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”) 2 4 2 4
• Height adjustment facility: ±5 mm (3/16”)
• For 1 and 2 sliding doors
• Suspension by positive-fit glass connection with glass holder 75
75 15"
• Smooth quiet operation 2 16
15"
2 16
±5 ±5
3" 3"
16 16
13"
13"
10
10
32
32
40 40
9" 9"
1 16 1 16 92
26 3 5"
92 1" 8
5" 1 32
3 8
15 (12-16)
19"
32 ( 15"
32 8 (
- 5"
Floor guide
10 (8-10) 10 (8-10)
10 (8-12.7)
13" 5"
32 16 ( - 1"
2 ( (
13" 5"- 13"
32 16 32 ( (
13" 5"- 13"
32 16 32 (
26
1"
1 32
20
15"
32
10 92
10 40 5"
13" 9" 3 8
13" 4.5 26 32 1 16
3"
16
32
25"
1"
20
32
1 32
13"
10
32
28
3"
28 1 32
19
1 1"
4
3" 32
4 1"
1 4
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3
Section trolley hanger and guide track
Cut-out dimensions
85
85 11" 85
11" 3 32
3 32 11"
3 32
20 12
25" 15"
32 32
1
Ø2 " 2
13 3"
16
32
220 11
21"
8 32 7"
16
Required glass cut-outs, Version 1

dimensions must be observed. 85
11"
3 32
85
11"
3 32
Version 2 and 3
Dimensions in mm
6/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Junior 250/G

Set
• For 1 sliding door without upper track and lower guide 1
Item No.
942.56.003
Supplied With
Set Components
Suspension block including M12 and

Zinc alloy – 2 pcs. 942.56.023
clamping screw
Cover cap, for glass suspension profile Plastic anthracite 2 pcs. 942.56.029
Wrench, for suspension block Aluminum clear anodized 1 pc. 940.40.092
Note
Description Area of application Material Finish Length/Qty Item No.
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 942.56.940
Upper track, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.56.960
Connecting pin set for upper track – – – 942.56.091

thickness 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

thickness of 8 – 10 mm (3/16” – 13/32”)

thickness 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)

thickness of 12 – 16 mm (15/32” – 5/8”)
Glass holder, for glass thickness 8, 10, 12, 12.7, 14 and
16 mm (5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”) (4 pcs. Plastic – – 940.84.024
required for each support and glass suspension profile)
Lower guide, rattle-free for glass thickness 8, 10 and Floor guide chrome
Steel – 940.40.032
12.7 mm (3/16”, 13/32”, 1/2”) version 1 plated matt
Floor guide, for bottom support and glass – Floor guide

– – 1 pc. 940.84.037
suspension profile version 2
Guide track, 31 x 28 mm (1 1/4” x 1 1/8”), Floor guide
pre-drilled version 3
Guide piece, with zero clearance, 14 mm (9/16”), with Floor guide

suspension block version 3
Connecting pin, for guide channel Floor guide
(Order 2 pcs. for each guide track connection) version 3

Door seals and accessories page 1.290
Sliding door locks pages 1.357, 1.364-1.367 Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 250/G

1 • For glass thicknesses: 8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”)
77
1"
3 32
46.5 30.5
27" 3"
1 32 1 16
1"
6
4
20
25"
32
20
25"
32
42 1"
25"
25"
1 32
1 32
45
45
2
± 41"
20 1 32
92 ± 6
27"± 1"
98 ± 6
4
3"
4
3 5"
8
3 32
15"
47
27"
1 32
47
1 32
1"
1 32
26
40
9"
1 16
3 5"
92
8
50
1 31"
32
28
3"
1 32
Glass height
8 - 16 8 - 16 10 - 12.7
5" - 5" 5" 5" 13" - 1"
16 8 16
- 8 32 2
26 26
1" 58 1"
1 32 9" 1 32
2 32
92 92
5" 5"
3 8 3 8
40 34
9"
1 16 11"
1 32
20
1 32
1"
26
25"
13"
10
32
32
3"
1 32
13"
28
10
32
20
25" 19 28 28
32 3" 3" 3"
1 32 1 32
Dimensions in mm 32 4
Inches are approximate 1 1"
4
7/19
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 250/G

Order Specifications 1
• Upper track
• Type of lower guide or guide channel
• Door width
• Glass thickness
• Door weight
• Number of running gears (2 per door)
• Number of suspension plates (2 per door)
• Number of track stoppers (2 per door)

6m
Upper track, side-drilled Steel stainless 942.42.601
(19’ 8 1/4”)
6m
Upper track, with mounting flanges Steel stainless 942.43.601
(19’ 8 1/4”)
6m
Lower guide channel, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized 946.03.600
(19’ 8 1/4”)
Connecting pin, notched Steel galvanized – 946.12.090
Lower guide, with plastic slider and

– – – 946.12.060
suspension block
Lower guide, rattle-free, for 8, 10, 12 and 12.7 mm

– – – 940.40.032
(5/16”, 13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”) thick glass

– – 1 pc. 940.84.037
suspension profile
anodized 942.56.865
Glass suspension profile ‘G’, 6.5 m
Aluminum
8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”) (21’ 3 15/16”)
unanodized 942.44.023
Cover cap for glass suspension/retainer profile Plastic anthracite gray – 942.44.061
Running gear Wheels: Steel – – 942.44.012
Suspension plate, with suspension bolt M12 – – – 942.44.020

Track stopper, to be drilled into upper track Steel galvanized – 942.42.041
Buffer, screw-on type Rubber black – 941.60.051
Cover cap, for glass suspension profile Plastic anthracite gray – 942.56.029
Glass holder insert, with M6 x 30 mm (1 3/16”) screw Plastic – – 940.84.024
Installation Plan Glass Cutouts

(included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning and
execution available upon request. 12
1 85 8
3 11" 3
25"
1
15"
20
32
32
32
12
1 85 85
3 11" 3 11"
25"
1
15" 1
20
32 32
32
32 Ø213"
Locks page 1.357 16
Glass edge protection profile page 1.291

Finishes page
21 1.286
Ø13"
16
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 400/G

1 •
•
For glass thicknesses: 8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”)
• Stainless steel upper track
116
9"
4 16
10.5 95 10.5
13" 13"
32 3 43" 32
6
1"
4
45
25" 77 ± 5
1 32
1" ± 3"
3 32 16
24
29"
32
36
42 13"
21" 1 32
1 32
94
11"
3 16
50
31"
1 32
8 - 16
5" - 5"
Glass height
16 8
8 - 16 8 - 16
5" - 5" 5" - 5"
16 8 16 8
26 26
1" 1" 58
1 32 1 32 9"
2 32
92 92
5" 5"
3 8 3 8
40 34
25"
20
32
1 85" 11"
1 32
20
25" 13"
32 10 32
56
7" 24
2 32 15"
19 16
3"
4
19 24
15"
3" 16
4
Dimensions in mm
Top Hung System
HAWA Super 400/G

Order Specifications 1
• Upper track • Door weight
• Type of lower guide or guide channel • Number of running gears (2 per door)
• Door width • Number of suspension plates (2 per door)
• Glass thickness • Number of track stoppers (2 per door)
6m
Upper guide, with mounting flanges Steel stainless 942.43.611
(19' 8 1/4")
Lower guide channel, 6m

24 x 24 mm (15/16" x 15/16") (19' 8 1/4")
Door stopper to lower guide channel – – – 940.80.051
Lower guide, with slider and suspension block Plastic – – 946.12.060
Lower guide, floor-mounted, (cannot be

– – – 940.84.037
used in conjunction with deadbolt lock)
anodized 942.56.865
Glass suspension profile ‘G’, 6.5 m
Aluminum
8 – 16 mm (5/16" – 5/8") (21' 3 15/16")
unanodized 942.44.023
Glass suspension profile, 6.5 m

Aluminum unanodized 946.51.965
8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”) (21' 3 15/16")
Running gear Wheels: Steel – – 942.41.014
Suspension plate, with suspension bolt M12 Steel galvanized – 943.07.020
Track stopper, to be drilled into upper track Steel galvanized – 942.41.042
Cover cap, for glass suspension profile “G” Plastic anthracite gray – 942.56.029
Cover cap, for glass suspension profile Rubber gray – 946.50.020
Glass holder insert, with

Plastic – – 940.84.024
M6 x 30 mm (1 3/16") screw
Cover cap for glass suspension/retainer profile Plastic anthracite gray – 942.44.061
Note Glass Cutouts

It is important that the heavy glass sliding door isn’t stopped only at one
point, but at least at two points (top and bottom). It is to stop the door along 85
12
1
the whole height. Please use recommended wall profile and rubber seal. 3 11"
25"
1
15"
20
32
32
32
12
1 85 85
Locks page 1.357 3 11" 3 11"
25"
1
15"
20
32 32
32
32 1
Glass edge protection profile page 1.291 Ø213"
16
Finishes page 1.286
Wall profile page21.290
1
Ø "
Rubber seal page1131.290
6
Dimensions in mm
1/20
Accessories
HAWA 26
1"
1 32
Installation with Special Suspension Profile
1 • Permits glass door manufacturer to utilize different glass
11"
34
1 32
suspension profiles
• Recessed into top of door
Upper Track
6.5 m (21’ 3 7/8”) 946.08.651
Upper track suspension profile, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 946.14.925
Note
Suitable for the following HAWA Systems:
• Junior 80/G
• Junior 120/G
• Junior 160/G
• Junior 250/G
• Super 250/G
• Variotec II 150/GV
Finishes Available for the Glass Suspension Profiles

Description
powder-coated to RAL code (refer to: http//www.ral.colours.de)
plain anodized, brushed
chrome effect, polished
stainless steel effect, nickel-plated, brushed, matt
stainless steel effect, nickel-plated, mirror finish
Note
For additional details, information, availability and pricing please contact your product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
Häfele Smuso AD, Soft Close

For Junior 80/GP, 80/GS & 80/G
• Air/friction damper with integrated closing unit
• Invisibly integrated in the running track
• The sliding door is braked by the soft close mechanism
and pulled into a closing position by a spring mechanism
• For suspending in running gear
• Air/friction damper: Ensures no loss of liquid (such as oil)
Cannot be destroyed even at excess pressure
Friction adjusts to the pressure
Note
For double-sided order 2 pcs. When using the double-sided Smuso AD
soft close and ordering the Junior 80 set, the stopper supplied
Item No.
with the set is not required. We recommend ordering individual
components instead of the complete set. 940.80.043
Single-sided
• Minimum door width: 762 mm (30”)
A B C
D A Soft close, Smuso AD

113 487 115 B Track stopper with catch
4 7" 6"
19 32 4 17" C Track stopper
16 32
728 D Junior 80
21"
28 32
Double-sided
• Minimum door width: 1110 mm (43 11/16”)
B A A B
D D
112.5 ≥885 112.5

7" 27" 7"
4 16 ≥34 32
4 16
1110
11"
43 16
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Angle Profile HAWA Junior 40 HAWA Junior 80

34.5 40.5
• For Junior 40, Junior 80 and Junior 120 upper tracks
1 11"
1 • Supports door weights of 40, 80 and 120 kg (88, 176 and 264 lbs.)
• Elegant design with almost invisible mounting
32
33.5
5"
1 19"
32
1 16
• Continuous profile for simple leveling 48
• Easy and fast to install with the attachment screws 37 1 7"
• Drilling of upper track and angle profile is not required 1 15" Ø6.2
8
32 Ø6.2
• Additional support structure is not required 1"
1"
4
• Upper tracks and fitting sets have to be ordered separately 4
6.5
1"
6.5
4 1"
20.5 4
13" 23.5
16
HAWA Junior 120 15"
16
52.5
1"
2 16
Ø6.2
60 1"
4
2 3"
8
7.5
9" 30
32 3"
1 16
• For wall mounted sliding door applications with Junior 40

upper tracks

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.40.601
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.40.201
length of 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Cover caps Plastic anthracite gray – 1 pair 940.40.065

upper tracks

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.80.613
Angle profile, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized 4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) – 940.80.414
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) – 940.80.271
length of 2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”)

upper tracks

6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 940.20.606
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) – 940.20.604
length of 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”)
Dimensions in mm
4/19
Accessories
HAWA Assembly Wedge

• Used in conjunction with Junior 80/G and Junior 120/G
• For mounting of sliding doors that are recessed into the ceiling
• Allows sliding doors to be hung and removed from track without 1
dismantling the door jambs or trim
Mounting Information
• When used for a pocket door application either the
cover panel has to be designed so it can be removed
or a removable 100 mm (4”) wide stop strip has to be
mounted on the lock side.
• The sliding door should only reach 5 mm (3/16”) into
the ceiling or the top jamb
• When closed, the sliding door should not protrude
more than 50 mm (2”) into the pocket
Item No.
940.80.050
Installation Plan
5 5
3" 3" (Included in fitting set), mounting instructions for planning
16
16 and execution available upon request.
removable
10
13"
32 100 50
3 15"
16 1 31"
32
50
1 31"
32
removable
100 50
3 15"
16 1 31"
32 Dimensions in mm
50
1 31"
32
Accessories
HAWA Individual Components

1 Profile, self-adhesive,
Rubber black 5 m (16’ 4 7/8”) 404.95.321
for 8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) thick glass
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.925

Wall profile, undrilled Aluminum anodized
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.935
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.081

3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.082
Centering element to wall

– – – 941.24.043
profile, adjustable
Centering element, for glass sliding door Plastic gray – 941.24.042

Plastic – – 940.40.033

Plastic – – 940.40.034

24 x 24 mm (15/16” x 15/16””)
Door stopper, to lower guide channel

(used only with 940.81.600)

2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Aluminum anodized
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
20 x 20 mm (25/32” x 25/32”)
Floor mounted door stop,

Aluminum chrome-plated, matt – 940.40.052
up to 250 kg (550 lbs.)
Note
Wall Centering Element
The ideal wall connection profile for all-glass sliding doors with unprotected glass edges.
8 (8 – 12.7) Rubber Profile for Glass Edge

5" 5" 1" Protection
16 16 2
Self-adhesive rubber profile is
recommended for glass doors that
1 15"
32
38
can strike against one another.
21
13"
16
4
5"
32
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Individual Components

1
Lower guide channel, pre-drilled Aluminum anodized 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 946.03.600
946.12.090
Connecting pin, notched Steel galvanized –
Lower guide, with plastic slider

– – – 946.12.060
and suspension block
Lower guide, (cannot be used in conjunction

– – – 940.84.037
with bottom rail dead bolt locks)
Spacer to rattle-free lower guide,

– – – 940.40.036
GP version (940.40.032)
Lower guide, rattle-free, for 8, 10, 12 and

– – – 940.40.032
12.7 mm (5/16”, 13/32” 15/32” and 1/2”) thick glass
Glass edge protection profile,

946.16.301
for 10 mm (13/32”) glass
Plastic transparent 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
Glass edge protection profile,
946.16.303
for 12.7 mm (1/2”) glass
Double-sided adhesive tape,

– – 50 m (164’ 1/2”) 943.19.000
for glass edge protection profiles
26
1"
1 32
28 50 1"
1 3" 3
32 1 32
940.40.032
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec I with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
• Tested according to ANSI/BHMA A156.14-2013
Track Length
25 130 max. 770 mm max. 770 mm 130

1" 5 1"
8
5"
30 16 5"
30 16 5 1"
8 35 21
13"
1 3"
8 16
C C C
60 25
2 3"
8 1"
100 100 You must check the
4" 4" position of the wall
fixtures and the door
Before mounting stopper before
check the condition installation!
of the ceiling/wall and
use the correct
anchors and screws
Glass doors 5/16”- 1/2”

tempered safety glass
max. 100 kg (220 lbs.)
Bottom guide
Clear opening width F

25 25
1" 1"
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
55
4” 4” 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 55
3"
2 16
55
3" 232 Ø13
216
9 1"
8 Ø 1"
2
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec I Fitting Sets

• Complete sets for 1 sliding glass door

1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.070
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.071
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.072
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.073
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
1 pc. 941.07.101
matt – 2 pc. set 940.64.400
3 pc. set 940.64.401
Stainless
Lower guide matt – 1 pc. 941.07.129
Steel

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Unotec Home with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
Track Length
130 130 21
13"
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 16
25 B=max. 770 mm B=max. 770 mm
1" 5" 5"
30 16 30 16
25
1"
60
Check the 2 3"
8
position of
100 100 the wall
4" 4" attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
support before
structure
installation
Lower guide

3"
25 25 8
1" 1"
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
55
4” 4” 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø 31"
32 55
3"
2 16
55 243
3" Ø13
216 9"
9 16 Ø 1"
2
55
3"
216
Ø22
Ø 7"
8
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Unotec Home Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.160
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.161
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.162
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.163
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
1 pc. 941.07.101
matt – 2 pc. set 940.64.400
3 pc. set 940.64.401
Stainless
Steel

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Tritec with Solid Rod Upper Track

1 •
•
Door thickness: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Track Length
130 130 21
13"
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 16
25 max. 770 mm max. 770 mm
1" 5" 5"
3016 3016
25
1"
60
Check the 2 3"
8
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
support before
structure
installation
Door height
Lower guide

3"
25 25 8
1" 1"
Thru-hole locations
60 145 145 60
Adjustable door height
180 (Elongated holes in the 2 3"
8 5 11"
16 5 11"
16 2 3"
8
1" trolley)
7 16
±3 ±3
1" 1" 55
8 8 3"
60 Door height 2 16
2 3" lock
8 (Set screw) Ø13
Ø 1"
2
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Tritec Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.170
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.171
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.172
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.173
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Stainless
Steel
Stainless 1 set
1 pc. 941.07.101
matt – 2 pc. set 940.64.400
3 pc. set 940.64.401
Stainless
Steel

decorative screws
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware

Bi-parting Applications For Flatec I, Unotec Home and Tritec
1 5"
A
5"
A1 max. 3000 (118 16 ) K 100 (4") A1 max. 3000 (118 16 )
130 130
5 1"
8 B1 B1 B2 B2 5 1"
8
max. 770 max. 770 max. 770 max. 770
5" 5" 5" 5"
3016 3016 3016 3016
Y max. 25 (1")
C C C C C
G (2 3/8")
M N M M N J M
A = Total guide-rail length
A1/A2 = Guide-rail length
B1/B2 = Drill hole clearance
C = Wall fixture
D = Passage width
D1/D2 = Door width
E = Passage height
F = Door - floor clearance E H
G = Fastening clearance max. max.
2500 2518
H = Door height 7"
98 16 99 8
1"
J = Load-bearing capacity Warning!

Proper header or mounting
of the guide rail beam must be installed for the
X X full length of the sliding door
K = Coupling rail to provide adequate supportt
because of the weight of
L = Bottom guide glass doors 8 - 12.7 mm glass doors 8 - 12.7 mm
the sliding door system
M = Door stopper (5/16” - 1/2”) (5/16” - 1/2”)

tempered safety glass tempered safety glass
N = Trolley max 100 kg (220 lbs.) max 100 kg (220 lbs.)
X = Door knob clearance (3/16")

(3/ ")
L L
Y = Door height overhang ( Door stopper )
7" 10
25 D max. 2500 (9816 ) 25 3"
1" 1" 8
D1 D2
Total guide-rail length A
Passage width D
Door handle clearance X Door handle clearance X
Tracks
Description Material Finish Drillings Track length Item No.
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
coupling element)
3.64 m (12’ 0”)
coupling element)
4.88 m (16’ 0”)
coupling element)
Note
4 running gears, 941.07.118 for Flatec I, 941.07.121 for Unotec, 941.07.124 for Tritec
2 door dampener sets, 941.07.096 for Flatec I, 941.07.095 for Unotec and Tritec
5, 7 or 9 pcs. of wall attachments, refer to catalog page 1.312.
1 fastening wrench, 941.07.117
5, 7 or 9 hanger bolts, refer to catalog page 1.317.
1 door stopper set, 941.07.118 or 941.07.300
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Running Gear and Track
Running gear for Flatec I glass, height
adjustable +/- 3 mm (1/8”) Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.118
Running gear for Unotec Home glass Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.121
Running gear for Tritec glass Stainless Steel matt – – 941.07.124
3 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.918

4 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.921
Upper track, solid rod, pre-drilled Stainless Steel matt
4 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.923
4 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.925
Coupling sleeve for connecting two upper

Stainless Steel matt – Ø35 mm (1 3/8”) 941.07.401
tracks, not crossable
Angular coupling sleeve for connecting two

upper tracks, not crossable, Stainless Steel matt – Ø35 mm (1 3/8”) 941.07.406
adjustable 90° – 270°
Drilling dimensions for solid rod upper tracks:

130 770 770 130
5" 5"
5 1"
8 30 16 30 16 5 1"
8
1800
70 7"
8
130 613 613 613 130
5 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 5 1"
8
2100
82 11"
16
130 680 680 680 130
5 1"
8 26 3"
4 26 3"
4 26 3"
4 5 1"
8
2300
9"
90 16
130 760 760 760 130
5 1"
8 29 15"
16 29 15"
16 29 15"
16 5 1"
8
2540
100"
Dimensions in mm
7/19
Barn Door Hardware

Wall Attachments
1 Description Material Finish Qty. Item No.

by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
Wall mount, Ø38 mm (1 1/2”), height

adjustable by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
1 pc. 941.07.101
matt 2 pc. set 940.64.400
3 pc. set 940.64.401

(2 3/16”), adjustable in width and height

16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, Ø50 mm (2”)
Glass mounting bracket for 8 - 12.7 mm

(5/16” – 1/2”) thick glass
Wall-mounted end cap Wall attachment bracket, Support Disk for drywall mounting
55 mm (2 3/16”)
20 Ø25 56
13" 10 3"
16 Ø 31"
32 13" 216 50
32
2"
Ø25
Ø 31"
32
8 20
5" 13"
16 16 8
25 6
5"
Ø 38 60 31" 1"
16
1" 3" 32
12 28 4
20
20 13"
13" 16
16
12
15"
32
Wall mount Glass Mount Wall attachment bracket,

60 mm (2 3/8”)
20 4
13" 5"
16 32 5" -18UNC
16
30
3" Ø15
1 16 9"
Ø 16
8
5"
16
Ø38 37.5 – 44 60
5
1" 1" – 3" 3" 2 3"
8
L
12 12 14 16
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Door Dampeners and Stops
Door dampener set, Flatec I Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.096
Door dampener set, Unotec Home and

Tritec
Door stop, Flatec I and Tritec Stainless Steel matt 45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.127
Door stop, Unotec Home Stainless Steel matt 57 mm (2 1/4”) 941.07.126
Door stop set Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.128
Door stop set Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.300
Note
All solid stainless steel track sets include a door dampener set.
85
27 3"
1" 38
1 16
48
7"
18
Ø25 L 40
1" 9"
116
42
5"
18
31.5 31.5 107 107

1 1"
4 1 1"
4 6 4 1" 4 1"
1" 4 4
4
Ø25 Ø25
10 Ø1" Ø1"
13" 100 40 53 53 40 100
Ø12 Ø12 32 1" 1"
4" 9"
1 16 2 16 2 16 9"
1 16 4"
Ø 15"
32 Ø 15"
32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Ceiling Brackets
Ceiling bracket, for one solid rod upper track Stainless Steel matt 941.07.430
Ceiling bracket, for two solid rod bypassing upper tracks Stainless Steel matt 941.07.432
Ceiling Bracket for Solid Rod Single Ceiling Bracket for Solid Rod Two
Ø64 Ø64
Ø2 1"
2
9 Ø2 1"
2
9
11" 11"
32 32
32 32
1" 1"
116 116
111 111
4 3"
8 Ø35 4 3"
8 Ø35
Ø1 3" Ø1 3"
8 Ø25 8
Ø 31"
32
30 Ø22 60 Ø22
Ø25 3"
116 Ø 7" 2 3" Ø 7"
8 8 8
Ø 31"
32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Spacer and Disk
Description Material Finish Length/Diameter Item No. 1
5 mm (3/16”) 941.07.142
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel matt
19 mm (3/4”) 941.07.103
Ø2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.105
Ø10 mm (13/32”) 941.07.107

21 35
13"
16 1 3"
8
5/16"-18 5/16"-18
* **
60 60
2 83" 2 83"
45
30 1 3" 19
4 3"
3"
1 16 5 4
3"
16
10 11 12 22 25 27
13" 7" 15" 7" 31" 1"
32 16 32 6 8 32 1 16 6
1" 1"
4 4
12 10 8 12 10 8
15" 13" 5" 15" 13" 5"
32 32 16 32 32 16
* If needed the distance between the wall and the track can be adjusted by adding one of the compensation discs per wall attachment.
** For installations with a baseboard or door trim please order the baseboard spacer (941.07.103) separately; one per wall attachment.
Lower guides
Stainless
Lower guide, floor mounted matt 941.07.129
Steel
Lower guide, for glass doors, wall mounted,

adjustable 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
38 14
9"
1 21" 16
19 20
3" 55
4 3" 42 13"
216 16
1 5"
8 20
13"
16
Ø4
60 5"
Ø 32
2 3"
8
30
3"
116
22 - 15
7" 9"
8 - 16
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec IV with Hollow Tube Upper Track

1 •
•
Door thickness: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Track Length
130 130 21
13"
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 16
max. 610 max. 610 max. 610
25 24" 24" 24"
1" 35
25
1 3"
8 1"
60
Check the 2 3"
8
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
Clear opening height support before
Door height
Bottom Guide
1" width 1" 13"
32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
55
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø1"
55
3"
2 16
55 233 Ø13
3"
216 3"
9 16 Ø 1"
2
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Flatec IV Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.115
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.116
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.117
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.118
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.013
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.014
polished stainless steel
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.015
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.016
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721
matt
2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
Stainless 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
Upper track, hollow tube 1 pc.
Steel 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.797
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.796
polished
2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.795
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.794
matt 940.64.189
Stainless
Running gear, face mounted – 2 pcs.
Steel
polished 940.64.191
matt 941.07.302
Stainless
Door stop – 2 pcs.
Steel
polished 941.07.304
2 pc. set 4 pcs. (up to 940.64.407

matt
Wall attachment with 5 mm Stainless 3 pc. set door width of 940.64.408
(3/16”) spacer Steel 2 pc. set 1 m (39 7/8”) 940.64.412
polished or 5 pcs.
3 pc. set 940.64.413
matt 941.07.240
Stainless
Lower guide – 1 pc.
Steel
polished 941.07.243
Hex key, 5 mm (3/16”) Steel galvanized – 1 pc. 008.28.062
Installation Plan
Note

Accessories page 1.311-1.317
Dimensions in mm
6/17
Barn Door Hardware
Project with Hollow Stainless Steel Track

1 •
•
Track Length
130 130 21
13"
5 1"
8 5 1"
8 16
max. 570 max. 570 max. 570
25
1" 22 1"
2
22 1"
2
22 1"
2
35
25
1 3"
8 1"
60
Check the 2 3"
8
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
attachments
Provide and door
adequate stoppers
support before
Door height
Bottom Guide
13"
1" width 1" 32
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
55
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø1"
55
3"
2 16
55 233 Ø14
3"
216 3"
9 16 Ø 17"
32
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Project Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.120
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.121
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.122
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.123
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 940.64.721
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Door stop matt – 2 pcs. 941.07.302
Steel
2 pc. set 4 pcs. (up to 940.64.407

matt
(3/16”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
3 pc. set or 5 pcs. 940.64.408
Stainless
Steel
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware
Antra I with Hollow Tube Track

1 •
•
Track Length 21
130 130 13"
16
5 1"
8 5 1"
8
25 max. 610 mm max. 610 mm
35
1" 24" 24"
1 3"
8
25
60
1"
Check the 2 3"
8
100 100 position of
4" 4" the wall
Provide attachments
adequate and door
support stoppers
structure before
Door height
installation
Lower guide

13"
25 25 32
1" 1"
5"
Ø2 16
100 100
55
4" 4" 3"
2 16
Ø25
Ø1"
55
3"
2 16
55 233 Ø13
3"
216 3"
9 16 Ø 1"
2
55
3"
216
30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Antra I Fitting Sets


1
0.9 m (35 7/16”) 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.180
1 m (39 7/8”) 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.181
dark bronze
1.1 m (43 5/16”) 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.182
1.25 m (49 3/16”) 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.183
Set Components
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.919
Stainless 2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 941.07.922
Steel 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.924
2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.926
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Door stop dark bronze – 2 pcs. 941.07.301
Steel
2 pc. set 4 pcs. (up to 940.64.411

dark bronze
(3/16”) spacer Steel 1 m (39 7/8”)
3 pc. set or 5 pcs. 940.64.404
Stainless
Lower guide dark bronze – 1 pc. 941.07.290
Steel
Installation Plan
Note

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Barn Door Hardware

Bi-parting Applications For Flatec IV, Project and Antra
1 A max. 3000 (118 1/8") K A max. 3000 (118 1/8")
B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2
130 max. 610 max. 610 max. 610 130 130 max. 610 max. 610 max. 610 130
5 1" 24" 24" 24" 5 1" 5 1" 24" 24" 24" 5 1"
8 8 8 8
C C C C C C C
A = Guide-rarail length Y 25 G 60
B1/B2 = Drill hole
le clearance 1" 2 3"
8
C = Wall fixt
xtture J N
D = Passagege width
M
D1/D2 = Door w widdth
E = Passagege height
F = Door - flfloor clearance
G = Fastenining clearance Warning!
Proper header or mounting
H = Door he eight beam must be installed for the
full length of the sliding door
J = Load-bebearing
earing capacity E rail to provide adequate supportt
because of the weight of
of the gguuide rail the sliding door system
K = Couplingng
L = Bottom m guide X X
M = Door stotopper
N = Trolley glass doors 8 - 12.7 mm glass doors 8 - 12.7 mm
(5/16" - 1/2") (5/16" - 1/2")
X = Door knob
n clearance tempered safety glass tempered safety glass
Y = Door he eight overhang max 100 kg (220 lbs.) max 100 kg (220 lbs.)
Z = Guide-rarail overhang (3/16"))

L L
N (Door stopper )
10 D max.. ((98 7/16")

25 25 10
3" 3"
8 1" D1 D2 1" 8
Total guide-rail length A
Passage width D

Tracks
Description Material Finish Drillings Track Length Item No.
Upper track for up to a 1.5 m (59”) matt 940.64.730
Stainless Steel 8 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”)
wide opening, hollow tube polished 940.64.793
Upper track for up to a 1.83 m (72”) matt 940.64.799

Stainless Steel 8 3.64 m (12’)
Upper track for up to a 2.44 m (96”) matt 4.88 m (16’) 940.64.798

Stainless Steel 10
Note
4 running gears, 940.64.189 or 940.64.191 for Flatec IV glass matt or polished, 940.64.197 for Project glass
2 lower guides, 941.07.240 for Flatec IV glass (matt) and Project glass, 941.07.243 for Flatec IV glass (polished)
2 door stoppers 941.07.302 for Flatec IV glass (matt) and Project glass, 941.07.304 for Flatec IV glass (polished)
8 or 10 pcs. of wall attachments, refer to catalog page 1.312.
1 hex key 008.28.062
1 door stopper set 941.07.300 or 941.07.303
8 or 10 hanger bolts, refer to catalog page 1.317.
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Barn Door Hardware

Running Gear and Tracks
Running gear for Flatec IV glass, height matt 940.64.189
adjustable +/- 3 mm (1/8”) Stainless Steel – –
polished 940.64.191
Running gear for Project glass Stainless Steel matt – – 940.64.197
Running gear for Antra I glass Stainless Steel dark bronze – – 941.07.190
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.718

pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.723
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.725
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.64.797
Stainless Steel polished
pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.795
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.794
4 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 941.07.919
Stainless Steel dark bronze
pre-drilled 5 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 941.07.924
5 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 941.07.926
Coupling sleeve for connecting two upper matt 941.07.401

Stainless Steel – Ø35 mm (1 3/8”)
tracks, not crossable dark bronze 941.07.407
Coupling for connecting two upper matt 941.07.402

Stainless Steel – Ø32 mm (1 1/4”)
tracks, crossable polished 941.07.404
Angular coupling sleeve for connecting
two upper tracks, not crossable, Stainless Steel matt – Ø35 mm (1 3/8”) 941.07.406
adjustable 90° – 270°
Drilling dimensions for hollow tube upper tracks:

130 513 513 513 130

3" 3" 3"
5 1"
8 20 16 20 16 20 16 5 1"
8
1800
70 7"
8
130 613 613 613 130
5 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 24 1"
8 5 1"
8
2100
82 11"
16
130 510 510 510 510 130
5 1"
8
1"
20 16 1"
20 16 1"
20 16 1"
20 16 5 1"
8
2300
9"
90 16
130 570 570 570 570 130
7" 7" 7" 7"
5 1"
8 22 16 22 16 22 16 22 16 5 1"
8
2540
100"
Dimensions in mm
6/17
Barn Door Hardware

Wall Attachments
1 Description Material Finish Qty./Diameter Item No.
1 pc. 941.07.433
matt 2 pc. set 940.64.407
Wall attachment bracket, glass doors, 3 pc. set 940.64.408
Stainless Steel
Ø50 mm (2”) 1 pc. –
polished 2 pc. set 940.64.412
3 pc. set 940.64.413
1 pc. 941.07.410
Wall attachment bracket, glass doors,
Stainless Steel dark bronze 2 pc. set 940.64.411
Ø60 mm (2 3/8”)
3 pc. set 940.64.404
Wall attachment bracket, glass doors,

adjustable in width and height, Stainless Steel matt – 941.07.435
Ø55 mm (2 3/16”)

by +/- 3 mm (1/8”)

16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, suitable for Plastic black Ø32 mm (1 1/4”) 941.07.437
wall brackets < Ø55 mm (2 3/16”)

16 mm (5/8”) thick drywall, suitable for Plastic black Ø50 mm (2”) 941.07.132
wall brackets Ø60 mm (2 3/8”)
Wall attachment bracket, Wall attachment bracket, Support disk for drywall installation
60 mm (2 3/8”) 55 mm (2 3/16”)
55
10 12
8 3"
216
5" -18UNC
13" 15"
32 32
16
Ø15 Ø25 Ø9
9"
Ø 16 Ø32
Ø1” Ø 11"
32 Ø1 1"
4
8
60 25 6
5"
16
2 3"
8
L 31"
32
1"
4
20
14 13"
9" 16
16
12
15"
32
Wall attachment bracket, 50 mm (2”) Wall mounted End Cap Support Disk for drywall mounting
50 24 Ø32
2" 15"
Ø1 14
16
15 50
9" 25
16 2"
31"
32 Ø6
Ø 14
Dimensions in mm
1/18
Barn Door Hardware

Glass Mounts
Description Material Finish Diameter Item No. 1
Glass mount, adjustable 8 – 12.7 mm
Stainless Steel matt Ø45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.443
(5/16” – 1/2”)
Glass mount, adjustable, countersunk

Stainless Steel matt Ø45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.444
8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Glass mount, rigid 8 – 12.7 mm

Plastic black Ø30 mm (1 3/16”) 941.07.445
(5/16” – 1/2”)
Glass mount, adjustable, countersunk

8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Glass wall mounted end cap, adjustable

8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Ø45 9 28 Ø45 28 8 - 12.7

3" Ø30
Ø1 25" 8 1 1"
8 Ø1 25" 1 1" 1" 5" - 1"
32 32 8 Ø1 16 16 2
Ø15
Ø 19"
32
21
27"
±5 8 - 12.7 ±5 32
± 3" 8 - 12.7
16 5" - 1" ± 3" 5" - 1"
16 2 16
16 2
8 - 12.7 32
Ø30 5" - 1"
1"
Ø1 16 16 2 1 1"
4
Ø32
Ø1 1"
4
23
15"
16
Ø15
9"
Ø 32
25
1"
21
27"
32
8 - 12.7
5" - 1"
16 2
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware

Spacers and Disks
matt 941.07.103
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel 19 mm (3/4”)
polished 941.07.158
Baseboard spacer Stainless Steel dark bronze 19 mm (3/4”) 941.07.150
2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.105
Compensation disk Stainless Steel matt 5 mm (3/16”) 941.07.106
10 mm (3/8”) 941.07.107
2 mm (1/16”) 941.07.420
Compensation disk Stainless Steel dark bronze 5 mm (3/16”) 941.07.421
10 mm (3/8”) 941.07.422
Standard installation 21 Installation with baseboards and trim 35

13"
16 1 3"
8
5/16"-18 5/16"-18
* **
60 60
2 83" 2 83"
45
30 1 3" 19
4 3"
3"
1 16 5 4
3"
16
10 11 12 22 25 27
13" 7" 15" 7" 31" 1"
32 16 32 6 8 32 1 16 6
1" 1"
4 4
12 10 8 12 10 8
15" 13" 5" 15" 13" 5"
32 32 16 32 32 16
* If needed the distance between the wall and the track can be adjusted by adding one of the compensation disks per wall attachment (see above)
** For installation with a baseboard or door trim please order the baseboard spacer (941.07.103 or 941.07.150) separately; one per wall
attachment
For additional information please refer to the planning and mounting instructions.
Lower guides
Lower guide Stainless Steel matt 941.07.240
Lower guide Stainless Steel dark bronze 941.07.290
Lower guide, for glass doors, wall mounted,

adjustable 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
14
40 19 9"
9" 16
1 16 3"
4 38
1 21" 21
56 13"
19 3" 41 16
3" 19 2 16 30
4 3" 1 5"
8 21 3"
4 13" 1 16
16
60 4
11"
2 3"
8 64 22 - 14
7" - 9"
8 16
Dimensions in mm
3/17
Barn Door Hardware

Door Dampener and Stops
Description Material Finish Length/Capacity Item No. 1
35 – 70 kg (77 – 154 lbs.) 941.07.098
Door dampener set, Flatec IV Stainless Steel matt
20 – 35 kg (44 – 77 lbs.) 941.07.099
Door stop, Flatec IV and Project Stainless Steel matt 45 mm (1 3/4”) 941.07.302
Door stop, Antra I Stainless Steel dark bronze 45 mm (1 3/4”) 942.07.301
Door stop set for bi-parting glass doors,

8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
Door stop set for bi-parting glass doors,

8 mm (5/16”)
86
25 3 3"
31" 8
48
32 20
13" 1 7"
8
16
41
1 5" 45 39
8 9"
1 3" 116
4
32
1 1"
4 48
1 7"
8
31.5 31.5
1 1"
4 1 1"
4 6
1"
4 40
9"
10 116
13"
Ø12 Ø12 32
Ø 15" Ø 15"
32 32
5
3"
16
8 15
5" 9"
16 16
23
15"
16
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Barn Door Hardware

Ceiling Brackets
Ceiling bracket, for one hollow tube upper track Stainless Steel matt 941.07.439
Ceiling bracket, for two bypassing hollow tube upper tracks Stainless Steel matt 941.07.441
Ceiling Bracket for Hollow Tube Single Ceiling Bracket for Hollow Tube Two
Upper Track Bypassing Upper Tracks
30 30
3" 3"
116 116
58 108
8 5" 8 4 1"
5" 28 216 5" 49 4
16 16
1 1"
8 115"
16
13 13 13
105 1" 105 1" 1"
4 1"
8
2 4 1"
8
2 2
8 8
120 5" 120 5"
4 3"
4
16
4 3"
4
16
5 5
3" 3"
16 16
21 21 21
10 13" 10 13" 13"
13" 16 13" 16 16
32 32
Dimensions in mm
Barn Door Hardware
Accessories – For Solid Rod and Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Tracks
Face spanner wrench, adjustable, for 4 hole

1
decorative screws

941.07.412

941.07.443 and 941.07.444
Hanger bolt driver, 5/16” – 18 Steel – – 006.40.312

Dimensions in mm
4/18
Barn Door Hardware
Runway Sliding System

1 • For glass thickness: 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
• Height adjustable: ±3 mm (1/8”)
• For 1 or 2 sliding glass door
36
7"
116
30
3"
116 191
7 1"
2
12
15" 100 100
32
3 15"
16 3 15"
16
39
9"
116 25
31"
32
56
3"
2 16
Ø12
191 Ø 15"
32
7 1"
2
8 - 10
5" 13"
16 32
100
315"
16
6
1"
4
28
1 1"
8
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Barn Door Hardware
Runway Fitting Set

• For 1 sliding door without upper track and wall mounted brackets
Item No.
1
940.64.601
Supplied With
2 running gears
2 track stoppers
1 lower guide
1 hex key
Track Components
Description Material Finish Drilling Track length Item No.
3 1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8) 940.64.830
Stainless 4 2.1 m (6” 10 11/16”) 940.64.831
Upper track with 3 or 4 drilled attachment points matt
Steel 4 2.3 m (7’ 6 9/16”) 940.64.832
4 2.54 m (8’ 4”) 940.64.833
Stainless 2 pc. set 940.64.421
Wall mounted brackets with mounting material matt –
Steel 3 pc. set 940.64.422
Note
Order 1 fitting set per door. Order 1 upper track based on length separately and the appropriate number of wall mounted brackets based
on drilling.
Set Components
Stainless
Running gear matt 940.64.600
Steel
Stainless
Door stop matt 940.64.423
Steel
Lower guide,
Stainless Steel matt 941.07.240
40 x 19 x 19 mm (1 9/16” x 3/4” x 3/4”)
Wall mounted bracket, single set Steel galvanized 940.64.420
Hex key, 5 mm (3/16”) Steel galvanized 008.28.062
Dimensions in mm
3/18
Sliding Door Hardware-Frame Door
Silent Aluflex 40
1 • Maximum internal height: 2,500 mm (98 7/16”)
– Mullions are recommended for doors taller than
2000 mm (6’ 6 3/4”)
• Door width: 500 – 1500 mm (19 11/16” – 59 1/16”)
• Height adjustment: -5 mm (3/16”)/+6 mm (1/4”) on running gear
using screw
• Panel thicknesses: 4 – 5 mm (3/16”) with gasket or
8 mm (5/16”) without
• Aluminum frame doors for wood, glass, mirror or Ecoresin panels
• Soft closing systems are available to help prevent door slam
• Ceiling and wall mount options available
Mounting Options
2 doors 3 doors 4 doors
1 door, installation 1 door, installation 2 doors

in the center of a room in the corner of a room
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 40
Installation of running and guide tracks
Single track Double track Double track with soft Triple track
1
closing mechanism
40 78 78 118
9" 1" 1"
1 16 3 16 3 16 4 5"
8
28 38 28 38 28 38
5"
16
8
1 1" 1"
8 1 2 60 1 1" 1" 1 1" 1"
8 1 2 60
60 8 1 60
2
2 3" 2 3" 2 3" 2 3"
10
10
3"
3"
10
3"
8
8
8 8 8 8
8
1"
1"
6
6
4
4
1"
6
4
5 5
3" 3" 5
16 16 3"
16
30 30 9 30 30 9 30 30 9 30 9 30
3" 3"
1 16 3" 3" 3"
1 16 3" 3"
1 16 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"
1 16 8 1 16 8
116 8
116 8
1 16
25.4 25.4 25.4

1" 1" 1"
5" to 3"
19
4
5" to 3"
19
5" to 3"
19
4
4
11"
11"
11"
17
17
17
16
16
16
8
16
16
8
16
8
32"
32
9"
32
7
7
9"
9
1 39 79 79 116
1" 9"
32 116 3 1"
8
3 1"
8
9"
4 16
Door panels made of wood, mirror or glass
Plastic buffer Wood

5"
16
8
12 1 4-5
15" 1" 3"
32 32 16
30
1 3"
16
29
Mirror 1 1"
8 Double running
or glass track
Mullion Decorative mullion Soft closing mechanism

403.37.926 403.53.960
189
7"
7 16
10 31 31
5"
16
8
13" 1 1" 1 1"

32
4 4 60
2 3"
8
29 Push the soft closing mechanism completely against the

1 1"
8 guide when mounting it to the door. Minimum door width
Profile length = Profile length = with one soft closing mechanism is 470 mm (18 1/2"), and
B - 56 mm B - 56 mm with two soft closing mechanisms is 818 mm (32 3/16").
(2 3/16”) (2 3/16”)
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 40
Calculation of door width B Calculation of door height
Internal width = B1
1
Version 1
60
2 3"
8
B = B1 + 58 22
7"
5"
2 16 8
Version 2
B = B1 + 29
1 1" H1
8
H = H1 – 50
1 31"
32
Version 3
H
B = (B1 + 58): 2
5"
2 16
Version 4
12
15"
32
B = (B1 + 29): 2
1 1"
8
Version 5
Calculation of Panel dimensions
Material thickness Panel height (H) Panel width (B)
B = (B1 + 58): 3
5" 8 mm (5/16”) H - 58 mm (2 5/16”) B - 34 mm (1 5/16”)
2 16
4 – 5 mm (3/16”) H - 60 mm (2 3/8”) B - 36 mm (1 7/16”)
Version 6 Calculation Panel dimensions when using Mullion 403.37.926
Number of bar profiles = S
Material thickness Panel height
B = (B1 + 87): 4 (H - 58 mm (2 5/16”) - (10 mm (13/32”) x S):
8 mm (5/16”)
7"
3 16 (S + 1 mm)
(H - 60 mm (2 3/8”) - (10 mm (13/32”) x S):
4 – 5 mm (3/16”)
Version 7 (S + 1 mm)
Required hardware for one door:

B = (B1 + 58): 4 Top aluminum frame profile
5"
2 16
Bottom aluminum frame profile
Vertical aluminum frame profile
Bottom running gear (1 pair)
Top guide (2 pcs.)
Cover plug (6 pcs.)
Mounting screws
Gasket (unless using maximum panel thickness)
Top guide track
Bottom running track
Required hardware page 1.323

Gasket page 1.324
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 40 Top Guide Tracks
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.902
1
9"
40 116
silver colored
60 Single top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.903
1.5
2 3" anodized
1" 8
16
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.906
78.5
1"
3 16
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.912
silver colored
60 Double top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.913
1.5 anodized
1" 2 3"
8
16 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.916
117.6
4 5"
8
silver colored
60 Triple top guide track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.926
1.5 anodized
1" 2 83"
16

2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.932
7 silver colored
39
9" Single bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.933
9"
32
anodized
116 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.936
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.942
7 silver colored
79 9" Double bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.943
3 1"
32 anodized
8
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.946
7 silver colored
116 9" Triple bottom running track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.956
9"
4 16 32 anodized
Door Components
11 7" 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 403.37.902
16
22 silver colored
7" Top aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 403.37.903
8
3"
anodized
18.6 4
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 403.37.906
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 403.37.912

11
16"
7
58 silver colored
5"
216 Bottom aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) – 403.37.913
anodized
3"
18.6 4 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) – 403.37.916
30
1 3"
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) – 403.37.952
16
29 silver colored
1 1" Vertical aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3.1 m (10’ 2 1/16”) – 403.37.953
8 anodized
24
15"
16 5.25 m (17’ 2 11/16”) – 403.37.956
Bottom running gear

Steel galvanized – 1 pair 403.35.100
Note 1 pair per door required
Top guide Steel galvanized – – 403.50.971
Drilling jig Aluminum – – – 403.55.971

Ø9
11" Cover plug, for mounting into
32
Ø10
drill hole in the vertical Plastic silver colored – – 403.50.978
13"
4 aluminum frame profile
3"
32 16
Mounting screws for frame – 4 pcs. 020.90.940

components Steel zinc-plated
Note 4 required per door – 100 pcs. 020.90.941
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 40
Accessories
2m
403.37.922
31 (6’ 6 3/4”)
1 1"
4
silver colored 3m
Mullion Aluminum 403.37.923
anodized (E6/EV1) (9’ 10 1/8”)
18.6
3" 6.05 m
4 403.37.926
(19’ 10 3/16”)
Mounting clips for the above mullion Plastic white – 403.35.300
2m
403.53.920
31 (6’ 6 3/4”)
1 1"
4 Decorative mullion, self adhesive for optical 3m
Aluminum – 403.53.930
subdividing of the door panels (9’ 10 1/8”)
6
1" 6m
4 403.53.960
(19’ 8 1/4”)
Gasket, for panel thicknesses 10 m

Plastic transparent 403.36.983
4 – 5 (5/32” – 3/16”) (32’ 9 11/16”)
60
2 83" powder-coated
End bracket for all guide tracks,
Steel white aluminum – 403.55.991
RAL 9006
Center door stopper for mounting

Stainless
Cover cap, for single running bottom track brushed – 403.55.060
steel
35
40
1 3" Wall mounting bracket, for top guide track
1 85" 8 white aluminum
35 with mounting screw and set nut, required Steel – 403.55.980
RAL 9006
1 3"
8 every 400 mm (15 3/4”)
Soft and self closing mechanism, for door

black/gray 403.50.988
weights up to 15 kg (33 lbs.)

black/green 403.50.999
Plastic –
Note
Minimum door width with one soft and
self closing mechanism is 470 mm (18 1/2”),
with two, 818 mm (32 3/16”)
1"
3"
26
30
1 16
1 16
silver colored 3m
Wall compensating profile Aluminum 940.93.230
anodized (9’ 10 1/8”)
31±7
3"
16
4
1 1" ± 9"
4 32
9"
1 16
40
1"
16
2
silver colored 6m
Wall connection profile Aluminum 403.65.960
20 anodized (19’ 8 1/4”)
13"
16
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Silent Aluflex 80
•
•
Maximum internal height: 3,500 mm (137 13/16”)
Door width: 500 – 2500 mm (19 11/16” – 98 7/16”)
1
• Height adjustment: -5/+6 mm (3/16” – 1/4”) on running
gear using screw
• Panel thicknesses: 5 – 6.4 mm (3/16” – 1/4”) or 7.7 – 8.3 mm (5/16”)
with gasket or 10 mm (3/8”) without
• Aluminum frame doors for wood, glass, mirror or Ecoresin panels
• Aluminum (silver) and dark bronze finishes available
• Soft closing systems are available to help prevent door slam
• Ceiling and wall mount options available
Mounting Options
2 doors 3 doors 4 doors

1 door, installation 1 door, installation 2 doors

in the center of a room in the corner of a room
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 80
Installation of running and guide tracks
1
Single track Double track Double track with soft Triple track
closing mechanism
40 79 79
1" 117
9"
1 16 3 16 1"
3 16 4 5"
8
28 28 38 28 28
60 38 38
1 1" 1 1" 1 1" 60 1 1" 60 1 1" 60
8
2 3"
8
2 8 1 1" 8 1 1"
2 2 3"
8 2 3"
8 9
2 2 3" 8
8
3" 10
1"
1"
8
6
4
1"
5 13"
6
4
3" 5 5 5 5 5 32
16 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"
16 16 16 16 16 5 5
3" 3"
31 16 16
3"
116 31
3"
116
31 31 31 31 8 31
5" 3"
116
3"
116 3"
116 3"
116 3"
116 16
31
3"
116 8
5"
16
9 9
3"
3" 8
8
5" to 3"
19
32
4
32 32 32
5" to 3"
5" to 3"
19
19
7
4
4
1 41" 9" 1 41" 1 41" 1 41"
16
5" to 3"
19
8
4
32
16
16
8
8
10
9"
9"
10
32
32
7
13"
16
13"
13"
8
10
10
13"
32
32
32
32
7
9"
32
40 39 39 117
9"
1 16 1 1"
2
1 1"
2 4 5"
8
79 79
381" 381"
Door panels made of wood, mirror or glass Wall compensating profile

Wall connection profile Plastic buffer Wood
12 1 8 12 1 1"
15" 1" 5" 10 15"
32
32 32 16 13" 32
32
31 26
1 1" 1"
4
22 Decorative 35 31±7 10
20 panel Double 22
13"
7" 31 1 3" 1 1" ± 9" 13"
16
8
1 1" 8 running track 4 32 7" 32
8 31
4 Mirror or glass
1"
14
Mullion Decorative mullion Soft closing mechanism

403.52.960 403.53.960
195
7 11"
16
31 31
5"
16
10
8
13" 1 1"
4
1 1" 60
32 4
2 3"
8
35
1 3"
Push the Soft Closing mechanism completely against the guide
8 when mounting it to the door. Minimum door width with one
Profile length = Profile length = Soft Closing mechanism is 482 mm (19"), and with two Soft
B - 68 mm B - 68 mm Closing mechanisms is 830 mm (32 11/16").
(2 11/16”) (2 11/16”)
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 80
Installation of running tracks on carpet
1
Aluflex 80 Single Track Aluflex 80 Double Track Aluflex 80 Triple Track
with Carpet Assembly with Carpet Assembly with Carpet Assembly
32 78
32 9578 32 95 78 95
1" 1"1" 1"
1 41" 1341"
16 3 343"116 4
3 43"3 16 3 43"
Aluflex Track 2
20 3"
Aluminum 13"
11 Rug
32
Carpet Backer 16
Net Compressed 7" Backing Thickness
16
Carpet Backing System Height Rug Height
Carpet Pad
13
1"
2 Net Compressed
Height to Carpet Backer 10 Pad
13" Height
32
40 43
9"
116 Floor
111"
16
403.55.980 403.55.980
35 wall bracket 35
wall bracket 1 3"
1 3"
8 8
35 35
1 3"
8 1 3"
8
403.55.980
40
9"
116
6
1"
4 16
6 5"
1" 8
4
10 5
13" 3"
35 32 16
1 3"
8 16
5"
8
2.5
1"
8
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 80
Calculation of door width B Calculation of door height
1 Internal width = B1
Version 1
60
B = B1 + 70 2 3"
8
2 3" 22
4 7"
8
Version 2
B = B1 + 35
1 3"
8 H1
H = H1 – 50
Version 3 1 31"
32
H
B = (B1 + 70 ): 2
2 3"
4
Version 4
12
B = (B1 + 35 ): 2 15"
32
1 3"
8
Version 5
Calculation of Panel dimensions

B = (B1 + 70 ): 3 Material thickness Panel height (H) Panel width (B)
2 3"
4 10 mm (13/32”) H - 58 mm (2 5/16”) B - 46 mm (1 13/16”)
5 – 8 mm (3/16”-5/16”) H - 60 mm (2 3/8”) B - 48 mm (1 7/8”)
Version 6 Calculation Panel dimensions when using Mullion 403.37.926
Number of bar profiles = S
Material thickness Panel height
B = (B1+105 ): 4
4 81" (H - 58 mm (2 5/16”) - (10 mm (13/32”) x S):
10 mm (13/32”)
(S + 1 mm)
(H - 60 mm (2 3/8”) - (10 mm (13/32”) x S):
Version 7 5 – 8 mm (3/16”-5/16”)
(S + 1 mm)
B = (B1 + 70 ): 4 Required hardware for one door:

2 3"
4 Top aluminum frame profile
Bottom aluminum frame profile
Vertical aluminum frame profile
Bottom running gear (1 pair)
Top guide (2 pcs.)
Cover plug (6 pcs.)
Mounting screws
Gasket (unless using maximum panel thickness)
Top guide track
Bottom running track
Required hardware page 1.329

Gasket page 1.329
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 80
Top Guide Tracks
Description Material Length Silver Bronze 1
9"
40 116 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.902 403.36.102
1.5 60 Single top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.903 403.36.103
1" 2 3"
8
16 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.906 403.36.106
78.5
1"
3 16 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.912 403.36.112
60 Double top guide track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.913 403.36.113

1.5 2 3"
1" 8
16 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.916 403.36.116
117.6
4 5"
8
60 Triple top guide track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.926 403.36.126

1.5
1" 2 83"
16

2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.932 403.36.132
7
39
9"
32 Single bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.933 403.36.133
9"
116 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.936 403.36.136
7 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.36.942 403.36.142
79 9"
32
Double bottom running track Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.36.943 403.36.143
3 1"
8 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.946 403.36.146
7
116 9"
32
Triple bottom running track Aluminum 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.36.956 403.36.156
9"
4 16
Door Components
22 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.62.962 403.62.172
7"
8 22 Top aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.62.963 403.62.173
7"
8 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.62.960 403.62.176
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 403.61.920 403.61.122
58
5"
2 16 Bottom aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 403.61.930 403.61.123
22
7"
8 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 403.61.960 403.61.126
2.1 m (6’ 10 11/16”) 403.63.972 403.63.102
35
1 3"
8 Vertical aluminum frame profile Aluminum 3.1 m (10’ 2 1/16”) 403.63.973 403.63.103
30
3"
1 16 5.25 m (17’ 2 11/16”) 403.63.975 403.63.105
Vertical frame profile 45° Aluminum 5.25 m (17’ 2 11/16”) 403.82.915 403.82.175

Bottom running gear
Steel galvanized 1 pc. 403.50.940
Note 2 pcs. required per door
Top guide Steel galvanized – 403.50.971
Ø9
11" silver colored – 403.50.978
32 Cover plug, for mounting into drill hole
Plastic
Ø10 4 in the vertical aluminum frame profile
13"
32
3" black – 403.50.976
16
Self adhesive cover strip for drill holes

– brushed chrome 4 pcs. 003.08.440
52 x 10 mm (2 1/16” x 13/32”)
Mounting screws for frame components 4 pcs. 020.90.940
Steel zinc-plated
Note 4 pcs. required per door 100 pcs. 020.90.941
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex 80
Accessories
1 Description Material Length Silver Bronze
2m
403.52.920 403.52.112
31 (6’ 6 3/4”)
1 1"
4
3m
Mullion Aluminum 403.52.930 403.52.113
(9’ 10 1/8”)
22
7" 6m
8 403.52.960 403.52.116
(19’ 8 1/4”)
2m
403.53.920 403.53.112
31 (6’ 6 3/4”)
1 1"
4 Decorative mullion, self adhesive for optical 3m
Aluminum 403.53.930 403.53.113
subdividing of the door panels (9’ 10 1/8”)
6
1" 6m
4 403.53.960 403.53.116
(19’ 8 1/4”)
Mounting clips for the above

Plastic white – 403.50.960
mullion
2.5 m
403.56.925
(8’ 2 7/16”)
Gasket, for panel thicknesses 3.5 m
5 - 6.4 mm (3/16” – 1/4”) (11’ 5 25/32”)
6m
403.56.960
(19’ 8 1/4”)
2.5 m
403.79.925
(8’ 2 7/16”)
Gasket, for panel thicknesses 3.5 m
7.7 - 8.3 mm (19/64” – 5/16”) (11’ 5 25/32”)
6m
403.79.960
(19’ 8 1/4”)
7
9" Brush seal for protecting the inside from
32 175 m
dust, self-adhesive on one side, for mounting Synthetic gray 403.54.513
9 (574’ 1 3/4”)
11"
to the vertical aluminum frame profile
32
10 Brush seal, self-adhesive, mounted onto

13" 10 m
32 the front edge of the door to create a seal Synthetic gray 403.54.531
4.5 (32’ 9 11/16”)
3"
between the door and the jamb
16
powder-coated
60 white aluminum 403.55.991
2 83" End bracket for all guide tracks, RAL 9006
Steel –
bronze 403.55.100
Center door stop for mounting

brushed 403.55.060
Stainless
Cover cap, for single running bottom track –
steel
bronze 403.55.160
35 white aluminum
40 403.55.980
1 3" Wall mounting bracket, for top guide track RAL9006
1 85" 8
35 with mounting screw and set nut, required Steel –
1 3" every 400 mm (15 3/4”)
8 bronze 403.55.101
Roller pin for joining top guide tracks and

Steel plain – 403.50.965
bottom running tracks
Dimensions in mm
7/18
Silent Aluflex 80
Accessories
black/yellow 403.50.989

black/green 403.50.999
Plastic –
Note
Minimum door width with one soft and
self closing mechanism is 500 mm (19 5/8”),
with two, 830 mm (36 5/8”)
Release bracket for soft and self closing

mechanism
Track cleaning brush set, for running track

with Häfele logo (2 pcs.)
Track cleaning brush set, for running track

without Häfele logo (2 pcs.)
silver colored
940.93.230
anodized
1"
3"
26
30
1 16
1 16
Wall compensating profile, 3m

Aluminum
with sealing profile (9’ 10 1/8”)
31±7
bronze 940.93.103
3"
16
4
1 1" ± 9"
4 32
silver colored
Follower set for door, 403.50.979
anodized
for synchronized movement, Aluminum –
with mounting screws bronze 403.50.119
silver colored
403.65.960
anodized
9"
6m
1 16
40
1"
16
2
Wall connection profile Aluminum

(19’ 8 1/4”)
20
13" bronze 403.65.106
16
silver colored
403.58.906
anodized 6m
Fixed panel adapter profile (track) Aluminum
(19’ 8 1/4”)
bronze 403.58.116
silver colored
403.58.916
anodized 6m
Fixed panel adjusting profile (door) Aluminum
(19’ 8 1/4”)
bronze 403.58.126
Aluflex 80 carpet backer,

403.74.602
for single lower running track
Aluflex 80 carpet backer, 2m
Aluminum Mill finish 403.74.612
for dual lower running track (78 3/4”)
Aluflex 80 carpet backer,
403.74.622
for triple lower running track
Dimensions in mm
Silent Aluflex
Tools
1 Description Material Item No.
T-handle hexdriver, 2.5 mm (3/32”) 006.28.034

Shaft: Steel
Hand grip: Plastic
T-handle hexdriver, 3.0 mm (1/8”) 006.28.035
Shaft: Steel
Screwdriver for torx screws, T20 006.28.190
Hand grip: Plastic
Torx drill bit, T20 x 50 mm (2”) Steel 006.37.055
Aluflex 80 drilling jig Aluminum 403.50.900

Aluflex 40 drilling jig Aluminum 403.55.971
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Aluminum Frame Sliding Doors - Custom

• Custom doors and tracks are delivered ready to install
•
•
Ecoresin and glass infill panels offer numerous design possibilities
Soft closing systems are available to help prevent door slam 1
• Ceiling and wall mounting options available
Infill Panel Options for Silent Aluflex 40

Material: Ecoresin or Glass
Thickness: 4 mm (5/32”)
Measurement: Ecoresin: 1219 x 2438 mm (48” x 96”)
Glass: 2248 x 3200 mm (88 1/2” x 126”)
Ecoresin
Fossil Leaf Random Linea Ivory Thatch 50% Ting Ting

(shown on burgundy) (shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on white)
Glass
*Barcode *Cannes *Diamond Ice White Clear Mirror

(shown on gray) (shown on burgundy) (shown on burgundy) (shown on white)
Soft Etch Soft Etch Mirrored *Structure Tree

(shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on gray) (shown on burgundy)
Note
All patterns come with a clear background unless noted otherwise. The photographs were taken against colored backgrounds to properly
accentuate the patterns.
All glass is back painted; therefore, the front and back sides will have a different finish. Please keep this in mind when specifying glass as an infill
for room dividers where the glass will be visible from both sides.
To collaborate on your custom configuration, receive a quote or place your order, contact our Häfele to Order department –
hafele2order@hafele.us, 1-888-437-7477 or online at www.hafele.com/us
*Additional lead time required

Dimensions in mm
Aluminum Frame Sliding Doors - Custom

• Custom doors and tracks are delivered ready to install
1 •
•
Ecoresin and glass infill panels offer numerous design possibilities
Soft closing systems are available to help prevent door slam
• Ceiling and wall mounting options available
• Aluminum (silver) and dark bronze finishes available
Infill Panel Options for Silent Aluflex 80

Material: Ecoresin or Glass
Thickness: 6 mm (1/4”)
Measurement: Ecoresin: 1219 x 3048 mm (48” x 120”)
Glass: 2248 x 3200 mm (88 1/2” x 126”)
Ecoresin
Fossil Leaf Random Linea Ivory Ting Ting Pop Clear Thatch 50%
(shown on burgundy) (shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on white)
Glass
Mirror *Barcode Black Clear *Celsius Bronze *Celsius Clear

(shown on gray) (shown on gray) (shown on burgundy) (shown on burgundy)
*Celsius Grey Ice White Clear Soft Etch *Structure

(shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on white) (shown on gray)
Note
All patterns come with a clear background unless noted otherwise. The photographs were taken against colored backgrounds to properly
accentuate the patterns.
All glass is back painted; therefore, the front and back sides will have a different finish. Please keep this in mind when specifying glass as an infill
for room dividers where the glass will be visible from both sides.
To collaborate on your custom configuration, receive a quote or place your order, contact our Häfele to Order department –
hafele2order@hafele.us, 1-888-437-7477 or online at www.hafele.com/us
*Additional lead time required

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variofold 80/GV 50

1 31"
32
•
•
Minimum door width: 400 mm (15 3/4”)
Maximum door width: 900 mm (35 7/16”) 1
68 ± 3
55 door 59 1146 3/8”)
1"
• Maximum height: 2600 mm (8’
9"
58
2 32
8
5"
2 32 5"
2 16 4 1"
• Vertical adjustment: +/- 3 mm (1/8”)2
2 11"
16
• Tempered glass thickness: 10, 12 and 12.7 mm
13"
(13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
10
32
• Top-hung sliding hardware for frameless glass doors
• For 2, 4, and 6 panel configurations with a possible single pivot
panel if needed
2 3"
70
4
• Aluminum upper track and lower guide channel
• Security locks with European profile cylinder
105
4 1"
8
• Almost all components are hidden inside the upper track or glass 18
suspension profile 23"
32
• Minimal space required in parking area 50
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation 1 31"
32
10 / 12 / 12.7
68 ± 3
55 59 114 13" 15" 1"
1"
9"
58
2 32
8
32 32 2
5"
2 32 5"
2 16 4 1"
2
2 11"
16
13"
10
32
2 3"
70
4
105
4 1"
36
8
1 13" 18
105
4 1"
32
8
23"
32
36 18
23"
113"
32 32
13"
10
32
10 / 12 / 12.7
3"
28
1 32
13" 15" 1"
32 32 2
20
25"
32
32
1 1"
4
36
1 13"
105
4 1"
32
8
36 18 Order Specifications:
23"
113"
32 32
• Panel configurations (provide elevation and plan if available)
with or without pivot panel

13"
10
32
• Clear opening size including width and height

Glass Cutouts • Vertical section details at ceiling and sill
3"
28
1 32
17 • Panel width and height

21"
32 • Panel weight20
16 13 • Glass thickness25"
5"
8
1"
2
• Locking requirements
32
120 32
• Select finish for glass suspension profile
1"
1
4 23" 0.2 4
32
5± 1" Note
Ø2 " 32
31
32
Mounting and installation instructions available upon request.
2 panels 4 panels 6 panels
4 panels
2 panels 6 panels
with pivot panel
with pivot panel with pivot panel
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Centerfold 80/GV 50

31"
1 32
1 •
•
Minimum door width: 500 mm (19 11/16”)
Maximum door width: 900 mm (35 7/16”)
9"
2 32
58
11" 1"
68 ± 3
8
• Vertical adjustment: +/- 3 mm (1/8”)
2 16
(13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”) 18
• Top-hung sliding hardware for 36 center-folding
23"
32
frameless
13"
10
32
glass doors 13"
132
• For up to 5 1/2 door configurations with a possible single pivot
2 43"
70
panel if needed
55 59 114
4 81"
105
• Lower guide
2 5" channel2 5"
32
not required
16 42
1"
• Security locks with European profile cylinder 18

23"
• Almost all components are hidden inside the upper track or 32
glass suspension profile
• Elegant design
10 12 12.7
13" 15" 1"
32 32 2
36
105
4 81"
13"
1 32
13"
10
32
18
23"
36 32
13"
132
70
55 59 114
2 5" 2 5" 1"
42
32 16
Finishes page 1.286

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Centerfold 80/GV

• Panel configurations (provide elevation and plan if available) 1
with or without pivot panel
• Vertical section details at ceiling and sill
• Panel weight
• Glass thickness
• Locking requirements
Note
Glass Cutouts
17
21"
32
16 13
5" 1"
8 2
120
4 23" 0.2
32
5± 1"
Ø2 " 32
31
32
1 1/2 panels 3 1/2 panels 5 1/2 panels
1 1/2 panels 3 1/2 panels 5 1/2 panels

with pivot panel with pivot panel with pivot panel
2 1/2 panels 4 1/2 panels
2 1/2 panels 4 1/2 panels

with pivot panel with pivot panel
Finishes page 1.286

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/GL 48

1 7”
8
1 • Door thickness, tempered safety glass:
8, 9.5, 10 mm (5/16”, 3/8”, 13/32”)
• Maximum door width (stacking parallel to the slide axis):
- Sliding door: 1100 mm (3’ 7 5/16”)
- Pivot door: 1200 mm (3’ 11 1/4”)
31”
58 ± 3
• Maximum door width (stacking 90º to the slide axis)
1 32
50
9”
2 32
- Sliding door and pivot door: 950 mm (3’ 1 13/32”)
• Vertical adjustment: ± 3 mm (1/8”)
• Top-hung sliding hardware for sliding/stacking glass wall partitions
11”
1”
34
1 32
8±3
8
5”
16
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation, even through the
curved components
• Standard parking area for 8 sliding doors and 1 pivot door
30
• Individual parking configuration possible 5”
• Profile height: 65 mm (2 9/16”) 132 8 / 9.5 / 10
3” 13”
• Center stop with progressively adjustable retention spring catch 5”
16 8 32
8 / 9.5 / 10
5” 3” 13”
16 8 32
9”
9”
2 16
2 16
65
65
1”
1”
8±3
8±3
8
8
5”
5”
16
16
16
5” Ø20
5”
16
8
8 25”
32
5”
16
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Aperto 60/GL

• Number of sliding panels (provide elevation)
• If applicable include pivot panels, swinging panels, sliding pivot
1
panels and sliding swinging panels
• Clear opening size including width and height (dim. A, B)
• Provide jamb plan detail
• Panel weight
• Glass thickness
• For curved applications the radius to the center of the door
Note
Stacking Examples
Parallel Parallel
A A
B B
A A
Perpendicular
Perpendicular
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/GV 63

15"
2 32
• Door weight depends on running gear selection: M8
1 – Single running gear: 70 kg (154 lbs.)

– Single running gear: 100 kg (220 lbs.)
– Dual running gear: 150 kg (330 lbs.)
- 1"
1" 1"
• Vertical adjustment: +6/-3 mm (+1/4 /-1/8”)
8
4 16 + 4
103 - 3
+6
• For curved applications: min. radius 2 m (78 47/64”)
21"
93
3 32
(13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
• Top-hung sliding hardware for sliding/stacking glass wall partitions
13"
10
32
• Upper track made out of anodized aluminum, consisting of
straight and curved tracks (15º, 30º, 45º, 60º, 75º, and 90º)
• Lower guide channel made out of aluminum, consisting of
4 81"
105
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation, even through
curved components
10 ( 10 12 12.7 )
• System can be used with or without a lower guide channel 13" 13" 15" 1"
• Individual parking configuration possible 32 32 32 2
36
• Suitable for curved sliding wall partitions 10.8 (10.8 11.5 ) 13"
7" 7" 7" 132
16 16 16
4 81"
105
13"
10
32
3"
132
28
1 1"
38
2
20
25"
Ø30 32
3" 32
116
1 41"
82
7"
3 32
38 1 1"
2
Ø30
3"
116
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/GV Floor Plan

Examples
• Number of sliding panels (provide elevation) 1
• Panel weight
• Glass thickness
Note
Stacking Examples
Parallel Parallel
A A
B B
A A
Perpendicular
Perpendicular
Finishes page 1.286

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/GR 63

15"
2 32
• Panel weight depends on running gear selection:
1 – Single running gear: 70 kg (154 lbs.)
– Single running gear: 100 kg (220 lbs.)
– Dual running gear: 150 kg (330 lbs.)
• Vertical adjustment: +6/-3 mm (+1/4 -1/8”)
21"
93
3 32
• Glass thickness: 10, 12 and 12.7 mm (13/32”, 15/32” and 1/2”)
for tempered glass and up to 13 mm (1/2”) for laminated glass
- 1"
1" + 1"
8
4 16 4
• Top-hung sliding hardware for sliding/stacking glass wall
+6
103 -3
partitions with 24 mm (15/16”) narrow vertical frame profiles
• Frame profile reduces glass deflection along the vertical joints
and protects glass edges
13"
10
32
• Brush seals and vertical rubber seals improve insulation of air
conditioned rooms
• Upper track made out of anodized aluminum, consisting of
105
4 1"
• Lower guide channel made out of aluminum, consisting of
8
straight and curved guide channels (15º, 30º, 45º, 60º, 75º, and 90º)
• No glass cutouts are required
• Extremely quiet and smooth operation, even through
curved components
10 12 12.7
• System can be used with or without a lower guide channel 13" 15" 1"
• Suitable for curved sliding wall partitions 32 32 2
36
13"
1 32
3"
1 32
28
20
2 0
25"
25"
32
32
1 1"
4
15º
24 24
15"
15" 16
16
16º
-90
º
44
32 3"
1 2
44
23"
1 32
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Variotec 150/GR Floor Plan

Examples
• Number of sliding panels (provide elevation) 1
• Panel weight
• Glass thickness
Note
Stacking Examples
Parallel Parallel
A A
B B
A A
Perpendicular
Perpendicular
Finishes page 1.286

Dimensions in mm
HAWA Shopfront 103G/400 and 112G/400 106

3"
4 16
1 •
•
Vertical adjustment: +6/-6 mm (+1/4”/ – 1/4”)
Tempered glass thickness: 8 – 16 mm (5/16” – 5/8”)
51
2"
1"
128 ± 6
4
• Top-hung sliding hardware for sliding/stacking
77
1"
all-glass wall partitions
5 32
1"
• Upper track made out of stainless steel 3 32
• Lower guide channel made out of aluminum
• Dual running gear with ball-bearings
50
• Quiet and smooth operation, even through the 94 31"
1 32
11"
curved upper track 3 16
26
• System can be used with or without a lower 1"
guide channel
• Individual parking configuration possible (8 - 16 ) 10
5" 5" 13"
• Suitable for curved sliding all-glass wall partitions 16 8 32 10 (8 - 16 )
13" 5" 5"
32 16 8
92 26
1"
3 5"
8
10
13"
32
28
1 1"
8
20
13"
16
Dimensions in mm
HAWA Shopfront 103G/400 and 112G/400

• Please provide the following order specifications: 1
• Number of sliding panels (provide elevation)
• Panel weight
• Glass thickness
Note
Stacking Examples:
Parallel (103) Perpendicular (112)
Straight
Change in
direction
Curved
Finishes page 1.286

Dimensions in mm
Metal Fitting
HAWA Junior 80/M

1 •
•
Smooth quiet operation
• Track stop with adjustable retention spring
• Vertical and lateral adjustment
• Steel suspension for welding or bolting
• For internal or external use
13 1" 34
2
30 1 11"
32
3" 4
116
5"
32
9"
40
1 16
5"
32
80
4
30 5"
3 32
9"
65
2 16
3"
116
31"
25
32
22
7"
8
30 13 20
3" 1" 25"
116 2 32
25"
25"
20
20
32
32
1 1"
15"
3"
29
30
116
24
8
16
13"
10
32
13"
10
3"
32
9
3"
28
132
20 30 30
25" 3" 3"
32 116 116
32
1"
1 4
Dimensions in mm
Metal Fitting
HAWA Junior 80/M Set

• For a single sliding glass door without upper track and lower
guide channel
1
Item No.
940.84.012
Set Components
Suspension plate with bolt, M10 Steel galvanized 2 pcs. 940.81.027
Track stopper with adjustable retention spring - - 2 pc. 940.80.040
Lower guide, floor mounted Plastic gray 1 pc. 942.44.030
Buffer, screw-mounted Rubber black 1 pc. 940.40.051
Note
Item numbers are valid only for 1 piece, when ordering individual components please state the desired amount. For 2 bi-parting metal sliding
doors please order 2 sets. Lower guide channel and upper track have to be ordered separately. Installation plan for planning and execution
available upon request.
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960
Aluminum anodized
20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925

946.12.090
Connecting pin, notched Steel galvanized
1.4 m (4’ 7 1/8”) 940.80.140

1.6 m (5’ 3”) 940.80.160
1.8 m (5’ 10 7/8”) 940.80.180
2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) 940.80.200
Upper Tracks, pre-drilled Aluminum clear anodized 2.2 m (7’ 2 5/8”) 940.80.220
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 940.80.250
3 m (9’ 10 1/8”) 940.80.300
4 m (13’ 1 1/2”) 940.80.400
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 940.80.600
Soft Close page 1.287

Dimensions in mm
Metal Fitting
HAWA Super 250/M

1 •
•
Minimum radius: 1000 mm (39 3/8”)
• Running gear with ball bearing steel wheels
• Suitable for curved applications
• Easy to install
Note
To ensure optimum sliding of the curved metal sliding doors the
suspension points must be in the center of gravity.
77
1"
3 32
46.5 30.5
1 27" 3"
1 16
20 32
25"
32
1"
6
4
1 3"
3"
45
45
4
4
1
13 1"
2
1"
30
6
4
1"
6
4
3" 4
116
5"
4 7"
123
8
32
117
5"
8
4
2 27"
2 27"
72
32
72
32
80
30 5"
3 32
3"
116
35
1 3"
8
X
X
20
13 25"
000 1" 32
R 1 3" 2
39 8
25"
20
32
3"
30
3"
116
30
1 16
15"
12
13"
13"
32
10
10
32
32
3"
28
1 32
20 30 30
3" 3"
25" 1 16 1 16
32
32
1 1"
4
Dimensions in mm
Metal Fittings
HAWA Super 250/M

Order Specifications: 1
• Lower guide channel length
• Door weight
• Type of lower guide
Running gear with ball bearing wheels Steel – – 942.44.012
Suspension plate with bolt, M12 Steel galvanized – 942.44.026
Upper track stopper to be drilled into

– – – 942.42.041
upper track
Lower guide with M10 threaded bolt – – – 942.07.030
Lower guide, floor mounted Plastic gray – 942.44.030
Buffer, screw-mounted Rubber black – 941.60.051
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960

Aluminum anodized
20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
946.12.090
Connecting pin, notched Steel galvanized –
Upper track, side-drilled Stainless Steel – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.42.601
Upper track, with mounting flanges Stainless Steel – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.43.601
Note
Installation plan for planning and execution available upon request.
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Metal Fittings
HAWA Super 500/M

1 • For 1 and 2 sliding glass doors
• Easy to install
• Running gear with ball bearing steel wheels
77
1"
3 32
20 46.5 30.5
25" 1 27"
32
3"
1 16 6
32
1"
4
45 45
13 1" 1 3" 1 3"
4
2 4
1"
30
4
6
Ø6
1"
3"
6
4
4
1 16 5" 1"
32 4
129
3"
5 32
123
4 27"
32
78 78
1" 1"
80 316 316
30 5"
3 32
3"
1 16
20
25"
32
28 20
10 3"
132 30 25"
3" 32
13" 116
32 10
28 13"
3" 32
132
30
3"
116
20
25"
32
32
1 1"
4
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Metal Fittings
HAWA Super 500/M

Running gear with ball bearing wheels Steel – – 942.42.013
Suspension plate with bolt, M12 Steel galvanized – 942.54.020
Upper track stopper to be drilled into

upper track
Lower guide with M10 threaded bolt – – – 942.07.030
Lower guide, floor mounted Plastic gray – 942.44.030
Buffer, screw-mounted Rubber black – 941.60.051
Spring-loaded door stop – – – 942.30.051
6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 941.00.960

Aluminum anodized
20 x 20 x 3 mm (13/16” x 13/16” x 1/8”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.00.925
Connecting pin, notched Steel galvanized – 946.12.090
Upper track, side-drilled Stainless Steel – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.42.601

Upper track, with mounting flanges Stainless Steel – 6 m (19’ 8 1/4”) 942.43.601
Note
Dimensions in mm
2/17
Accessories
HAWA Toplock
• Glass thickness:
1 Tempered glass: 8,10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16” – 1/2”)
• Suitable to secure single, bi-parting and bypassing all-glass
sliding doors
• Locks can be used for left and right applications
• Requires European profile cylinders
• Easy to install
• Lock can be used with any all-glass sliding door system but it is
especially suitable for: Junior 40/GP – 160/GP
Junior 40/GS – 80/GS
• When using handles that require a lot of space along the
door width the clear opening will become smaller
• For sliding doors that recess into a pocket it is recommended
to mount the lock lower and to use a simple door handle above
the lock
• At times the profile cylinder inside the lock determines how far
the sliding door can be opened; Pay special attention to by passing
sliding doors and doors that bypass fixed glass panels or walls
Note
115
4 17"
32
121
4 3"
4
8 / 10 / 12 / 12.7
5" 13" 15" 1"
16 32 32 2
24 / 26 / 28 / 28.7
29" 1" 3" 1"
32 132 1 32 1 8
3-5
1" 3"
8 16
Installation Options
1) Lock locking into counter case for bi-parting sliding
door applications.
Order requirements for
bi-parting sliding door options:
• Glass door lock
• Counter case
• Cover cap, lock
• Cover cap, counter case
• Profile cylinders
• Drilling jig
Optional:
• Handle
• Security rose
Components pages 1.354-1.355

Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Toplock
Installation Options continued

2. Lock locking into a jamb or wall for single sliding door applications.
1
Order requirements for single
sliding door options:
• Glass door lock
• Cover cap, lock
• Profile cylinder
• Wall profile
• Rubber seal
• Strike plate
115
4 17"
32
• Drilling jig
Optional:
• Handle
• Security rose
121
4 3"
4
21
13"
16
38
1 1"
2
3. Lock locking into a special strike plate for bypassing sliding door applications
a.) Lock bracket attached to a fixed glass b.) Lock bracket attached to a wall
Order requirements for
bypassing sliding door options:
• Glass door lock
• Lock bracket
• Base plate or spacer
(glass or wall mounting)
• Cover cap, lock
• Cover cap, lock bracket
• Profile cylinder
• Drilling jig
Optional:
• Handle
• Security rose
13" 5"
10-16
15
32 - 8
19"
32
4 17"
115
32
33.5
5"
1 16
80
5"
3 32
Components pages 1.354-1.355
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Toplock
Glass door lock, Toplock for European profile

– – – 941.24.022
cylinder, without cover cap (order separately)
Counter case for Toplock, includes centering

– – – 941.24.033
element, without cover cap (order separately)
Drilling jig for lock, counter case

and lock bracket
European profile cylinder,

64 mm (2 1/2”), Schlage Chrome dull nickel-plated – 916.90.500
C keyway, keyed differently
European profile cylinder, single and

thumb turn, 64 mm (2 1/2”), Schlage Chrome dull nickel-plated – 916.19.101
C keyway, keyed differently
Security rose, for profile cylinder (optional),

Stainless steel – – 946.31.900
12 mm (1/2”)
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.925

Wall profile, undrilled Aluminum anodized
3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.935
2.5 m (8’ 2 7/16”) 941.24.081

3.5 m (11’ 5 13/16”) 941.24.082
Strike plate for wall profile

– – 941.24.040
with centering element
Glass Cutouts
For lock and counter case For lock bracket
8 (8 - 12.7)
5" 5" 1"
95 = 0.5 16 16 2
3" 9.5
3
15"
1 32
38
4
3"
8
Ø18 – 0.5
0
Ø6 + 01
23"
32
Ø18 – 0.5
11"
13"
36
32
0
1"
32
72 ± 0.5
9
21
94 + 01
23"
27"
32
11"
2 32
13"
3 16
16
13"
36
32
11
7"
16
Glass Thickness
R9 Tempered glass: 8,10, 12, 12.7 mm (5/16 - 1/2”)
11" Laminated glass: *8.7 – 12.7 mm (5/16” - 1/2”)
32
85 ± 0.5 46 ± 0.5 31 ± 0.5 *Maximum offset: 2 mm (7/32”)
11" 13" 7"
3 32 1 16 1 32
Cover caps page 1.356

Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Toplock
Fixed glass Wall angle profile 1
a a
b b
a b c a b
Junior
40
941.24.093
Junior
80
941.24.031 941.24.091
Junior
120
941.24.031 941.24.095 941.24.034 941.24.031 941.24.094
Lock bracket with strike plate, without cover cap (order separately) – – 941.24.031
Base plate for lock bracket when mounting to fixed glass – – 941.24.034
Spacer for lock bracket when mounting to fixed glass,

Junior 120 applications, 9 mm (11/32”)
Spacer for lock bracket when mounting to fixed wall,

941.24.093
used in combination with Junior 40 angle profile, 3 mm (1/8”)
941.24.094
Cover caps pages 1.356

Dimensions in mm
Accessories
HAWA Toplock
Cover Caps
chrome matt 941.24.124
Cover caps for lock, (profile cylinder) Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.129
unfinished 941.24.120
Cover caps for counter case Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.139
Cover caps for lock bracket Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.149
Cover caps for base plate for lock bracket, glass Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.063
Cover caps for lock, (profile cylinder) Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.229
Cover caps for counter case Plastic stainless steel effect 941.24.239
Optional
Pull handle with support rosettes Stainless Steel matt 903.10.843
Fastener for back-to-back mounting through

13 mm (1/2”) holes, glass thickness – – 909.02.371
8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”)
Fastener for back-to-back mounting through
13 mm (1/2”) holes, door thickness – – 909.02.361
11 – 54 mm (7/16” – 2 1/8”)
Ø30
3"
1 16 Fastener, one-sided, M6, for glass thickness Cover cap:
matt 909.02.231
Ø25 8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) Stainless Steel
1"
210
8 1"
4
Fastener, one-sided, M6, for glass thickness Cover cap:

matt 909.02.221
11 – 44 mm (7/16” – 1 3/4”) Stainless Steel
128 70
1"
5 32 2 3"
4
Note
Installation plan for planning and execution available upon request. Please inquire for keyed alike and for master key installations.
Dimensions in mm
Accessories
Locks 25
1"
110
5"
4 16
• For glass suspension profile ‘G’ 35 75 R10
1
13"
• Requires a cutout in glass 1 3"
8 3" 32
24
15"
16
40
1 5"
8
10 13"
32
125
4 15"
16
Deadbolt lock, for profile cylinder, 17 mm (11/16”) Steel galvanized 943.28.010
Deadbolt lock with guide roller for profile cylinder, 17 mm (11/16”) Steel galvanized 946.50.010
Note
Template for lock cutout in suspension profile provided upon request.
Accessories
Dust proof strike, with oblong hole, spring activated Brass chrome-plated 946.23.920
Rosette to dust proof strike 946.23.920 Brass chrome-plated 946.23.921
Strike plate, with oblong hole Steel chrome-plated 946.23.910
Strike plate, with rectangle-shaped hole Aluminum anodized 941.61.091

Thumb-turn, with 7 mm (9/32”) square spindle Aluminum chrome-plated 946.22.950
Security rose, for profile cylinder Steel chrome nickel 946.31.900
European profile cylinder, 64 mm (2 1/2”),

Chrome dull nickel-plated 916.90.500
Schlage C keyway, keyed differently
European profile cylinder, single and thumb turn, 64 mm (2 1/2”)

Chrome dull nickel-plated 916.19.101
Schlage C keyway, keyed differently
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
• Privacy function 10 13"

32
• With compass bolt 32.5
9"
1 32
1 90 25 31" 70
3 12"
32
32 2 43"
11
7"
16
8 8
5" 5"
16 16
13" 10
32 28.5 1 1"
8
10 3"
28 1 32
13" 20
32 25"
32
30 8 70
3"
1 16 8 5" 2 3"
5" 16 4
158
7" 17 16
6 32 21"
32
7
80 9" 7"
5" 32 18 31 1 32
3 32 23"
32
A 18
13" 23" 28.5 1 1"
8
32 10 32
2.5
8 8 3" 1
A B C 5" 5"
16 16
32 1"
32
14 9"
16 (5/8") lock 16
face plate width A = Backset
A = 50 mm (1 31/32")
30 15 1 3"
8 –14
3"
24 Ø56
Flush Handles Front Handle 3"
116 15"
19"
32
35 – 45
1"
16 2 4
Ø25
31" 24.5
32 31"
49 32
Front handle 1 15"
16
8
5"
16
10.5 10.5
13" 13"
32 32
Flush handles
• Backset A= 50 mm (1 31/32”)
(A) 911.26.084 (B) 911.26.085 (C) 911.26.086
Lock face plate and strike plate Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Compass bolt Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Lock case Steel, lacquered Steel, lacquered Steel, lacquered
Flush handles and front handle Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Supplied With
Mortise lock
Strike plate
Flush handles
Front handle
Mounting material
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
• Privacy function
• With compass bolt
13"10
32 28.5
1
10 1 1"
13" 28 3" 8
32
1 32 20
25"
32
30 3" 8
1 16 8 5" 70 2 3"
5" 16 4
158
7" 17 16
6 32 11"
16
7
80 9"
5" 32 18 31
3 32 23" 7"
32
1 32
A 18
13" 23" 28.5
32 10 32 1 1"
8
2.5
8 8 3" 1
5" 5" 32 1"
16 16 32
14 9"
16 (5/8") 16
lock face plate A = Backset
A B C A = 50 mm (1 31/32")
33 1 1" 21"
2 – 1 32
1 5"
16 38 – 42
10 13"
32.5 32
9"
1 32
90 25 31" 70 86.5
70.5
17"
3 32 32 2 3"
4
120 104 3 13"
32 2 25"
11 4 23" 3"
32 4 32
32
7"
16 15 16
Flush Handles 19" 5"
32 8
8 8
5" 5"
16 16 8
5" 12 12
16 15" 15"
32 32
• Backset A= 50 mm (1 31/32”) Flush handles
(A) 911.26.092 (B) 911.26.093 (C) 911.26.094

Lock face plate and strike plate Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Compass bolt Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Lock case Steel, lacquered Steel, lacquered Steel, lacquered
Flush handles Brass, nickel-plated matt Brass, chrome-plated polished Brass, polished lacquered
Supplied With
Mortise lock
Strike plate
Flush handles
Mounting material
Front Handle
• To pull sliding doors out of the cavities
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
nickel-plated matt 911.26.325
Ø30 21
3"
116 13" chrome-plated polished 911.26.326
16
Ø25
31"
32
Brass Brass
nickel-plated chrome-plated
matt polished
Dimensions in mm
10/18
Mortise Locks
• Double dead bolt locking mechanism

• Handing is reversible
• For interior residential application
1 • Suitable for privacy, passage and entrance door functions
• Backset: 32 mm (1 1/4”)
• Case size: 89 x 54 x 17.5 mm (3 1/2” x 2 1/8” x 11/16”)
• Lock face plate size: 22 x 127 x 3 mm (7/8” x 5” x 1/8”)
• Strike plate size: 22 x 101.6 x 3 mm (7/8” x 4” x 1/8”)
Lock Type 1
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
polished, lacquered 911.26.147
nickel-plated, matt 911.26.154

• Suitable for privacy, passage and entrance door functions
• Backset: 63.5 mm (2 1/2”)
• Case size: 89 x 86 x 17.5 mm (3 1/2” x 3 3/8” x 11/16”)
• Lock face plate size: 22 x 127 x 3 mm (7/8” x 5” x 1/8”)
• Strike plate size: 22 x 101.6 x 3 mm (7/8” x 4” x 1/8”)
Lock Type 2
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
Brass
Brass
nickel-plated
polished
matt
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks

• Suitable for privacy, passage and entrance door functions 1
• Backset: 70 mm (2 3/4”)
• Case size: 62 x 95 x 19 mm (2 7/16” x 3 3/4” x 3/4”)
• Lock face plate: 25.4 x 101.6 x 5 mm (1” x 4” x 3/16”)
• Strike plate size: 25.4 x 70 x 5 mm (1” x 2 3/4” x 3/16”)
Note
Other finishes are available upon request. Please contact the Häfele
product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
Lock Type 3
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
Flush Pulls for Sliding Door Lock

• Flush pulls allow for various door functions
• Plate size: 115.8 x 46 mm (4 9/16” x 1 13/16”)
• Mortise depth: 5.5 mm (7/32”)
Material: Brass
Flush pull, thumbturn polished, lacquered 911.26.150

escutcheon plate with
3/16” spindle nickel-plated, matt 911.26.137
Flush pull, polished, lacquered 911.26.151

emergency key
escutcheon plate nickel-plated, matt 911.26.138
Flush pull, polished, lacquered 911.26.152

round cylinder
escutcheon plate nickel-plated, matt 911.26.139
Brass polished 911.26.153

Brass nickel-plated
polished Flush pull
matt
Disc
• Internal lock actuator fits standard cylinder hole
• Diamond hub accommodates a 3/16” spindle
Material: Brass, bright
Item No.
911.26.141
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
Emergency Key
• For privacy function
1 Material: Brass, bright
Item No.
911.26.142
Round Cylinders
• Keyed cylinders
• Schlage C keyway
• Keyed different
• Supplied with standard cam
• Universal threading
Material: Brass
polished 916.90.512
Cylinder for 45 mm (1 3/4”) doors
Keyed different, 5-pin,
size: 24 mm (15/16”) nickel-plated
916.90.513
matt
Brass
Brass nickel-plated Note
polished matt Keyed-alike cylinders are available, please contact the Häfele product
specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
For other door thicknesses, please specify
Strike Plates
Material: Brass
polished 911.26.143
Strike plate for lock
type 1 and 2
polished 911.26.144
Strike plate for lock type 3
For lock For lock
type 1 & 2 type 3
Order Guidelines
Privacy Function:
1 sliding door lock
1 flush pull for thumb-turn
1 flush pull for emergency key
2 discs
1 emergency key
Entrance Function: Option 1
1 sliding door lock
1 flush pull for round cylinder
1 flush pull thumb-turn
1 round cylinder
1 disc
Passage Function:
1 sliding door lock
2 flush pulls for thumb-turn
2 discs
Note
Other finishes are available upon request.
Please contact the Häfele product specialist at 1-888-437-7477.
Dimensions in mm
Flush Pull
Flush Pull Handle, closed type

• Drill hole Ø: 55 mm (2 5/32”)
65
(2 9/16”)
• Clamp fixing
1
Stainless Steel Brass Chrome-plated
For glass thickness
matt matt
8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) 981.10.040 981.10.047
7 10 – 12.7 mm (13/32” – 1/2”) 981.10.041 981.10.048
(9/32”)
Flush Pull Handle, open type

• Drill hole Ø: 55 mm (2 5/32”)
• Clamp fixing
65
(2 9/16”)
Stainless Steel Brass Chrome-plated
For glass thickness
matt matt
8 – 10 mm (5/16” – 13/32”) 981.10.050 981.10.057
8 10 – 12.7 mm (13/32” – 1/2”) 981.10.051 981.10.058
(5/16”)
Dimensions in mm
Sliding Door Locks
Sliding/Pocket Door Lock

• For residential and commercial applications
1 •
•
Door thickness: 45 mm (1 3/4”)
Backset: 70 mm (2 3/4”)
• Non-handed
• Thumb turn: 5 x 5 mm; square
• Throw of deadbolt: 25.4 mm (1”)
• With deadbolt, edge pull and strike for active door

Material: Lock-case: Heavy Gauge Steel; Deadbolt and Edge Pull:
Brass, stainless steel; Faceplate and Strike: Brass, stainless steel
Finish Item No.
oil rubbed-bronze (US10B) 911.26.831
satin nickel-plated (US15) 911.26.832
stainless steel matt (US32D) 911.26.830
satin chrome-plated (26D) 911.26.833
• With integrated edge pull and strike for inactive door

Material: Lock-case: Heavy Gauge Steel; Deadbolt and Edge Pull:
Brass, stainless steel; Faceplate and Strike: Brass, stainless steel
Finish Item No.
70 64 51 30
Active Inactive
2 3" 1"
4 2 2 2"
3"
116
80 182
5 5"
332 203 5"
732
3" 8"
16 150
529"
32
6
92.3 85.8 73.1 7"
32
3 5" 3"
8 38 28
7"
25.4
1"
17
11"
16
Dimensions in mm
Sliding Door Locks

Complete Sets Per Function
Privacy with Emergency Release

1
• Deadbolt operated by inside thumbturn or outside emergency
coin release
• Edge pull operated by the push button
• 2 3/4” backset, includes lock and flush pulls
Finish Item No.

Passage with Lockcase as Dust Proof Strike

• Lockcase as dust proof strike on pair of sliding doors
inactive side
• Includes lock and flush pulls
Finish Item No.

Entry with Single Cylinder

• Key outside or thumbturn inside retracts deadbolt
• 2 3/4” backset, includes lock and flush pulls
Finish Item No.

Flush pull Flush pull Flush pull Flush pull

only with cylinder with with release
hole thumbturn
60
9
2 3"
8 11" Flush Pull Only
32
Finish Item No.
200 161.5
7 7"
8 6 3"
8
2
3" satin chrome-plated (26D) 903.08.484
50 32
131"
32
Dimensions in mm
Sliding Door Locks

Americans with Disabilities Act “ADA” Compliance
1 • For residential and commercial applications

• Door thickness: 45 mm (1 3/4”)
• Backset: 70 mm (2 3/4”)
• Non-handed
• Thumb turn: 5 x 5 mm; square
• Throw of deadbolt: 25.4 mm (1”)
Active Inactive Mortise Lock with Deadbolt, without Edge Pull

Material: Lock-case: Heavy Gauge Steel; Deadbolt: Brass, stainless
steel; Faceplate and Strike: Brass, stainless steel
Finish Item No.
polished stainless steel (US32) 911.26.821
satin stainless steel (US32D) 911.26.820
Thumbturn with Emergency Release

Finish Item No.
Ø46
113"
polished stainless steel (US32) 903.58.019
16
satin stainless steel (US32D) 902.53.348
65
9"
Ø19 Pull Handle
216 3"
4 Material: Stainless Steel
Finish Item No.
Pull handle polished stainless steel (US32) 903.08.531
with threaded end satin stainless steel (US32D) 903.08.530
222 Pull handle polished stainless steel (US32) 903.08.491
203
8 3" 8" with pin hole satin stainless steel (US32D) 903.08.490
4
Fixing Sets for Pull Handle

Material: Stainless Steel
Finish Item No.
Fastener set for single-sided installation 909.00.703
Fastener set for back-to-back installation 909.00.704
Note
For a single-sided installation, order 1 pull handle with pin hole and
1 fastener set. For a back-to-back installation, order one of each pull
handle type plus 1 back-to-back fastener set.
Dimensions in mm
5/18
Sliding Door Locks

Americans with Disabilities Act “ADA” Compliance
940
37" 1
127
5"
815
32"
222
8 3"
4
222 203
8 3"
4
8"
1143
45"
34 1"
876
2
1185.6
46 11"
16
ADA requirements for pocket sliding doors:
• Door openings shall provide a clear width of 815 mm (32”) minimum. Openings more than 610 mm (24”) deep
shall provide a clear opening width of 915 mm (36”)
• Operable parts like handles, pulls, latches and locks shall be 865 mm (34”) minimum and 1220 mm (48”) maximum
above the finished floor
• All operable parts shall be exposed and usable from both sides
• Door hardware should be operable with a closed fist or loose grip which accommodates the greatest range of users
To accommodate these requirements Häfele recommends that the pocket door opening must be a minimum
of 940 mm (37”) wide since the door must protrude 127 mm (5”) out of the pocket in order to mount the ADA
pocket door hardware. It is also recommended that the end user double checks all State, Federal, and Local
standards.
Dimensions in mm
Sliding Door Locks
Pocket Door Jamb Bolt Lock

• Designed to be face-mounted at the rear of a closed pocket door
1 and acts as a privacy bolt preventing the door from opening
• Available in an array of fine finishes
11 Material: Brass
7" 21
16 13"
16
Finish Item No.
US10B oil-rubbed bronze 911.26.250
27
1" US26D brushed chrome 911.26.251
78 60 1 16
1"
3 16 2 3" 13
US26 polished chrome 911.26.252
8
1"
2 PVD polished brass 911.26.254
2
1"
16
US15 brushed nickel 911.26.256
US15 polished nickel 911.26.257
30˚
30 US3 polished brass 911.26.258
3"
1 16
Supplied with
2 screws
Strike plate
Safety hole release protector
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
Pocket Door Edge Pull 3

1"
20 10
25" 13"
8 32 32
45
1 25"
20 25"
32
1
72 32
13"
2 16
50 113
7" 203
1 31
32
" 4 16 8"
24
15"
16
45 20
1 25"
32
25"
32
10
80 13"
32
3 1"
8 2.5
3"
32
9
11" 15.5
32 5"
24 8
15"
16
Flat Head
Spring-Loaded Pocket Door Edge Pull #8
• With pull handle and push button

• Stainless steel material grade 1.4301 is similar to grade AISI 304
Stainless Material: Stainless Steel, matt; Pull Hand and Push Button: Zinc
steel, matt die-cast, Finish: nickel-plated polished; Lock Case: Steel, lacquered
Item No.
911.26.310
Note
Mounting screws not included
3
1" 20
8 25"
32
22 4
7" 5"
8 32
119 104
6
1"
11"
4 16 4 81"
4
33
5"
1 16 14
9"
16
37 Flat Head
7"
1 16 #8
Front Drop Pocket Door Edge Pull

Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
polished chrome 911.26.247
Note
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
Pocket Door Lock For Wood Doors

• Passage function
1 •
•
WIth compass bolt
Bolt follower, square spindle 8 mm (5/16”)
• Stainless steel material grade 1.4301 is similar to grade AISI 304
• Minimum door thickness 45 mm (1 3/4”) Flat Head
#8
Flat Head
#6 3
0-3 1" 20
1" 8 25"
8 32
20
1"
13
3 29.5
3"
2
1 32
28
25"
1" 5"
32 56 1 32
8 7"
13
1"
2 32
2
100
3 15
16
"
93 34 151
38 95
3 21" 11" 5 15"
32 1 32 1 1"
2 3 3"
4 16
1"
13
5"
2
16
26.5
1"
1 32
1"
13
2
A 30
3"
1 16
20 2.5 A = Backset
3"
25" 32 A = 55 mm (2 3/16")
9 32
11" 15.5
32 5"
8
Pocket Door Lock

Material: Stainless Steel, matt; Compass bolt: Zinc die-cast,
Finish: nickel-plated polished; Lock Case: Steel, lacquered;
Bolt Follower: Zinc die-cast
Stainless
steel, matt Item No.
911.26.340
Supplied With
Strike plate
Flush ring pull handles page 1.374

Privacy rosette, ADA page 1.374
Dimensions in mm
Flush Pull
Flush Pull
Glue-in type
1
H x W: 150 x 50 mm (5 7/8” x 1 15/16”)

Size of recess into door:
122 x 30 x 13 mm (4 13/16” x 1 3/16” x 1/2”)
Finish Item No.
matt 902.01.522
powder coated black 902.01.524
polished 902.01.523
2
1"
16
15
9"
16 13
122 30
13" 3" 1"
4 16 150 1 16 2
5 87"
22 50
7"
8 1 15"
16
105
4 1"
8
Dimensions in mm
7/19
Flush Pull
1 9.5
3"
8
120
4 23"
32
87 x 28 x 10 mm
(3 7/16” x 1 1/8” x 13/32”)
40 1.5
1"
1 5"
8 16
A B C
#4
(A) Stainless Steel (B) Stainless Steel (C) Aluminum,

Keyhole type
matt polished anodized silver
Without hole 902.00.300 902.00.301 904.00.301
Note
9.5
3"
8

120 87 x 28 x 10 mm
4 23"
32 (3 7/16” x 1 1/8” x 13/32”)
40 1.5
1"
1 5"
8 16
A B C #4
(A) Stainless Steel (B) Stainless Steel (C) Aluminum,

Keyhole type
matt polished anodized silver
Without hole 902.01.300 902.01.301 904.01.301
Note
Dimensions in mm
Flush Pulls
H x W: 89 x 41 mm (3 1/2” x 1 3/4”)
Size of recess into door: Material: Brass

89
3 1" 2
68
11"
16
68.5 x 27.5 x 13 mm Finish Item No. 1
2 (2 11/16” x 1 3/32” x 1/2”) nickel-plated matt 910.37.044
polished 910.37.035
Supplied With
41
13 3 Mounting screws
3"
1 4
1" 1"
2 8
H x W: 102 x 51 mm (4” x 2”)

102 83
4" 1"
83 x 35 x 16 mm Finish Item No.
3 4 (3 9/32” x 1 3/8” x 5/8”) nickel-plated matt 910.37.085
polished 910.37.080
Supplied With
51 16 Mounting screws
3.5
5"
2" 8
5"
32
H x W: 114 x 64 mm (4 1/2” x 2 3/16”)

114 95 95 x 48.5 x 18 mm
4 1"
3 3"
(3 3/4” x 1 29/32” x 23/32”) Finish Item No.
2 4
polished 910.37.071
Supplied With
Mounting screws
64
18 3
3"
2 16 23" 1"
32 8
Dimensions in mm
Mortise Locks
1 Flat Head
#8
Flush Ring Pull Handle

Door thickness: 50-95 mm (2-3 3/4”)
Spindle size: 70 x 8 mm (2 3/4 x 5/16”), on a square
100
Ø88 Handle size: 100 x 100 mm (3 15/16” x 3 15/16”)
3 15"
16
84 3 15"
32 Material: Brass
5"
3 16
Finish Item No.
84 polished 910.60.108
5"
3 16 3 15 2
100
1"
8
19"
32
1"
16
Supplied With
3 15" Female and male part
16
Female Part
Note
Other flush pulls are available, refer to our Decorative
Brass, Hardware Catalog
Brass nickel-plated Other finishes are available upon request.
polished
matt Please contact the Häfele product specialist
at 1-888-437-7477.
Privacy Rosette for Sliding Door Lock

• Outer rosette includes red/white indicator disk and
emergency release slot
• Inner rosette includes thumb turn
Door thickness: 37-52 mm (1 7/16” - 2 1/16”)
Item No.
903.53.006
Supplied With
1 Pair of privacy rosettes
1 Spindle - 8 x 60 mm (5/16” x 2 3/8”)*
2 Machine screws M4 x 50 mm (M4 x 1 31/32”)
3"
3"
2 16
55
2 16
23"
Note
55
18
32
For 35 mm (1 3/8”) door thicknesses the 60 mm spindle

Ø7 38 38 has to be shortened.
9"
32
1 1"
2 1 1"
2
19"
15
32
1"
6
4
5"
16
8
26
1"
32
75
2 15"
16
Pocket door lock page 1.370

Dimensions in mm
DOOR HANDLES
AND LOCKS
AH 2.1
Contents
HEWI Lever Sets and Latches

Tubular Passage Latches_______________ 2.3-2.4 Turnpieces_______________________________ 2.7
Tubular Privacy Latches____________________ 2.5 Deadbolts________________________________ 2.8
American Mortise Locks____________________ 2.6 Dummy Levers____________________________ 2.9
Pull Handles
HEWI Pull Handles__________________ 2.10-2.13 Stainless Steel Pull Handles___________ 2.21-2.24
2 HEWI Custom Pull Handles___________ 2.14-2.17 Mounting Accessories____________________ 2.25
Fastening Hardware_________________ 2.18-2.20 Startec® Pull Handles________________ 2.26-2.28
Mounting sets for Startec_____________ 2.29-2.32
Dimensions in mm
Lever Set and Latches
HEWI
Listed 46S3 by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for installation
in all classified swinging type fire doors rated up to and
including 3 hours.
29
(1 1/8")
Tubular Passage Latch
29
(1 1/8")
• Reversible latch bolt with 180° set points for right and
57 left handed doors
(2 1/4") • Latch front adjustable for flat or bevel edge doors
• Hub 8 mm (5/16") on a square
2
70
60
(2 3/4") • Hub rotation 28°
(2 3/8") • Required latch bore 25.4 mm (1")
70
(2 3/4")
Material: Latch body and strike plate: Stainless Steel
Latch bolt, hub and mechanical parts: Brass
32 Cover plate for latch front: Stainless Steel
(1 1/4")
Backset Item No.
60 (2 3/8") 911.67.000
70 (2 3/4") 911.67.100
Lever Handle with Tubular Passage Latch

• Diameter 23 mm (7/8")
• Rose diameter 65 mm (2 9/16")
• Steel rose base attached lever with snap ring,
29 rotating on nylon bearing
57 (1 1/8")
(2 1/4") • Roses with alignment lugs, secured with concealed
through-bolt fasteners
70 • Through-bolt c/c dimension 38 mm (1 1/2")
(2 3/4") • Additional connection of lever with solid spindle
25.4 • Spindle size 8 mm (5/16") on a square
(1")
Material: Polyamide; Core: Steel
Backset Door thickness Item No.
32
(1 1/4") 35 (1 3/8") 911.69.0 . .
60 (2 3/8")
45 (1 3/4") 911.69.1 . .
65 35 (1 3/8") 911.69.2 . .
(2 9/16") 70 (2 3/4")
45 (1 3/4") 911.69.3 . .
38
Supplied With
(1 1/2") Tubular latch
Lever handle
Ø23
13 (15/16")
(1/2")
60
(2 3/8")
150
(5 7/8")
Ordering Tip
Replace the decimals (. .) at the end of the stated item number with the color number of your choice.
33 90 92 99
ruby red jet black anthracite gray pure white
Note
All other HEWI colors are available for lever sets but require a minimum order of 250 sets
Dimensions in mm
8/18
HEWI
25.4
(1")
Tubular Passage Latch
• Reversible latch bolt with 180° set points for right and
29
57 left handed doors
(2 1/4") (1 1/8") • Latch front adjustable for flat or bevel edge doors
70 • Hub rotation 24°; required latch bore
60 (2 3/4")
23 mm (7/8")
2
(2 3/8")
70
(2 3/4")
Material: Latch body: Zinc-plated and dichromated
Strike plate: Steel; Finish: satin
32
Latch bolt: Brass, extruded
(1 1/4") Mechanical parts: Zinc die-cast
Cover plate for latch front: Stainless Steel
Backset Item No.
60 (2 3/8") 911.67.200
70 (2 3/4") 911.67.300
Lever Handle with Tubular Passage Latch

• Diameter 23 mm (7/8"); rose diameter 65 mm (2 9/16")
• Nylon rose base attached lever with friction grip ring,
rotating on nylon bearing
29 • Roses with alignment lugs, secured with concealed
57 (1 1/8")
(2 1/4") through-bolt fasteners
• Through-bolt c/c dimension 38 mm (1 1/2")
70 • Additional connection of lever with solid spindle
(2 3/4") • Spindle size 8 mm (5/16") on a square
25.4 Material: Polyamide with steel core
(1")
32 35 (1 3/8") 911.69.4 . .
(1 1/4") 60 (2 3/8")
45 (1 3/4") 911.69.5 . .
35 (1 3/8") 911.69.6 . .
65 70 (2 3/4")
(2 9/16") 45 (1 3/4") 911.69.7 . .
Supplied With
38 Tubular latch
(1 1/2") Lever handle
Ø23
13 (15/16")
(1/2")
60
(2 3/8")
150
(5 7/8")
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
HEWI
25.4
(1")
Tubular Privacy Latch
29 • Reversible latch bolt with 180° set points for
57 (1 1/8") right and left handed doors
(2 1/4")
• Latch front adjustable for flat or bevel edge doors
70
• Special hub to accept swivel spindle allowing
60 (2 3/4") independent function of inside/outside lever
• Privacy mechanism consists of a case with special
2
(2 3/8")
70 washers of hardened steel for locking function
(2 3/4")
• Locking button in color of HEWI lever trim
32
(1 1/4")
• Hub rotation 24°
• Required latch bore 23 mm (7/8")
Case Ø52 mm (2 1/16") for 54 mm (2 1/8")
crossbore
Material: Latch body seamless precision tube:
Steel; Finish: Zinc-plated and dichromated
Latch bolt: Brass, extruded
Strike plate: satin finish
Mechanical parts: Zinc die-cast
Cover plate for latch front: Stainless Steel
Backset Item No.
60 (2 3/8") 911.67.800
70 (2 3/4") 911.67.900
Lever Handle with Tubular Privacy Latch

• Nylon rose base with friction grip ring
• Rotating on nylon bearing
• Secured with concealed through-bolt fasteners
designed to prevent bolts from loosening
• Lever rotating on nylon bearing
• Additional connection of lever with swivel spindle
• Outside lever handle locked by inside button
• Unlocked by turning inside lever handle or from
outside with narrow tool (emergency release)
65 • Spindle size 8 mm (5/16") on a square
(2 9/16")
Ø23 mm (7/8"); rose diameter 65 mm (2 9/16")
Material: Polyamide with steel core
38
(1 1/2") Backset Door thickness Item No.
Ø23 60 (2 3/8") 35 (1 3/8") 911.70.0 . .
13 (15/16")
(1/2") 60 (2 3/8") 45 (1 3/4") 911.70.1 . .
70 (2 3/4") 35 (1 3/8") 911.70.2 . .
60 70 (2 3/4") 45 (1 3/4") 911.70.3 . .

(2 3/8")
150
(5 7/8")
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Lever Handles
HEWI Lever Handle with Swivel Spindle on the Square

American Mortise Locks • Steel rose base attached to lever with snap ring,
Order Specifications: rotating on nylon bearing
• Secured with concealed through-bolt fasteners
• Door thickness • Additional connection of lever with swivel spindle
• Mortise lock type • Through-bolt center to center dimension 41.2 mm (1 5/8")
• Spindle size 8 mm (5/16") or 9.1 mm (23/64") on a square
• Suitable for American mortise locks, refer to compatibility
chart on page 2.9
2 F
Ø23 mm (7/8"), Rose Ø65 mm (2 9/16")
65 Door thickness Lock type Item No.
(2 9/16")
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Yale 8700/8600/4600 908.01.0 . .
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Best 35H, 3 A7H; Arrow B 908.01.1 . .
73 Note
(2 7/8")
In order for the swivel spindle to operate correctly, the mortise lock
150 has to be mounted in the center of the door. For offset applications
(5 7/8")
please contact Häfele’s product specialist.
Lever Handle with Half Spindle on the Square

• Steel rose base attached to lever with snap ring,
rotating on nylon bearing
• Roses with alignment lugs secured with concealed through-
bolt fasteners designed to prevent bolts from loosening
• Spring loaded half spindle
65 • Through-bolt center to center dimension 38 mm (1 1/2")
(2 9/16") • Spindle size 8 mm (5/16") on a square
• Suitable for American mortise locks, refer
to compatibility chart on page 2.9
73 Ø23 mm (7/8"), Rose Ø65 mm (2 9/16")
(2 7/8")
150 Material: Polyamide with steel core
(5 7/8")
Door thickness Lock type Item No.
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Sargent 8200 908.01.2 . .
Lever Handle with Half Spindle on the Square and

Rose with Internal Return Spring
• Steel rose base attached to lever with snap ring, rotating
on nylon bearing
• Internal return spring
65
• Roses with alignment lugs secured with concealed through-
(2 9/16") bolt fasteners designed to prevent bolts from loosening
• Through-bolt center to center dimension 38 mm (1 1/2")
• Spring-loaded half spindle; spindle size 8 mm (5/16") on
73 a square
(2 7/8") • Suitable for American mortise locks, refer
150 to compatibility chart on page 2.9
(5 7/8") Ø23 mm (7/8"), Rose Ø65 mm (2 9/16")
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Corbin ML 2000 908.01.5 . .
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Schlage L Series 908.01.9 . .
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Turnpieces
HEWI
Turnpiece with Spindle on the Diamond

52 • Concealed fasteners
36 (2 1/16") • Suitable for American mortise locks
(1 7/16") Rose Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
Material: Polyamide
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Yale 8700/8600/4600 908.53.3 . . 2
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Best 35H, 37H; Arrow B 908.53.4 . .
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Corbin ML 2000 908.53.5 . .
Turnpiece with Spindle on the Square

• Concealed fasteners
52
(1 7/16") Rose Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
Material: Polyamide
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Schlage L Series 908.53.6 . .
Turnpiece with Flat Spindle

52 • Concealed fasteners
(1 7/16") Rose Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
Material: Polyamide
45 – 57 (1 3/4" – 2 1/4") Sargent 8200 908.53.7 . .
Cylinder Collar
• Fits all standard 1 5/32" diameter mortise cylinders
41 Rose Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
8 (1 5/8")
(5/16") Material: Polyamide
Item No.
909.39.2 . .
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Deadbolt
HEWI
29 Tubular Deadbolt
(1 1/8") 29
(1 1/8") • Bolt front adjustable for flat or bevel edge doors
70 • Hub 5 mm (3/16") on a square; hub rotation 90º
(2 3/4") • Bolt projection 19 mm (3/4")
70 • Dead bolt bore 25.4 mm (1")
60 (2 3/4")
(2 3/8") Material: Deadbolt body and strike plate: Stainless Steel
2 70
(2 3/4")

Bolt: Brass, forged
Cover plate for deadbolt front: Stainless Steel
Backset Item No.
60 (2 3/8") 911.67.400
70 (2 3/4") 911.67.500
Turnpiece/Emergency Release with Tubular

57
Deadbolt
(2 1/4")
• Concealed fasteners
• Spindle on a square
70 • Unlocks from outside with flat tool
(2 3/4")
29 • Through-bolt CTC dimension 38 mm (1 1/2")
(1 1/8") • Spindle size 5 mm (3/16")
Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
29 Material: Polyamide
(1 1/8")
60 (2 3/8") 45 (1 3/4") 911.67.6 . .
70 (2 3/4") 45 (1 3/4") 911.67.7 . .
Supplied With
Tubular deadbolt
Turnpiece with emergency release
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Dummy Lever
HEWI
65 Dummy Lever
(2 9/16")
• Steel rose base rigidly fixed with lever
• Secured with concealed fasteners for wood doors
150
(5 7/8")
Ø23 mm (7/8"), Rose Ø65 mm (2 9/16")
73
(2 7/8") Material: Polyamide with steel core
Item No.
915.18.1 . . 2
Dummy Lever
• Steel rose base rigidly fixed with lever
• Roses with alignment lugs
• Secured with concealed through-bolt fasteners d esigned to
65 prevent bolts from loosening
(2 9/16") • Through-bolt center to center dimension is
38 mm (1 1/2"), door thickness 35 – 57 mm (1 3/8" – 2 1/4")
Ø23 mm (7/8"), Rose Ø65 mm (2 9/16")
73
(2 7/8")
150 Item No.
(5 7/8")
908.03.0 . .
Compatibility Chart: American Mortise Locks

Mortise Lock Series Lever Design Turnpiece
Arrow B 908.01.1 . . 908.53.4 . .
Best 35H, 37H 908.01.1 . . 908.53.4 . .
Corbin ML 2000 908.01.5 . . 908.53.5 . .
Sargent 8200 908.01.2 . . 908.53.7 . .
Schlage L-Series 908.01.9 . . 908.53.6 . .
Yale 8700/8600/4600 908.01.0 . . 908.53.3 . .
Ordering Tip
33 90 92 99
Note
Dimensions in mm
8/18
Pull Handles
HEWI
550GKLT Material: Polyamide

550.250GKLT A B Item No.
Ø30 210 (8 1/4") 120 (4 3/4") 908.07.8. .
(1 3/16")
250 (9 7/8") 130 (5 1/8") 908.08.8. .
2
A
B 85
(3 3/8")
Material: Polyamide
550.33GKLT
Item No.
Ø33
(1 5/16") 908.09.8. .
300
(11 13/16")
145 85
(5 11/16") (3 3/8")
Material: Polyamide
550.40GKLT Item No.
Ø40 908.11.8. .
(1 9/16")
360 400
(14 3/16") (15 3/4")
175 100
(6 7/8") (3 15/16")
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99
jet black anthracite gray stone gray light gray signal white pure white
Mounting hardware pages 2.18-2.20

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI
550LT Material: Polyamide

550.250LT A Item No.
Ø30 173 (6 13/16") 908.01.8. .
(1 3/16") 250 (9 7/8") 908.02.8. .
2
A
85
(3 3/8")
550.33LT Material: Polyamide
Ø33
Item No.
(1 5/16") 908.03.8. .
300
(11 13/16")
85
(3 3/8")
130.550.1LT Material: Polyamide

Item No.
908.01.6. .
31
(1 1/4")
300 330
(11 13/16") (13")
68
(2 11/16")
68 90
(3 9/16")
(2 11/16")
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI
550.33KSLT Material: Polyamide

Ø30
(1 3/16") Item No.
908.23.8. .
300 Ø33
(11 13/16") (1 5/16")
2
160 85
(6 5/16") (3 3/8")
550.40KSLT Material: Polyamide

Ø33
(1 9/16")
Item No.
908.24.8. .
400 Ø40
(15 3/4") (1 9/16")
212 85
(8 3/8") (3 3/8")
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI
550.300GKWLT 550.33GKWLT Material: Polyamide

Item No.
330 393 Ø30 (1 3/16") 908.15.8. .
(13") (15 1/2") Ø33 (1 5/16") 908.16.8. .
300 Ø30 360 Ø33
(11 13/16") (1 3/16") (14 3/16") (1 5/16")
2
163 196
(6 7/16") (7 11/16")
85 85
(3 3/8") (3 3/8")
550.33GKRLT Material: Polyamide

Ø33 Item No.
(1 5/16")
908.22.8. .
210
(8 1/4")
220 85
(8 11/16") (3 3/8")
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99

Dimensions in mm
Custom Pull Handles
HEWI For pricing and availability please contact Häfele

with the following order specifications:
• Non-returnable items
• Handles include corrosion resistant steel core • Center to center dimensions
• If applicable, left or right
• Door thickness
• Handle: Ø33 mm (1 15/16") or Ø40 mm (1 9/16")
• Color, see below
• Quantity
• For other variations, provide drawings/sketch of design
2 R65 *55 R70 *55 R100

*49
(2 9/16") (2 3/16") (2 3/4") (2 3/16") (3 15/16")
(1 15/16)
215 215
CTC+40
200
CTC+33
CTC+40
(7 7/8") (8 7/16") (8 7/16")
to Ø33 to Ø40 to Ø40
2150 (1 5/16") 2250 (1 9/16") 2250 (1 9/16")
(84 5/8") (88 9/16") (88 9/16")
100 100
85
(3 15/16") (3 15/16")
(3 3/8")
33.2010 40.2010 40.2010R

Material: Polyamide
Item No.
908.01.X1X 908.01.X2X 908.01.X3X
Note
*Recommended minimum clearance to locking edge
*49 *55
(1 15/16") (2 3/16")
100 100
(3 15/16") (3 15/16")
300 300
(11 13/16") (11 13/16")
to to
2150 2250
(84 5/8") (88 9/16")
100 100
(3 15/16") (3 15/16")
Ø33 85 Ø40 100

(1 5/16") (3 3/8") (1 9/16") (3 15/16")
Material: Polyamide 33.2070 40.2070
Item No.
908.02.X1X 908.02.X2X
Note
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99

Dimensions in mm
Custom Pull Handles
HEWI For pricing and availability please contact Häfele

• Handles include corrosion resistant steel core • Center to center dimensions
• Door thickness
• Handle: Ø33 mm (1 15/16") or Ø40 mm (1 9/16")
• Color, see below
• Quantity
*44 112 49 *48 135 55

2
(1 3/4") (4 7/16") (1 15/16") (1 7/8") (5 5/16") (2 3/16")
270
CTC+33
300
CTC+40
(10 5/8") (11 13/16")
to Ø33 Ø40
(1 5/16") to (1 9/16")
1700 1700
(66 15/16") (66 15/16")
145 85 175 100

(5 11/16") (3 3/8") (6 7/8") (3 15/16")
33.2021 40.2021
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
908.06.X1X 908.06.X2X
Note
*44 *48
(1 3/4") (1 7/8")
200 215
CTC+33
CTC+40
(7 7/8") (8 7/16")
to Ø33 Ø40
to
2000 (1 5/16") 2000 (1 9/16")
(78 3/4") (78 3/4")
145 175
(5 11/16") (6 7/8")
33.2020 40.2020
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
908.07.X1X 908.07.X2X
Note
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99

Dimensions in mm
Custom Pull Handles
HEWI
• Handles include corrosion resistant steel core
For pricing and availability please contact Häfele
• Center to center dimensions

• Door thickness
2 •
•
Handle: Ø33 mm (1 15/16") or Ø40 mm (1 9/16")
Quantity
Possible Design Variations
Color options page 2.15

Dimensions in mm
Custom Pull Handles
HEWI
• Handles include corrosion resistant steel core
For pricing and availability please contact Häfele
• Center to center dimensions

• Door thickness
•
•
Handle: Ø33 mm (1 15/16") or Ø40 mm (1 9/16")
Quantity
2
Possible Design Variations

Color options page 2.15

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI
Fastening Hardware
• All standard pull handles require 2 fasteners
• Bolt through installation for wood and metal doors

with trim cap
• Drilling: Ø12 mm (1/2")
Material: Cap: Polyamide
2 Fastening bolt: Steel, galvanized
Door thickness Item No.
12 – 20 (1/2" – 13/16") 909.39.3 . .
6
20 – 30 (13/16" – 1 3/16") 909.39.4 . .
(1/4") 30 – 40 (1 3/16" – 1 9/16") 909.39.5 . .
40 – 50 (1 9/16" – 2") 909.39.0 . .
• Back to back for glass doors

• For door thickness from 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16" – 1/2")
Material: Steel, galvanized
Item No.
909.07.020
• One-sided with trim cap for glass doors

• For door thickness from 8 – 12.7 mm (5/16" – 1/2")
Material: Cap: Polyamide
Fastening bolt: Steel, galvanized
Item No.
909.39.7. .
Ordering Tip
90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI - Fastening Accessories

• Back to back on wood and metal doors

Material: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated
Door thickness Item No. 2
12 – 20 (1/2" – 13/16") 909.07.021
20 – 30 (13/16" – 1 3/16") 909.07.022
30 – 40 (1 13/16" – 1 9/16") 909.07.023
40 – 50 (1 9/16" – 2") 909.07.024
50 – 60 (2" – 2 3/8") 909.07.025
• Surface mounted installation on metal doors, one-sided

Material: Insert: Steel, chromatized
Bolt: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated
Item No.
909.39.100
min. 15
(5/8")
Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
HEWI - Fastening Accessories

• Surface mounted installation on metal doors

2 Bolt: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated
40 – 50 (1 9/16" – 2") 909.07.002
from 50 (2") 909.07.001
46L
(1 13/16”)
32.5
(1 5/16”)
• Back to back on wood and metal doors

Bolt: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated
43 – 48 (1 11/16" – 1 7/8") 909.74.003
48 – 53 (1 7/8" – 2 1/8") 909.74.063
55 – 70 (2 3/16" – 2 3/4") 909.07.011
70 – 85 (2 3/4" – 3 3/8") 909.07.012
46 46
(32, 5)
(1 13/16”)
32.5
(1 5/16”)
Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
Handle, Ø30
Ø25
(1") • With support rosettes
Material: Stainless Steel, matt
Ø25 Item No.
(1")
210 903.10.841
(8 1/4")
2
70
(2 3/4")
Ø30 Handle, Ø30

(1 3/16")
• With support rosettes
Ø25 Material: Stainless Steel, matt
210 (1")
Item No.
(8 1/4")
903.10.843
128 70
(5 1/16") (2 3/4")
Through-hole: Ø13 mm (1/2") Fastener

• For Ø30 mm pull handles
Material: Cover cap: Stainless Steel, matt
back-to-back, M6, for glass thickness
909.02.371
8 – 10 (5/16" – 3/8")
back-to-back, M6, for glass thickness
909.02.361
909.02.371 909.02.361 11 – 54 (7/16" – 2 1/8")
one-sided, M6, for glass thickness
909.02.231
8 – 10 (5/16" – 3/8")
Through-hole: Ø18 mm (11/16")
one-sided, M6, for glass thickness
909.02.221
11 – 44 (7/16" – 1 3/4")
909.02.231 909.02.221
Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
Handle, Ø35
• With support rosettes
Ø35
(1 3/8") Material: Stainless Steel, matt
Item No.
350 Ø30 903.14.831
(13 3/4") (1 3/16")
2
90
(3 9/16")
Fastener
• For Ø35 mm pull handles
Material: Cover cap: Stainless Steel, matt
back-to-back, M8,
909.02.571
for glass thickness 8 – 10 (5/16" – 3/8")
909.02.571 909.02.561
back-to-back, M8,
909.02.561
for glass thickness 11 – 54 (7/16" – 2 1/8")
one-sided, M8,
909.02.431
for glass thickness 8 – 10 (5/16" – 3/8")
one-sided, M8,
909.02.421
for glass thickness 11 – 44 (7/16" – 1 3/4")
909.02.431 909.02.421
Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
Handle, Ø30
(1 3/16")
Ø30
A Item No.
300 (11 13/16") 903.00.853
350 (13 3/4") 903.00.863
2
80
(3 1/8")
Handle, Ø30
(1 3/16")
Ø30

A Item No.
300 (11 13/16") 903.00.953
350 (13 3/4") 903.00.963
145 80
(5 11/16") (3 1/8")
Mounting Accessories page 2.25

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
(1 3/16")
Ø30
Handle, Ø30
A B Item No.
A
300 (11 13/16") 165 (6 1/2") 903.00.253
2 350 (13 3/4") 190 (7 1/2") 903.00.263
B 80
(3 1/8")
(1 3/16")
Ø30
Handle, Ø30
A
A B Item No.
300 (11 13/16") 225 (8 7/8") 903.02.953
350 (13 3/4") 250 (9 13/16") 903.02.963
B
80
(3 1/8")
With Straight Feet
Handle, Ø25
A B Item No.
300 (11 13/16") 200 (7 7/8") 903.00.403
Ø25
(1")
400 (15 3/4") 300 (11 13/16") 903.00.404

500 (19 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.00.405
600 (23 5/8") 400 (15 3/4") 903.00.406
800 (31 1/2") 600 (23 5/8") 903.00.408
A B
1000 (39 3/8") 800 (31 1/2") 903.00.410
1200 (47 1/4") 1000 (39 3/8") 903.00.412
1400 (55 1/8") 1200 (47 1/4") 903.00.414
1600 (63") 1400 (55 1/8") 903.00.416
Handle, Ø30
Ø25 (1") 75 (2 15/16")
Ø30 (1 3/16") 80 (3 1/8") Material: Stainless Steel, matt
A B Item No.
300 (11 13/16") 200 (7 7/8") 903.00.603
400 (15 3/4") 300 (11 13/16") 903.00.604
500 (19 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.00.605
600 (23 5/8") 400 (15 3/4") 903.00.606
800 (31 1/2") 600 (23 5/8") 903.00.608
1000 (39 3/8") 800 (31 1/2") 903.00.610
1200 (47 1/4") 1000 (39 3/8") 903.00.612
1400 (55 1/8") 1200 (47 1/4") 903.00.614
1600 (63") 1400 (55 1/8") 903.00.616
1800 (70 7/8") 1600 (63") 903.00.618
Mounting accessories page 2.25

Dimensions in mm
Pull Handles
Mounting Accessories
• For Ø25 mm (1") and Ø30 mm (1 3/16") pull handles
Fixing method For door thickness Item No.
Washer M12 screw
Back to back on glass doors

8 – 12 (5/16" – 1/2") 909.03.900
Door drilling Ø16 mm (5/8")
M6
Threaded
socket set screw
Protective sleeve 2
Rose
(stainless steel) M12 screw
Ø30
3"
One sided on glass doors (visible) 1 16
8 – 12 (5/16" – 1/2") 909.03.902
Door drilling Ø16 mm (5/8")
Protective sleeve
Washer M12 Screw 33 – 37 (1 5/16" – 1 7/16") 909.03.869

38 – 42 (1 1/2" – 1 5/8") 909.03.870
43 – 47 (1 11/16" – 1 7/8") 909.03.871
Back to back on wood doors
48 – 52 (1 7/8" – 2 1/16") 909.03.872
Door drilling Ø12.5 mm (1/2")
53 – 57 (2 1/16" – 2 1/4") 909.03.873
M6
Threaded 58 – 62 (2 5/16" – 2 7/16") 909.03.874
socket set screw 63 – 67 (2 1/2" – 2 5/8") 909.03.875
M12 Screw 35 – 40 (1 3/8" – 1 9/16") 909.03.879
Washer
40 – 44 (1 9/16" – 1 3/4") 909.03.880
45 – 49 (1 3/4" – 1 15/16") 909.03.881
One sided on wood doors (visible)
50 – 54 (1 15/16" – 2 1/8") 909.03.882
Door drilling Ø12.5 mm (1/2") Rose blank
(stainless steel) 55 – 59 (2 3/16" – 2 5/16") 909.03.883
Ø30 mm 60 – 64 (2 3/8" – 2 1/2") 909.03.884
3"
1 16
65 – 69 (2 9/16" – 2 11/16") 909.03.885
M10 screw Washer
One sided on wood doors

(concealed)
909.03.910
With Rampa sleeve 25
Sleeve
Door drilling Ø13.5 mm (9/16") 1"
M6
threaded
socket set
screw
For straight supports
Thread Washer 40 – 62 (1 9/16" – 2 7/16") 909.03.920

DIN 7998
from 62 (2 7/16") 909.03.930
One sided on wood doors (concealed)
M6
threaded
socket set screw
For straight supports
Washer
One sided on wood and storefront

doors (concealed)
With self-cutting thread 909.04.800
door drilling Ø10 mm (3/8")
thread Ø11.8 mm (7/16")
M6
Threaded
socket set screw
Note
One sided applications require 2 mounting sets per pull.
Back to back applications require 2 mounting sets for a pair of pulls.
Dimensions in mm
Locking Ladder Pull
Model 160-HC
• Ladder pull locks into the floor
• Used for 1/2" or 3/4" (12 mm–19 mm) glass doors
• Lock operates at a comfortable 39 1/4" (997 mm) above the floor
• 1 3/8" (35 mm) diameter stainless steel pull
• For use on both single and double door applications
• Custom sizes and finishes available upon request
Ø1 3/8"
• Locking cylinder is small format interchangeable core (SFIC not
included)
• Easy to operate Handicap (HC) inside thumbturn.
• ADA compliant
• Includes dust proof strike
Finish Item No.
satin stainless steel US32D 902.01.000
36 1/4"
47 3/8"
2 7/8"
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us
AH
Dimensions in mm
2.25B
2
Pull Handles
StarTec® Stainless Steel

• For back-to-back application
• For glass or wood doors
• For door thickness: 8 – 15 mm (5/16" – 9/16") (glass)
34 – 50 mm (1 5/16" – 1 15/16") (wood)
32 Material: Stainless Steel 304, matt

(1 1/4")
Item No.
903.00.090
2 Supplied With
Back-to-back mounting hardware
600 450
(23 5/8") (17 11/16")
32
(1 1/4")
30
30 Material: Stainless Steel 304, matt
(1 3/16")
(1 3/16") C Item No.
450 (17 11/16”) 903.00.070
600 (23 5/8”) 903.00.074
1000 (39 3/8”) 903.00.078
Supplied With
C Back-to-back mounting hardware
15
60 (9/16")
(2 3/8")
Material: Stainless Steel 304, matt

C Item No.
450 (17 11/16”) 903.00.170
600 (23 5/8”) 903.00.174
C
1000 (39 3/8”) 903.00.178
Supplied With
30 30 15
(1 3/16") (1 3/16") (9/16")
100 60
(3 15/16") (2 3/8")

Item No.
25
(1") 903.00.974
Supplied With
600
(23 5/8")
25 13
(1") 50 (1/2")
(1 15/16")
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles

• For wood doors
Bodo
• 1 threaded standoff
A C Item No. 2
A C 244 (9 5/8") 225 (8 7/8") 903.03.062
319 (12 9/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.063
• 1 non-threaded standoff
A C Item No.
Ø19 55 244 (9 5/8") 225 (8 7/8") 903.03.052
(3/4") (2 3/16")
319 (12 9/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.053
Note
Mounting hardware is not supplied, please order separately.
Carlo
A C Item No.
465 (18 5/16") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.084
615 (24 3/16") 600 (23 5/8") 903.03.086
A C
A C Item No.
465 (18 5/16") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.074
615 (24 3/16") 600 (23 5/8") 903.03.076
30 60 Note
(1 3/16") (2 3/8") Mounting hardware is not supplied, please order separately.
Mounting Sets pages 2.29-2.32

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles

• For wood doors
Claudio
30
2 (1 3/16") A C Item No.
450 (17 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.363
A C 600 (23 5/8") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.364
A C Item No.
450 (17 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.353
50
(1 15/16") 20 600 (23 5/8") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.354
(13/16")
40 Note
(1 9/16") 70
(2 3/4")
Cosimo
25
(1") A C Item No.
450 (17 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.383
A C 600 (23 5/8") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.384
A C Item No.
450 (17 11/16") 300 (11 13/16") 903.03.373
50 10
(1 15/16") (3/8")
600 (23 5/8") 450 (17 11/16") 903.03.374
40
(1 9/16") Note
60
(2 3/8")
Mounting Sets pages 2.29-2.32

Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles
Mounting Set for Wood Door

• Back to back, in pairs
2
Bodo Carlo
• Door drill hole: Ø8 mm (5/16") • Door drill hole: Ø8 mm (5/16")
Door thickness Dimensions Item No. Door thickness Dimensions Item No.
8 – 24 (5/6" – 15/16") M6 x 50 (1 15/16") 909.00.300 8 – 34 (5/6" – 1 5/16") M6 x 50 (1 15/16") 909.00.310
24 – 44 (15/16" – 1 3/4") M6 x 70 (2 3/4") 909.00.301 30 – 75 (1 3/16" – 2 15/16") M6 x 100 (3 15/16") 909.00.311
44 – 64 (1 3/4" – 2 1/2") M6 x 90 (3 9/16") 909.00.302
64 – 84 (2 1/2" – 3 5/16") M6 x 110 (4 5/16") 909.00.303
Claudio Cosimo
7 – 24 (1/4" – 15/16") M8 x 50 (1 15/16") 909.00.360 7 – 24 (1/4" – 15/16") M8 x 50 (1 15/16") 909.00.370
22 – 39 (7/8" – 1 9/16") M8 x 65 (2 9/16") 909.00.361 22 – 39 (7/8" – 1 9/16") M8 x 65 (2 9/16") 909.00.371
37 – 54 (1 7/16" – 2 11/16") M8 x 80 (3 1/8") 909.00.362 37 – 54 (1 7/16" – 2 11/16") M8 x 80 (3 1/8") 909.00.372
52 – 69 (2 1/16" – 2 11/16") M8 x 95 (3 3/4") 909.00.363 52 – 69 (2 1/16" – 2 11/16") M8 x 95 (3 3/4") 909.00.373
67 – 84 (2 5/8" – 3 5/16") M8 x 110 (4 5/16") 909.00.364 67 – 84 (2 5/8" – 3 5/16") M8 x 110 (4 5/16") 909.00.374
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles

• One-sided, for through-hole screw mounting
2
Bodo Carlo
7 – 27 (1/4" – 1 1/16") M6 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.320 8 – 47 (5/6" – 1 7/8") M6 x 60 (2 3/8") 909.00.330
27 – 47 (1 1/16" – 1 7/8") M6 x 60 (2 3/8") 909.00.321 33 – 77 (1 5/16" – 3 1/16") M6 x 90 (3 9/16") 909.00.331
47 – 67 (1 7/8" – 2 5/8") M6 x 80 (3 1/8") 909.00.322
67 – 87 (2 5/8" – 3 7/16") M6 x 100 (3 15/16") 909.00.323
Claudio Cosimo
8 – 27 (5/16" – 1 1/16") M8 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.380 8 – 27 (5/16" – 1 1/16") M8 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.390
25 – 42 (1" – 1 5/8") M8 x 55 (2 3/16") 909.00.381 25 – 42 (1" – 1 5/8") M8 x 55 (2 3/16") 909.00.391
40 – 57 (1 9/16" – 2 1/4") M8 x 70 (2 3/4") 909.00.382 40 – 57 (1 9/16" – 2 1/4") M8 x 70 (2 3/4") 909.00.392
55 – 72 (2 3/16" – 2 13/16") M8 x 85 (3 3/8") 909.00.383 55 – 72 (2 3/16" – 2 13/16") M8 x 85 (3 3/8") 909.00.393
60 – 77 (2 3/8" – 3 1/16") M8 x 90 (3 9/16") 909.00.384 60 – 77 (2 3/8" – 3 1/16") M8 x 90 (3 9/16") 909.00.394
• One-sided, for concealed screw mounting
Bodo/Carlo Claudio/Cosimo
30 – 65 (1 3/16" – 2 9/16") 5 x 35 (3/16" x 1 3/8") 909.00.340 30 – 65 (1 3/16" – 2 9/16") 6 x 35 (1/4" x 1 3/8") 909.00.400
65 – 87 (2 9/16" – 3 7/16") 5 x 45 (3/16" x 1 3/4") 909.00.341 65 – 87 (2 9/16" – 3 7/16") 6 x 45 (1/4" x 1 3/4") 909.00.401
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles
Mounting Set for Glass Door

• Back to back, in pairs
8–15 8–15
2
Bodo Claudio
8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M6 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.351 8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M8 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.410
8–15
Cosimo
• Door drill hole: Ø14 mm (9/16")
Door thickness Dimensions Item No.

8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M8 x 40 (1 9/16") 909.00.420
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles
Mounting Set for Glass Door

• One-sided, visible
8–15
2 8–15
Bodo Claudio
8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M6 x 30 (1 3/16") 909.00.350 8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M8 x 30 (1 3/16") 909.00.430
8–15
Cosimo
• Door drill hole: Ø14 mm (9/16")
Door thickness Dimensions Item No.

8 – 15 (5/16" – 9/16") M8 x 30 (1 3/16") 909.00.440
Dimensions in mm
5/17
Pull Handles
Pull Handles
• For glass and wood doors
• Thickness range: 8–45 mm (5/16"–1 3/4")
• Through hole diameter: 13 mm (1/2")
• Includes mounting material
• Length: 400 mm (15 3/4")
68.5 (2 11/16") 68 86
(2 11/16") Ø17 (3 3/8")
2
(1 15/32")
(21/32")
37
10 (13/32")
68.5
Ø40 (1 9/16")
(2 11/16")
Ø23 (29/32")
Ø30 (1 3/16")
(29/32")
Ø23
300 (11 13/16")
Ø25
400 (15 3/4")
(31/32")
300 (11 13/16")

400 (15 3/4")
Ø40 (1 9/16")
Ø25 (31/32")
300 (11 13/16")
Ø25 (31/32")
400 (15 3/4")


Pull handle, square, center to center 300 mm
(11 13/16"), back to back, 13 mm (1/2") Aluminum
through-hole
black anodized 905.01.124

Pull handle, round, center to center 300 mm
(11 13/16"), back to back, 13 mm (1/2") Aluminum
through-hole

Pull handle for wall mounted application, square,
center to center 300 mm (11 13/16"), one sided, Aluminum
13 mm (1/2") through-hole
Dimensions in mm
3/20
Pull Handles
Pull Handles for Accessibility

• Meets ADA standards for accessible design
• Operable with one hand and do not require tight gripping,
pinching or twisting of the wrist
2
Material: Zinc; Finish: stainless steel matt
(B) Single Through (C) Single Concealed
CTC (A) Back to Back
Mount Mount
192 902.00.700 902.00.710 902.00.711
(A) (B) (C) 384 901.00.576 901.00.586 901.00.596
Material: Zinc; Finish: black

Mount Mount
192 902.00.701 902.00.702 902.00.703
(A) (B) (C) 384 901.00.573 901.00.583 901.00.593
Material: Zinc; Finish: oil-rubbed bronze

Mount Mount
192 902.00.704 902.00.705 902.00.706
(A) (B) (C) 384 901.00.571 901.00.581 901.00.591
Dimensions in mm
3/20
Pull Handles
Back to Back Pull - CTC: 192 mm (7 9/16")

102 (4") 112 (4 7/16")
35 45
(1 3/8") (1 3/4")
2
212 211.6 172.4 212
(8 3/8") (8 3/8") (6 3/16") (8 3/8")
Back to Back Pull - CTC: 384 mm (15 1/8")

M6 x 1 - 6H M6 x 1 - 6H
16.5
Ø9 - 90 Ø9 - 18 Deep Ø9 - 90 Ø9 - 18 Deep
(5/8")
(3/8" - 3 9/16") (3/8" - 11/16") (3/8" - 3 9/16") (3/8" - 11/16")
33.6 11
(1 5/16") (7/16")
19.6 14.5
(3/4") 14.5
(9/16") (9/16")
33.6
(1 5/16")
16.5
(5/8")
384 ± .50 (15 1/8" ± 1/32")
384 ± .50 (15 1/8" ± 1/32")
7.5
(5/16")
404.3 (15 15/16")
404.3 (15 15/16")
22.5° 45°
12
(1/2")
M6 x 1 - 6G
46
(1 13/16") 58
(2 5/16")
M6 x 1 - 6G
56 68
45 35 (2 3/16") (2 11/16")
(1 3/4") (1 3/8")
112.2 (4 7/16") 102.2 (4")
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 2.34A
3/20
Pull Handles 33.6
(5/8")
10.8
(7/16")
Single Pull - CTC: 192 mm16.5
(7 9/16")14.5 Single Pull - CTC: 384 mm (15 1/8")
Through Mount (5/8") (9/16") Through Mount
19.6
(3/4")
19.6 (25/32")
(Ø8 x 19/32")
M6 x 15L
(7 9/16" ± 1/32")
2
192 ± .5
384 ± .50 (15 1/8" ± 1/32")

404.26 (15 15/16")
212
(8 3/8") 211.6
(8 3/8")
172.4
(6 3/16")
33.6
(5/8")
10.8 33.6
9.8 (3/8")
89° 10.8 (1 5/16") 15
(7/16") (7/16") (9/16")
9.8
16.5 14.5 (3/8") 16.5 14.5
(5/8") (9/16") (5/8") (9/16") 89.3°
89°
M6 x 1 - 6H
Ø8 - 90 (5/16" - 3 9/16") 89.3°
19.6
(3/4")
Single Pull - CTC: 192 mm (7 9/16")

(Ø8 x 19/32")
M6 x 15L
Concealed Mount
(7 9/16" ± 1/32")
192 ± .5
212
(8 3/8") 16.5
(5/8") 10.8
A (7/16")
212
(1 5/16")
(8 3/8") 211.6
˚
90
33.6
(8 3/8") 172.4 M5
(11/16")
172.4 (6 13/16") 7.5
89 (6 3/16")
18
˚ (5/16")
˚
89
91
9.8 A ˚
9.8 (3/8") 2.8 (1/8")
(3/8")
19.6 (3/4") Ø9 ± 0.2
192 ± 0.5 (3/8 ± .0008")
89° (7 9/16 ± .020") 14.5
9.8
(3/8") (9/16")
A-A SECTION
1:1
89°
Single Pull - CTC: 384 mm (15 1/8")

Concealed Mount
404.3 16.5
(15 15/16") (5/8")
A 10.8
(7/16")
(Ø3/8" - 11/16")
Ø9 - 18 DEEP
(1 5/16")
33.6
7.5
˚
89
89
(5/16") 18
˚
(11/16")
M5 x 0.8 - 6H A
19.6 2.8
9.8 (M5 x 1/16" - 1/4"H) (3/4") (1/8")
(3/8")
14.5
(9/16")
A-A SECTION
1:1
384 ± 0.50
(15 1/8" ± 1/32")
Dimensions in mm
AH 2.34B www.hafele.com/us
3/20
HEWI COLLECTION
AH 2A.1
Pulls, Handles, Knobs and Hooks
Contents
HEWI Collection
Pulls____________________________________ 2.3 Knobs and Flush Pulls_________________ 2.8-2.9
Handles_____________________________ 2.4-2.7 Hooks_____________________________ 2.10-2.14
Dimensions in mm
AH 2A.2 www.hafele.com/us
Pulls
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
42
(1 11/16") 158.75.1. .
35 2
(1 3/8")
12
(1/2") 2.7 (#4)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
75
(2 15/16") 158.75.0. .
70
(2 3/4")
13
(1/2") 2.5 (#4)
Material: Polyamide
A A B Gloss Matt
60 (2 3/8") 55 (2 3/16") 158.80.1. . *158.80.0. .
B 75 (2 15/16") 70 (2 3/4") 158.80.2. . -
90 (3 9/16") 85 (3 3/8") 158.80.3. . -

13 *Shown in matt finish.
(1/2") 2.5 (#4)
Color specification: replace the decimals (. .) at the end of the stated item number with the color number of your choice.
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
mustard yellow orange ruby red coral steel blue aqua blue may green apple green
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
umber sand jet black anthracite gray stone gray light gray signal white pure white
Dimensions in mm
www.hafele.com/us AH 2A.3
Handles
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
20
Item No.
135
114.24.1. .
115
55
5.0 (#10)
2
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
23 114.25.2. .
148
125
58
5.0 (#10)
Material: Polyamide
A C Gloss Matt
109 (4 5/16") 96 (3 3/4") 114.22.2. . *114.22.0. .
141 (5 9/16") 128 (5 1/16") 114.22.3. . -
205 (8 1/16") 192 (7 9/16") 114.22.4. . -
A 13 *Shown in matt finish.
C
38
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
114.24.2. .
20
270
250
55
5.0 (#10)
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Handles
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
74 10 114.20.1. .
64
32
4.0 (#8)
2
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
114.20.3. .
86 10
76
35
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
A C Matt
208 (8 3/16") 192 (7 9/16") 114.23.4. .
304 (11 15/16") 288 (11 5/16") 114.23.5. .
16
44
4.0 (#8)
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Handles
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
42 10
Item No.
32 114.21.1. .
26
4.0 (#8)
2
Material: Polyamide
50 10
Item No.
40 114.21.2. .
30
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
114.27.2. .
16
112
96
26
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
114.27.3. .
16
144
128
26
4.0 (#8)
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Handles
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
Gloss Matt
114.20.5. . 114.20.0. .
106 10
2
96
35
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
114.20.6. .
110 10
4"
35
4.0 (#8)
Material: Polyamide
Gloss Matt
114.20.7. . 114.20.9. .
138 10
128
35
4.0 (#8)
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Knobs and Flush Pulls
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
4.0 (#8)
A B Item No.
A 13 (1/2") 25 (1") 139.00.1. .
B 20 (13/16") 28 (1 1/8") 139.00.2. .
23 (7/8") 29 (1 1/8") 139.00.3. .
4.0 (#8) Material: Polyamide

Item No.
32
139.00.4. .
30
4.0 (#8) Material: Polyamide

A B Item No.
A
50 (1 15/16") 44 (1 3/4") 139.00.5. .
55 (2 3/16") 44 (1 3/4") 139.00.6. .
B
32
40 (1 9/16") 40 (1 9/16") 139.00.8. .
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Knobs and Flush Pulls
HEWI
23 4.0 (#8) Material: Polyamide

(15/16")
13 Item No.
(1/2")
139.11.1. .
27
(1 1/16")
Material: Polyamide
60
(3 15/16")
(2 3/8") Gloss Matt

100
(3 9/16")
158.88.0. . *158.88.1. .
90
*Shown in matt finish.
42
15 (1 11/16")
(5/8")
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Hooks
HEWI
28
(1 1/8”) 28
165 (1 1/8”)
174
2
(6 1/2”)
125 (6 7/8")
(4 15/16”)
132
(5 3/16”)
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide

Item No. Item No.
842.54.2. . 842.56.2. .
28 28
(1 1/8”) 174 (1 1/8”)
165
(6 7/8") (6 1/2”)
117 110
(4 5/8”) (4 5/16”)
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Item No. Item No.
842.56.1. . 842.54.1. .
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Hooks
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
842.84.0. .
90
(3 9/16")
165
(6 1/2")
2
87
(3 7/16")
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
28 842.52.1. .
(1 1/8”)
75
48
(2 15/16”)
(1 7/8”)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
28 842.52.2. .
(1 1/8”)
75
63 (2 15/16”)
(2 1/2”)
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Hooks
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
50 842.65.2. .
(1 15/16”)
70
(2 3/4”)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
842.65.6. .
50
(1 15/16”)
70
(2 3/4”)
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
842.63.4. .
70
105
Door Buffer
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Hooks
HEWI
Material: Polyamide
A B Screw Gloss Matt
A 40 (1 9/16") 30 (1 3/16") #6 842.61.1. . -
50 (1 15/16") 45 (1 3/4") #8 842.61.2. . *842.61.0. .
B 60 (2 3/8") 65 (2 9/16") #10 842.61.3. .
70 (2 3/4") 100 (3 15/16") #10 842.61.4. . *842.62.3. .
2
Material: Polyamide
A B Screw Gloss Matt
A
40 (1 9/16") 31 (1 1/4") #6 842.62.1. . -
50 (1 15/16") 43.5 (1 11/16") #8 842.62.2. . *842.62.0. .
B
Material: Polyamide
Screw Item No.
#8 842.65.7. .
50
43.5
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Hooks
Hewi
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
50
842.65.8. .
45
Material: Polyamide
16
16 Item No.
842.61.5. .
50
20 Material: Polyamide
20 Item No.
842.61.6. .
80
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
DOOR ACCESSORIES
FC 3.1
Door Accessories
Contents
Miscellaneous Accessories
Push and Pull Plates_______________________ 3.3 Door Viewers_____________________________ 3.8
Protective Kick Plate_______________________ 3.4 Door Knockers____________________________ 3.9
Door Silencers/Astragal____________________ 3.5 Coat and Hat Hooks_______________________ 3.9
Door Seal________________________________ 3.6 Key Cabinet_____________________________ 3.10
Door Guard______________________________ 3.7
Stops and Holders

HEWI Door Stops________________________ 3.11 Floor Stops_________________________ 3.14–3.16
HEWI House Numbers____________________ 3.12 Electro-magnetic Door Holders________ 3.17–3.20
Wall Stops______________________________ 3.13
3 Door Controlling Devices

Door Dampener__________________________ 3.21 Coordinators_______________________ 3.22–3.24
Flush Bolts
Slide Action_____________________________ 3.25 Dust Proof Strike_________________________ 3.28
Lever Action________________________ 3.26–3.28
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Push and Pull Plates
102
102 (4")
(4") 1.3
(0.05") 51
1.3
(2")
(0.05")
5 dia. 10
(3/16") (3/8")
203
(8")
406
(16") 203 406 203
(8") (16") (8")
5 dia.
194 (3/16")
(7 5/8")
38
(1 1/2")
10
(3/8") 10
10
(3/8")
51
(2")
3
(3/8")
Push Plate – Model PP101 Pull Plate – Model PP202

• Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up • Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up
• For wood and metal doors • For wood and metal doors
• Pencil bevel edges • Pencil bevel edges
• ANSI/BHMA A156.6, J301 • ANSI/BHMA A156.6, J405
Material: Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel Material: Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Material/Finish Item No. Material/Finish Item No.
605 Brass, polished (US3) 987.33.008 605 Brass, polished (US3) 987.33.128
613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 987.33.003 613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 987.33.123
630 Stainless Steel, satin (US32D) 987.33.001 630 Stainless Steel, satin (US32D) 987.33.121
102 102
(4") (4")
51 1.3
(2") 51
(0.05") (2") 1.3
(0.05")
203
(8") 203
(8")
406 140
(5 1/2") 406 203
(16") 203 (16") (8")
(8")
5 dia.
(3/16") 5 dia.
(3/16")
38
(1 1/2")
51 38
10 (2") (1 1/2") 51
(3/8") 10 (2")
(3/8")
Pull Plate – Model PP201 Pull Plate – Model PP203

• Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up • Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up
• For wood and metal doors • For wood and metal doors
• Pencil bevel edges • Pencil bevel edges
• ANSI/BHMA A156.6, J405 • ANSI/BHMA A156.6, J405
Material: Bronze Material: Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Finish Item No. Material/Finish Item No.
613, oil-rubbed (US10B) 987.33.113 605 Brass, polished (US3) 987.33.138
613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 987.33.133
630 Stainless Steel, satin (US32D) 987.33.131
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Protective Kick Plates
10 6 x 5/8" trusshead SMS screw

(3/8")
254
(10")
10
(3/8")
10 10
(3/8") (3/8")
Width
3
Model PK380 and PK500
• Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up
• For wood and metal doors
• Pencil bevel edges
• ANSI/BHMA A156.6, J102
Material: Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
605 Brass 613 Bronze 630 Stainless Steel
Thickness Width
polished (US3) oil-rubbed (US10B) satin (US32D)
Model PK380
.038 (1) 34" (864) — — 987.33.231
.038 (1) 34 1/2" (876) — — 987.33.251
.038 (1) 35" (889) — — 987.33.271
.038 (1) 36" (914) — — 987.33.291
.038 (1) 38" (965) — — 987.33.311
.038 (1) 39" (991) — — 987.33.331
.038 (1) 40" (1016) — — 987.33.351
.038 (1) 42" (1067) — — 987.33.371
.038 (1) 44" (1118) — — 987.33.391
.038 (1) 46" (1168) — — 987.33.411
Model PK500
.050 (1.3) 34" (864) 987.33.228 987.33.223 987.33.221
.050 (1.3) 34 1/2" (876) 987.33.248 987.33.243 987.33.241
.050 (1.3) 35" (889) 987.33.268 987.33.263 987.33.261
.050 (1.3) 36" (914) 987.33.288 987.33.283 987.33.281
.050 (1.3) 38" (965) 987.33.308 987.33.303 987.33.301
.050 (1.3) 39" (991) 987.33.328 987.33.323 987.33.321
.050 (1.3) 40" (1016) 987.33.348 987.33.343 987.33.341
.050 (1.3) 42" (1067) 987.33.368 987.33.363 987.33.361
.050 (1.3) 44" (1118) 987.33.388 987.33.383 987.33.381
.050 (1.3) 46" (1168) 987.33.408 987.33.403 987.33.401
Note
Additional kick plate sizes and other plate types such as mop, armor, and stretcher plates in various sizes are available upon request.
Provide dimensions and plate type at the time of request.
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Door Silencers and Astragal
9 Model – MS101
(11/32")
• For metal door frame
• Hand press
13
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03011
(1/2")
Material: Rubber
Color Item No.
gray 937.92.005
3
(1/8")
3
Model – MS202
• For wood door frame
• Hand press
10
(3/8") • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03031
Material: Rubber
3
14 (1/8") Color Item No.
(9/16") gray 937.92.015
Prep for Ø8 mm (5/16")

38 stud and 1/4-20 screw
Narrow Astragal – Model PE101
(1 1/2")
• For metal and wood doors
Finish Item No.
630, satin (US32D) 911.42.042
241 165 216

(9 1/2") (6 1/2") (8 1/2")
8
(5/16")
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Door Seal
5 (3/16”)
7 (9/32”)
4
(5/32”)
12
(15/32”)
10.7
(13/32”)
Door Seal
8 • For flush doors
13 (5/16”) 4 (5/32”)
(1/2”) • Mounting dimensions: Groove: 4 x 7 mm (5/32" x 9/32")
3 4.5
5 (3/16”) Rabbet width: 12 mm (15/32")
Gap between door and door stop:
(3/16”) 5 mm (3/16")
12.9
(1/2”) Material: Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE)
Color Item No.
white 950.09.550
black 950.09.551
dark brown 950.09.552
biscuit 950.09.553
Note
Packing unit is 1 roll of 25 m (82’ 1/4”).
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Door Guard
18 R
(11/16") 9
(3/8")
15 R
42 (19/32") 19 R
(1 21/32")
(3/4")
4 16 R
29 R (5/8")
25 (5/32") (1 1/8")
(1") 53
(2 1/16")
38 R Door Guard Swing Arm – Model MG100

(1 1/2")
64 4 10 R • For metal and wood doors
(5/32") (3/8") 5R
(2 1/2") (7/32") • Hinged swing: up to 180º
40 32 • 24 mm (1") projection
(1 9/16") (1 1/4") • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03041
15 R
6 Material: Brass
(19/32")
4 (5/32")
(1/4")
BLEND R. TYP. 18
(11/16")
Finish Item No. 3
25
123 605 polished (US3) 911.59.216
(1")
(4 7/8") 613 bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 911.59.217
625 chromium-plated, polished (US26) 911.59.218
19 15 R
(3/4") (19/32")
14
(17/32") 9 7
(3/8") (9/32")
4 (5/32")
Edge Protector
25 (1")
13 Material: Brass
(1/2")
Finish Item No.
605 polished (US3) 911.59.219
613 bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 911.59.220
1 5/8" Door Guard

• Prevents door from opening
• Durable die-cast construction
• Easy operation
• Cannot be used to prop open doors
• Attaches to frame
2 13/64" Side View • ADA compliant
• UL listed fire door accessory
W x H: 38.1 x 69.9 mm (1 1/2” x 2 3/4”)
Projection: 56 mm (2 13/64”)
Material: Brass
1 1/2" Finish Item No.
626 chrome matt (US26D) 911.59.226
Supplied With
3 #12 x 1 3/4” screws
Dimensions in mm
2/19
Door Accessories
Door Viewers
38 (1 1/2") min.
54 (2 1/8") max.
Model # MV101
• Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") up 51 mm (2")
• Door preparation: Ø1/2" drilled hole
• 160° viewing angle
• UL Listed
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03222
Ø15 Material: Brass

(Ø19/32")
Finish Item No.
605 polished (US3) 959.22.008
35 (1 3/8") min. Model # MV102

54 (2 1/8") max.
• Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") up 51 mm (2")
• Door preparation: Ø9/16" drilled hole
• 180° viewing angle
• UL Listed
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03221
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
Ø27 605 polished (US3) 959.22.018
(Ø1 1/16")
Recommended Viewer Locations
Standard
ADA
Accessible
1524
(60")
1092
(43")
Finished floor
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Door Knockers and Hooks
Door Knocker – Model MK110

• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03161
75 Material: Brass
(2 15/16")
Finish Item No.
605 polished (US3) 986.16.008
54
(2 1/8")
Coat and Hat Hook – Model MC202

3
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03111
Material: Brass
140 Finish Item No.
(5 1/2")
605 polished (US3) 845.09.800
76
(2 31/32")
22 41
(7/8") (1 5/8")
76
(2 31/32")
Door Knocker – Model MK120
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03151
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
605 polished (US3) 986.16.018
150 625 chromium-plated, polished (US26) 986.16.013
(5 29/32")
75
(2 15/16")
Coat and Hat Hook – Model MC201
4 • Door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8") and up
(5/32") • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03111
Material: Brass
Finish Item No.
43 605 polished (US3) 845.07.800
(1 11/16")
44
(1 3/4")
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Key Cabinet
KC100 Series
• For commercial, institutional, government or residential installations
• With two tag key system, standard
• Panel hooks and key tags are numbered consecutively
• Panel hooks are 13 mm (1/2") long and are tapered
• Doors are mounted with a continuous piano hinge
• Doors are equipped with a plated cylinder lock
• All cabinets meet ANSI/BHMA A156.5, conform to Interim Federal
specifications: AA-C-30d, Class A-Type II-System I or II and FF-T-77B
Material: Cabinet: Cold Rolled Steel, 18 gauge
Expansion panels: Cold Rolled Steel, 20 gauge
Finish: light gray baked-on enamel
Model Number Key Capacity Expandable To Cabinet Size Item No.
Key cabinet, KC110 30 90 17 3/4" x 11" x 2 1/2" (451 x 279 x 64 mm) 916.99.250
Key cabinet, KC120 130 300 17 3/4" x 25" x 2 1/2" (451 x 635 x 64 mm) 916.99.260
3 Key cabinet, KC130
Note
350 700 19 3/4" x 25" x 5" (502 x 635 x 127 mm) 916.99.270
For the following options please contact the Häfele product specialist.
– Key expansion panels
– One tag key systems
– Other key storage systems such as in-wall key cabinets, table key cabinets, floor cabinets,
drawer key cabinets and wall key panels with storage capacities of up to 2280 keys
– Special options like special spacing of hooks, dual locks, special numbering on tags, etc.
Two Tag Key System

• Included with key cabinet
Description
Numbered octagonal shaped security key tags with open brass loop link. Up to 4-digits standard. For original keys
where duplicates can be made.
Numbered oval shaped duplicate key tags with nickel-plated snap-on link. For identification of duplicate keys
available for temporary loan.
Key receipt card indicates when and to whom a duplicate key was loaned to.
Key hook labels and label shields identify individual key hooks.
Sealing pliers for attaching original keys securely to security key tags.
Key collection envelope used for picking up keys and recording data during installation.
Book index includes vinyl binder, triple index sheets for numerical and for alphabetical index, and key change
number index.
Recommended Specification
Contractor shall furnish a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with fixed and snap-on key links, receipt cards,
book index with triple index sheets, security key tags, duplicate tags, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet will
have expansion capacity of 150% of the number of locks required for the project.
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Door Stops
HEWI
• With spring loaded projection black Elastolian bumper
• Wall mounted
Ø40 Ø33.5 Ø40 mm (1 9/16")
(1 9/16") (1 5/16")
Material: Polyamide
Projection (A) Item No.
9.5 (3/8")
30 (1 3/16") 937.30.1 . .
A
60 (2 3/8") 937.30.3 . .
90 (3 9/16") 937.30.5 . .
105 (4 1/8") 937.30.6 . .
Supplied With
Wood screws
• With black Elastolian bumper

• Wall mounted
Ø35 mm (1 3/8")
3
Ø35
(1 3/8") Projection: 24 mm (15/16")
Material: Polyamide
24 Item No.
(15/16")
937.30.0 . .
Supplied With
Wood screws
• With black Elastolian bumper

• Floor mounted
42.5 Ø35 Ø52 mm (2 1/16")
(1 11/16") (1 3/8")
Height: 42.5 mm (1 11/16")
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
Ø52 11
(2 1/16") (7/16") 937.70.0 . .
Supplied With
Wood screws
• With spring loaded black Elastolian bumper

20
(13/16") • Floor mounted
Ø85 mm (3 3/8")
8 (5/16") Projection: 22.5 mm (7/8")
2.5
8 (1/8") Material: Polyamide
Ø85 (5/16") 11
(Ø3 3/8") (7/16") Item No.
937.70.4 . .
Supplied With
11
(7/16") Wood screws
8 (5/16")
Ø85
Riser for Door Stop 937.70.4..
(Ø3 3/8")
• To increase height by: 11 mm (7/16")
Ø85 mm (3 3/8")
Material: Polyamide
Item No.
937.70.5 . .
Ordering Tip
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
House Numbers
HEWI
• Theft-proof
Material: Polyamide, weather-resistant
Numeral Item No.
0 987.03.0 . .
1 987.03.1 . .
2 987.03.2 . .
3 987.03.3 . .
4 987.03.4 . .
5 987.03.5 . .
6 987.03.6 . .
7 987.03.7 . .
8 987.03.8 . .
3 9 987.03.9 . .
5 a 987.04.1 . .
(3/16") b 987.04.2 . .
c 987.04.3 . .
165 d 987.04.4 . .
(6 1/2")
– (Hyphen) 987.04.0 . .
Supplied With
House number
Mounting material
Drilling jig
82 33
(3 1/4") (1 5/16")
Ordering Tip
18 24 33 36 50 55 72 74
84 86 90 92 95 97 98 99
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Wall Stops
27
(1 1/16")
Model SW111
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L02101
Material: Wrought Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
62
Bumper: Convex, Durable Vinyl
33
(2 7/16") (1 9/32") Material/Finish Item No.
605 Brass, polished (US3) 937.94.001
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.002
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.003
629 Stainless Steel, polished (US32) 937.94.008
Supplied With
Fasteners
3
27
(1 1/16")
Model SW121
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L02551
Material: Wrought Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Bumper: Concave, Durable Vinyl
62 33
(2 7/16") (1 9/32") Material/Finish Item No.
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.012
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.013
625 Brass/Bronze chromium, polished (US26) 937.94.016
626 Brass/Bronze chromium, satin (US26D) 937.94.017
629 Stainless Steel, polished (US32) 937.94.018
Supplied With
Fasteners
Model SW101
98
62 (3 7/8") • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L02021
(2 7/16")
Material: Cast Brass or Bronze; Bumper: Durable Vinyl
57
(2 1/4") Material/Finish Item No.
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.022

612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.023
Supplied With
Fasteners
Model SW510
48 • Self-Adhesive
(1 7/8")
Material: Concave Durable Vinyl
Color Item No.
gray 937.94.000
6 14
(1/4") (9/16")
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Dome Floor Stops
Model SF101
25
(1") • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L02141
Material: Cast Brass; Bumper: Durable Vinyl
6
19 (1/4") Material/Finish Item No.
(3/4") 605 Brass, polished (US3) 937.94.031
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.032
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.033
Supplied With
Fasteners
3
Model SF102
32 • ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L02161
(1 1/4")
11
(7/16")
Material: Cast Brass; Bumper: Durable Vinyl
Finish Item No.
24 605 Brass, polished (US3) 937.94.041
(15/16")
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.042
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.043
Supplied With
Fasteners
Riser Plate – Model SF010

10
(3/8") • Used with SF101 and SF102
• Provides 3/8” (9.5 mm) additional rise
Material: Cast Brass
Finish Item No.
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.052
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.053
Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
Only 1 riser plate may be used with SF101 and 2 with SF102
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Floor Stops
Model SF210
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12131
79 Material: Cast Brass or Bronze; Bumper: Durable Vinyl

(3 1/8") Material/Finish Item No.
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.062
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.063
63 625 Brass/Bronze chromium, polished (US26) 937.94.066
(2 1/2")
Supplied With
Fasteners
Model SF220 3
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12131
(2 3/4")
Material/Finish Item No.
606 Brass, satin (US4) 937.94.072
67 612 Bronze, satin (US10) 937.94.073
(2 5/8") 613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 937.94.074
Supplied With
Fasteners
83
(3 1/4")
Model SF320
• Stop with hinged manual holder
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L11371
(2")
Material/Finish Item No.
(2 7/8") Ø25 606 Brass, satin (US4) 938.43.002
Ø18 (Ø1")
(Ø11/16") 612 Bronze, satin (US10) 938.43.003
67 626 Brass/Bronze chromium, satin (US26D) 938.43.007

(2 5/8")
Supplied With
Fasteners
90
(3 17/32")
Model SW410
56 • Wall-mounted in high traffic areas
(2 3/16")
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L11291
Material: Die-Cast Brass or Bronze; Durable Hardened Rubber
60 Material/Finish Item No.
(2 3/8")
(2")
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 938.43.013
23 613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 938.43.014
(5/16") 625 Brass/Bronze chromium, polished (US26) 938.43.016
Supplied With
Fasteners
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Floor Stop/Holder
51
(2")
91
(3 9/16")
106
(4 3/16")
33
(1 5/16")
Series SF400
• Floor mounted in high traffic areas
• ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L11301
3 Material: Die-Cast Brass or Bronze; Durable Hardened Rubber
Door to Floor Clearance
Material/Finish < 1/2" 9/16" – 1 1/16" 1 1/8" – 1 9/16" 1 5/8" – 2 1/16"
(< 12.7 mm) (14 – 27 mm) (29 – 40 mm) (41 – 52 mm)
605 Brass, polished (US3) 938.43.021 938.43.031 938.43.041 938.43.051
612 Bronze, satin (US10) 938.43.023 938.43.033 938.43.043 938.43.053
613 Bronze, oil-rubbed (US10B) 938.43.024 938.43.034 938.43.044 938.43.054
625 Brass/Bronze chromium, polished (US26) 938.43.026 938.43.036 938.43.046 938.43.056
626 Brass/Bronze chromium, satin (US26D) 938.43.027 938.43.037 938.43.047 938.43.057
Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
Easy operation with a push and pull on the door for hold-open release.
Holders are not permitted on fire rated openings.
Magnetic Door Holder

(1 15/16")
• With magnetic adhesion mechanism

(15/16")
• Pull: Approximately 4 kg (8.8 lbs.)

50
24
• Screw mounted
(2 15/16")
Material: Zinc Alloy; Finish: stainless steel colored

75
8 Item No.
(5/16")
938.23.000
24
(15/16")
50
(1 15/16")
75
(2 15/16")
(1 15/16")
(15/16")
(1 15/16")
(15/16")
50
24
24
50
8
(5/16")
Dimensions in mm
3/20
Door Accessories
Electro-Magnetic Door Holder
Wall Mounted
®
® LISTED
Model SE110
• Hold Open Device for normally opened doors in a fire/smoke barrier
• Doors will be held open until released by a remote
switching device
• Holding power: Approx. 45 lbs. (20 kg)
• Operating voltage: 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 24 VAC, 120 VAC
• Easy wiring via quick insert connector
• Direct current consumption: 30 mA at 24 VDC, 24 VAC, 120 VAC
60 mA at 12 VDC
• Flush wall mounting
• ANSI/BHMA A156.15, C00011
Material: Housing: Steel; Armature; Zinc die-cast
3
Finish Item No.
689 aluminum painted (US28) 912.05.320
6 Supplied With
(1/4") 70
41 Fasteners
(2 3/4")
(1 5/8")
Note
Custom finishes are available upon request.
114 Ø67 One holder and armature is required per door leaf.
(4 1/2") (Ø2 5/8")
Model SE120
switching device
60 mA at 12 VDC
• Recessed wall mounting
• ANSI/BHMA A156.15, C00011
Finish Item No.

Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
One holder and armature is required per door leaf.
25 41*
(1") 70 (1 5/8")
(2 3/4")
Ø67
118 (Ø2 5/8")
(4 5/8")
*2 5/8" with 1" extension
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Wall Mounted
®
® LISTED
Model SE130
switching device
60 mA at 12 VDC
• Surface wall mounting
• ANSI/BHMA A156.15, C00011
3 Material: Housing: Steel; Armature; Zinc die-cast
Finish Item No.
Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
76 Custom finishes are available upon request.
(3")
70
41
(2 3/4") (1 5/8")
118 Ø67
(4 5/8") (Ø2 5/8")
Model SE180
• Doors will be held open until released by a remote switching device
• With integrated cutoff button
• Operating voltage: 24 VDC, 24 VAC
• Surface wall mounting
Finish Item No.
Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
62
(2 7/16") 116 41
(4 9/16") (1 5/8")
114 Ø67
(4 1/2") (Ø2 5/8")
Dimensions in mm
Door Accessories
Floor Mounted
®
® LISTED
Model SE210
switching device
60 mA at 12 VDC
• Surface floor mounting between door and wall
• ANSI/BHMA A156.15, C00011
Material: Zinc die-cast
Finish Item No. 3
Supplied With
Fasteners
Note
124 One holder and armature is required per door leaf.
(4 7/8")
41
(1 5/8")
78
Ø67
(3 1/16")
(Ø2 5/8")
Model SE212
• Hold Open Device for

Hafele 2017 The Complete Hafele Architectural Hardware Catalog Compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hafele 2017 The Complete Hafele Architectural Hardware Catalog Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Architectural Hardware

Sliding Door Hardware

Door Handles and Locks

Glass Door Fittings

Architectural Hardware American Standard

HOW TO FIND WHAT YOU’RE LOOKING FOR

Catalog Page Numbers

Häfele Item Numbers

ORDERING IS EASY AND CONVENIENT

Online and Live Chat: www.hafele.com/us

Häfele-to-Order customization Mounting screws and materials Indicates Soft Close

For more information call one of our Project Specialists at

Commercial & Architectural Special Services

THE WORLD’S RESOURCE FOR HARDWARE

EXPERT ADVICE AND ASSISTANCE

WORLD CLASS DISTRIBUTION

YOUR ULTIMATE ONLINE

NOT JUST A BETTER WEBSITE—

COMPLETE PRODUCT INFORMATION

SLIDO. THE NAME TO REMEMBER IN

SLIDO DESIGN 80-M FOR GLASS: SLIDO CLASSIC RANGE:

SLIDO POCKET DOOR FRAME KIT: SILENT ALUFLEX 40-80:

EASY DOES IT.

SEE THE COMPLETE SELECTION

DT 750 DOOR TERMINAL: DIALOCK WITH RFID

WT 200: WRU200 READER WT 200: WTC 200 WT 210

Häfele is a company that has always been about the details—

Additionally, we are proud to offer our all-new

Here at Häfele, we build strong, lasting

Häfele’s New York City Showroom, located at,

Top Hung System

Slido Design 80-M__________________ 1.26-1.27

HAWA Junior 160/B_______________________ 1.80-1.81

Barn Door Hardware

Bottom Rolling System

Silent Woodflex 80________________ 1.152-1.153

Bi-Folding Door Applications

Sliding/Folding for Interior Partitions

Sliding/Stacking for Cabinet Applications

Sliding/Folding for Exterior Partitions

Top Hung System

Barn Door Hardware

Bottom Rolling System

Sliding/Folding for Partitions

Sliding Door Hardware

Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I

Ceiling installation and wall mounting

Slido Classic I Set

Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I Versions overview

Version A without soft close

Version B with soft close on one side

Routing dimensions for carrier profile

Version E with soft close on both sides

80-I and 120-I

Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I Components

A for 40 – 60 kg (88 - 132 lbs.) 2 pcs.

Slido Classic 40-I to 120-I

For upper track 5

Fascias and Accessories

Clip-on fascia, 2 m (6’ 6 3/4”) – 940.43.620

For running track 1

1 m (39 3/8”) – 940.42.050

Slido Classic 40-P to 120-P